Skip to main content

AI assistant

Sign in to chat with this filing

The assistant answers questions, extracts KPIs, and summarises risk factors directly from the filing text.

TXC Annual Report 2019

Jun 19, 2020

52274_rns_2020-06-19_37bc2bc1-9edd-4ec0-bb86-59cc5f6b7aa2.pdf

Annual Report

Open in viewer

Opens in your device viewer

==> picture [108 x 55] intentionally omitted <==

Enterprise Vision

The core value of an enterprise lies with its published management philosophy and its attendant mission and the continuous development of an enterprise is ofen built on a long-term architecture, as well as its core value. In view of the imperativeness and importance of the enterprise’s core value for long-term development following gradual development of the company.

Vision Statement

To provide the frequency controlled application products for the computer, communication, optical, and automotive industry so as to become, the most outstanding company in FCP industry judged by performance matrix and managerial capability.

Mission Statement

Through the continuous improvement and the urge for discipline and execution to enhance the productivity to interact with tier one vendors' requests by promoting company's professionalism and globalization framework.

Corporate Culture

To strive for the declared goals in management philosophy and mission, the company shall further develops its founding spirit of Integrity, Practicality, Innovation and Services and convert the guildlines of Unity, Harmony and High Efficiency into a precise corporate culature.

1

Contents

  • Chapter 1 Letter to Shareholders

  • Chapter 2 Company Profile

  • Chapter 3 Corporate Governance

  • Chapter 4 Capital Overview

  • Chapter 5 Business Information

  • Chapter 6 Financial Information

  • Chapter 7 Review of Financial Conditions, Operating Results, and Risk Management

  • Chapter 8 Special Disclosure

  • Appendix1 Consolidated Financial Statements and Independent Auditors’ Report

  • Appendix2 Parent Company Only Financial Statements and Independent Auditors’ Report

2

Chapter 1 Letter to Shareholders

Dear Shareholders,

The global economy was generally severely affected by the impact of the US-China trade war in 2019. Only the United States still had a strong economic performance; the deflation situation in Japan has not improved significantly; Partial emerging countries are forced to come under pressure due to the strong appreciation of the US dollar; the impacts of Britain’s successful Brexit and the confrontation between Italy and the EU in the euro zone, the crisis has slowly emerged. In 2020, although the US-China trade war tends to ease and the central bank's monetary policy in major countries continues to be easing, the global economy has been affected by the spread of the coronavirus pneumonia epidemic and had lowered their GDP targets. Even though the current economic situation still has many unfavorable factors and impacts that are causing relative danger, we continue to strive to break through the industry competition situation and finally return to the starting point of growth in 2019. For the company, the dormancy of the past few years will have a good turnaround and growth this year.

I. 2019 Operation Results

  • (I) Consolidated revenue and net profit Unit: NT$1,000
Items \ Year 2019 2018 Increase (Decrease)
Amount
Change Rate (%)
Net Revenue 8,430,970 8,156,268 274,702 3.37
Gross Profit 2,007,091 1,827,626 179,465 9.82
Net Profit 671,782 644,350 27,432 4.26

Consolidated statement of income and profitability

Item Year 2019 2018
Financial Structure
(%)
Debt/Assets Ratio 34.94 30.34
Long-term Capital/
Fixed Assets Ratio
260.78 254.77
Debt-Paying Ability
(%)
Current Ratio 284.10 340.73
Quick Ratio 205.84 250.96
Profitability
(%)
Return on Assets 5.32 5.09
Return on Equity 7.70 7.19
Earnings per ShareNT$ 2.17 2.08

(II) Budget Execution

The internal budget target set by the company each year does not disclose financial forecasts to the outside world. The overall revenue and profit will be affected by industry changes and product structure. The combined operating income and profit of 2019 are reached 100.79% and 99.42% of the budget target.

(III) Research and development

The company continuously enhancing Temperature Compensating Control Quartz Oscillator 、 、 (TCXO) Temperature Sensing Quartz Crystal (TSX) Miniature Constant Temperature Control Quartz Crystal Oscillator (OCXO), Miniature Quartz Crystal (XO) Miniature Mobile Device Crystal(Crystal) Light sensors…etc., and actively deploy the relevant customers of the 5G

3

industry and the Internet of Things application, laying the foundation for the subsequent market growth momentum.

(IV) Results from execution of other projects

  • (1) Green enterprise

In addition to ongoing promotion of green enterprise certification and other activities including the Greenhouse Gas Inventory (ISO14064-1) and routine Carbon Footprint checks, TXC was given the EPA’s Product Carbon Footprint Emission Factor Database Establishment Award and earned low carbon marks. TXC has also been promoting kitchen waste and plastic bag use reduction activities. The company hands out environmentally-friendly bags to further reduce the use of environmentally hazardous plastic bags.

  • (2) Occupational safety and health

TXC has continued to promote Occupational Health and Safety Assessment Series certification to uphold labor safety under the guidance of the Occupational Safety & Health Committee and Labor-Management Conference. A number of health promotion activities such as Getting to Know Metabolic Syndrome health lecture, pap smear testing, HPV virus awareness lecture, CPR and Heimlick maneuver instruction, workplace quit smoking activity, oral cancer screening activity, individual weight reduction activity, stress relief activity, blood pressure monitoring activity and flu vaccine inoculation activity were held by TXC to help employees take positive steps towards a healthy lifestyle. TXC will continue on working to create of a safe work environment to provide maximum safety to our employees.

  • (3) System certification

  • With regard to the maintenance of various operating systems, TXC has received the following certifications: Quality Management System (ISO9001), Automotive Industry Quality Management System (ISO/TS16949), Environmental Management System (ISO14001), Taiwan Occupational Safety and Health Management System (CNS15506), Information Safety Management System (ISO/IEC27001), Hazardous Substance Process Management System (IECQ QC 080000:2012), Occupational Safety and Health Management System (ISO45001). The Ministry of Finance's Customs and Excise Department issues high-quality enterprises with safety certification, the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Industry Bureau issues the Taiwan Intellectual Property Management Specification (TIPS) Verification Level A, and the Ministry of Health and Welfare issues a healthy workplace certification-health promotion mark. As well as ISO 14064-1:2006 Greenhouse Gas Inventory, Product Carbon Footprint Verification (PAS 2050:2011) and Material Flow Cost Accounting Verification (ISO 14051:2011). TXC will continue to update its management systems to satisfy and surpass customer requirements

  • (4) Corporate governance and responsibility

  • TXC’s was ranked among the top 20% of all listed companies for corporate governance ratings and the company continues to strive forward by embracing the spirit of open mindedness, dedication, honesty and happiness. Due to the long-term services provided by our company to neighboring disadvantaged families and orphanages. In addition, the company participation in a number of volunteer activities to show concern for local neighborhoods was included the CSR report. TXC Foundation was established to provide variously kind of support.

4

II. 2020 Business Plan Summary

  • 1 Strengthening industrial deployment and increasing market share:

  • (1) Consolidate existing markets to enhance competitiveness and maintain market share

  • (2) Actively develop new markets, new industries, new applications, and new products, deepen China and strengthen the European, American and Japanese markets.

  • (3) Accelerate new product development, take root in high-end technology, and develop a blueprint for complete product technology

  • (4) Embrace future application products, actively deploy industries such as automobiles, IoT, 5G, etc. to grasp business opportunities

  • 2 Optimize product mix and increase profitability:

  • (1) Improve product mix: combine production cost advantages to provide the best product mix and drive high-end, high-margin product sales

  • (2) Strengthen the advantages of each plant: through the integration of MES (Manufacturing Execution System) to improve production efficiency, cross-factory cooperation, leverage the advantages of each plant and keep flexibility.

  • (3) Smart production and management: Through intelligent technology and big data analysis to integrate the information of each plant in real time to improve production yield and reduce COPQ (Cost of Poor Quality)

  • (4) Reduce manufacturing costs: Value chain resource integration, optimized cost analysis, and improved process improvement capabilities

  • 3 Strategic alliances and integration:

  • In the future competitive environment, the market and product life cycle are shortened, the transfer and learning speed of technology is increasingly fast. With strategic alliances and integration, we can accelerate the transfer of key technologies or capabilities and speed up the development of new products and processes to effectively enter new markets and actively seek potential cooperation opportunities. To strengthen the company's competitive advantage and expand the use of existing technologies or products to further create synergy.

Uncertainty has impacted the global economy, and the industrial competition environment is still severe. At the moment of the 5G commercial timing, we are faced with rapid response and grasping opportunities, but only rooted in technology, breakthrough innovation, and accelerated construction of intelligent platforms to improve business effectiveness to return to the growth track. We keep strengthening the competitiveness to achieve the goal of continuous growth and profit improvement and gain growth momentum to create new results.

5

Chapter 2 Company Profile

I. Date of Incorporation

TXC is a professional frequency control component and sensor component manufacturer. Since the company’s founding in 1983, it has been devoted to research and development, design, production, and sale of quartz component product series. Products include high precision, high quality quartz crystal, automotive crystal, crystal oscillators, and timing modules. Market demand has led TXC to develop multiple kinds of sensors using independent core technology, products that are widely used in mobile communication, data and storage equipment, IoT, and automotive electronics, smart home, AI, medical, 5G…ext.

Over the years, we have upgraded customer value objectives and offered customers a variety of frequency control components for module design-in requirements to provide a total solution to satisfy the overall requirements of customers. TXC performance with regard to price, quality, delivery time and service continues to exceed customer expectations time and time again.

II. Company History

  • 1983 Founded in Taiwan with US$95,000 capital.

  • 1984 Began production on DIP type crystals and oscillators in Peitou factory.

  • 1993 ISO9002 certified.

  • 1995 Winner of the 4[th] National Award of Small and Medium Enterprises.

  • 1997 Began production of SMD type crystals and oscillators in Taoyuan factory.

  • 1998 Began production os SAW devices. Implemented Oracle ERP system.

  • 1999 Established US sales office.

  • 2000 Increased capital to US$25.3 million.

  • 2001 IPO’ed with capital increased to US$37 million.

  • 2002 Listed in the Taiwan Stock Exchange(Code-3042), ISO14001 certified.

  • Ranked among the top 10 worldwide frequency control product manufacturers.

  • 2003 Began to offer value-added products(HF CXO/VCXO,OCXO,FX,etc.) for the telecom market.

  • Began production in new factory in NIngbo, China.

  • 2004 Implemented QoS and 6-Sigma management systems. QS9000 certified.

  • Established US Technology Center.

  • 2005 ISO/TS16949 certified.

  • Ranked number 6 among the worldwide frequency control product manufacturers.

  • 2006 Expanding Tauouan factory. Adding production lines in Taiwan and China. The capacity reached to 70 million units per month. Authorized Capital: US$57.9 million.

  • 2007 New factory in Pingzhen inaugurated, factory expansion project in Ningbo factory launched, Intel presented the Preferred Quality Supplier, promotion of the Six Sigma project to Ningbo plant green belt training, procurement of the Shenzhen office, implementation of employee stock option, CB conversion, and recapitalization of surplus to NT$2,415,530,000.

  • 2008 Simultaneously expanded factories in Pingzhen, Taiwan and Ningbo, China; won Intel’s Supplier Continuous Quality Improvement (SCQI) Award; won A+ evaluation for information disclosure and top 10 potential golden torch award; continued to promote the 6-Sigma black belt training program at Ningbo and Pingzhen plants. Set up sales operations in Osaka, Japan and Singapore to promote sales. Issued employee options and implement the treasury stock system. Set up subsidiary TXC Hongkong; execute employee option, CB conversion, surplus conversion to increase capitalization to NT$2,716,980,000.

  • 2009 Second phase of Taiwan Pingchen and China Ningbo plant expansion initiated, received A+ ranking and top 10 award at sixth annual Information Disclosure and Transparency Ranking, on-the-job training plan launched for personnel at Ningbo and Pingchen plants, received Preferred Quality Supplier Award

6

recognition again from Intel, strengthen company internal controls to ensure corporate governance effectiveness, promoted transparency of corporate governance information, exercised employee stock warrants, convertible bonds, capital increase by retained earnings to NT$2,887.27 million.

  • 2010 Issued third convertible bond, received corporate governance system evaluation certification from the Taiwan Corporate Governance Associations, received industry model award for the Technology Industry B group from Commonwealth Magazine, awarded National Quality Award from Executive Yuan, continued to implement 6-Sigma black belt training plan for Ningpo and Pingchen plants, set up sales office in Europe to expand business, purchased offices in Shanghai and Suzhou, started third phase of plant expansion for Taiwan PCF, purchased 5,733 level ground of land, built the factories for new energy business unit, execute employee stock option and increase capital out of earning to 2.971 billion NT dollars.

  • 2011 Completion and launch of Taiwan Pingzhen Third-Stage plant expansion and New Energy Division plant, establishment if TXC (Chongqing) Electronics Co., Ltd. production site, established TXC (Chongqing) Corporation and Ningbo Jingyu Company Limited, expansion of European subsidiary, receives A+ grade and top 10 award at Eighth Annual Information Disclosure and Evaluation, passed CGR report review, received Energy Conservation Elite, Outstanding Innovation Award and Commonwealth Corporate Citizen Award, received Taoyuan County Corporate Innovation Award, received ISO50001 Energy Management System, ISO28000 Supplier Chain Management System, ISO27001 Information Security Management System certification, Oracle ERP system upgraded to R12 version, valid assessment of remuneration fairness combined with performance evaluation, establishment of remuneration committee, exercise of employee stock warrants, NT$3,022,420,000 capital increase by capital surplus.

  • 2012 TXC (Chongqing) Corporation plant construction, awarded Authorized Economic Operator (AEO) by the MOF Customs Administration, passed BSI greenhouse gas (ISO 14064-1), product carbon footprint (PAS 2050) inventory, product carbon neutralization (PAS 2060) inventory, given Corporate Citizenship Award by Commonwealth Magazine, received green sustainable enterprise award from BSI, external certification of CSR Report conformed to GRI G3.1 A+ and AA 1000 standards, passed CNS 15506 TOSHMS, awarded ninth annual Information Disclosure and Transparency A++ and top ten ranking, exercised employee stock options, convertible bond and NT$3,097,579,000 capital increase.

  • 2013 Issued fourth convertible bond, TXC (Chongqing) Corporation begin formal mass production, received Taiwan Mittlestadt Award from the Ministry of Economic Affairs, passed review for R&D subsidy for a leading new product development project from the Industrial Development Bureau, was awarded CG6008 Advanced Corporate Governance certification, 10[th] annual A++ information disclosure assessment rating, passed greenhouse gas inventory (ISO14064-1), product carbon footprint inventory (PAS2050) and product carbon neutrality (PAS2060) verification, named as one of the top 50 Excellence in CSR Award winners by Commonwealth Magazine and a three star 3[rd] annual Happiest Company Award from the Taipei City Government Department of Labor

  • 2014 TXC’s Pingzhen Plant, Ningbo Plant and Chongqing Plant expanded in 2014, new offices in Shenzhen and Beijing were bought, won the A++ award for the Eleventh Information Disclosure Assessment, the Fourth Place in the 8th Global Corporate Citizens Award for Pillar Enterprises of Commonwealth Magazine, the 2nd Excellent Enterprise in Hiring Foreign Workers of Taoyuan County Government, the silver award of Taiwan Top50 Enterprises Sustainability Report Award for large high-tech electronics manufacturing industry of Taiwan’s Sustainable Energy Research Foundation, and passed certification of Greenhouse Gas Inspection (ISO14064-1), Corporation Sustainability Report, Product Carbon Footprint (PAS2050), Product Carbon Neutralization (PAS 2060), Information Security Management System (ISO 27001), Supply Chain Security Management System (ISO 28000) and Water Footprint for Information Security Launching Award and the GRC Management Paradigm Award by the British Standards Institute.

  • 2015 Taiwan Pingzhen factory and TXC (Chongqing) continued production line expansion; successfully renewed “Authorized Economic Operator (AEO)” certification; received 12th “Information Disclosure Evaluation” A++ award; ranked within the top 20% of well-administered companies for the first time; passed “Greenhouse Gas Inspection (ISO14064-1); recognized by Huawei as “2015 Core Supplier”;

7

praised by the British Standards Institution with an “Outstanding Management Model Award”; recognized by CommonWealth Magazine as a “Commonwealth CSR Corporation”; promoted Industry 4.0 intelligent factory transformations; the company’s LED department officially established itself as a separate entity under the name TXC OPTECH Corporation.; the joint venture, Guangdong Failong Crystal Technology Co. Ltd., was officially listed on the Shenzhen Stock Exchange.

2016 Taiwan Pingzhen factory, Ningbo factory, and Chongqing factories continue expanding production lines; receives subsidies through the Department of Commerce Department of Industry Manufacturing Upgrade and Innovation Optimization Plan (particulate matter sensor development); ranked within the top 5% of well-administered companies; Awarded Authorized Economic Operator (AEO) certification by the Ministry of Finance, received EPA’s Product Carbon Footprint Emission Factor Database Establishment Award, received BSI’s Environment Governance Practice Award, BSI occupational safety and health certificcations and BSI CSR report verification.

2017 Continued expansion of the production lines at Taiwan’s Pingzhen Plant, Ningbo Plant and Chongqing plant. The 3[rd] corporate governance rating ranked within the top 5% of rated companies, received IDB ’’Corporate Volunteer Award’’, passsed Material Flow Cost Accounting (ISO 14051 MFCA),passed’’IATF 16949’’ verification awarded’’BSI Sustainability Awards’’,’’BSI Occupational safety and health’’verification,’’BSI CSR AA1000/GRI G4’’ verification,passed Information Security Management System (ISO 27001) verification, established TXC Foundation.

2018 Awarded Authorized Economic Operator (AEO) certification by the Ministry of Finance, established TXC Europe GmbH, The 4[th] corporate governance rating ranked within the top 5% of rated companies, Won the international trade bureau's import certificate of excellence the approvel of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, the research and development project of the Ministry of Economics Received the "Perpetual Pilot Award" from the British Standards Association

2019 Taiwan Pingzhen Plant, Ningbo Plant and Chongqing Plant Continue to Plan Production Line 、 、 Expansion The fifth corporate governance evaluation is the top 6% ~ 20% of listed companies Won the 2019 Huawei Gold Supplier Award 2019 Xiaomi Core Supplier Award RBA Sustainable Development Award Industry Contribution Award from the Ministry of Economic Affairs, INVENTEC Excellent Manufacturer Award Passed the certification of "ISO 45001 Occupational Safety and Health System" Passed the 108-year industrial upgrading and innovation platform counseling plan of the Ministry of Economics' Science and Technology Research and Development Project Obtained Taiwan Intellectual Property Management Specification (TIPS) verification level A

8

Chapter 3 Company Governance

I. Organization

(I) Organizational Structure As of Dec.31, 2019

==> picture [495 x 296] intentionally omitted <==

(II) Responsibilities and functions of major departments

Department Responsibilities and Functions
Chairman office  The formulation of the company's long-term business development strategy
 New technology and investment feasibility risk and business opportunity assessment
 Overall financial planning and investment management development
 Risks and business opportunity assessment on the feasibility of new technology and
investment
 Supervision over the operations of overseas subsidiary
President office  The Company's overall operating policies and objectives management, budget
planning and setting
 All kinds of business supervision and coordination, and management
 The advises, modifications and implementation on major business decisions
Internal Audit Dept.  Planning for the annual audit plan and perform audit operations based on the annual
audit plan and present audit reports to CEO, Chairman, independent directors, the
Audit Committee and the Board of Directors
 Submit periodic reports to the Competent authority
 Supervision over the subsidiary’s internal control and audits
 Assessment on the management performance of each unit and guidance on
improvement
 Modifications on the internal control system and implementation rules
 Promote thepractice of corporate ethical management

9

Department Responsibilities and Functions
Sales & Marketing
Center
 Product sales, PO processing and customer development & services
 Analysis on the competitors, production and sales, product marketing strategies and,
products’ marketing strategies and industrial market
 Costs, prices and sample development management
 Emerging market, new products and sales services development
 Services and solution on customer’s product application issues
 Formulating product marketing strategy
 Set the operational (sales, costs,quality)goals, strategiesplanning
R & D Center  New product R & D and introduction of mass production
 Technology transfer of new products / materials and introduction of mass production
 Studying, execution and introduction of the R & D project
 New product features assessment and marketing development
 Planning, promotion, technology transfer and manufacturing for the development of
new miniaturized, high precision and highly reliable products
 Developing and improving new product equipment, modules, instruments and jigs
 Planning, promotion, technology transfer and manufacturing for the development
project of new production processes technology
 Studying, execution and introduction of the R & D project
 Assist in the trial production and assessment on new product samples from each
product-engineeringunit
Manufacturing
Center
 Coordinating the use of overall production center (Ping-Zhen Plant, Ning-Bo Plant
& Chong-Qing Plant) resources (manpower, equipment, production capacity, budget
investment, etc.)
 Managing the KPIs (Key Performance Indicators) of each production plant under the
production center
 Executing the production capacity expansion plan required to achieve the
Company’s operating goals
 Acknowledge the overall production strategies and trends of the quartz crystal
industry
 Manufacturing for the products
 Planning and improving the production flow
 Improving and developing the production process flow
 Management and maintenance operations for the production equipment
 Production capacity & material requirements planning, production & sales control
and arrangements, inventory and storage transportation management
 Supervision and execution on industrial safety & health and environmental
management system
 Inspection and maintenance onpublic system equipment
MEMS/BLK
Development and
Manufacturing
Center
 Coordinating the use of overall wafer production resources (equipment, production
capacity, etc.)
 Acknowledge the overall wafer production strategies and trends of the quartz crystal
industry
 Coordinating various management particulars under the MEMS chip center in terms
of equipment, manpower and technology
 Promotion of various managerial policies
 Executing the wafer production capacity expansion plan and the product and
technical development of micro-electromechanical system (MEMS) chips required

10

Department Responsibilities and Functions
to achieve the Company’s operating goals
 Wafer production
 Development of wafer technology and improvement on oscillator properties
 Planning and improving the production flow
 Improving and developing the production process flow
 Management and maintenance operations for the production equipment
 Executing various production and sales coordination, material control and delivery
management particulars
 Supervision and execution on industrial safety & health and environmental
management system
Quality Assurance
Center
 Review and set company-wide annual quality / environment, health and safety
(EHS) goals
 Establishing, auditing and coordinating the company-wide quality, environmental
and green product systems to ensure their effective operations
 Formulate work plan and implementation of various annual quality-related activities;
 Promote quality improvement operations and various quality certification systems
 DCC's annual work planning and execution
 Planning and execution for the quality control and inspection on purchased-materials
feed, production processes of self-made wafers, finished goods and shipments
 Products and materials quality management
 Inspection and control on quality of the feed, production process and finished goods
 Improving IQC test method to optimize inspection efficiency
 Customer-complaintprocess management
Administrator
Center
 Planning and formulating organizational system and departmental responsibilities of
the Company
 Establishment and implementation of various management systems of the Company;
 Review on the effectiveness of intended promotion for the Company’s annual budget
preparation and review
 The generation and analysis of the Company's various accounting processes, costs
and financial accounting information
 Financial management, capital movement and handling of shares of listed companies
 Personnel salary, benefits, recruitment, selection, promotion, evaluation, training and
development and other various human resource management
 Handling employee relations and various conference activities
 General affairs and administrative operations
 The provision and management of the Company’s operating information, and the
establishment, development and maintenance of the Company’s information
operating systems
 Planning, building and maintenance of network communication; planning and
implementation of electronic processes
 Security and management of information and network communication
 Promoting corporate social responsibility (CSR), corporate governance and ethical
management
Supply Chain
Center
 Purchase and management of equipment, raw materials, semi-finished goods,
finished goods and general supplies
 Price inquiries, purchases, trade term negotiation, billing, follow up, etc.
 Promotingoperation of the supplier management system and developingsupplier

11

Department Responsibilities and Functions
management
 Formulating the production and sales balancing plan; allocating, executing and
managing production capacity
 Review and request payment for import and export transportations, custom
declarations, custom clearances, insurances and other operational expenditures;
 Management and analysis on the costs of feed
 Developing new materials, alternative materials, common materials for each plant,
new manufacturers or new equipment
 Aggregation and trends analysis on supply market information (supply, demand,
prices, technology,policies, etc.)
Labor Safety and
Hygiene Office
 Leading the safety and health review, safety and health risk assessment and other
EHS management, as well as being in charge of the planning for the safety and
health management system and the enactment of various related procedures
 Supervising the safety and health management particulars
 Formulating, planning and promoting safety and health management particulars, as
well as guiding related departments in the implementation
 Responsible for collecting and identifying safety and health related laws and
regulations
 Consultation and communication on internal and external safetyand health issues
Remuneration
Committee
 Formulate and review the remuneration policies, systems, standards and structures
 Regularly evaluate the reasonable basis for the remuneration and performance
appraisal of the Company’s directors and managers
 Regularlysupervise the implementation of the remuneration system
Audit Committee  Establishment or modification of the internal control system and the assessment on
the effectiveness of internal control system
 Establishment or modification of the procedures for material financial business
behaviors such as acquisition or disposal of assets, engaging in derivative
commodity transactions, capital lending to others, endorsing or providing guarantees
for others
 Procedures for conduct major financial business activities
 Assessment on matters concerning interests of the directors themselves
 Assessment on major asset investments, major derivative commodity transactions,
capital lending, endorsement or provision of guarantees
 Assessment on the offering, issuing or private placement of equity securities
 Evaluating the appointment, dismissal or remuneration of a Certified Public
Accountant and the appointment or dismissal of a Chief Financial Officer, Chief
Accounting Officer or chief audit executive
 Review financial reports

12

II. Documents of directors, president, vice presidents, associate vice presidents, and managers of each departments and divisions

(I) Directors

1. Director Information

(I) Directors
1. Director Information
(I) Directors
1. Director Information
(I) Directors
1. Director Information
(I) Directors
1. Director Information
(I) Directors
1. Director Information
(I) Directors
1. Director Information
(I) Directors
1. Director Information
As of April 11,2020
Date Elected Date First Major Academic (professional) Current Position in the Company
Position and Name Gender Nationality
(Appointed) Elected Experience or Other Companies
Chairman and CEO
Lin, Wan-Shing
Male Republic of China
2019/06/12
1989/11/05 Master in Management, National
Taiwan University of Science and
Technology
Director and CEO of TXC Corporation
Director and CEO of TXC Corporation
Chairman of TAIWAN CRYSTAL TECHNOLOGY
INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
Director of TXC JAPAN CORPORATION LTD
Chairman of TAIWAN CRYSTAL TECHNOLOGY(HK) LTD
Corporation
Chairman of GROWING PROFITS TRADING LTD
Corporation
Chairman of TXC (NINGBO) CORPORATION
Director of TXC (CHONGQING) CORPORATION
Director of CHONGQING ALL SUNS COMPANY LIMITED
Supervisor of Ningbo Longying Semiconductor Co., Ltd
Chairman of Tai-Shing Electronics Components
Corporation
Nanjing Information Corporation
Director
Lin, Jin-Bao
Male Republic of China
2019/06/12
1989/11/05 MBA, West Texas A&M University,
USA
Chairman of TXC Corporation
Founder of TXC Corporation
Director of TXC Corporation
Director of Liang Shing EcLife Corp.
Director of Tai-Shing Electronics Components
Corporation
Juristic-person director representative of uPI Semiconductor
Corp
Juristic-person director representative of Hantic precision
technology , Inc
Juristic-person director representative of Godsmith Sensor Inc.
Director of Taiwan Quartz Crystal Industry Association

13

Date Elected Date First Major Academic (professional) Current Position in the Company
Position and Name Gender Nationality
(Appointed) Elected Experience or Other Companies
Director
Chen Chueh,
Shang-Hsin
Male Republic of China
2019/06/12
2010/06/15 Master of management, Zhejiang
University
Director and vice president of TXC
Corporation
Director and vice executive officer of
TXC Corporation
Director and vice executive officer of TXC Corporation
Chairman of TXC (NINGBO) CORPORATION
Chairman of TXC (CHONGQING) CORPORATION
Director of CHONGQING ALL SUNS COMPANY LIMITED
Supervisor of Ningbo Jingyu Company Limited
Vice Chairman and Juristic-person director representative of
Ningbo Longying Semiconductor Co., Ltd
Chairman of Tai-Shing Electronics Components
Corporation
Juristic-person director of Tai Shin Electronics Corporation
Director of Wei Lida Technology Co., Ltd
Director
Kuo, Ya-Ping
Male Republic of China
2019/06/12
2019/06/12 Boston University ,MBA
President of Management Center of
TXC Corporation
President of Management Center of TXC Corporation
Director
Huang, Hsiang-Lin
Male Republic of China
2019/06/12
2019/06/12 State University of New York at
Albany, Master of Business
Administration (MBA)
Sales assistant manager of Marketing
Center of TXC Corporation
Sales assistant manager of Marketing Center of TXC
Corporation
Director
Hsu, Hsing-Hao
Male Republic of China
2019/06/12
2019/06/12 M.S. degree - Electrical and Computer
Engineering, Colorado State University
Chairman of Kang-Shuo Investment
Corporation
R&D Manager of Chan-Yu Corporation

Director of TXC Corporation
Chairman of Kang-Shuo Investment Corporation
R&D Manager of Chan-Yu Corporation
Director
TLC Capital
Co.,LTD
Director of TXC Corporation Director of TXC Corporation
Representative
Peng, Chih-Chiang
Male Republic of China
2019/06/12
2010/06/15 Ph. D. of National Chiao Tung
University Institute of Management of
Technology
Master of institute of industrial
engineering of University of Pittsburgh
Juristic-person director representative of Crystalwise
Technology Inc.
Juristic-person director representative of Topoint
Technology Co., Ltd.

14

Date Elected Date First Major Academic (professional) Current Position in the Company
Position and Name Gender Nationality
(Appointed) Elected Experience or Other Companies
Independent
Director
Yu, Shang-Wu
Male Republic of China
2019/06/12
2007/06/13 Ph.D.,Birmingham University
Director of business and management
college of Jinwen University of Science
and Technology

Professor, Ming Chi University of Technology college of
management and design
Independent Director of Taisun Int’l (Holding) Corp.
Independent Director of TXC Corporation
Convenor of of TXC Corporation
Independent
Director
Tsai, Song-Qi
Male Republic of China
2019/06/12
2013/06/19 Finance and Accounting
Department of Shanghai
University
Business Administration, National
Chengchi University
Certified accountant and Executive
Director of KMPG Taiwan
Chairman of EMCC Human Capital Solutions Inc
Independent
Director
Su, Yan-Syue
Female Republic of China
2019/06/12
2016/06/07 Master in Industrial Management
of Carnegie Mellon University,
USA
CIO and senior VP of Pegatron
corporation
CIO of ASUSTek Computer
Manager director of UBS bank
Independent Director of Zhong Yang Technology Co., Ltd
Independent Directorof AU Optronics Corp.
Juristic-person director representative of Kinsus Interconnect
Technology Corp.
Independent
Director
Wang, Chuan -Fen
Female Republic of China
2019/06/12
2016/06/07 Master in Law of Columbia
University, USA
Partner of Chen & Lin Law Firm

When the chairman of the board of directors and the general manager or equivalent (top manager) are the same person, spouses or relatives of each other, the reasons, rationality, necessity, future improvement measures and other relevant information shall be stated:

The CEO of the company is responsible for the planning and implementation of the company's long-term business development strategy, the overall management of the group's business team and reporting to the board of directors, while the president is responsible for the planning and management of the daily operation of each plant area. The chairman of the board of directors of the company also serves as the CEO. The company is expected to plan and implement the company's long-term business development strategy in the direction of the concept of sustainable operation, and clearly divide the functions and powers of the chairman, the CEO and the president. In addition, the number of independent directors of the company is more than 4, and more than half of the directors are not employees or managers, so as to enhance the independence of the board of directors.

15

  1. Major shareholders of the corporate shareholders As of April 11, 2020
Share (%)
Name Major Shareholder
TLC Capital Co., LTD United Microelectronics Corporation 100%
  1. Major shareholders are corporate shareholders
Name Major Shareholder Share (%)
United Microelectronics Corporation JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. acting in its capacity
as depositary and representative to the holders of
ADRs

5.56
Hsun Chieh Investment Co.,Ltd. 3.50
Silchester International Investors International
Value EquityTrust
2.57
Nan Shan Life Insurance Company, Ltd. 2.52
Silicon Integrated Systems Corp. 2.26
Prudential Assurance Company Ltd. 1.73
Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund 1.48
Silchester International Investors International
Value EquityGroupTrust
1.44
Taiwan Life Insurance Co., Ltd. 1.34
JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A., Taipei Branch in
custody for Vanguard Total International Stock
Index Fund, a series of Vanguard Star Funds
1.27

Note1: Names of the major shareholders (who shareholding percentage shall be top 10) of the corporate shareholders and its shareholding percentage.

Note 2: The ex-dividend date of the year is on April 14, 2019.

16

4. Training of the directors

Date of
TrainingDate

TrainingDate
Til N Oi C N
te ame on Board From To rganzer ourse ame
Director Lin, Wan-Shing 2019/06/12 2019/07/11 2019/07/11 Taiwan Corporate
Governance
Association
Corporate Governance Blueprint and
Operational Practice of Audit Committee and
Remuneration Committee

2019/07/11
2019/07/11 In response to the recent New Deal across the
Taiwan Straits, opportunities for Taiwanese
businessmen and related tax risk
considerations
Director Lin, Jin-Bao 2019/06/12 2019/07/11 2019/07/11 Taiwan Corporate
Governance
Association
Corporate Governance Blueprint and
Operational Practice of Audit Committee and
Remuneration Committee

2019/07/11
2019/07/11 In response to the recent New Deal across the
Taiwan Straits, opportunities for Taiwanese
businessmen and related tax risk
considerations
Director Chen Chueh,
Shang-Hsin
2019/06/12 2019/07/11 2019/07/11 Taiwan Corporate
Governance
Association
Corporate Governance Blueprint and
Operational Practice of Audit Committee and
Remuneration Committee

2019/07/11
2019/07/11 In response to the recent New Deal across the
Taiwan Straits, opportunities for Taiwanese
businessmen and related tax risk
considerations
Director Kuo, Ya-Ping 2019/06/12 2019/07/11 2019/07/11 Taiwan Corporate
Governance
Association
Corporate Governance Blueprint and
Operational Practice of Audit Committee and
Remuneration Committee

2019/07/11
2019/07/11 In response to the recent New Deal across the
Taiwan Straits, opportunities for Taiwanese
businessmen and related tax risk
considerations
2019/07/17 2019/07/17 Securities and
Futures Institute
Briefing session on insider equity trading
laws compliance announcement
2019/10/25 2019/10/25 Taiwan Corporate
Governance
Association
Corporate management and media news crisis
management strategies
Director Huang, Hsiang-Lin 2019/06/12 2019/07/11 2019/07/11 Taiwan Corporate
Governance
Association
Corporate Governance Blueprint and
Operational Practice of Audit Committee and
Remuneration Committee
2019/07/11 2019/07/11 In response to the recent New Deal across the
Taiwan Straits, opportunities for Taiwanese
businessmen and related tax risk
considerations
2019/07/17 2019/07/17 Securities and
Futures Institute
Briefing session on insider equity trading
laws compliance announcement
2019/11/12 2019/11/12 Taiwan Academy
of banking and
finance
Analysis of important corporate governance
judgments
Director Hsu, Hsing-Hao 2019/06/12 2019/07/11 2019/07/11 Taiwan Corporate
Governance
Association
Corporate Governance Blueprint and
Operational Practice of Audit Committee and
Remuneration Committee
2019/07/11 2019/07/11 In response to the recent New Deal across the
Taiwan Straits, opportunities for Taiwanese
businessmen and related tax risk
considerations

2019/07/24
2019/07/24 Securities and
Futures Institute
Briefing session on insider equity trading
laws compliance announcement
2019/10/01 2019/10/01 Taiwan Corporate
Governance
Association
Director Responsibility and Risk
Management under the Latest Corporate
Governance Blueprint
2019/11/06 2019/11/06 Taiwan Stock
Exchange
Corporation
Publicity meeting for effective use of
directors' functions
Director TLC Capital Co.,LTD
(Peng, Chih-Chiang)

2019/06/12
2019/07/11 2019/07/11 Taiwan Corporate
Governance
Association
Corporate Governance Blueprint and
Operational Practice of Audit Committee and
Remuneration Committee

2019/07/11
2019/07/11 In response to the recent New Deal across the
Taiwan Straits, opportunities for Taiwanese
businessmen and related tax risk
considerations

17

Date of
TrainingDate

TrainingDate
Til N Oi C N
te ame on Board From To rganzer ourse ame
Director Yu, Shang-Wu 2019/06/12 2019/07/11 2019/07/11 Taiwan Corporate
Governance
Association
Corporate Governance Blueprint and
Operational Practice of Audit Committee and
Remuneration Committee

2019/07/11
2019/07/11 In response to the recent New Deal across the
Taiwan Straits, opportunities for Taiwanese
businessmen and related tax risk
considerations
Director Tsai, Song-Qi 2019/06/12 2019/07/11 2019/07/11 Taiwan Corporate
Governance
Association
Corporate Governance Blueprint and
Operational Practice of Audit Committee and
Remuneration Committee

2019/07/11
2019/07/11 In response to the recent New Deal across the
Taiwan Straits, opportunities for Taiwanese
businessmen and related tax risk
considerations
Director Su, Yan-Syue 2019/06/12 2019/04/29 2019/04/29 Taiwan Corporate
Governance
Association
Corporate governance and securities
regulations

2019/05/24
2019/05/24 Chinese National
Association of
Industry and
Commerce
The latest trends and important regulations
for preventing money laundering and
combating capital terrorism
Director Wang, Chuan -Fen 2019/06/12 2019/07/11 2019/07/11 Taiwan Corporate
Governance
Association
Corporate Governance Blueprint and
Operational Practice of Audit Committee and
Remuneration Committee

2019/07/11
2019/07/11 In response to the recent New Deal across the
Taiwan Straits, opportunities for Taiwanese
businessmen and related tax risk
considerations

18

5. Information on directors’ independence

Qualification
Name
Does he/she have more than 5yrs of Does he/she have more than 5yrs of Does he/she have more than 5yrs of
work experience and the following Degree of independence (Note)
professionalqualifications?
Public and Judge, Work
private prosecutor, experienc
Number of
universities lawyer, e in
independent
lecturer (or accountants business,
directors
above) in or other legal,
serving
business, certified financial,
concurrently
legal, professionals accountin
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 as other
financial, and g or
public
accounting technicians fields
companies
or other in the fields related to
fields related related to the the
to the business of business
business of the Company
of the
the Company Company

Lin, Wan-Shing
V V V V V V none
Lin, Jin-Bao V V V V V V V none
Chen Chueh,
Shang-Hsin
V V V V V V V V none
Kuo, Ya-Ping V V V V V V V V V V V none
Huang,
Hsiang-Lin
V V V V V V V V V V none
Hsu, Hsing-Hao V V V V V V V V V V V V V none
TLC Capital
Co.,LTD
V V V V V V V V V V V V none
Yu, Shang-Wu V V V V V V V V V V V V V V 1
Tsai, Song-Qi V V V V V V V V V V V V V V none
Su, Yan-Syue V V V V V V V V V V V V V 2
Wang, Chuan -Fen V V V V V V V V V V V V V V none

Note: Please add " " in the field under each criteria number if the director meets the criteria two years prior to being elected and during his/her term of service.

(1) Not an employee of the Company or any of its affiliates.

(2) Not a director or supervisor of the Company or any of its affiliates. (Do not apply to independent directors appointed in accordance with the Act or the laws and regulations of the local country by, and concurrently serving as such at, the Company and its parent or subsidiary or a subsidiary of the same parent.)

(3) Not a natural-person shareholder who holds shares, together with those held by the person’s spouse, minor children, or held by the person under others’ names, in an aggregate amount of 1% or more of the total number of issued shares of the Company or is ranked in the top 10 in shareholdings.

(4) Not a spouse, relative within the second degree of kinship, or lineal relative within the third degree of kinship, of a managerial officer under (1) or any of the persons under (2) and (3).

(5) Not a director, supervisor, or employee of a corporate shareholder that directly holds five percent or more of the total number of issued shares of the company, or that ranks among the top five in shareholdings, or that designates its representative to serve as a director or supervisor of the company under Article 27, paragraph 1 or 2 of the Company Act. (Do not apply to independent directors appointed in accordance with the Act or the laws and regulations of the local country by, and concurrently serving as such at, the Company and its parent or subsidiary or a subsidiary of the same parent.).

(6) Not a director, supervisor, or employee of other company if a majority of the company's director seats or voting shares and those of that other company are controlled by the same person. (Do not apply to independent directors appointed in accordance with the Act or the laws and regulations of the local country by, and concurrently serving as such at, the Company and its parent or subsidiary or a subsidiary of the same parent.).

(7) Not a director, supervisor, or employee of other company or institution if the chairman, general manager, or person holding an equivalent position of the company and a person in any of those positions at that other company or institution are the same person or are spouses.

(8) Not a director, supervisor, officer, or shareholder holding five percent or more of the shares, of a specified

19

company or institution that has a financial or business relationship with the company. (Do not apply in cases where the specified company or institution holds more than 20 percent but less than 50 percent of the Company’s issued shares and are the independent directors appointed in accordance with the Act or the laws and regulations of the local country by, and concurrently serving as such at, the Company and its parent or subsidiary or a subsidiary of the same parent.)

(9) Not a professional individual who, or an owner, partner, director, supervisor, or officer of a sole proprietorship, partnership, company, or institution that, provides auditing services to the company or any affiliate of the company, or that provides commercial, legal, financial, accounting or related services to the company or any affiliate of the company for which the provider in the past 2 years has received cumulative compensation exceeding NT$500,000, or a spouse thereof; provided, this restriction does not apply to a member of the remuneration committee, public tender offer review committee, or special committee for merger/consolidation and acquisition, who exercises powers pursuant to the Act or to the Business Mergers and Acquisitions Act or related laws or regulations.

(10) Not a spouse or a relative within the second degree of kinship to any director.

(11) Not been involved in any of situations defined in Article 30 of the Company Act.

(12) Not elected on behalf of a government agency or corporate or as a representative of these organizations as defined in Article 27 of the Company Act.

20

(II) Documents of president, vice president, assistant vice president, and chief of divisions

As of April 11, 2020

Title / Name Gender Nationality Date of Apointmentt Major academic (professional) Other Part Time Position with Other Companies
Chairman and CEO
(Note 1)
Lin, Wan-Hsing
Male Republic of China
1989/11/11
Master in Management, National Taiwan
University of Science and Technology
Chairman of Tai Shin Electronics Corporation
Chairman ofTXC (NINGBO) CORPORATION
Chairman of GROWING PROFITS TRADING LTD Corporation
Chairman of TAIWAN CRYSTAL TECHNOLOGY(HK) LTD
Corporation
Director ofTXC (CHONGQING) CORPORATION
Director of TXC JAPAN CORPORATION LTD
Director ofCHONGQING ALL SUNS COMPANY LIMITED
Vice CEO
(Note 1)
Chen Chueh,
Shan-hsing
Male Republic of China
2002/04/01
Master of management, Zhejiang University Director ofTXC (NINGBO) CORPORATION
Chairman ofTXC (CHONGQING) CORPORATION
Chairman of Tai-Shing Electronics Components Corporation
Director of Tai Shin Electronics Corporation
Director ofCHONGQING ALL SUNS COMPANY LIMITED
President
(Note 1)
Kuo, Ya-Ping
Male Republic of China
2009/08/01
BOSTON UNIVERSITY, MBA -
TXC(NGB)
President
(Note 2)
Chao, Min-Chiang
Male Republic of China
2012/01/01
Ph.D., Naval Architecture & Ocean
Engineering, National Taiwan University
Engineer, Biomedical Engineering Center,
ITRI
President of TXC (NINGBO) CORPORATION
TXC(CKG)
President
(Note 2)
Chou,Chien-Fu
Male Republic of China
2017/04/01
Master of National Taiwan of Science and
Technology
President of TXC (CHONGQING) CORPORATION
Chairman of Chongqing All Sun Company Limited
Executive Vice
President
(Note 3)
Yu,Fang-Ming
Male Republic of China
2012/01/01
Department of Electronic Engineering,
Oriental Insitute of Technology
Executive Vice President of TXC (CHONGQING)
CORPORATION
Vice President
Lin, Shi-Bo
Male Republic of China
2011/01/31
Master of Physics, UC, Riverside, USA -
Vice President
Chang, Chien-Tsung
Male Republic of China
2012/01/01
City University of Macau, MBA
Plant Manager, Taitien Electronics Co., Ltd.
Vice President of TXC (NINGBO) CORPORATION

21

Title / Name Gender Nationality Date of Apointmentt Major academic (professional) Other Part Time Position with Other Companies
Vice President
Cheng, Li-Wei
Male Republic of China
2018/01/01
Ph D., Materials Science and Engineering of
National Tsing Hua University
-
Chief Technology
Officer
Chu,Chih-Hsun
Male Republic of China
2017/12/18
Ph D., Materials Science and Engineering of
National Tsing Hua University
-
Vice President
Kuo, Ya-Han
Female Republic of China
2009/08/01
West Coast University, MBA -
Vice President
(Note 4)
Su,Jing-Sheng
Male Republic of China
2015/12/05
Master of Department of Electrical
Engineering, National Tsing Hua University
-
Chief Engineer
Chang, Qi-Zhong
Male Republic of China
2006/04/01
Executive Master of Business Administration,
EMBA
National Chiao Tung University College of
Management
-
Assistant Vice
President
Lin, Su-fen
Female Republic of China
2010/07/01
Electrical Department of Kaohsiung Institute -
Assistant Vice
President
Su, Zhe-Ming
Male Republic of China
2011/01/31
Department of Electrical Engineering,
National Taiwan Ocean University
-
Assistant Vice
President
Liu,Hsu-Er
Male Republic of China
2015/06/01
Master of Department of Materials Science
and Engineering, National Taiwan University
Assistant Vice President of TXC (NINGBO) CORPORATION
Assistant Vice
President
Chiu,Chih-Hung
Male Republic of China
2019/06/01
Master of Executive Master of Business
Administration
-
Assistant Vice
President
Pao,Shih-Yung
Male Republic of China
2019/06/01
Ph.D of National Taiwan University Institute
of Applied Mechanics
-
Assistant Vice
President
Huang,Hsiang-Lin
Male Republic of China
2019/09/01
State University of New York at Albany,
Master of Business Administration (MBA)
-
Chief Financial
Officer (CFO)
Hong, Guan -Wen
Female Republic of China
2003/03/11
MBA, National Taipei University Supervisor of Win win precision technology
Supervisor of Godsmith Sensor Inc.

22

Title / Name Gender Nationality

Date of Apointmentt

Major academic (professional)

Other Part Time Position with Other Companies

When the chairman of the board of directors and the general manager or equivalent (top manager) are the same person, spouses or relatives of each other, the reasons, rationality, necessity, future improvement measures and other relevant information shall be stated:

The CEO of the company is responsible for the planning and implementation of the company's long-term business development strategy, the overall management of the group's business team and reporting to the board of directors, while the president is responsible for the planning and management of the daily operation of each plant area. The chairman of the board of directors of the company also serves as the CEO. The company is expected to plan and implement the company's long-term business development strategy in the direction of the concept of sustainable operation, and clearly divide the functions and powers of the chairman, the CEO and the president. In addition, the number of independent directors of the company is more than 4, and more than half of the directors are not employees or managers, so as to enhance the independence of the board of directors.

Note 1: The board of directors appointed Mr. Lin Wan-Shing as the CEO, Mr. Chen Chueh, Shang-Hsin as the deputy CEO and Mr. Kuo, Ya-Ping as the president on Jun. 12, 2019.

Note 2: In response to the concept adjustment of the organization, vice predident Mr. Chao, Min-Chiang is hereby appointed as the president of TXC (NINGBO) CORPORATION and Mr. as the president of TXC (CHONGQING) CORPORATION in Dec. 2019.

Note 3: Mr. Yu, Fang-Ming was promoted to executive vice president of TXC (CHONGQING) CORPORATION on Aug. 8, 2019.

Note 4: Associate vice president Mr. Su, Jing-Sheng of manufacturing center was promoted to vice president on Nov. 1, 2019.

Note 5: Mr. Chiu, Chih-Hung, director of R & D center and Mr. Pao, Shih-Yung, senior special assistant (Level 3), were promoted to deputy technical director on June 1, 2019.

Note 6: Mr. Huang, Hsiang-Lin, director of the marketing center, was promoted to associate vice president of the marketing center on Sep. 1, 2019.

23

III. Remuneration and Compensation Paid to Directors, and President and Vice President

(I) Remuneration Paid to Directors

December 31, 2019 Unit: Shares, NT$ 1,000

Title
Name
Director’s Remuneration Director’s Remuneration Director’s Remuneration Total Remuneration
(A+B+C+D) as a % of
Total Remuneration
(A+B+C+D) as a % of
Compensation E Compensation E Compensation E arned bya Director Who is an Employee Director Who is an Employee Director Who is an Employee Director Who is an Employee Total Compensation
A+B+C+D+E+F+G)as a %
of Net Income (Note 10)
Total Compensation
A+B+C+D+E+F+G)as a %
of Net Income (Note 10)
Compensation
Paid to Directors
from
Non-Consolidated
Affiliates
(Note 11)
Base
Compensation(A)
(Note 2)

Seve
rance Pay Compensation to
Allowances (D) Base Compensation,
Bonuses and
Severan ce Pay and Compensation to Employees (G)


and P

ensions (B)

Directors (C)
(Note 3)

(Note 4)
Net Income
(Note 10)
Allowances (E)
(Note 5)

Pens

ions (F)

(Note 6)

of Net Incom
From
TXC
From All
Consolidated
Entities
(Note 7)

From
TXC
From All
Consolidated
Entities
(Note 7)

From
TXC
From All
Consolidated
Entities
(Note 7)
From
TXC
From All
Consolidated
Entities
(Note 7)
From
TXC
From All
Consolidated
Entities
(Note 7)
From
TXC
From All
Consolidated
Entities
(Note 7)
From
TXC
From All
Consolidated
Entities
(Note 7)

From
TXC From All Consolidated
Entities
From From All
Consolidated
Entities
(Note 7)

Cash
Stock (Note 7)
Cash
Stock

TXC
Chairman
and CEO
Lin,Wan-Shing
0
0 0 0 7,725 7,725 840 840 1.2750 1.2750 7,635 12,253 900 900 4,100 0 4,100 0 3.1559 3.8432 4,203
Director
Lin,Jin-Bao
Director
Chen Chueh
Shang-Hsin
Director
Kuo,Ya-Ping
Director
Huang,
Hsiang-Lin
Director
Hsu,Hsing-Hao
Director
TLC Capital
Co.,LTD
Representative:
Peng,
Chih-Chiang
Representative:
ChangWen-Chin
Director
Golden Talent
Investment
Holding co.,
Limited
Representative:
Chou,Ming-chih
Director
Hsu,Der-Jun
Director
Go,Tien-Chong

24

Title
Name
Director’s Remuneration Director’s Remuneration Director’s Remuneration Director’s Remuneration Director’s Remuneration Director’s Remuneration Director’s Remuneration Director’s Remuneration Total Remuneration
(A+B+C+D) as a % of
Total Remuneration
(A+B+C+D) as a % of
Compensation Earned bya Director Who is an Employee Compensation Earned bya Director Who is an Employee Compensation Earned bya Director Who is an Employee Compensation Earned bya Director Who is an Employee Compensation Earned bya Director Who is an Employee Compensation Earned bya Director Who is an Employee Compensation Earned bya Director Who is an Employee Compensation Earned bya Director Who is an Employee Total Compensation
A+B+C+D+E+F+G)as a %
of Net Income (Note 10)
Total Compensation
A+B+C+D+E+F+G)as a %
of Net Income (Note 10)
Compensation
Paid to Directors
from
Non-Consolidated
Affiliates
(Note 11)
Base
Compensation(A)
(Note 2)

Severance Pay
Compensation to
Allowances (D) Base Compensation,
Bonuses and
Severance Pay and
Compensation to Employees (G)


and Pensions (B)

Directors (C)
(Note 3)

(Note 4)
Net Income
(Note 10)
Allowances (E)
(Note 5)

Pensions (F)


(Note 6)
From
TXC
From All
Consolidated
Entities
(Note 7)

From
TXC
From All
Consolidated
Entities
(Note 7)

From
TXC
From All
Consolidated
Entities
(Note 7)
From
TXC
From All
Consolidated
Entities
(Note 7)
From
TXC
From All
Consolidated
Entities
(Note 7)
From
TXC
From All
Consolidated
Entities
(Note 7)
From
TXC
From All
Consolidated
Entities
(Note 7)

From TXC
From All Consolidated
Entities
From From All
Consolidated
Entities
(Note 7)

Cash
Stock
(Note 7)
Cash
Stock

TXC
Independent
Director
Yu, Shang-Wu
0 0 0 0 4 ,200 4,200 960 960 0.7681 0.7681 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.7681 0.7681 0
Independent
Director
Tsai,Song-Qi
Independent
Director
Su,Yan-Syue
Independent
Director
Wang, Chuan
-Fen
1. Please describe the policy, system, standards and structure of independent directors' remuneration, as well as the connection between the amount of remuneration
paid and director’s responsibilities, risks, time investment and other factors: the remuneration of the directors of the Company is determined by the board of directors
in accordance with the Articles of Incorporation, issued based on the director's participation in the Company's operations and contribution, with reference to both
domestic and foreign market standards. If the Company has a profit, the board of directors will determine the amount of directors' remuneration in accordance with
the Company's Articles of Incorporation. Independent directors are ex-officio
members of the audit committee. In addition to the general remuneration paid to directors, the Company takes into account of each director’s individual
responsibilities, risks and investment time, and also determines different reasonable remunerations.
2. In addition to the information disclosed in the table above, has any Director provided services to TXC Corporation and its subsidiaries and received compensation
for such services
(e.g. serving as a consultant that is not an employee): None.

Note: The representative of TLC Capital Co., LTD, the legal director, was changed from Mr. Chang Wen-Chin to Mr. Peng, Chih-Chiang on February 18, 2019. Mr. Kuo, Ya-Ping, Mr. Huang, Hsiang-Lin and Mr. Hsu, Hsing-Hao were elected as the new directors; Golden Talent Investment Holding co., Limited, Mr. Hsu, Der-Jun and Mr. Go, Tien-Chong, the legal directors, resigned; Mr. Lin, Wan-Shing,the director of the board of directors, was elected as the chairman of the board of directors, and appointed Mr. Lin, Wan-Shing as the CEO, Mr. Chen Chueh Shang-Hsin as the deputy CEO, and Mr. Kuo, Ya-Ping was appointed as the president at the general meeting of shareholders on Jun. 12, 2019.

25

Table of Remuneration Scale

Director Names
Remuneration Paid to Directors Total Remuneration (A+B+C+D) Total Compensation (A+B+C+D+E+F+G)
From All Consolidated Entities From All Consolidated Entities
From TXC (Note 8)
From TXC (Note 8)
(Note 9)H (Note 9)I
Less than NT$1,000,000 Hsu, Hsing-Hao, Peng, Chih-Chiang ,
Chang Wen-Chin, Chou,
Ming-chih ,Hsu, Der-Jun, Go
Tien-Chong, Golden Talent
Investment Holding co., Limited
TLC Capital Co., LTD

Hsu, Hsing-Hao, Peng,
Chih-Chiang , Chang Wen-Chin,
Chou, Ming-chih ,Hsu, Der-Jun,
Go Tien-Chong, Golden Talent
Investment Holding co.,
LimitedTLC Capital Co., LTD
Hsu, Hsing-Hao, Peng,
Chih-Chiang , Chang Wen-Chin,
Chou, Ming-chih ,Hsu, Der-Jun,
Go Tien-Chong, Golden Talent
Investment Holding co.,
LimitedTLC Capital Co., LTD
Hsu, Hsing-Hao, Peng, Chih-Chiang ,
Chang Wen-Chin, Chou,
Ming-chih ,Hsu, Der-Jun, Go
Tien-Chong, Golden Talent
Investment Holding co., Limited
TLC Capital Co., LTD
NT$1,000,000 –NT$1,999,999 Lin, Wan-Shing, Lin, Jin-Bao, Chen
Chueh Shang-Hsin, Kuo, Ya-Ping,
Huang, Hsiang-Lin, Yu, Shang-Wu,
Tsai, Song-Qi, Su, Yan-Syue,
Wang ,Chuan –Fen
Lin, Wan-Shing, Lin, Jin-Bao,
Chen Chueh Shang-Hsin, Kuo,
Ya-Ping, Huang, Hsiang-Lin, Yu,
Shang-Wu, Tsai, Song-Qi, Su,
Yan-Syue, Wang ,Chuan –Fen
Shang-Wu, Tsai, Song-Qi, Su,
Yan-Syue, Wang ,Chuan –Fen
Shang-Wu, Tsai, Song-Qi, Su,
Yan-Syue, Wang ,Chuan –Fen
NT$2,000,000 –NT$3,499,999 Chen Chueh Shang-HsinHuang,
Hsiang-Lin

Huang, Hsiang-Lin
NT$3,500,000 –NT$4,999,999 Lin, Jin-Bao, Lin, Wan-Shing,
Kuo, Ya-Ping
Lin, Jin-Bao, Kuo, Ya-Ping
NT$5,000,000 - NT$9,999,999 Lin, Wan-Shing,
Chen Chueh Shang-Hsin
NT$10,000,000 - NT$14,999,999
NT$15,000,000 - NT$29,999,999
NT$30,000,000 - NT$49,999,999
NT$50,000,000 - NT$99,999,999
NT$100,000,000 and above
Total 17 persons
(included 2 corporate directors)
17 persons
(included 2 corporate directors)
17 persons
(included 2 corporate directors)
17 persons
(included 2 corporate directors)

26

  • Note 1: Director names shall be listed separately (the shareholder name and representative shall be listed separately for corporate directors) and each payment amount shall be disclosed as a summary. If directors concurrently serve as president and vice presidents, list in this Table and Tables (3-1) or (3-2) below.

  • Note 2: 2019 director remuneration (includes director salary, allowances, severance pay, various bonuses and incentives).

  • Note 3: 2020 compensation to directors passed by the Board of Directors in 2019.

  • Note 4: Related 2019 director allowances (including travel expenses, special expenses, all kinds of allowances, accomodations, substantive objects offered in the form of vehicles and etc.). If real estate, cars and other transportation or exclusive personal expenses are offered, the asset category and cost, actual rent or rent calculated at fair market value, fuel expenses and other payments shall be disclosed. If a driver is assigned, attach an explanation of the driver’s related compensation but do not include the compensation into the remuneration.

  • Note 5: 2019 directors who concurrently hold positions in the company (including the president and vice presidents, other managers and employees) receive remunerations including salary, duty differential pay, severance pay, all kinds of bonuses, incentive pays, accomodations, and substantive objects offered in the form of vehicles. If real estate, cars and other transportation or exclusive personal expenses are offered, the asset category and cost, actual rent or rent calculated at fair market value, fuel expenses and other payments shall be disclosed. If a driver is assigned, attach an explanation of the driver’s related compensation but do not include the compensation into the remuneration.

  • Note 6: 2019 directors concurrently hold positions in the Company (including the president and vice presidents, other managers and employees) who receive employee bonuses (including stock and cash) shall disclose the 2019 employee compensation amounts passed and distributed by the 2020 Board of Directors meeting. If estimation is not possible, calculate this year’s proposed distribution amounts based on the actual percentages distributed for the previous year and list in Table 1-3.

  • Note 7: The total of all compensation items from all consolidated entities (including the Company) paid to Company directors shall be disclosed.

  • Note 8: The total of each of the remuneration items paid by the Company to each director are disclosed under the corresponding director name in the scale.

  • Note 9: The total of each of the remunderation items paid by all consolidated entities to Company directors shall be disclosed under the corresponding director name in the scale.

  • Note 10: Net Income refers to 2019 net income: Those who have adopted IFRS, net income refers to the net income in individual or separate financial reports for the most recent year.

  • Note 11: a. This column shall clearly list the related remuneration amounts from reinvested companies other than subsidiaries.

  • b. If Company directors receive remuneration from reinvested companies other than subsidiaries, the remuneration received by Company directors from reinvested companies other than subsidiaries is included in the Remuneration Scale column and the column is renamed All Reinvested Entities.

  • c. Compensation and remuneration refers to the compensation and remuneration (employee, director and supervisor remuneration), business execution expenses and other related remuneration received by Company directors as directors, supervisors and managers of reinvested entities other than subsidiaries.

27

(II) Compensation Paid to President and Vice Presidents

December 31,2019 Unit: Thousand Shares,NT$1,000 December 31,2019 Unit: Thousand Shares,NT$1,000 December 31,2019 Unit: Thousand Shares,NT$1,000 December 31,2019 Unit: Thousand Shares,NT$1,000 December 31,2019 Unit: Thousand Shares,NT$1,000 December 31,2019 Unit: Thousand Shares,NT$1,000 December 31,2019 Unit: Thousand Shares,NT$1,000
Title Name Base Compensation
(A)
(Note 2)
Bonuses and Allowances Total Compensation as a %
of Net Income (A+B+C+D)
(Note 8
Compensation Paid to
Directors from
Non-Consolidated
Affiliates
(Note 9)
Severance Pay and
(C) Employee Compensation (D)
Pensions (B)
(Note 3)
(Note 4)
From
TXC
From All
From All From All From TXC From All Consolidated
Entities
From All
Consolidated
From
Consolidated
From
Consolidated
Nt 5
From Consolidated
Entities TXC Entities TXC Entities (oe) TXC Entities
(Note 5) (Note 5) (Note 5) Cash Stock Cash Stock (Note 5)
Chairman
&CEO
Lin, Wan-Shing 16,907 22,583 1,953 1,953 5,598 11,036 9,600 0 9,600 0 5.0698 6.7242 3,868
Deputy CEO Chen Chueh
Shang-Hsin
President Kuo, Ya-Ping
TXC(NGB)
President
Chao, Min-Chiang
TXC(CKG)
President
Chou, Chien-Fu
Executive
Vice President
Yu, Fang-Ming
Vice President Lin, Shi-Bo
Vice President Chang,
chien-Tsung
Vice President Cheng, Li-Wei
Chief
Technology
Officer
Chu,Chih-Hsun
Vice President Kuo,Ya Han
Vice President Su, Jing-Sheng

Regardless of the position, those positions equivalent to President and Vice President (i.e.: President, CEO and Director) have all been disclosed.

28

Compensation Scale

Compensation Paid to Names of Senior Executives
Senior Executives The Company(Note 6) The Company in the financial reportNote 7(E)
Less than NT$1,000,000
NT$1,000,000 –NT$1,999,999 Chen Chueh Shang-Hsin, Chang,Chien-Tsung,
NT$2,000,000 –NT$3,499,999 Chao,Min-Chiang, Chou, Chien-Fu, Yu,Fang-Ming, Lin,
Shi-Bo,
Cheng,Li-Wei,Chu,Chih-Hsun,Kuo,Ya Han,Su,Jing-Sheng
Lin, Shi-Bo, Chang,Chien-Tsung,
Chu,Chih-Hsun, Su, Jing-Sheng
NT$3,500,000 –NT$4,999,999 Lin, Wan-Shin, Kuo, Ya-Ping Lin, Wan-Shin, Chen Chueh Shang-Hsin , Kuo, Ya-Ping,
Chao,Min-Chiang, Chou, Chien-Fu,, Yu,Fang-Ming,
Cheng, Li-Wei, Kuo,Ya Han
NT$5,000,000 - NT$9,999,999
NT$10,000,000 - NT$14,999,999
NT$15,000,000 - NT$29,999,999
NT$30,000,000 - NT$49,999,999
NT$50,000,000 - NT$99,999,999
NT$100,000,000 and above
Total 12persons 12persons
  • Note 1: The names of president and vice general presidents shall be listed separately (the shareholder name and representative shall be listed separately for corporate directors) and each payment amount shall be disclosed as a summary. If there are directors that concurrently serve as a president and vice general presidents, list in this Table and Tables (1-1) or (1-2) below.

  • Note 2: Lists 2019 salary, allowances and severance pay for the general and vice general managers.

  • Note 3: Lists 2019 president and vice general presidents bonuses, incentives, travel expenses, special expenses, all kinds of allowances, accomodations, substantive objects offered in the form of vehicles and other remuneration). If real estate, cars and other transportation or exclusive personal expenses are offered, the asset category and cost, actual rent or rent calculated at fair market value, fuel expenses and other payments shall be disclosed. If a driver is assigned, attach an explanation of the driver’s related compensation but do not include the compensation into the remuneration

  • Note 4: 2019 directors concurrently hold positions in the Company (including the president and vice general presidents, other managers and employees) who receive employee bonuses (including stock and cash) shall disclose the 2019 general manager and vice general manager employee compensation amounts passed and distributed by the 2020 Board of Directors meeting. If estimation is not possible, calculate this year’s proposed distribution amounts based on the actual percentages distributed for the previous year and list in Table 1-3. Net Income refers to the most recent year’s net income: Those who have adopted IFRS, net income refers to the net income in individual or separate financial reports for the most recent year.

  • Note 5: The total of all compensation items from all consolidated entities (including the Company) paid to Company president and vice general presidents shall be disclosed.

29

  • Note 6: The total of each of the remuneration items paid by the Company to each general and vice general manager shall be disclosed under the corresponding general manager and vice general manager names in the scale.

  • Note 7: The total of each of the remuneration items paid by all consolidated entities (including the Company) to each general and vice general manager shall be disclosed under the corresponding president and vice general presidents’ name is the scale.

  • Note 8: Net Income refers to 2019 net income: Those who have adopted IFRS, net income refer to the net income in individual or separate financial reports for the most recent year.

  • Note 9: a. This column shall clearly list the related remuneration amounts from reinvested companies other than subsidiaries.

  • b. If Company general and vice general managers receive remuneration from reinvested companies other than subsidiaries, the remuneration received by Company directors from reinvested companies other than subsidiaries is included in Remuneration Scale Column E and the column is renamed All Reinvested Entities.

  • c. Remuneration refers to the compensation and remuneration (employee, director and supervisor remuneration), business execution expenses and other related remuneration received by Company general and vice general managers serving as directors, supervisors and managers of reinvested entities other than subsidiaries.

  • There are differences in the income concept in the remuneration information disclosed in this Table and income tax laws so this Table is used for information disclosure and not taxation purposes.

  • Regardless of the position, those positions equivalent to President and Vice President (i.e.: President, CEO and Director) have all been disclosed.

30

(III) Profit Sharing Distributed to Managers (Proposed 2019 Employee Profit Sharing Amounts)

December 31, 2019 Unit: Thousand Shares, NT$ 1,000

% of
Title Name Stock Cash Total
Net Income
Managers Chairman and CEO Lin, Wan-Shing 0 15,000 15,000 2.2329
Deputy CEO Chen Chueh Shang-Hsin
President Kuo, Ya-Ping
TXC (NGB)
President
Chao, Min-Chiang
TXC (CKG)
President
Chou, Chien-Fu
Executive Vice President Yu, Fang-Ming
Vice President Lin, Shi-Bo
Vice President Chang, Chien-Tsung
Vice President Cheng, Li-Wei
Chief Technology Officer
(CTO)
Chu, Chih-Hsun
Vice President Kuo, Ya-Han
Vice President Su, Jing-Sheng
Chief Engineer Chang, Qi-Zhong
Assistant Vice President Lin, Su-fen
Assistant Vice President Su, Zhe-Ming
Assistant Vice President Liu, Hsu-Er
Deputy CTO Chiu,Chih-Hung
Deputy CTO Pao,Shih-Yung
Assistant Vice President Huang, Hsiang-Lin
Chief Financial Officer
(CFO)
Hong, Guan -Wen

Note 1: Name and title of individuals shall be disclosed but earning distribution shall be disclosed in summarized form.

Note 2: Employee remuneration amounts (including stocks and cash) for managers passed by the 2020 Board of Directors meeting. If estimation is not possible, calculate this year’s proposed distribution amounts based on the actual percentages distributed for the previous year. Net Income refers to 2019 net income: Those who have adopted IFRS, net income refers to the net income in individual or separate financial reports for the most recent year.

  • Note 3: The scope of application for managers is determined according to the rules set down in the March 27, 2003 Tai-tsai-cheng-san no. 0920001301 letters. The scope is as follows:

  • (1) President and equivalent level personnel

  • (2) Vice president and equivalent level personnel

  • (3) Assistant vice president and equivalent level personnel

  • (4) Financial department supervisor

31

  • (5) Accounting department supervisor

  • (6) Other persons handling company management affairs and with signature authority.

Note 4: If directors, presidents and vice presidents receive employee compensation (including stocks and cash), the compensation shall be listed in Table 1-2 and additionally in this Table.

  • Note 5: Remuneration by the Company to individual directors shall be disclosed under the following circumstances:

    1. Remuneration to individual directors shall be disclosed if there have been consecutive after-tax losses for the previous three year: Not applicable.

    2. Remuneration to individual directors shall be disclosed in the event of insufficient director shareholdings for three consecutive months in the most recent year: Not applicable

    3. If there are directors with an average pledged share ratio of over 50% for any three months in the most recent years, the individual director(s) with the average pledged share ratio exceeeding 50% for each of these months shall be disclosed: Not applicable.

    4. If all Directors receive the directors' remuneration of all companies in the financial report accounting for more than 2% of the after tax net profit, and individual directors receive the remuneration of more than NT$15 million: None.

    5. Where the results of the corporate governance evaluation of a listed or OTC company in the most recent year are at the last level, or where the trading method has been changed, the trading has been stopped, or the listed and OTC company has been terminated in the most recent year and up to the date of printing the annual report, or where the approval of the corporate governance evaluation committee indicates that the company should not be evaluated: None.

    6. This restriction shall not apply to full-time employees of a listed or OTC company whose average annual salary for the most recent year is less than NT$500,000: None.

  • (IV) Individually compare and explain the analysis of the remuneration paid to Company directors, president and vice presidents as a percentage of net income by the Company and all consolidated entities over the past two years and explain the remuneration payment policy, standard and mix, procedure for setting remuneration and operation performance and future risk correlation.

    1. Remuneration Paid to Company Directors, President and Vice Presidents as a Percentage of Net Income by the Company over the Past Two Years

Unit: %

Title Income
Remuneration as Percentage of Net
2019 2018
From TXC From All
Consolidated Entities
From TXC From All
Consolidated Entities
Director 3.92 4.61 3.46 4.28
President and
Vice Presidents
5.07 6.72 4.82 6.72

Note 1 2019 director and president and vice president remuneration amounts are passed and distributed by the 2020 Board of Directors meeeting so the remuneration at percentage of net income calculations in this column are temporary estimates.

  1. Company director remuneration is determined based on the Company’s Articles of Incorporation. Fair remuneration is provided by considering Company operation results and contributions towards company performance. Peesident and vice presidents remuneration payment policy is based on the Company’s Salary Management Rules and salary levels for that job position in the industry market, the scope of authority of that job position inside the Company and degree of contribution toward operation targets. The procedure for setting remuneration follows evaluation and review procedures in the Company’s Director and Manager Performance Evaluation Rules. In addition to referring

32

to the Company’s overall operational performance, future industry risks and development trends, individual performance achievement rates and contribution towards company performance is considered in order to provide fair compensation. The fairness of related performance evaluations and remuneration are reviewed by the salary and compensation committee and Board of Directors. The remuneration system is discussed at appropriate times based on actual operating conditions and with respect to related laws to achieve a balance between sustainable company operation and risk control.

33

IV. Implementation of Corporate Governance

(I) Operation of the Board of Directors

In 2019, the Board of Directors had held 7 meetings (A), the attendance of which as as follows:

December 31, 2019 December 31, 2019
Title Name Actual number
of attendees
(B)
Number
of proxy
attendees
Actual rate of
attendance (%)
[B/A]
Remarks
Chairman Lin, Wan-Shing 7 0 100
Director Lin, Jin-Bao 7 0 100
Director Chen Chueh,
Shang-Hsin
7 0 100
Director Kuo, Ya-Ping 5 0 100 Jun. 12, 2019
newly elected
Director Huang, Hsiang-Lin 5 0 100
Director Hsu, Hsing-Hao 5 0 100
Director TLC Capital Co., LTD
(Peng,hih-Chiang)
6 0 86
Director Hsu, Der-Jun 2 0 100 Jun. 12, 2019
resigned
Director Go, Tien-Chong 1 0 50
Director GoldenTalent
Investment Holding
co., Limited
(Chou,Ming-chih)
1 1 50
Independent
Director
Yu, Shang-Wu 7 0 100
Independent
Director
Tsai, Song-Qi 7 0 100
Independent
Director
Su, Yan-Syue 6 1 86
Independent
Director
Wang, Chuan -Fen 7 0 100

34

Other items to be recorded:

  1. The date, session, agenda, opinions of all independent directors and the Company’s means of processing the opinions of independent directors shall be specified if one of the following circumstances occurred in the operation of the board of directors:

  2. (1) Matters listed under Article 14-3 of the Securities and Exchange Act: Not applicable, since the Company has established an audit committee; matters listed under Article 14-5 of the Securities and Exchange Act shall be applicable instead;

  3. (2) Other board resolutions recorded and stated in writing with opposing or reserved opinions from independent directors other than those mentioned above: None; there was no opposing or reserved opinions of the period from the independent directors.

  4. Directors' implementation on the avoidance of interest-related motions: (1) Date: 2019/04/25

Agenda: 2018Annual Performance Appraisal on the Directors and Managers.

Directors avoiding conflicts of interest: Chairman Lin, Jin-Bao, President Lin, Wan-Shing, Director Chen Chueh, Shang-Hsin

Reasons for the avoidance of conflict of interests and participation in voting: Whereas Chairman Lin, Jin-Bao, President Lin, Wan-Shing, Director Chen Chueh, Shang-Hsin are the Company’s managers, the parties in question shall avoid conflict of interests by not participating in the discussion and voting pursuant to Item 2, Article 206 of the Company Act. Chairman LIN had appointed Independent Director Yu, Shang-Wu to preside in the discussion and voting on behalf of the Chairman.

Resolutions of the Board of Directors: Except for the above-mentioned directors who avoided conflict of interests, the remaining directors have passed the motions without objection.

(2) Date: 2019/04/25

Agenda: Q2 / 2019 performance bonus amount.

Directors avoiding conflicts of interest: Chairman Lin, Jin-Bao, President Lin, Wan-Shing, Director Chen Chueh, Shang-Hsin

Reasons for the avoidance of conflict of interests and participation in voting: Whereas Chairman Lin, Jin-Bao, President Lin, Wan-Shing, Director Chen Chueh, Shang-Hsin are the Company’s managers, the parties in question shall avoid conflict of interests by not participating in the discussion and voting pursuant to Item 2, Article 206 of the Company Act. Chairman LIN had appointed Independent Director Yu, Shang-Wu to preside in the discussion and voting on behalf of the Chairman.

Resolutions of the Board of Directors: Except for the above-mentioned directors who avoided conflict of interests, the remaining directors have passed the motions without objection.

(3) Date: 2019/08/08

Agenda: Review the 2018 annual payment of employee compensation and directors’ remuneration. Directors avoiding conflicts of interest: Chairman Lin, Wan-Shing, President Kuo, Ya-Ping, Director Chen Chueh, Shang-Hsin, Huang, Hsiang-Lin

Reasons for the avoidance of conflict of interests and participation in voting: Whereas Chairman Lin, Wan-Shing, President Kuo, Ya-Ping, Director Chen Chueh, Shang-Hsin, Huang, Hsiang-Lin

are the Company’s managers, the parties in question shall avoid conflict of interests by not participating in the discussion and voting pursuant to Item 2, Article 206 of the Company Act. Chairman LIN had appointed Independent Director Yu, Shang-Wu to preside in the discussion and voting on behalf of the Chairman.

35

Resolutions of the Board of Directors: Except for the above-mentioned directors who avoided conflict of interests, the remaining directors have passed the motions without objection.

(4) Date: 2019/08/08

Agenda: Review the case of salary and remuneration of first-level supervisor's assignment Directors avoiding conflicts of interest: Chairman Lin, Wan-Shing, President Kuo, Ya-Ping, Director Chen Chueh, Shang-Hsin

Reasons for the avoidance of conflict of interests and participation in voting: Whereas Chairman Lin, Wan-Shing, President Kuo, Ya-Ping, Director Chen Chueh, Shang-Hsin are the Company’s managers, the parties in question shall avoid conflict of interests by not participating in the discussion and voting pursuant to Item 2, Article 206 of the Company Act. Chairman LIN had appointed Independent Director Yu, Shang-Wu to preside in the discussion and voting on behalf of the Chairman.

Resolutions of the Board of Directors: Except for the above-mentioned directors who avoided conflict of interests, the remaining directors have passed the motions without objection.

(5) Date: 2019/10/28

Agenda: Proposed the reassignment case of the legal representative of the subsidiary TXC (Ningbo) Corporation Directors avoiding conflicts of interest: Director Chen Chueh, Shang-Hsin

Reasons for the avoidance of conflict of interests and participation in voting: Whereas Director Chen Chueh, Shang-Hsin is the Company’s manager; the parties in question shall avoid conflict of interests by not participating in the discussion and voting pursuant to Item 2, Article 206 of the Company Act.

Resolutions of the Board of Directors: Except for the above-mentioned directors who avoided conflict of interests, the remaining directors have passed the motions without objection.

(6) Date: 2019/10/28

Agenda: Review the case of first-level supervisor assignment

Directors avoiding conflicts of interest: Director Huang, Hsiang-Lin

Reasons for the avoidance of conflict of interests and participation in voting: Whereas Director Huang, Hsiang-Lin is the Company’s manager; the parties in question shall avoid conflict of interests by not participating in the discussion and voting pursuant to Item 2, Article 206 of the Company Act.

Resolutions of the Board of Directors: Except for the above-mentioned directors who avoided conflict of interests, the remaining directors have passed the motions without objection.

(7) Date: 2019/12/25

Agenda: 2019 performance bonus amount

Directors avoiding conflicts of interest: Chairman Lin, Wan-Shing, President Kuo, Ya-Ping, Director Chen Chueh, Shang-Hsin, Huang, Hsiang-Lin

Reasons for the avoidance of conflict of interests and participation in voting: Whereas Chairman Lin, Wan-Shing, President Kuo, Ya-Ping, Director Chen Chueh, Shang-Hsin, Huang, Hsiang-Lin are the Company’s managers, the parties in question shall avoid conflict of interests by not participating in the discussion and voting pursuant to Item 2, Article 206 of the Company Act. Chairman LIN had appointed Independent Director Yu, Shang-Wu to preside in the discussion and voting on behalf of the Chairman.

Resolutions of the Board of Directors: Except for the above-mentioned directors who avoided conflict of interests, the remaining directors have passed the motions without objection.

36

  1. The interval and period of self-assessment (or peer assessment) made by the Board of Directors of the Company, the assessment scope, method, and content, and the implementation:
Interval Period Scope Method Content
Annually January 2019 to
December 2019
Board of Directors,
individual members,
and functional
Committees
Interal
self-assessment
The performance of the Board of Directors and its individual
members includes five major aspects: the degree of
participation in the Company's operations, the
decision-making quality of the Board of Directors, the
composition and structure of the Board of Directors, selection
and appointment of directors and continuous education and
internal control. The performance assessment of the
Functional Committees and its individual members includes
five major aspects: the degree of participation in the
Company's operations, the awareness of duties of
theFunctional Committees, the decision-making quality of
the Functional Committees, the composition and election of
the Functional Committees,and internal control.
Every three
years
January 2019 to
December 2019
Board of Directors External
professional
organizations
The questionnaires and field visits were used to evaluate the
effectiveness of the board of directors on the four major
aspects of the board ’s professional functions,
decision-making effectiveness, internal control, and corporate
social responsibility.
  1. The goals of the year and the most recent year on the strengthening of the board of directors’ functions (such as establishing an audit committee, improving information transparency, etc.) and performance evaluation:

  2. (1) The Company’s first Audit Committee was duly established on June 19, 2013 consisted by 3 independent directors and convenes meeting at least once every quarter. It is responsible for reviewing the proper presentation of the Company’s financial statements, the selection (dismissal), independence and performance of the Certified Public Accountant, and the effective implementation of the Company’s internal control, the Company’s compliance with relevant laws and regulations and the Company’s control over existing or potential risks. The shareholders’ meeting re-elected in 2016 and in 2019 to increase 1 independent director for the purpose of strengthening corporate governance; there are currently 4 independent directors in the Audit Committee. Since the date the Audit Committee was established, the Audit Committee has invited Certified Public Accountant and related personnel to attend each meeting and participate in the discussion. The communication meetings were convened as-needed. Please see the Company’s website for the communication records: investors relations / corporate governance / the Board of Directors / independent directors’ information. The second the Audit Committee has convened 5 meetings in 2019 and all carried out successfully.

  3. (2) The Company’s first Remuneration Committee was duly established on December 28, 2011 along with its charter. he second Remuneration Committee was appointed upon the resolution of the Board of Directors on July 10, 2013 to be responsible for formulating and periodically reviewing the performance assessment and remuneration policies, system, standards and structure for the directors and managers, regularly evaluating and setting the remuneration of the directors and managers, as well as completing annual assessment before the first quarter of

37

the following year pursuant to the Company’s “Performance Assessment Method for the Directors and Managers”. The third and the fourth Remuneration Committee were appointed upon the resolution of the Board of Directors which consisted by 4 independent directors. The 2019 annual asssessment was completed on March 23, 2020 and reported to the Remuneration Committee and the Board of Directors. All related personnel have attended and participated in the discussion during the Remuneration Committee’s meetings. There were 5 meetings in 2019 and all carried out successfully.

  • (3) The Company continued to strengthen its corporate governance. where the “CG6005 general version of corporate governance assessment and authentication” and the “CG6008 advanced corporate governance assessment and authentication” were certified by the Corporate Governance Association in in March 2012 and May 2013, respectively, and the minutes of the Board of Directors, the Audit Committee and the Remuneration Committee and the rules and regulations of the Company are all posted on the Company's website. The Company has always adhered to the principle of information transparency, actively safeguards interests of the shareholders, and discloses important resolutions on Market Observation Post System and the Company’s website upon resolutions of the Board of Directors, which had earned it four consecutive years of A++ in Information Disclosure and Transparency Ranking and has awarded the top 6% ~ 20% of the listed companies since the first session. From the 2[nd] to the 4[th] session, it has been won the top 5% of the listed companies for three consecutive years. The 5[th] session was awarded the top 6% ~ 20% of listed companies.

38

(II) Operation of the Audit Committee

  1. Operations of the Audit Committee

  2. The Company’s first Audit Committee was duly established on June 19, 2013 consisted by 3 independent directors and elected the independent director, YU, SHANG-WU, to serve as the convener. The shareholders’ meeting re-elected in 2016 and in 2019 to increase 1 independent director for the purpose of strengthening corporate governance; therefore, there are currently 4 independent directors in the Audit Committee convening meeting at least once every quarter. It is responsible for reviewing the proper presentation of the Company’s financial statements, the selection (dismissal), independence and performance of the Certified Public Accountant, the effective implementation of the Company’s internal control, the Company’s compliance with relevant laws and regulations and the Company’s control over existing or potential risks. Its primary authorities are as follows:

  3. (1) To establish or modify the internal control system as prescribed in Article 14 of the Securities and Exchange Act;

  4. (2) To evaluate the effectiveness of the internal control system;

  5. (3) To establish or modify the procedures for material financial business behaviors such as acquiring or disposing assets, engaging in derivative commodity transactions, lending capital to others, endorsing or providing guarantees for others as prescribed in Article 36-1 of the Securities and Exchange Act;

  6. (4) Matters concerning the directors’ personal interests;

  7. (5) Material assets or derivative commodities transactions;

  8. (6) Material capital lending, endorsement or provision of guarantees;

  9. (7) Offering, issuance or private placement of equity securities;

  10. (8) Appointment, dismissal or remuneration of Certified Public Accountant;

  11. (9) Appointment or dismissal of chief financial officer, chief accounting officer or chief audit executive;

  12. (10) Annual financial statements and semi-annual financial statements; and

  13. (11) Other matters required by the Company or the competent authority.

In 2019, the Audit Committee had held 5 meetings (A), the attendance of which as as follows:

In 2019, the Audit Committee had held5 meetings (A), the attendance of which as as follows: In 2019, the Audit Committee had held5 meetings (A), the attendance of which as as follows: In 2019, the Audit Committee had held5 meetings (A), the attendance of which as as follows: In 2019, the Audit Committee had held5 meetings (A), the attendance of which as as follows: In 2019, the Audit Committee had held5 meetings (A), the attendance of which as as follows: In 2019, the Audit Committee had held5 meetings (A), the attendance of which as as follows:
Job title Name Actual number
of attendees (B)
Number of
proxyattendees
Actual rate of
attendance (%) [B/A]
Remark
Independent
Director
Yu, Shang-Wu 5 0 100
Independent
Director
Tsai, Song-Qi 5 0 100
Independent
Director
Su, Yan-Syue 4 1 80
Independent
Director
Wang, Chuan -Fen 5 0 100

39

Other items to be recorded:

  1. The date, session, agenda, resolution of the Audit Committee and the Company’s means of processing the opinions of the Audit Committee shall be specified if one of the following circumstances occurred in the operation of the Audit Committee:

  2. (1) Matters listed under Article 14-5 of the Securities and Exchange Act:

Meeting date
(session)
Agenda Resolutions and opinion
of all members
2019/03/22
(15thmeeting
of the second
session)
1. Undertaking of derivative financial commodities
2. 2018 business report and financial statements
3. Internal audit report
4. Annual internal control self-inspection reports, Statement on
Internal Controls and auditing reports
5. To Revise the "Procedures for Acquisition or Disposal of
Assets"
6. To Revise the "Procedures for Financial Derivatives
Transactions"
7. To Revise the "Procedures for Lending Funds to Other Parties"
8. To Revise the "Procedures for Endorsement & Guarantee"
Approved by all
independent director;
it was sent to the board
of directors for resolution
without any approval by
the audit committee and
more than two-thirds of
all directors.
2019/04/25
(16thmeeting
of the second
session)
1. 2018 Profit Distribution Proposal
2. Review on the independence and performance appraisal of the
accountant
3. Review on the change of the accountant and the independence
appraisal of the accountant
4. Q1 / 2019 financial statements
5. Undertaking of bank credit extensions and derivative financial
commodities
6. Internal audit report
2019/08/08
(1stmeeting of
the third
session)
1. To elect the convener of the third session of Audit Committee
2. Q2 / 2019 financial statements
3. Undertaking of bank credit extensions and derivative financial
commodities
4. Capacity expansion plan
5. Internal audit report
2019/10/28
(2ndmeeting
of the third
session)
1. Q3 / 2019 financial statements
2. Undertaking of bank credit extensions and derivative financial
commodities
3. Internal audit report
2019/12/25
(3rdmeeting of
the third
session)
1. 2020 annual operating plans and annual budgets
2. 2020 annual review on the accountant fees
3. Internal audit report
4. To revise the internal control audit rules and 2020 annual audit
plan
(2) Except for the foregoing, other matters that were not approved by the Audit Committee
but were approved by more than two-thirds of all directors: None.
  1. Implementation of the independent directors’ avoidance of motion with conflict of interests (please specify the independent director’s name, content of the motion, reasons for the avoidance of conflict of interests, and participation in voting): None.

40

  1. Communication between the independent directors and chief audit executive and accountant (include major topics, methods and results relating to the Company’s financial and business status that shall be communicated) :

  2. (1) There are channels of direct contact between the independent directors and chief audit executive and the Certified Public Accountant and the communication condition is good;

  3. (2) The Company convenes the Audit Committee meeting on regular basis, which will invite accountant, chief auditing executive to attend and invite related supervisors to attend if necessary.

  4. (3) The chief audit executive submits aggregated auditing report to the Audit Committee on monthly basis according to the annual audit plan.

  5. (4) Evaluate the performance and independence of the accountant annually and submit to the Audit Committee for review. The 2019 annual evaluation on the accountant’s performance and independence was approved by the Audit Committee on March 23, 2020 and submitted to the Board of Directors. Please visit the Company’s website for the assessment results.

  6. (5) Due to accouting firm internal reorganization, TXC did CPA replacement from 2019 first quarter. The Audit Committee conducted CPA selection and independent evaluation on Apr. 25 2019.

  7. (6) The Company’s independent directors and accountant or auditors convene communication meetings on as need basis.

  8. Annual key functions and operations:

  9. (1) Annual Key functions

    • a. Communicate results of audit report with the head of internal audit regularly according to the annual audit plan.

    • b. Communicate with CPA regularly over financial statement review or audit results in each quarter.

    • c. Review financial reports.

    • d. Asessment of the effectiveness of internal control system.

    • e. Review the hiring, dismissal, compensation and service matters concerning CPAs in advance.

    • f. Evaluate the independence of the CPA who provide audit and non-audit services.

    • g. Review the Company's operational procedures and material transactions of assets, derivatives, capital lending and endorsement/guarantees.

    • h. Legal compliance.

    • i. Handle any grievances/reporting incidents submitted to the Audit Committee Mailbox

  10. (2) 2019 operations: Proposals of the Audit Committee meetings have all been reviewed or approved by members of the Audit Committee with no dissent from any of the Independent Directors.

41

(III) Corporate governance and variations with management principles of publicly-listed companies and reasons

Discrepancy with
Operation Status (Note 1)
best-practice principles
Assessment Items
Yes No Summary of TWSE/GTSM listed
companies
1. Comply with General Guideline of publicly-listed
companies and disclose company’s practical
guideline in corporate governance?
Yes TXC has formulated the Practical Guideline for Corporate Governance, and set up effective
regulations governing corporate governance framework, protection of the rights and benefits
of shareholders, strengthening the function of the board of directors, bringing up the function
of the Auditing Committee, showing respect for the rights and benefits of the stakeholder,
and enhancing the transparency of information.
For details refer to the companywebsite

Comply with
best-practice
principles, no
discrepancy
2. Company shareholding Structure and shareholders’ rights
1)Has the Company formulated internal operating
procedures for handling proposals, doubts,
disputes and litigation of shareholders and
follow procedures for implementation.
Yes TXC has formulated procedures for handling proposals, doubts, disputes and litigation for
protection of communication between the stakeholders and the company management, and
timely find out and handle the various problems, as well as having dedicated persons for
handling relevant matters. TXC also handles proposals and rights and benefits of relevant
shareholders for subsidiaries.
For details refer to the companywebsite
Comply with
best-practice
principles, no
discrepancy
2Has the Company the list of the major
shareholders with de fact control of the
Company and the final controllers of the
major shareholders?
Yes In accordance with Article 25 of the Securities Trading Act, requires monthly posting of
changes in shareholding of the internal staff including directors, managers and shareholders
with over 10% equities, on the open information observation website specified by the
Securities and Futures Bureau.
Comply with
best-practice
principles, no
discrepancy
3Has the Company set up a firewall mechanism for
executing risk control of affiliated enterprises?


Yes
Aside from formulation of various risk control mechanisms, the Company also has
formulated relevant operation methods for the operation, business and finance with the
affiliated enterprises. For instance, in the subsidiary operation method TXC has formulated
decision making and approval for the subsidiaries, the management of trading by the
associates, specific companies, associates and group trading operation procedures, aside
from counseling internal control for the subsidiaries in writing. Moreover, similar to that of
the parent company, the acquisition or disposal of assets handling procedures, endorsement
method, operation method for loaning to other persons, handling procedures for trading of
derivative financial commodities so as to implement the risk control mechanism for
subsidiaries. Subsidiaries have already formulated respective risk control mechanisms, and
set up risk control mechanisms and firewalls with the affiliated enterprises according to the
relevant operatingmethods of the Company.
Comply with
best-practice
principles, no
discrepancy

42

Assessment items Discrepancy with
Operation status (Note1)
best-practice principles
Yes No Summary of TWSE/GTSM listed
companies
4Has the Company formulated internal regulations
prohibiting internal staff utilizing information
not yet open to the market for trading of
securities?

Yes
In 2012 the Company formulated the Operating Procedure for Prevention of Insider Trading
andRegulations on whistle-blowing of illegal and unethical or dishonest conductto
prohibit the internal staff utilizing information not yet open to the market for trading
securities.
The company conducts educational advocacy on the prevention of insider transaction
management operation procedures and related laws and regulations for current directors,
managers and employees at least once a year. The human resources unit will give education
and announcement during pre-employment training.
The relevant directors, managers and employees have been educated on June 12, 2019 and
on November 13,2019. The content of the course includes laws related to the prevention of
insider trading, maintenance of business secrets, etc., and the briefing of the course is placed
on internal staff The education and training system provides reference for those who are not
present on the day.
Comply with
best-practice
principles, no
discrepancy
3.
Members and duties of board of directors
1)Has the Board of Directors drafted policies for a
diversified board framework?

Yes
The composition of the Board of Directors shall be determined by taking diversity into
consideration. It is advisable that directors concurrently serving as the Company's managers
not exceed one-third of the total number of the Board members, and that an appropriate
policy on diversity based on the Company's business operations, operating dynamics, and
development needs be formulated and include, without being limited to, the following two
general standards:
1. General conditions and values: Gender and age.
2. Professional knowledge and skills: Professional background, professional skills and
industrial experience.
The specific management objectives and achievement of the Company's diversity policy are
as follows:












Comply with
best-practice
principles, no
discrepancy
Management objectives Progress
Becomeyounger in Directors’ age Achieved
At least two seats of Directors are females Achieved
The members of board of directors possess a diverse range of expertise in the fields of
industry, law, finance, accounting, investment management and operations management. The
relevant fields of expertise are stated in Note 2.
The number of directors who concurrently served as company managers exceeded one-third
of the number of seats. In consideration of the succession and inheritance plan of the
members of the board of directors, the company added the new management team when the
shareholders' meetingwas re-elected on June 12,2019.

43

Assessment items Discrepancy with
Operation status (Note1)
best-practice principles
Yes No Summary of TWSE/GTSM listed
companies
2Aside from setting up the Remuneration
Committee and the Auding Committee
according to the law, is it willing to set up other
function committees?

Yes
Aside from setting up the Remuneration Committee and the Auditing Committee according
to the law, the Company also has set up the Environmental and Social Committee and the
Economic Committee, and formulated operating methods for the economic, environmental
and social committees.
The company plans to set up an investment review committee in 2020 to review related
investmentprojects of the company.



Comply with
best-practice
principles, no
discrepancy
3Has the company formulate the performance
evaluation methods for the Board of
Directors, conduct performance evaluations
annually and regularly, and report the results of
the performance evaluations to the Board of
Directors, and use them as a reference for
individual directors' remuneration and
nomination and renewal?
Yes The Company has formulated the Directors and General Manager Performance Assessment
Method. The performance of the board of directors is regularly evaluated (at least once per
year), and regularly carry out performance assessment of the board every year and forward
to the Remuneration Committee and the Board of Directors for discussion. Director
performance evaluations are performed externally at least once every three years. The
evaluation procedure divides the assessment into three sections:
1.
Self assessment
The Company conducts internal performance evaluations on the "Board of Directors" and
"Functional Committee" every year, which are executed by the members of the Board of
Directors, members of the functional committee and the deliberative unit.
The contents of the board performance evaluation include: the degree of participation in the
company's operations, the quality of the board's decisions, the composition and structure of
the board, the selection and continuous training of directors, and internal control.
The contents of individual directors 'performance evaluation include: grasp of company
goals and tasks, recognition of directors' responsibilities, participation in company
operations, internal relationship management and communication, professional and
continuous education of directors, internal control, etc. The content of the performance
evaluation of the functional committee includes: the degree of participation in the company's
operations, the recognition of the functional committee's responsibilities, the quality of the
functional committee's decision-making, the composition of the functional committee and
the selection of members, and internal control. The total score of the evaluation result must
be at least 80 points.
In 2019, the company's "Board" and "Functional Committee" self-assessment results were
96 points, and there were no major improvement projects. The results have been reported to
the directors on the board at March 23, 2020, and as a member of the board and the
functional committee References to performance, remuneration and nominated performance.
2
External assessment
In November 2019, the company commissioned an external organization, a corporate legal
person,Taiwan ChengzhengManagement and Anti-fraud Forensic Society,to conduct a

















Comply with
best-practice
principles, no
discrepancy

44

Assessment items Discrepancy with
Operation status (Note1)
best-practice principles
Yes No Summary of TWSE/GTSM listed
companies
board effectiveness evaluation for the period from January 2019 to December 2019.
The agency appointed three evaluation experts to evaluate the board's effectiveness through
questionnaires and field visits on the four major aspects of the board's professional
functions,
decision-making
effectiveness,
internal
control,
and
corporate
social
responsibility.
The total number of independent directors who have been rated as the board of directors is 4.
With the participation of multiple professional directors, the evaluated companies can get
multiple opinions. The members of the board of directors also said that there are full
opportunities for discussion in the meeting and that they are in line with the protection of
labor rights and environmental protection regulations. They all have high requirements to
ensure compliance with relevant laws and regulations and to implement their corporate
social responsibility by deeply linking corporate social responsibility with their daily
business activities. The company has reported the evaluation results to the board of directors
on March.23, 2020. The board of directors will use the recommendations of the society as a
reference for continuous improvement of the functions of the board.
3.Article 19 of the Articles of Association of the Company stipulates that the remuneration
of directors of the company shall not be higher than 2% of the profit for the year, and the
directors ’remuneration will be determined according to the results of the board ’s
performance evaluation.
For details refer to the companywebsite.














(4) Has the Company regularly assessed the
independence of the certified accountant?
Yes In order to strengthen the independence of the CPA and his /her familiarity with company
business, an evaluation of CPA independence, competency and performance is performed by
the company each year and an assessment is done based on the CPA Evaluation and
Performance Assessment Procedure. The results are submitted to the Audit Committee and
board of directors for discussion. The evaluation items include 10 independence indicators
including no direct or significant indirect financial interest between the CPA and client,
financial statements of the institution serviced may not have been audited within two years,
CPA and all audit service team members may not have client shareholdings and other
performance indicator items including financial statement completion date, interaction
between CPA and the company, did the CPA actively submit recommendations regarding
company systems and internal auditing.
The company’s 2019 CPA performance evaluation has been completed and it passed review
by the audit committee on March 23, 2020 and board of directors on March 23, 2020. The
results will be used to implement corporate governance and improve the function of the
board of directors. The CPAperformance evaluation results have beenposted on the





Comply with
best-practice
principles, no
discrepancy

45

Assessment items Discrepancy with
Operation status (Note1)
best-practice principles
Yes No Summary of TWSE/GTSM listed
companies
company website. Refer to the company website.
If a situation occurs in which the CPA needs to be replaced, the chairman and general
manager shall understand the reason for replacement and hold an interview for the
replacement CPA. A profile of the CPA and other related information is submitted to the
Review Committee for review and then it is passed to the Board of Directors for discussion.
Afterward,the CPA maybe invited to board of director meetings if necessary.
4. Have public listed companies established
dedicated (ad-hoc) corporate governance units or
personnel responsible for corporate governance matters
(including but not limitd to providing information
needed by directors and supervisors to perform their
duties, handle matters related to the board of directors
meeting and shareholders’ meeting, handle company
registration and registration of related changes,
preparation of the board of directors and shareholders
meeting minutes)?

Yes
The company has set up a corporate governance work team. The General Manager was
appointed to serve as convenor, on the board of March 22, 2019, the new company secretary
was appointed at the Chief Financial Officer Ms. Hong, Guan -Wen (extension: 3230) as the
head of corporate governance, who is responsible for the supervision and planning of
corporate governance. Her qualifications meet the requirements of more than three years of
experience in the management of the company's finance, stock affairs or deliberationsin
according to the Taipei Exchange Directions for Compliance Requirements for the
Appointment and Exercise of Powers of the Boards of Directors of TWSE/TPEx Listed
Companies. The head of corporate governance’s duties include: provide directors and Audit
Committee with the information required for the implementation and the latest regulations
pertaining to the Company's operations, assist directors and Audit Committee in complying
with laws and regulations, report regularly to the Corporate Governance Committee and the
Board of Directors on corporate governance operations, handle affairs relating to the board
and shareholder meetings in accordance with the law, produce the minutes of the Board of
Directors and shareholders' meetings, assist directors and members of Audit Committee in
their appointments and continuing education, etc., all are performed by the Board’s secretary
unit.
The implementation of the corporate governance in the year of 2019 are as follows:
1. 7 board meetings, 5 audit committees were held.
2. Hold annual shareholders' meeting
3. Board members complete at least 6 credits of refresher courses
4. Insured liability insurance for directors and key staff and reported to the board of
directors
5. Conduct performance evaluation of the board of directors and functional committees,
the evaluation results reached 96 points
6. Conduct external performance evaluations of the board of directors for 2019
7. The results of the fifth corporate governance evaluation are the top 6 ~ 20% of listed
companies
8. 3 meetings of independent directors and accountants,internal audits,etc.
Comply with
best-practice
principles, no
discrepancy

46

Assessment items Discrepancy with
Operation status (Note1)
best-practice principles
Yes No Summary of TWSE/GTSM listed
companies
In 2019,the traininghours for the head of corporategovernance totaled 18 hours
Date
Organizer
Course
Hours
2019/04/26
Securities and
Futures Institute
2019 Annual Conference on Prevention
of Insider Trading
3
2019/07/11
Taiwan
Corporate
Governance
Association
Corporate Governance Blueprint and
Operational Practice of Audit
Committee and Remuneration
Committee
3
2019/07/11
In response to the recent New Deal
across the Taiwan Straits, opportunities
for Taiwanese businessmen and related
tax risk considerations
3
2019/08/07
Securities and
Futures Institute
Briefing session on insider equity
tradinglaws compliance announcement
3
2019/08/12
Discussion on the Influence of Sino-US
Trade Disturbance on the Risks of
Chinese Enterprises
3
2019/10/22
Taiwan
Corporate
Governance
Association
Director and supervisory
responsibilities of corporate mergers
and acquisitions
3
5. Any communication channel between the Company
and the stakeholders? Any special zone on the website
for the stakeholders for properly responding to the
topic of corporate social responsibility where the
stakeholders are concerned?




Yes
A dedicated CSR area, a dedicated stakeholder area, spokesman system and website has
been established to provide communication channels and provide the latest news of the
company and its subsidiaries. A dedicated shareholder mailbox and investor relations
mailbox have also been established. Corresponding windows have been set up for business
management and operation items. If company stakeholders have any relevant
recommendations, questions or complaints, the mailbox in the dedicated stakeholder area or
the dedicated stakeholder contact window may be used to contact the chairman, general
manager, independent director or audit office of the company forming an effective and
free-flowingcommunication channel.
Comply with
best-practice
principles, no
discrepancy
6. Any assigned professional stock affairs handling
agency for shareholders’ affairs?
Yes The company has appointed Yuanta Securities to serve as the company’s stock affairs agent
and assist the company in handling matters related to the shareholders’ meeting.
Comply with
best-practice
principles, no
discrepancy

47

Assessment items Discrepancy with
Operation status (Note1)
best-practice principles
Yes No Summary of TWSE/GTSM listed
companies
7. Information Disclosure
(1)
Has the company set up website for disclosing
finance, business and corporate governance?

Yes
The company and its subsidiaries have set up a website to provide financial and business
information. A dedicated person has been assigned to be responsible for the updating of this
information. For details refer to the company website
Comply with
best-practice
principles, no
discrepancy
(2)
Are there other ways of information
disclosure (such as English website, assign
dedicated person for collection and disclosure
of company information? Any spokesman
system for implementation? Full process of
briefing by the legal person posted on the
companywebsite)?
Yes In addition to its Chinese language website, the company also provides English and Japanese
languages websites. A dedicated person is responsible for collecting information and
disclosure of major company information. External communication is handled by a
spokesperson. Audio and video files of the company’s institutional investor conferences are
posted on the company’s information disclosure website for general reference. Relevant
information is posted on the Market Observation Post System designated by the competent
authorities.

Comply with
best-practice
principles, no
discrepancy
(3)
Has the company announce and report the
annual financial report within two months
after the end of the fiscal year, and announce
and file the first, second and third quarter
financial reports and operating conditions of
each month as early as possible before the
prescribed deadline?
Yes Although the company's 2018 annual consolidated and individual financial reports were not
announced and reported within two months after the end of the fiscal year, they were all
completed in accordance with the regulations before the deadline.
The financial reports for the first to third quarters of 2019 and the monthly revenue situation
are also announced and declared at the MOPS before the stipulated deadline, and the
company voluntarily announces and declares the monthly self-financing profit and loss
status,and simultaneouslyuploads relevant information to the companywebsite.
Comply with
best-practice
principles, no
discrepancy
8. Are there other important information for helping
understand the operation of corporate governance
(including but not limited to employee rights and
benefits, employee care, investor relations, supplier
relations, the rights and benefits of the stakeholders,
further studies for directors and supervisors, risk
control policy, and execution of risk assessment
standard, client policy implementation, purchase of
liability risk for directors and supervisors, others)?








Yes
1. Employee rights: Employee rights are handled by the company in accordance with the
Labor Standards Act in the company’s annual report for information regarding other
employee welfare measures, the pension system, continuing education and other related
employee rights. The employee rights at our subsidiaries are handled in accordance with
their respective national laws and regulations
2. Employee concern: In addition to setting up medical offices at the company and its
subsidiaries that are staffed with professional medical care providers, a labor safety & health
committee has been established for safety and health procedures for specialist personnel and
personnel assistance projects including psychology, medical and health. A wide range of
channels have been provided for personnel to express their opinions to create excellent
two-way communication channels
3. Supplier relations and stakeholder rights are handled in accordance with the company and
subsidiary work procedures and the contracts with cooperating companies to maintain the
legal rights of both parties. No related lawsuits have been brought as of today.
4. Investor relations: The company and its subsidiaries are very concerned about investor
rights. In addition topostingrelated information in a timelyfashion on the Market
Comply with
best-practice
principles, no
discrepancy

48

Assessment items Discrepancy with
Operation status (Note1)
best-practice principles
Yes No Summary of TWSE/GTSM listed
companies
Observation Post System and the company website, the company has been awarded an A+
information disclosure assessment rating for the fourth straight year, named a transparent
voluntary information disclosure company for eight straight years and received an A++
rating for four straight years, ranked within the top 20% of public listed companies in the 1st
corporate governance assessment and within the top 5% of listed companies in the 2nd
~4th assessments. The fifth term was ranked the top 6-20% of the listed company.
5. Stakeholder rights: In holding the beliefs of integrity and honesty, the company is
committed to building long-term relationships with stakeholders based on transparency and
sincerity. Related information please refer to the company’s annual report and website for
information regarding stakeholder communication.
6. The company’s directors attend financial, business and professional knowledge continuing
education courses on an irregular basis. Refer to the director and supervisor education and
training table in the company’s annual report.
7. Implemention of the company’s risk management policy and risk measurement standard:
In the company’s annual report for information regarding the risk management policy,
organization structure and related risk control work of the company and its subsidiaries. In
addition, the company and its subsidiaries analyze, track and respond to possible high risk
events caused by operation targets to establish a sound risk management system.
8. Protecting consumers or customer policy implementation: Our ‘customer first, mission
focused’ philosophy demonstrates our determination and commitment to our customers, our
dedication to quality and hard work to earn customer approval over the years. The company
has been given best supplier awards from a number of companies as a form of
encouragement.
9. The company purchases liability insurance for directors and managers every year. The
current insurance coverage is US$ 5,000,000 and it is proposed to report the amount of
insurance, insurance coverage and insurance rate during the renewal of the contract. The
board of directors and board meetingminutes are detailed on the companywebsite.
9. Succession Plan and Operations of Members of the
Board of Directors and Key Managerial Officers

Yes
The composition of the board of directors of the company considers its own operations,
operating types and development needs to formulate appropriate diversification policies. In
order to meet the future strategic development and transformation planning, the professional
knowledge, technology and experience required by the directors of the company are
reviewed regularly. The number of people and the conditions that should be met to plan the
succession plan and selection of directors, addeded the new management team members
during the re-election of the shareholders' meeting at June 12, 2019 to make the directors
younger and familiar with the operation of the board of directors earlier to assist the
company's strategicplanning.
Comply with
best-practice
principles, no
discrepancy

49

Assessment items Discrepancy with
Operation status (Note1)
best-practice principles
Yes No Summary of TWSE/GTSM listed
companies
The company's succession planning is based on the premise of constructing an evaluation
system, mainly based on personality traits, performance and future potential. In addition to
having excellent work performance, the enthusiasm and philosophy of the company must be
consistent, and the personality traits must include integrity, commitment, breakthrough
thinking, and a keen insight.
In order to meet the needs of the management and inheritance of the future management,
planning the cultivation mechanism of potential talents and leaders, which mainly includes
four major training modules: management ability, professional ability, Individual
Development Program (IDP) and job rotation. Encourage potential talents to participate in
the master's degree in business management to improve business management capabilities;
implement job rotation, task assignment and other work experience to cultivate
decision-making judgment, and then achieve the inheritance effect, to ensure the company's
sustainable management.
The Company will also arrange important management to serve as members of the Board of
Directors of the Company or investment enterprise, familiarize them with the operation of
the Board of Directors, and have them participated in the planning of the Company's or
investment enterprise's long-term strategic direction and vision.
No
10. Please provide information on the status of improvement regarding the results of corporate governance evaluation published by the TWSE Corporate Governance
Center in the most recent year. For improvements not yet implemented, state the areas and policies the Company has set as priority for improvement:
The company has obtained the top 20% of the companies in first corporate governance evaluation, the top 5% of the listed companies from the second to the fourth
evaluations, and the top 6 to 20% of the listed companies from the fifth evaluation. The efforts to implement corporate governance have been affirmed. The relevant
matters are described as follows:
(1) Improvements
In November 2019, Taiwan Chengzheng Operation and Corruption Identification Society, an external organization and legal person, was entrusted to carry out the board
effectiveness evaluation for the period from January 1, 2019 to December 31, 2019, and the evaluation results were reported to the board of directors on March 23, 2020.
(2) Matters to be improved
1. To convene shareholders' general meeting before the end of May: the company shall actively carry out evaluation planning and convene shareholders'
meeting in advance to facilitate shareholders' participation.
2. Establishment of functional committees other than statutory ones: the company plans to establish a nomination committee to ensure more transparency
and fairness in the nominationprocess.

50

Assessment items Discrepancy with
Operation status (Note1)
best-practice principles
Yes No Summary of TWSE/GTSM listed
companies
3. Among the current 11 directors of the board of directors of the company, there are two female independent directors (one of them is currently a lawyer),
in implementation of the gender equality policy and conformance to multiple backgrounds and competency. However, if any gender does not reach
more than one third of the number of directors, the plan is to be evaluated continuously.
4. To publish the annual financial report within two months after the end of the fiscal year: to discuss with the accountant as it is the goal of the company.
5. Voluntary disclosure of remuneration of individual directors and supervisors in the annual report: due to the protection of personal data, it is not
disclosed temporarily, and it is planned to be evaluated and disclosed in the future.
6. Signing of group agreements between the company and its employees: the company has not established a professional association, and it is not
necessary to sign a group agreement in accordance with the group agreement law. If the association is established, it will be implemented in accordance
with the laws and regulations.

Note 1: Explanations should be provided in the summary column regardless of whether ‘yes’ or ‘no’ is checked under operating conditions.

51

Note 2: Descriptions of directors’ fields of expertise

Diversity
items
Name of
director
Basic Component Basic Component Basic Component Basic Component Basic Component Industry experience Industry experience Professional competence Professional competence Professional competence Professional competence
Nationa
lity
Gender Work
in
TXC
Age Indepenedent
directors
Tenure of
tenure
Electronic
Technology
R & D
hl
business
l
Finance and
Investment
and M & A
Accounting
and
financial
analysis
legal Information
Technology
Business
management
41
~
50
51 61 71 Manufacturing tecnoogy deveopment
~
60
~
70
~
75
<3 3~9 >9
Lin, Wan-Shing ROC Male v v v v v v v
Lin, Jin-Bao ROC Male v v v v v v v
Chen Chueh,
Shang-Hsin
ROC Male v v v v v v v v
Kuo, Ya-Ping ROC Male v v v v v v
Huang, Hsiang-Lin ROC Male v v v v v v
Hsu, Hsing-Hao ROC Male v v v v v
TLCCapital Co.,
LTD
(Peng,Chih-Chiang)
ROC Male v v v v v v v
Yu, Shang-Wu ROC Male v v v v v v v
Tsai, Song-Qi ROC Male v v v v v v
Su, Yan-Syue ROC Female v v v v v v
Wang, Chuan -Fen ROC Female v v v v v v

52

(IV) Composition, duties, and operations of the Remuneration committee

  1. The company established the remuneration committee on December 28, 2011. The third and fouth term of the remuneration committee was composed of four independent directors by board resolution. Independent director Yu Shang-Wu was reelected as convenor. The qualification review of this term’s members includes member academic background, member qualification review sheet, statement and related confidentiality agreements. Refer to the company website for more detailed information.

The committee organization is as follows:

==> picture [377 x 123] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Board of Directors
Remuneration Committee
Remuneration Committee Team:
Human resources department
Financial department
----- End of picture text -----

  1. Information on the members of the Remuneration Committee
Meets the Following Professional Qualification Meets the Following Professional Qualification Meets the Following Professional Qualification Meets Indepence Criteria Meets Indepence Criteria Meets Indepence Criteria Meets Indepence Criteria Meets Indepence Criteria Meets Indepence Criteria Meets Indepence Criteria Meets Indepence Criteria Meets Indepence Criteria Meets Indepence Criteria Note
Requirements and Has at Least Five Years of Work
(Note 2)
Experience
An Instructor of A Judge, Public Have Work 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Number of Other
Higher Position in a Proscutor, Attorney, Experience in
Public
Department of CPA or Other the Area of

Commerce, Law,
Professional or Commerce, Companies
Name|
Position Finance, Accounting Technical Specialists Law, Finance,
Concurrently
Criteria
or Other Academic

Who Has Passed a
Accounting or
(Note 1) Serving as
Department Related National Otherwise

to the Business
Examination and Necessary for Member of
Needs of the Been Awarded a the Business of Compensation
Company in a Certificate in a the Company
Committee
Public of Private Profession Necessary
Junior College,
for the Business of
College or the Company
University
Independent
director
(Convenor)
Yu,
Shang-Wu
1
Independent
director
Tsai,
Song-Qi
0
Independent
director
Su,
Yan-Syue
2
Independent
director
Wang,
Chuan
-Fen
0
  • Note 1: Write director, independent director or other for position.

  • Note 2: Please check “  ” the corresponding box if the following circumstances apply to the director in the two-year period before being elected and during the term of office.

  • (1) Not an employee of the Company or any of its affiliates.

  • (2) Not a director or supervisor of the Company or any of its affiliates. (Do not apply to independent directors appointed in accordance with the Act or the laws and regulations of the local country by, and concurrently serving as such at, the Company and its parent or subsidiary or a subsidiary of the same parent.)

  • (3) Not a natural-person shareholder who holds shares, together with those held by the person’s spouse, minor children, or held by the person under others’ names, in an aggregate amount of 1% or more of the total number of issued

53

shares of the Company or is ranked in the top 10 in shareholdings.

  • (4) Not a spouse, relative within the second degree of kinship, or lineal relative within the third degree of kinship, of a managerial officer under (1) or any of the persons under (2) and (3).

  • (5) Not a director, supervisor, or employee of a corporate shareholder that directly holds five percent or more of the total number of issued shares of the company, or that ranks among the top five in shareholdings, or that designates its representative to serve as a director or supervisor of the company under Article 27, paragraph 1 or 2 of the Company Act. (Do not apply to independent directors appointed in accordance with the Act or the laws and regulations of the local country by, and concurrently serving as such at, the Company and its parent or subsidiary or a subsidiary of the same parent.)

  • (6) Not a director, supervisor, or employee of other company if a majority of the company's director seats or voting shares and those of that other company are controlled by the same person. (Do not apply to independent directors appointed in accordance with the Act or the laws and regulations of the local country by, and concurrently serving as such at, the Company and its parent or subsidiary or a subsidiary of the same parent.)

  • (7) Not a director, supervisor, or employee of other company or institution if the chairman, general manager, or person holding an equivalent position of the company and a person in any of those positions at that other company or institution are the same person or are spouses.

  • (8) Not a director, supervisor, officer, or shareholder holding five percent or more of the shares, of a specified company or institution that has a financial or business relationship with the company. (Do not apply in cases where the specified company or institution holds more than 20 percent but less than 50 percent of the Company’s issued shares and are the independent directors appointed in accordance with the Act or the laws and regulations of the local country by, and concurrently serving as such at, the Company and its parent or subsidiary or a subsidiary of the same parent.)

  • (9) Not a professional individual who, or an owner, partner, director, supervisor, or officer of a sole proprietorship, partnership, company, or institution that, provides auditing services to the company or any affiliate of the company, or that provides commercial, legal, financial, accounting or related services to the company or any affiliate of the company for which the provider in the past 2 years has received cumulative compensation exceeding NT$500,000, or a spouse thereof; provided, this restriction does not apply to a member of the remuneration committee, public tender offer review committee, or special committee for merger/consolidation and acquisition, who exercises powers pursuant to the Act or to the Business Mergers and Acquisitions Act or related laws or regulations.

  • (10) Not been involved in any of situations defined in Article 30 of the Company Act.

3. Remuneration Committee Operation Status

  • (1) The company’s remuneration committee has 4 members.

  • (2) The current term of remuneration committee members is: July 11, 2019 to June 11, 2022. The Committee had held 5 meetings (A) in 2019. The member qualifications and attendance status is as follows:

Position Name Attendence in
Person (B)
By Proxy Attendence Rate in
Person (%)
(B/A) (Note)
Note
Independent director
(Convenor)
Yu, Shang-Wu 5 0 100%
Independent director Tsai,Song-Qi 5 0 100%
Independent director Su,Yan-Syue 4 1 80%
Independent director Wang,Chuan-Fen 5 0 100%

Other mentionable items:

  1. If the Board of Directors declines to adopt or modifies a recommendation of the remuneration committee, the date of the board of directors meeting, term, content of motions, board resolution results and company handling of remuneration committee opinions (if the resolution

54

passed by the board of directors exceeds the recommendations of the remuneration committee, the circumstances and cause of the difference shall be specifically stated): No such circumstances.

  1. If any committee member has an objection or qualified opinion together with a record or written statement regarding a remuneration committee resolution, the remuneration committee date, term, content of motions, all member opinions and how member opinions were handled: No such circumstances.

  2. Refer to the company website for more detailed information regarding the company’s remuneration committee operation conditions and meeting minutes.

  3. The discussion of the remuneration committee and the handling of the company's opinions:

Meeting date
(session)
Agenda Resolutions and opinion of all members
2019/03/22
(10thmeeting of the
third session)
1. 2018 annual employee compensation and report
on the distribution of directors' compensation
Approved as proposed and reported to the
Board of Directors for resolution
2019/04/25
(11thmeeting of the
third session)
1. Performance appraisal of directors and managers
in 2018
2. 2019 Q2performance bonus issue
Approved as proposed and reported to the
Board of Directors for resolution
2019/08/08
(1stmeeting of the
fourth session)
1. Review of 2018 employee compensation and
directors' compensation
2. Review the case of first-level supervisor's
assignment of salary and remuneration
3. First-level supervisor assignment
Approved as proposed and reported to the
Board of Directors for resolution
2019/10/28
(2ndmeeting of the
fourth session)
1. First-level supervisor assignment
2. Amendment to the "Resignation and Retirement
Measures for Appointed Managers" case
3. Review the salary adjustment case for managers
In response to the revision of the "Appointed
Managers 'Retirement and Retirement
Measures" case, all the members present
agreed to the amendments. However, the
regulations have been established for a long
time, and some of the contents are out of date.
Therefore, in order to make the appointment
of managers' retirement and retirement
planning more secure, it is recommended
After the human resources unit is invited to do
more extended market research and planning,
it will be re-discussed.
The board of directors agrees with the
recommendation of the remuneration
committee, and invites the HR unit to plan
again after detailed planning.
The human resources unit has collected
relevant market information and revised the
version, and discussed the content with the
remuneration committee in advance at
December 25, 2019; it is expected for furthur
discussion in 2020.
The rest of the proposals were approved by
the chairman of the salary committee and all
the members present without objection and
passed the proposal, and submitted to the
board of directors for resolution
2019/12/25
(3rdmeeting of the
fourth session)
1. 2019 performance bonus payment amount
2. 2020 annual employee compensation and
directors' compensation ratio
3. Amendments to some provisions of the company's
"Directors and Managers Performance
Evaluation Measures"
Approved as proposed and reported to the
Board of Directors for resolution.

55

  1. Remuneration committee duties

  2. In accordance with the charter of the company’s remuneration committee, the remuneration committee has the following duties and its recommendations are submitted to the board of directors for discussion:

  3. (1) Regular review on the charter and submission of amendment recommendations.

  4. (2) Determine and regular review the policies, system, standards and structure for company director and officer performance evaluations and remuneration.

  5. (3) Regularly evaluate the remuneration of company directors and officers.

The following principles must be followed before performance of the above remuneration committee duties:

  • (1) Ensure the company’s remuneration arrangements conform to related laws and are sufficient to attract talent.

  • (2) Performance assessments and compensation levels of directors, supervisors and executive officers shall take into account the general pay levels in the industy, the time spent by the individual and their responsibilities, the extent of goal achiecement, their performance in other positions and the compensation paid to employees holding equivalent positions in recent years. The evaluation should also cover the reasonableness of the correlation between the individual’s performance and the company’s operational performance and future risk exposure, with respect to the achievement of short and long-term business goals and the financial position of the company.

  • (3) There shall be no incentive for directors or executive officers to pursue compensation by engaging in activities that exceed the tolerable risk level of the company.

  • (4) The percentage of the bonus to be distributed based on short-term performance and the time for payment of any variable compensation for directors and executive officers shall be determined based on industry characteristics and company business attributes.

  • (5) A committee member may not enter into discussions or voting when the committee is deciding on that member’s individual remuneration.

  • (6) The decision making and handling of director and officer remuneration matters for subsidiaries is delegated to the subsidiary but requires the ratification of the company’s board of directors. The company’s remuneration committee is aksed to submit recommendation before the matter is submitted to the board of directors for discussion.

Refer to the company website for more detailed information on the company’s remuneration committee charter. For details refer to the website: http://www.txccorp.com/

56

(V) Fulfillment of Corporate Social Responsibility and variations with management principles of publicly-listed companies and reasons

Discrepancy with
Operation Status (Note 1)
best-practice
Assessment items principles of
Yes No Summary (Note 2) TWSE/GTSM listed
companies
1. Does the company conduct risk assessment on
environmental, social and corporate governance
issues related to the company's operation in
accordance with the principle of materiality, and
formulate relevant risk management policies or
strategies? (Note 3)
Yes 1. In order to cope with major global economic, social and environmental risks, a systematic risk
response policy and process shall be established in accordance with the principle of materiality
and ISO 31000 risk management guidelines. The company has a risk response organization. The
general manager of the company acts as the convener, coordinates and directs the promotion and
operation of the risk management plan, reviews the risk identification work of the company, and
has various risk response authority and responsibility units under it. Each year, the company
reviews the situation from the perspective of enterprise sustainability, including financial and
non-financial risks. In addition to mitigating the risks, it also seeks opportunities for
corresponding risks.
2. The risk identification process considers the frequency of occurrence, impact degree and control
degree for quantitative evaluation, covering 1. Business/laws/regulations/standards 2. Political
environment change 3. Economic/financial environment change 4. Natural disasters (climate
change) 5. Technology and information 6. Competitive environment 7. Facilities/equipment 8.
Business/market
operation
9.
Supply
chain
related
10.
Financial
operation
11.
Community/environmental safety and health 12. Personnel, etc., identify 88 types of risks and
prioritize them by matrix analysis.
3. In 2019, 21 risks were assessed. The main risks outside the organization were product
competition and market strategy, and the impact of Sino-U.S. trade, while the key risks inside the
organization were personnel shortage and supply chain response. The management of risks
outside the organization is to continuously focus on the overall strategy, with high-precision
products, high-quality technology and origin conversion, strengthen the competitive advantage,
create benefits for the company, and the management of risks inside the organization is to
continuously supplement human resources, retain key talents, and strengthen the management of
supply chain.





















Comply with the
best-practice
principles, no
discrepancy

57

Discrepancy with
Operation Status (Note 1)
best-practice
Assessment items principles of
Yes No Summary (Note 2) TWSE/GTSM listed
companies
2. Has the Company established exclusively (or
concurrently) dedicated units to implement CSR,
and has the board of directors appointed
executive-level positions with responsibility for
CSR, and to report the status of the handling to the
board of directors?
Yes We will also report the implementation status and resource requirements to the chairman and the
general manager from time to time on weekdays, so as to grasp the progress in time and adjust the
implementation strategy and direction in response to current events and emergencies at any time.
Due to different local laws and regulations, overseas subsidiaries set up "social responsibility
management system" for operation, which is under the overall responsibility of the administration.
There are four units under it, namely, "labor and ethics group", "safety and health group",
"environmental energy group" and "system management group". The above groups and the
company's safety committee, according to the annual plan, include the issues of each stakeholder into
the routine work, annual plan and annual management review report, so as to continuously promote
the implementation of enterprise responsibility related activities and verification. And the board of
directors authorizes the general manager of the company to be the highest person in charge of the
system,and regularlyreports the operation of the system to the board of directors every year.
Comply with the
best-practice
principles, no
discrepancy
3. Environmental issues
1Does the company establish appropriate
environmental management system according to
its industrial characteristics?
The environmental, safety and health policies of the company and its subsidiaries are as follows:
In the process of R & D, manufacturing, testing and sales, it is required to comply with laws and
regulations and other relevant requirements, so as to prevent occupational disasters and
continuously improve the operation of the management system, thereby to implement the company's
sustainable operation policy. We are committed to protecting our employees and protecting the
planet:
• To ensure the safety and health of employees is the primary responsibility and obligation of the
company's supervisors at all levels.
• Prevent work-related injuries, ill health, illness and accidents to protect all plant personnel.
• Comply with laws and regulations, reduce the impact of environmental pollution, and develop
standard operating procedures and methods.
• Communicate policies to employees, suppliers, customers, contractors and stakeholders and
provide necessary education and training to ensure that they have awareness of environmental
safety and health and correct behaviors.
• Continuously improve management system operation and performance.
•Encourage employees to provide suggestions, establish and maintain a good communication
channel between the company's supervisors and employees.
•Production of green products, promotion of waste reduction campaign and continuous rectification
to create a safe and healthy environment.
The company promises to take the most advanced international and domestic environmental safety
and health standards as the basis for self-improvement.
See the company's website for details.
Comply with the
best-practice
principles, no
discrepancy

58

Discrepancy with
Operation Status (Note 1)
best-practice
Assessment items principles of
Yes No Summary (Note 2) TWSE/GTSM listed
companies
2Is the company committed to improving the
utilization efficiency of resources and using
recycled
materials
with
low
impact
on
environmental load?



Yes
The company and its subsidiaries continue to promote energy-saving and carbon reduction
programs, such as solar power generation system installation, the use of energy-saving lighting
fixtures throughout the plant, adjustment of public lighting time in the plant along with
sunrise/sunset time, adjustment of air conditioning start/stop time and hot water supply time in the
living area according to the weather and temperature, recycling of process condensed water for
toilet flushing, recycling of scrap products and leftovers to qualified waste metal resources recovery
manufacturers extract residual value of precious metals such as gold and silver, and promote process
waste heat recovery and reuse and new heat pump system energy saving. Continuously establish and
publicize relevant environmental protection knowledge and concepts of employees, so as to fulfill
the responsibilityand effort toprotect the earth. See the companywebsite for details.
Comply with the
best-practice
principles, no
discrepancy
3Does the company assess the potential risks
and opportunities of climate change for the
enterprise now and in the future, and take
measures to deal with climate related issues?



Yes
In response to the important issues of climate change, the company continues to actively promote
relevant activities, in addition to "greenhouse gas verification" (ISO 14064-1) to master the
company's carbon emissions, and to disclose the data related to natural capital management such as
carbon, water, forest, etc. through CDP questionnaire, and to understand the relevant risks and
opportunities according to the scoring results, so as to serve as a measurement factor for subsequent
related activity decision-making and investment selection. In addition, through the ISO14001
management review meeting, the company reviewed the actual implementation measures of carbon
reduction in the previous year and inspected the implementation results, and actively faced the
measures of carbon reduction.
Taking stock of risks and opportunities arising from climate change, including direct or indirect
physical impacts, impacts of regulatory, technological or market demand transformation. Through
the identification of relevant units, we can strengthen the climate change governance of the
companyto reduce risks andgraspbusiness opportunities.








Comply with the
best-practice
principles, no
discrepancy

59

Discrepancy with
Operation Status (Note 1)
best-practice
Assessment items principles of
Yes No Summary (Note 2) TWSE/GTSM listed
companies
4Does the company make statistics of
greenhouse
gas
emissions,
water
consumption and total weight of waste in
the past two years, and formulate policies
for
energy
conservation
and
carbon
reduction, greenhouse gas reduction, water
consumption reduction or other waste
management?






The company and its subsidiaries have carried out "greenhouse gas verification" (ISO 14064-1) and
"product carbon footprint verification" (PAS) 2050) on a regular basis to thoroughly understand the
actual production of "carbon" and "greenhouse gases" by the company through inventory, and then to
formulate improvement measures to achieve the goal of carbon dioxide emission reduction, so as to
demonstrate the company's commitment to environmental protection.
See the company website for details.
The company established the ISO 14001 system in 2002. Through this system standard, it strengthens
the autonomous management, continuously improves the environmental performance, and effectively
and properly maintains the overall operation. The company complies with the relevant requirements
of government laws, regulations and other applicable international regulations. In terms of pollution
control, the company has obtained the "fixed pollution source operation license", "water pollution
control license", "enterprise waste cleaning plan" and "toxic chemical substance operation license
document" according to law, and regularly carries out spot inspection, maintenance, declaration and
testingin accordance with itsprovisions. See the companywebsite for details.




Comply with the
best-practice
principles, no
discrepancy
4 Social issues
(1) Does the company formulate relevant
management policies and procedures in
accordance with relevant laws and regulations
and international human rights conventions?
Yes In order to protect the rights and interests of workers, the company and its subsidiaries have
formulated "labor rights and ethics policy", respectively following the recognized human rights
principles such as local labor laws and regulations and the code of conduct of responsible business
alliance, and formulated "labor rights and ethics policy" to protect the legitimate rights and interests
of employees, and formulated "management measures for the operation of corporate social
responsibility system" and "prohibition of forced labor" in accordance with the policy requirements
labor control procedures, control procedures for the protection of child and juvenile workers, anti
discrimination control procedures, control procedures for the prohibition of corporal punishment and
abuse, and management procedures for employees' free association, etc. shall be reviewed in the
quarterly employee-employer meetings to see whether the policies formulated need to be amended
and adjusted in order to comply with corporate ethics and social responsibility. See the company
website for details.
Comply with the
best-practice
principles, no
discrepancy

60

Discrepancy with
Operation Status (Note 1)
best-practice
Assessment items principles of
Yes No Summary (Note 2) TWSE/GTSM listed
companies
(2) Does the company establish and implement
reasonable employee welfare measures (including
compensation, vacation and other benefits), and
properly reflect the operating performance or
results in employee compensation?
The company and its subsidiaries set salary scales according to the relative contribution of their
positions, in line with the company's operation and development strategy, and based on the
employees' personal performance, future development potential and the company's operation status as
the basis for salary adjustment and bonus payment, so as to encourage the employees to make
positive efforts to encourage excellent performance and achieve the "internal fairness" and
"individual fairness" pursuant to the salary; and to encourage employees to create business results,
allocate a certain proportion of profit-making earnings as the basis of employee dividends, share the
earnings results with colleagues, consider the benchmark enterprises of the industry, regularly check
the rationality of various salary and welfare systems by the "remuneration committee", maintain the
company's high level employee welfare, attract outstanding talents to join and stay for a long time. In
order to improve the salary level of employees, the comprehensive salary adjustment was adopted,
with an average salary adjustment rate of 6% in 2020.
In addition, the company also has an employee welfare committee, which is based on the concept of
"work/life balance", to plan and promote diversified employee welfare and activities, and promote a
workplace culture that can achieve work/family balance. In the "performance appraisal management
measures", the supervisor may give appropriate rewards in performance appraisal depending on the
input and cooperation of employees in corporate social responsibilityrelated activities.

Comply with the
best-practice
principles, no
discrepancy
(3) Does the company provide a safe and healthy
working environment for its employees and
conduct regular safety and health education
for them?
Yes The company and its subsidiaries set up an Occupational Safety and Health Committee to review the
progress of work quarterly, and discuss environmental safety and health issues to ensure the safety
and health of the working environment. The company's employees engaged in labor safety and health
related work have obtained relevant licenses according to law, and from time to time, they have sent
personnel to attend seminars held by government agencies or academic institutions. In addition, a
clinic is also set up to provide professional medical consultation services by resident doctors and
full-time nurses. Health information (including disease prevention)/lectures are held irregularly.
Please refer to the company website for relevant health management activities.
The company's Ningbo plant and Chongqing plant respectively set up an environmental health and
safety committee and a production safety management committee to review the progress of work
once a month, and discuss environmental protection, safety and health issues. A number of new
human health education and promotion courses are held regularly every year, and health life is
promoted to all colleagues in the form of email every month. Health information is also provided on
the company's internal web pages and e-mails from time to time to enhance the health knowledge of
employees and their dependents.













Comply with the
best-practice
principles, no
discrepancy

61

Discrepancy with
Operation Status (Note 1)
best-practice
Assessment items principles of
Yes No Summary (Note 2) TWSE/GTSM listed
companies
(4) Does the company establish an effective career
development training program for its employees?
Yes The company and its subsidiaries plan employee training courses in accordance with the job/grade
system and actual needs, so as to strengthen the professional knowledge, skills and expertise of
employees, and further improve their work performance. The training courses include rookie training,
professional training, supervisor ability training, general training, self inspired growth, project
training and online learning platform.
The company has also built a talent echelon for key positions to strengthen the real-time information
management with the data managementplatform




Comply with the
best-practice
principles, no
discrepancy
(5) Does the company comply with relevant laws and
regulations and international standards for
customer health and safety, customer privacy,
marketing and labeling of products and services,
and formulate relevant policies and complaint
procedures to protect the rights and interests of
consumers
Yes To ensure that the products manufactured by the company can meet international standards, and
simultaneously protect the use rights and interests of consumers. Since 2005, we have insured all our
products against full product liability insurance from a reputed international insurance company.
Since the company's products are mainly active and passive components that generate frequency,
even if the product loses function (poor frequency or unable to vibrate), it will not cause physical
injury to the agents of the sales channel or the users of the product. Therefore, the company's
long-term goal of insuring product liability insurance is to meet its own requirements with the highest
ethical standards, so as to share the risks and responsibilities of sales channel partners and improve
after-sales service and guarantee.
The company will regularly arrange meetings to communicate with customers, and carry out
customer satisfaction surveys every year to identify five aspects of contact with customers. Each
aspect has its own unit responsible for the establishment of satisfaction indicators and objectives, and
for the implementation of satisfaction monitoring. If the analysis of satisfaction data fails to meet the
requirements, the responsible unit shall implement the improvement strategy and conduct an audit at
the senior management review meeting.
In case of product application and quality related problems, corresponding business representatives
are responsible for handling related issues and launching internal response, improvement and tracking
platform.















Comply with the
best-practice
principles, no
discrepancy
(6) Does the company have a supplier management
policy that requires suppliers to follow relevant
specifications and their implementation in
environmental protection, occupational safety and
health, labor rights and other issues?
Yes In order to ensure that the requirements and spirit of CSR are implemented to our supplier partners,
our suppliers need to regularly sign the "integrity commitment letter", "environment, occupation,
safety, health status questionnaire", "industry code commitment letter", "green products and
environmental protection statement" and "non conflict financial statement" to enable suppliers to
follow the CSR scope. In addition, relevant organizations and units of the company regularly evaluate
suppliers to ensure that suppliers can meet the medium and long-term development plan of the
company, comply with relevant international standards, and maintain long-term high-quality
partnership







Comply with the
best-practice
principles, no
discrepancy

62

Discrepancy with
Operation Status (Note 1)
best-practice
Assessment items principles of
Yes No Summary (Note 2) TWSE/GTSM listed
companies
5. Does the company prepare corporate social
responsibility reports and other reports that disclose
the
company's
non-financial
information
in
accordance
with
the
international
reporting
standards or guidelines? Is the disclosure report
confirmed or guaranteed by a third party
certification unit?






Yes
Since 2009, the company has issued corporate social responsibility report. In order to fully disclose
the practices and achievements in corporate social welfare, corporate operation management and
environmental safety and health, we have compiled the report in accordance with the guidelines for
global sustainable development report (GRI) and AA1000 norms over the years. Since 2017, we have
followed the new version of GRI Standards based on the latest published standards as the basis for
continuous improvement of the three aspects of social responsibility.
All the data disclosed in the report are in accordance with the corresponding management system
specifications, of which the financial related results are calculated in NTD and verified by the
accountant; theSince 2009, the company has issued corporate social responsibility report. In order to
fully disclose the practices and achievements in corporate social welfare, corporate operation
management and environmental safety and health, we have compiled the report in accordance with
the guidelines for global sustainable development report (GRI) and AA1000 norms over the years.
Since 2017, we have followed the new version of GRI Standards based on the latest published
standards as the basis for continuous improvement of the three aspects of social responsibility.
environment, safety and health management system is subject to the external audit of ISO 14001 and
OHSAS 18001 in addition to the regular internal audit. The greenhouse gas emission data is
calculated by using the coefficients used in the "greenhouse gas emission coefficient management
table (version 6.0.3)" provided by the Environmental Protection Agency, while the carbon dioxide
emission data of the product carbon footprint is obtained by using the coefficients and calculation
rulesprovided bythe DoITPro: 2013 database of the Institute of Industrial Technology.
Comply with the
best-practice
principles, no
discrepancy
6. If a company has its own corporate social responsibility code in accordance with the code of practice for corporate social responsibility of listed and OTC companies, please state the
difference between its operation and the code
The company prepares a corporate social responsibility report every year. The report content and related operations are consistent with the corporate social responsibility code of practice for
listed and OTC companies,and there is no significant difference. It has been disclosed at thepublic information observatoryand the companywebsite. Please refer to the companywebsite.
7. Other important information to understand the operation of CSR
For information about corporate social responsibility of the company and its subsidiaries, such as corporate governance, environmental safety and health, and social welfare, please refer to
the companywebsite.
Note 1: If "yes" is checked in the operation, please indicate the important policies, strategies, measures and implementation; if "no" is checked in the operation, please explain the reasons and
explain the plans for adopting relevant policies, strategies and measures in the future.
Note 2: If the company has prepared the CSR report, the summary may indicate the way of consulting the CSR report and substitutedby the index page numbers.

Note 3: Materiality principle refers to those issues related to environment, society and corporate governance that have a significant impact on the company's investors and other stakeholders.

63

(VI) Implementation of Ethical Corporate Management and variations with management principles of publicly-listed companies and reasons

The company's "integrity operation code" has been adopted by the board of directors and submitted to the general meeting of shareholders on June 19, 2013 and the "integrity operation procedure and code of conduct" adopted by the board of directors on April 24, 2017. Meanwhile, the "internal control system and internal audit implementation rules for integrity" have been formulated, which will be included in the actual audit project. The company will follow this "code of conduct for integrity" in the future. In order to improve the effect of the company's integrity operation, and to implement the integrity operation principle more effectively, the company shall establish an integrity operation corporate culture and sound development, pay attention to the development of relevant domestic and foreign integrity operation norms at any time, and encourage directors, independent directors, managers and employees to put forward suggestions, so as to review and improve the integrity operation rules formulated by the company, and at the end of each year the company's performance of corporate social responsibility shall be reported to the board of directors.

1. Performance of integrity operation and the difference between integrity operation rules of listed and OTC companies and the reasons

Discrepancy with
Operation Status (Note 1)
best-practice principles
Assessment items
of TWSE/GTSM listed
No
Yes Summary companies
1. Establish integrity business policies and plans
(1) Does the company have an integrity operation
policy approved by the board of directors, and
clearly state the integrity operation policy and
practice in the regulations and external
documents, as well as the commitment of the
board of directors and senior management to
actively implement the operation policy?
Yes The "code of integrity" adopted by the board of directors and the "code of conduct" handbook in
both Chinese and English are adopted by the company. Therefore, all colleagues and board
members of the company and its subsidiaries have understood the relevant codes and need to sign
the "Declaration of responsibility" attached to the handbook to ensure that all colleagues have
"received", "read" and "understood" "Accept" and agree to "maintain" all contents of this handbook
as the principle for all colleagues to carry out business, and report the operation and implementation
of integrity to the board of directors at least once a year and publish it on the company's website






Comply with the
best-practice principles,
no discrepancy
(2) Does the company establish an evaluation
mechanism for the risk of dishonest behavior,
regularly analyze and evaluate the business
activities with high dishonest behavior risk within
the business scope, and formulate a plan for
preventing dishonest behavior based on it, and at
least cover the preventive measures for the
behaviors in Article 7, paragraph 2, of the code of
honest operation for listed and OTC companies?
Yes The company has formulated a risk assessment mechanism for dishonest behavior, and set out in
the business code of corporate integrity the preventive measures for dishonest behavior: 1. Offering
and receiving bribes; 2. Providing illegal political contributions; 3. Improper charitable donation or
sponsorship; 4. Providing or receiving unreasonable gifts, hospitality or other improper benefits 5.
Infringement of business secrets, trademark rights, and patent rights, copyright and other
intellectual property rights 6. Engaging in unfair competitive behavior 7. Directly or indirectly
damaging the rights and interests, health and safety of consumers or other interested parties when
products and services are used in R & D, procurement, manufacturing, supply or sale. In the
"information security management measures", "confidential document management measures" and
"employment contract", preventive measures are formulated to protect business secrets.
The companyregularlyanalyzes and evaluates the business activities with high risk of dishonest









Comply with the
best-practice principles,
no discrepancy

64

Discrepancy with
Operation Status (Note 1)
best-practice principles
Assessment items
of TWSE/GTSM listed
No
Yes Summary companies
conduct within the business scope, and in 2019, 7 sessions of publicity courses and 21 platform
publicity articles were held for the current directors, managers and employees. The contents of the
courses include laws and regulations on prevention of insider trading, maintenance of business
secrets, intellectual property rights and other legal knowledge. The course briefs were placed in the
internal staff education and training system to provide references for those who did not attend on
that dayand abide bythe work related business when necessary.
(3) Does the company specify operating procedures,
conduct guidelines, disciplinary and grievance
systems for violations in the prevention of
dishonest conduct plan, implement them, and
regularly review and amend the aforementioned
scheme?
Yes The company and its subsidiaries have "guidelines for integrity operation procedures and conduct"
and "code of ethical conduct", which encourage employees to report to the board of directors,
managers, internal audit directors or other appropriate personnel when they suspect or find any
violation of laws, regulations or code of ethical conduct. In order to encourage employees to report
violations, the company has established relevant procedures or mechanisms, and let employees
know that the company will do its best to protect the safety of the informant from being revenged.
In addition, when a director or manager violates the code of ethical conduct, the company shall deal
with it in accordance with the disciplinary measures set by the director or manager in the code of
ethical conduct, and immediately disclose the information such as the title, name, date of violation,
cause of violation, violation and treatment of the person who violates the code of ethical conduct at
the public information observatory. The company submits the implementation of honest operation
to the board of directors every year, and regularly reviews and revises the previous disclosure
scheme to meet the needs of the times. Please refer to the company website.












Comply with the
best-practice principles,
no discrepancy
2. Implement integrity operation
(1) Does the company assess the integrity records
of its counterparties and specify the integrity
terms in the contracts it enters into with them?
Yes The company and its subsidiaries will conduct credit rating on the suppliers and customers of the
cooperation, and require the suppliers to sign a letter of commitment of integrity to fulfill the
contract of business activities in a fair and ethical manner and in strict accordance with relevant
laws, regulations and contract terms. In case of dishonesty, the contract may be terminated or
terminatedprovisions of the contract at anytime.




Comply with the
best-practice principles,
no discrepancy
(2) Does the company set up a dedicated unit under
the board of directors to promote the integrity
operation of the enterprise, and regularly (at least
once a year) report to the board of directors its
integrity operation policies, plans to prevent
dishonest behavior and supervision of
implementation?
Yes In order to implement and improve the management of the company and its subsidiaries, the
management center is the special unit responsible for the integrity management. The top director of
the center is responsible for the formulation and implementation of the integrity management policy
and prevention plan, and the audit unit is responsible for the supervision. At the end of each year,
the company shall regularly report to the board of directors on the implementation of the
above-mentioned integrity operation, and report to the board of directors on December 25, 2019.
Please refer to the website of the company.
In order to practice the integrity management policy, the new employees shall specify the
company's relevant specifications and honest moral requirements when they report to the company,
and the moral requirements shall be stated in the employment contract. At the same time,in the









Comply with the
best-practice principles,
no discrepancy

65

Discrepancy with
Operation Status (Note 1)
best-practice principles
Assessment items
of TWSE/GTSM listed
No
Yes Summary companies
regular department meetings, economic management meetings and lectures, the company continued
to publicize the corporate integrity policy and elaborated the importance of integrity management.
In 2019, 127 publicity and training sessions were held, for a total of 2,745 person/times. Directors
and senior management have signed the "statement of compliance with integrity management
policy". Please refer to the companywebsite for the implementation of the integrityoperation.



(3) Does the company have a conflict of interest
prevention policy, provide appropriate
presentation channels and implement them?
Yes The company and its subsidiaries have established "code of practice for corporate governance",
"code of integrity operation", "code of conduct", "Article 15 of the code of procedure of the board
of directors", "code of conduct" and "code of integrity operation procedure and code of conduct". In
case of any conflict of interest, the company and its subsidiaries shall also avoid the matters that
need to be avoided.
If a director, supervisor or manager violates the code of ethical conduct, the company shall deal
with it in accordance with the disciplinary measures set out in the employee reward and punishment
management measures, and disclose the date, cause, code and handling situation of the violation of
the code of ethical conduct at the public information observatory in a timely manner. The company
has established a special area for stakeholders, and has established "procedures for handling
suggestions, doubts, disputes and litigation of stakeholders". See the company website.
If any of our colleagues is involved in any illegal circumstances in the trading process, they can be
informed by the honest and fair trading mailbox. We shall be fully responsible for confidentiality
and investigate and deal with accordingto law.











Comply with the
best-practice principles,
no discrepancy
(4) Has the company established an effective
accounting system and internal control system
for the implementation of integrity operation, and
the internal audit unit shall, according to the
assessment results of the risk of dishonest
behavior, draw up relevant audit plans, and
according to the compliance of the plan for
preventing dishonest behavior, or entrust an
accountant to carryout the audit?

Yes
The company and its subsidiaries shall establish an "internal control system" and an audit office and
an external accountant audit mechanism. The audit office shall regularly assess risks and draw up
an audit plan, and carry out relevant audits in accordance with the plan to ensure the continuous and
effective implementation of the internal control system. Report the audit results to the audit
committee and the board of directors on a regular basis. There has been no corruption in the
company over the years.





Comply with the
best-practice principles,
no discrepancy
(5) Does the company regularly conduct internal
and external education and training for integrity
operation?
Yes The company and its subsidiaries, when each new comer joined the company, provided education
and training to remind the colleague of the need to implement the code of conduct, and held
education and training of the code of ethics from time to time for the colleague of the company.
There were 127 publicity and training sessions in 2019, for a total of 2,745 person/times, to ensure
that the colleague did implement and would not be unfamiliar with the relevant content due to time
elapsing.





Comply with the
best-practice principles,
no discrepancy
3. Operation of the company's whistleblowingsystem

66

Discrepancy with
Operation Status (Note 1)
best-practice principles
Assessment items
of TWSE/GTSM listed
No
Yes Summary companies
(1) Does the company have a specific reporting and
reward system, establish a convenient reporting
channel, and assign appropriate personnel to the
reported object?

Yes
Integrity is one of the core corporate cultures of the company. It is based on the belief of integrity
and honesty when the company and its subsidiary's related enterprises conduct transactions with
their partners, and on the basis of transparency and fairness, in order to establish a long-term
partnership. For this purpose, the company has set up a special interest area, and has formulated
measures for handling cases of illegal, unethical or dishonest conduct. Please refer to the company
website.
If any of our colleagues is involved in any illegal circumstances in the course of trading, they may
be informed by the mailbox of the stakeholding area. We shall be fully responsible for
confidentiality and investigate and deal with according to law. In addition, a barrier free e-mail
communication channel is set up on the company's website. All interested parties can communicate
and appeal to the independent director, chairman and general manager of the company by e-mail at
any time, so as to keep the communication and appeal channels with all interested parties
unblocked.











Comply with the
best-practice principles,
no discrepancy
(2) Does the company establish the standard
operating procedures for investigation of
reported matters, follow-up measures to be taken
after investigation and relevant confidentiality
mechanisms?
Yes The company and its subsidiaries have formulated the "social responsibility handbook", "employee
handbook", "employee complaint (complaint/report) control procedure", "measures for handling
reporting of illegal and unethical or dishonest cases" and "Regulations for employees to
participate in industrial safety and health consultation, communication operation specifications" and
other reporting, investigation, confidentiality mechanisms and follow-up related measures.




Comply with the
best-practice principles,
no discrepancy
(3) Does the company take measures to protect
whistleblowers from improper handling due to
whistleblowing?
Yes The company and its subsidiaries have clearly defined "employee code of conduct" and "employee
complaint (complaint/report) control procedure" documents: during the whole process of
complaint/report handling, relevant personnel shall keep secrets, and those who divulge secrets will
be punished in accordance with relevant regulations; those who retaliate against the
Complainant/whistleblower will bepunished in accordance with relevant regulations.




Comply with the
best-practice principles,
no discrepancy
4. Enhance information disclosure
Does the company disclose the content and
promotion effect of its code of conduct for integrity
operation on its website and public information
observatory?
Yes The websites of the company and its subsidiaries provide explanations in Chinese, English and
Japanese simultaneously. For financial information, stock price and dividend information,
organizational structure and business results related to corporate governance, they are fully
disclosed in the quarterly report, annual report and the company webpage, so as to quickly and truly
reflect all kinds of business information, so as to enable stakeholders to grasp the company's
business dynamics in a timely manner. For details of corporate governance, please refer to the
companywebsite.






Comply with the
best-practice principles,
no discrepancy
5. If a company has its own code of conduct for integrity in accordance with the code of conduct for listed and OTC companies, please state the difference between its operation and the code:
The company and its subsidiaries have formulated the "code of integrity operation" to continue to promote and cooperate with various publicity and guidance in accordance with the code,
and to strengthen the awareness of business level colleagues. Its content and related operations are not significantly different from the "code of integrity operation on the listed and OTC
market".
  1. If a company has its own code of conduct for integrity in accordance with the code of conduct for listed and OTC companies, please state the difference between its operation and the code: The company and its subsidiaries have formulated the "code of integrity operation" to continue to promote and cooperate with various publicity and guidance in accordance with the code, and to strengthen the awareness of business level colleagues. Its content and related operations are not significantly different from the "code of integrity operation on the listed and OTC market".

67

Discrepancy with
Operation Status (Note 1)
best-practice principles
Assessment items
of TWSE/GTSM listed
No
Yes Summary companies
6. Other important information helpful to understand the company's operation integrity: (such as the company's review and amendment of the integrity operation rules, etc.)
The company and its subsidiaries negotiate and perform the contract with customers in good faith and integrity, and strive for, negotiate and perform all contracts in a fair and moral way.

68

  1. Systems and practices adopted for social responsibility

  2. The CSR policies launched by the company are as follows:

  3. Combine internal and external resources to launch various corporate social philanthropy activities.

  4. Uphold shareholder rights, implement each corporate governance requirement.

  5. Maintain the Earth’s sustainability; implement environment safety & health procedures.

  6. Form promotional organizations and give them the respective resources to reach CSR goals.

  7. Continue to strengthen promotional functions in accordance with domestic and international CSR-related laws and regulations.

Besides investment of company resources, the implementation of the above policies also depends on the care and effort invested by all employees to ensure the effective promotion of the above policies. A Corporate Social Responsibility Management Committee has been established internally by the company to promote various CSR matters, adhere to laws and regulations, uphold shareholder rights and organize upstream and downstream companies to jointly provide resources to create a harmonious and content society.

The company’s volunteer club has been established for three years now. Adopting the motto of ‘everyone join in for charity and philanthropy, do your part to show that you care’, the club is involved in community concern and year-end loving care donation activities such as nursing home pit barbecue family recreation activities and the Taoyuan spring beach cleaning activity, Refer to company website for more information about these activities. Http://www.txccorp.com/

  1. Corporate social responsibility organization structure

==> picture [521 x 353] intentionally omitted <==

69

4. Fulfillment of social responsibility

Major activities sponsored by the company

(included TXC Foundation)

December 31, 2019

Item Activitytheme Date Donee / Cooperatingorganization
A Community participation, social contribution, service and charity
1 Joint charity fundraising 2019/03 The Carpenter's House, Lohas Preschool
2 Visit social welfare organizations and
offer care
2019/030609
1011
Lohas Preschool, Hong-hua Children's
Care Center
3 Public welfare activities of TXC Corp. 2019/0203 The Carpenter's House, Huashan Social
Welfare Foundation, Andrew Charity
Association
4 Blood donation activity 2019/0511 Hsinchu Blood Center, TBSF
5 Caring for elderly people living alone 2019/02 Yongan Li (Vil.)
6 Mid July (Chinese Lunar Calendar) rice
and food donation
2019/09 Yongguang, Yongan, and Yongfeng Vil.
7 Year-end and winter caring for
underprivileged families
2019/01 Yongguang, Yongan, and Yongfeng Vil.
8 Donation of grants and scholarships 2019/01-12 Jieshou, Xiayun, and Ruifang elementary
and middle schools
9 Senior education series courses 2019/07-12 Senior citizens more than 60 years old in
Beitou Dist.
B Consumer rights:
TXC ’s business model is B2B-oriented. In order to protect the rights and interests of
corporate customers, TXC holds a “Customer Satisfaction Survey” every year, reviews
customers feedback and responds to their opinions appropriately and effectively. The
information obtained from the satisfaction survey has also become one of the references for
the company's business performance in the coming year. Our company's products are
electronic components, and even if they fail, they will not cause personal injury to the users.
However, in order to make the consumers confident of our products, the company still
purchases full "product liability insurance" to show that we take the full responsibility of oir
products. When our product fails for some reason, we conduct failure analysis and root cause
judgment, the company will also resolve the failure problem in accordance with the principle
of good faith and the requirements of the contract signed with the customer. We honestly and
responsibly perform the warrantyor offer compensation when necessary.
C Safeguard employees' rights and implement safety and health measures: Refer to the annual
report.

Major sponsorships and activities of subsidiaries (Ningbo and Chongqing plants)

December31,2019
Item Activitytheme Date Donee / Cooperatingorganization
A Environmentalprotection
1 Annual exhaust emission source testing (NGB) 2019/04 Pony Testing International Group
Shanghai Co. Ltd.
2 Improvement of wastewater biochemical system
(replacement of anaerobic tank, oxidation tank)
(NGB)


2019/05
Suzhou Dengfeng Environmental
Engineering Co., Ltd.
3 Monthly wastewater quality testing (NGB) 2019/01-12 Suzhou Dengfeng Environmental
EngineeringCo.,Ltd.
4 Quarterly unorganized exhaust gas inspection
(NGB)

2019/01-12
Suzhou Dengfeng Environmental
EngineeringCo.,Ltd.
5 Soil testing (NGB) 2019/10 Zhejiang Zhongyi Testing and
Research Institute Co.,Ltd.
6 Investigation of zero sewage disposal (NGB) 2019/11 Ningbo GuangqiangRobot

70

Technology Co., Ltd.
7 Sludge filter press replacement(CKG) 2019/11 Zhejiang Shangpin
Electromechanical Engineering Co.,
Ltd.
8 Quartz oscillator production line and supporting
facilities project (Four phases)
Project
environmental
impact
assessment,
professional assessment,safetyassessment(CKG)


2019/12
Zhejiang Shangpin
Electromechanical Engineering Co.,
Ltd.
9 Washing machine pure hot water recycling project
CKG)

2019/03
Chongqing Pinge Electromechanical
Installation EngineeringCo.,Ltd.
10 Annual inspection of boiler and generator exhaust
emission sources(CKG)

2019/07
Chongqing City Drawing Testing
TechnologyCo.,Ltd.
11 Removal and transportation of sludge in the
sedimentation tank of the ground oil interception
wastewater tankCKG


2019/10
Chongqing Pinge Electromechanical
Installation Engineering Co., Ltd.
12 Rectification of the pipeline of the medicine adding
machine in the wastewater treatment station and
replacement of the filler in the inclined pipe of the
sedimentation tank(CKG)



2019/05
Chongqing Junquan Water Treatment
Equipment Co., Ltd.
13 Waste exhaust thin strip tower and Lasi ring
cleaning (CKG)

2019/04
Chongqing Junquan Water Treatment
Equipment Co.,Ltd.
14 Cleaning of water boiler and furnace in production
area(CKG)

2019/04
Toyo Boiler Installation and
Maintenance Co.,Ltd.
15 Soiled material disposal permitCKG 2019/11 Chongqing Jiulongpo District
Environmental Protection Bureau
16 Environmental inspection for renewal of soiled
material disposalpermit(CKG)

2019/10
Chongqing Weizhong Testing
TechnologyCo.,Ltd.
17 Quarterly and annual wastewater testing (CKG) 2019/01-12 Chongqing Weizhong Testing
TechnologyCo.,Ltd.
B Community participation, social contribution, service and charity
1 Beilun District Federation of Trade Unions "New
Orientation Run(Cycling /Marathon)"

2019/01
Beilun District Federation of Trade
Unions
2 Dagang community's "Youth Attention to Create a
SmartCity" First Run inSpring

2019/03
Dagang community
3 The 6th "Dagang Good Voice" Young Singer
Competition

2019/04
Dagang community
4 DagangTrade Union Youth Carnival 2019/05 DagangTrade Union
5 2019
Beilun
District
2nd
Youth
Kayaking
Competition

2019/06
Beilun Association
6 Dagang
Community
"Youth
Helps
Bringing
Melodic Community" Singer Competition with
enterprisejoint effort


2019/06
Dagang community
7 Dagangcommunityfree blood donation 2019/07 Dagangcommunity
8 Xinqi Sub-district Federation of Trade Unions
Second Employees FunGames

2019/11
Xinqi Sub-district Federation of
TradeUnions
9 Alliance Spring Festival Tour (CKG) 2019/03 High-tech Zone Electronic
Information IndustryAlliance
10 Park Marathon (CKG) 2019/05 High-tech Zone Electronic
Information IndustryAlliance
11 Donate
to
outstanding
students
of
Jinfeng
Elementaryand MiddleSchool(CKG)

2019/04
High-tech Zone Electronic
Information IndustryAlliance
12 Alliance-wide "Double Seven" Qixi Outdoor Film
Festival(CKG)

2019/08
High-tech Zone Electronic
Information IndustryAlliance
13 Blood donation to Sichuan Province (CKG) 2019/08 High-tech Zone Electronic
Information IndustryAlliance
14 Alliance-wide E-sports events (CKG) 2019/10 High-tech Zone Electronic

71

Information Industry Alliance
15 Chongqing AAA level harmonious labor relations
enterprise(CKG)

2019/09
Chongqing Federation of Industry
andCommerce
C Consumer rights: None
D Implement safetyand health measures
1 Plant drinking water quality inspection (once every
two months, once a year for all drinking water
points in theplant) (NGB)
2019/12 Pony Testing International Group
Shanghai Co. Ltd.
2 Annual canteen tableware hygiene inspection
(NGB)
2019/11 Pony Testing International Group
ShanghaiCo.Ltd.
3 Annual canteen drinking water quality test (NGB) 2019/11 Pony Testing International Group
ShanghaiCo.Ltd.
4 Workplace occupational health and safety
evaluation and report(NGB)
2019/10 Zhejiang Duopu Testing Technology
Co.,Ltd
5 Workplace radiation protection testing (NGB) 2019/10 Zhejiang Duopu Testing Technology
Co.,Ltd
6 Canteen cooking fume emission concentration
inspection(NGB)
2019/11 Zhejiang Duopu Testing Technology
Co.,Ltd
7 Canteen cooking fume pipe cleaning (CKG) 2019/03 Chongqing Jianniu Environmental
ServiceCo.,Ltd.
8 Annual canteen tableware hygiene inspection
(CKG)
2019/07 Pony Testing International Group
ShanghaiCo.Ltd.
9 Workplace occupational health and safety
evaluation and report (including X-ray) (CKG)
2019/11 Chongqing Chemical Research
Institute Safety Technology Service
Co.,Ltd.
10 Plant drinking water quality inspection (once every
two months, once a year for all drinking water
points in theplant) (CKG)
2019/06 Chongqing Qingze Water Quality
Testing Co., Ltd.
11 Annual canteen drinking water quality test (CKG) 2019/08 Chongqing Qingze Water Quality
TestingCo.,Ltd.
12 Annual plant septic tank cleaning (CKG) 2019/09 Chongqing Ruitai Cleaning Co., Ltd.
E Uphold employee rights
1 Labor-management meeting (CKG) 2019/12 TXC (Ningbo) Union
2 Workers’ Congress (NGB) 2019/07 TXC (Chongqing) Union
  • (7) Disclose the inquiry methods if the company has established a Corporate Governance Code of Conduct and other relevant regulations

  • In order to establish sound corporate governance, the company’s board of directors have approved the drafting of the Code of Ethical Conduct and Corporate Governance Best Practice Principles and continue to draft more concrete and detailed regulations and procedures such as Related Party Transaction Management, Specific Company, Related Party and Group Company Transaction Procedure, Scope of Independent Director Duties and Responsibilities, Subsidiary Supervision Procedure, Procedure Governing Financial and Business Matters with Affiliated Enterprises, Risk Control Procedure, Important Internal Information Handling Procedure, Procedure for Handling Stakeholder Recommendations, Questions, Disputes and Litigation Matters, Procedure for Handling the Reporting Cases of Illegal, Unethical or Dishonest Conduct as well as the TXC Code of Conduct, Ethical Corporate Governance Best Practice Principles and Ethical Corporate Management Procedures and Guide of Good Conduct. In addition to their regular announcement, the company also posts this information for public access on the company website to regulate the conduct and ethics of company directors and all subordinate personnel. An ethical management section has been set up on the company website to provide full disclosure and

72

complete explanations of ethical management policy implementation and the drafting and promotion of subsequent preventative programs. The company website also has a dedication section on social responsibility. Refer to the information provided on the company website.

The company’s Ningbo and Chongqing plants have established ethical corporate management code best practice principles and continue to draft more concrete and detailed regulations and procedures such as Related Party, Specific Company and Group Company Transaction Procedure, Board of Directors Agenda Procedure, Business Ethics Control Procedure, Subsidiary Operation Management Procedure, Debt Commitment and Contingency Management Procedure, Financial and Non-Financial Information Management Procedure, Derivative Financial Product Transaction Handling Procedure and regular announce this information to regulate the conduct and ethics of company directors and all subordinate personnel.

  1. With regard to the announcement of related insider stock transactions, regular education courses are organized for directors and the announcements of competent authorities are posted on the company website for reference by insiders. Refer to the information on the company website.

  2. The Corporate Social Responsibility Best Practice Principles drafted by the company has been approved by the board of directors. The principles are directed at the overall operation activities of the company and group companies including the active fulfillment of corporate social responsibility while performing company operations to conform to the international trends of balancing environmental, social and corporate governance developments and use corporate civic commitment to raise national economic contribution, improve the living quality of employees, communities and society to create competitive advantage based on corporate responsibility. Refer to the company website for information on CSR policy, organization, promotion and results.

    • The subsidiary Ningbo and Chongqing plants have drafted Social Responsibility Manuals. The manual is directed at the overall operation activities of the company including the active fulfillment of corporate social responsibility while performing company operations to conform to the international trends of balancing environmental, social and corporate governance developments and use corporate civic commitment to raise national economic contribution, and improve the living quality of employees, communities and society to create competitive advantage based on corporate responsibility.
  3. (8) Other important information which is sufficient to understand corporate governance operation status must also be disclosed

  4. Refer to the information in the company website for company director candidate nomination system, director and independent director nomination and selection method, nomination process, candidate information (conformance with qualification criteria), election process and election results.

  5. In order to improve corporate governance, the company communicates with its CPA, independent directors, audit supervisor and accounting supervisors on an ad hoc basis. Refer to the information in the company website for status of communication.

  6. In order to strengthen corporate governance, the company pays special attention to open disclosure of information and posts related financial information on the company website. Important information is concurrently disclosed on the company website and to company directors so related persons can clearly

73

understand the operation status of the company and investors and stakeholders promptly receive important information from the company. Refer to the relevant information on the company website.

  1. The effort invested and results obtained by the company in corporate governance and information disclosure has been widely recognized. The company has been awarded an A++ information disclosure assessment rating for four straight years, named a transparent voluntary information disclosure company for eight straight years, and has awarded the top 6% ~ 20% of the listed companies since the first session. From the 2[nd] to the 4[th] session, it has been won the top 5% of the listed companies for three consecutive years. The 5[th] session was awarded the top 6% ~ 20% of listed companies.

(IX) Statement on Internal Control

Public Company’s Statement on Internal Control

Represents the effectiveness of both the design and execution

(This statement is applicable when all laws and ordinances are complied herewith)

Where accountant was commissioned to perform ad hoc review on the internal control system, the accountant review report required to be disclosed: N/A.

  • (X) In the most recent years and as of the date of publication of the annual report, in case its employees were punished by law or punishments were imposed by the company due to employee's violation of the company's internal control rules, and in case such punishments may have great impacts on the owners' equity or the company's stock prices, the company should disclose the content of such punishments, the major misconduct, and improvements: None.

  • (XI) Important resolutions of the shareholders’ meeting and the Board of Directors during the most recent year and until the publication date of the annual report

74

Important resolutions of the board of directors

Board
Date Important resolution Resolution result
meeting
2019/03/22 Board
meeting
1.
Accountants' internal control evaluation opinions, the
company's annual internal control effectiveness
self-assessment report and internal control statement
2.
2018 annual business report and financial statements
3.
2018 report on the distribution of employees'
compensation and directors' compensation
4.
Undertaking of the derivative financial products
5.
Matters related to the regular shareholders meeting in
2019
6.
At regular shareholders meetings, matters related to
shareholders' proposal rights will be addressed
7.
Matters related to shareholders' nomination of
candidates for directors
8.
Full re-election of directors
9.
Revision of "corporate charter"
10. Amendment to the "Procedure for Obtaining or
Disposing of Assets"
11. Amendment to the "Procedures for Dealing with
Derivative Financial Commodities"
12. Amendment to the "Procedure for Lending Fund to
Other Parties"
13. Amendment to the "Guarantee Endorsement
Regulations"
14. Amendment to the "Corporate Governance Code of
Practice"
15. Standard Operating Procedures for Dealing with
Directors' Requests" was newly formulated
16. Appointment of corporategovernance supervisor


1.
Passed by all attending directors without objection
2.
Passed by all attending directors without objection
3.
Passed by all attending directors without objection
4.
Passed by all attending directors without objection
5.
Passed by all attending directors without objection,
and proposed to hold the annual shareholders meeting
on Jun. 12, 2019.
6.
Passed by all attending directors without objection
7.
Passed by all attending directors without objection
8.
Passed by all attending directors without objection,
elected 11 directors (included 4 independet directors)
9.
Passed by all attending directors without objection
10. Passed by all attending directors without objection
11. Passed by all attending directors without objection
12. Passed by all attending directors without objection
13. Passed by all attending directors without objection
14. Passed by all attending directors without objection
15. Passed by all attending directors without objection
16. Passed byall attendingdirectors without objection
2019/04/25 Board
meeting
1.
2018 annual surplus distribution
2.
Planning of the surplus of the subsidiary in mainland
China
3.
Examine the case of shareholders nominating
directors (including independent directors)
4.
Lift the restriction of new director's being prohibited
from engaging in business that competes with the
current company
5.
2018 performance evaluation of directors and
managers
6.
Accountant's independence, performance evaluation.
7.
Change the company's auditing accountant and
assessment of the independence of the company's
accountant
8.
Assessment of the first quarter financial statements
of 2019
9.
Extension of bank credit period and undertaking of
derivative financial products
10. Distribution of performance bonus for the 2nd
quarter of 2019
11. Chongqing Zhongyang Real Estate Project Progress
Report and related discussions
1
Passed by all attending directors without objection
Each share is issued NT2.0 cash dividends.
2
Passed by all attending directors without objection
3
Passed by all attending directors without objection
4
Passed by all attending directors without objection
5
Passed by all attending directors without objection
6
Passed by all attending directors without objection
7
Passed by all attending directors without objection
8
Passed by all attending directors without objection
9
Passed by all attending directors without objection
10 Passed by all attending directors without objection
11 Passed by all attending directors without objection
2019/06/12 Board
meeting
1.
Election of the new chairman
2.
Proposed dismissal and appointment of the
company's general manager
3.
Proposed dismissal and appointment of the
company's chief executive officer(CEO)
1
Passed by all attending directors without objection,
and elected Mr.Lin, Wan-Shingas the new
chairman.
2
Passed by all attending directors without objection,
appointed Mr.Kuo, Ya-Pingas the president, and
dismissed Mr.Lin, Wan-Shingas the president
3
Passed by all attending directors without objection,
and appointed Mr.Lin, Wan-Shingas CEO and
Mr.Chen Chueh,Shang-Hsinas deputyCEO.

75

Board
Date Important resolution Resolution result
meeting
2019/07/11 Board
meeting
1.
Discussion of distribution of 2018 annual surplus and
other related matters
2.
Appointment of members of the 4th Remuneration
Committee
3.
Proposed dismissal and appointment of the general
manager of subsidiary TXC (Ningbo) Electronics
Co.,Ltd

1
Passed by all attending directors without objection
2
Passed by all attending directors without objection
3
Passed by all attending directors without objection
2019/08/08 Board
meeting
1.
Reviewed 2019 Q2 financial statements.
2.
Extension of bank credit period and undertaking of
derivative financial products
3.
The company's expansion plan
4.
Reviewed the distribution plan of employees'
compensation and directors' compensation of fiscal
year 2018
5.
Reviewed the appointment and salary remuneration
of the first-tier supervisor
6.
Assignment of the first-tier supervisor
1.
Passed by all attending directors without objection
2.
Passed by all attending directors without objection
3.
Passed by all attending directors without objection
4.
Passed by all attending directors without objection
5.
Passed by all attending directors without objection
6.
Passed byall attendingdirectors without objection
2019/10/28 Board
meeting
1.
Reviewed 2019 Q3 financial statements
2.
Extension of bank credit period and undertaking of
derivative financial products
3.
Amended the "Code of Management Based on
Integrity"
4.
Proposed reassignment of the institutional
representative of the mainland subsidiary of TXC
(Ningbo) Electronics Co., Ltd
5. Reviewed the appointment of the first-tier supervisor.
6. Amended the "Resignation and Retirement Measures
for Appointed Managers"
7.
Reviewed the salaryadjustment for managers

1
Passed by all attending directors without objection
2
Passed by all attending directors without objection
3
Passed by all attending directors without objection
4
Passed by all attending directors without objection
5
Passed by all attending directors without objection
6
Passed by all attending directors without objection
7
Passed byall attendingdirectors without objection
2019/12/25 Board
meeting
1.
Revision of internal control audit rules and the 2020
audit plan
2.
Discussion of 2019 annual performance bonus plan
3.
2020 annual employee compensation and
directors' compensation ratio
4.
2020 Operation Plan and Annual Budget
5.
Reviewed 2020 accountant fee
6.
Amended certain provisions of the Company's
"Directors and Managers Performance Evaluation
Measures"
7.
Discussion of matters related to the liquidation and
dissolution of overseas company Growing Profits
TradingLtd.(GPT)
1.
Passed by all attending directors without objection
2.
Passed by all attending directors without objection
3.
Passed by all attending directors without objection
4.
Passed by all attending directors without objection
5.
Passed by all attending directors without objection
6.
Passed by all attending directors without objection
7.
Passed by all attending directors without objection

76

Board
Date Important resolution Resolution result
meeting
2020/03/23 Board
meeting
1.
Accountants' internal control evaluation opinions, the
company's annual internal control effectiveness
self-assessment report and internal control statement.
2.
2019 Employee Compensation and Director
Compensation Distribution Report
3.
Discussion of 2019 annual business report and
financial statements
4.
2019 earnings distribution
5.
Planning of the disposition of the earnings of the
Company's mainland subsidiary.
6.
Surplus transfer arrangement of offshore company
7.
Extension of bank credit period and undertaking of
derivative financial products.
8.
Accountant's independence, performance evaluation
9.
The company's expansion plan.
10. Matters related to the holding of the 2020 regular
shareholders meeting
11. At regular shareholders meetings, matters related to
shareholders' proposal rights will be addressed.
12. Lift the restriction of director's being prohibited from
engaging in business that competes with the current
company
13. Formulated the Company's "Shareholder Meeting
Rules" and abolished the original "Shareholder
Meeting Rules".
14. The company's reinvestment plan in OO company

1
Passed by all attending directors without objection
2
Passed by all attending directors without objection
3
Passed by all attending directors without objection
4
Passed by all attending directors without objection
(NT2.5 cash dividends per share)
5
Passed by all attending directors without objection
6
Passed by all attending directors without objection
7
Passed by all attending directors without objection
8
Passed by all attending directors without objection
9
Passed by all attending directors without objection
10 Passed by all attending directors without objection
(to be held on June 9, 2020)
11 Passed by all attending directors without objection
12 Passed by all attending directors without objection
13 Passed by all attending directors without objection
14 Passed by all attending directors without objection;
authorize the chairman to execute within NT $ 30
million, and report its execution to the board of
directors, and plan to set up an investment evaluation
committee thisyear

2. Important Resolutions of the 2019 annual shareholders' meeting

  • Time: 9:30 am, June 12, 2019 (Wendnesday)

Place: No. 4 Pingzhen Industrial Park 6[th] Rd., Pingzhen City, Taoyuan County

  • Implementation of major resolutions:

  • (1) Recognize 2018 business report and financial statement; resolution approved by the 2019 shareholders’ meeting.

  • (2) Recognize distribution of 2018 profits; 2019 shareholders’ general meeting, cash dividend of NT$2.0 per share, full amount issued on September 11, 2019 in accordance with the shareholders’ meeting resolution.

  • (3) Revis the Articles of Incorporation; resolution approved by the 2019 shareholders’ meeting and complete regislation on July 3, 2019 (by letter No. 10801080510) and was posted on the company website.

  • (4) Amendment to the "Procedure for Obtaining or Disposing of Assets": The amendment was passed at the 2019 Shareholders' Meeting, and announced on the company's website.

  • (5) Amendment to the "Procedures for Dealing with Derivative Financial Commodities": The amendment was passed at the 2019 Shareholders' Meeting, and was posted on the company's website.

  • (6) Amendment to the "Procedure for Lending Fund to Other Parties": The amendment was passed at the 2019 Shareholders' Meeting, and was posted on the company's website.

  • (7) Amendment to the "Guarantee Endorsement Regulations": The amendment was passed at the 2019 Shareholders' Meeting, and was posted on the company's website.

  • (8) Full re-election of directors: According to the corporate charter, the candidate nomination system is adopted, and 11 directors (including 4 independent directors) are elected. The newly elected directors were Lin, Wan-Shing, Lin, Jin-Bao, Chen Chueh, Shang-Hsin, Kuo, Ya-Ping , Huang,

77

Hsiang-Lin, Hsu, Hsing-Hao, TLC Capital Co., LTD, Yu, Shang-Wu, Tsai, Song-Qi, Su , Yan-Syue, and Wang, Chuan –Fen. The board of directors appointed Mr. Lin Wan-Shing as the CEO, Mr. Chen Chueh, Shang-Hsin as the deputy CEO and Mr. Kuo, Ya-Ping as the president on Jun. 12, 2019. The registration of the change was completed (by Jingshoushang Zi letter No. 10801080510) and was posted on the Company's website.

(9) Lifted the restriction of new director's being prohibited from engaging in business that competes with the current company: Such restriction was lifted against board directors Lin, Wan-Shing, Chen Chueh, Shang-Hsin, TLC Capital Co.,LTD, Yu, Shang-Wu, and Su, Yan-Syue

  • (XII) Main content of recorded or written statements of dissenting opinions filed by directors or supervisors in connection with important resolutions passed by the board of directors in recent years up to the publication date of the annual reports: None.

  • (XIII) Summary of company chairman, general manager, accounting supervisor, finance supervisor, internal audit supervisor and R&D supervisor resignations and dismissals in recent years up to the publication date of the annual report:

Title Name Resignation/ Conge Date Reason
Chairman Lin, Jin-Bao 2019/06/12 Retirement
President Lin-Wan Shing 2019/06/12 Elected to be Chairman

78

V Information on CPA fees

(I) Change of Certified Public Accountant in 2019

Accounting Firm Accountant’s Name Accountant’s Name Audit Period Remark
Deloitte & Touche Hsieh, Ming-Chung Su, Yu-Hsiu From Jan. 1, 2019 to
December 31, 2019
Internal
Adjustment

Accountant fees for the year 2019 Unit NT$1,000

Items
Range of Amount
Items
Range of Amount
Auditing Fees Non-Auditing Fees Total
1 Less than NT$2,000,000 V
2 NT$2,000,000~NT$3,999,999 V
3 NT$4,000,000~NT$5,999,999 V
4 NT$6,000,000~NT$7,999,999
5 NT$8,000,000~NT$9,999,999
6 NT$10,000,000 and above
  • (1) If the non-auditing fees for the Certified Public Accountant and his/her firm and its affiliate(s) are more than one quarter of the auditing fees, the auditing and non-auditing fees amount and non-auditing services shall be disclosed.

  • (2) The Company’s non-auditing fees are discloed as follows:

Unit NT$1,000

Name of the
Accounting
Firm
Non-auditing Fees

Accountant’s
Accountant Auditin Remark
name g fees System Business Human Other Subtotal audit period
design registration resource (Note 2)
Deloitte &
Touche
Hsieh,
Ming-Chung

3,755
0 32 0 542 574 From Jan. 1,
2019
The transfer price
is NT$200,000,
typing and
printing
NT$102,000,
travel cost
NT$236,000 and
freight NT$4,000.
Su, Yu-Hsiu to December
31, 2019

Note 1: If the company changes its accountant or accounting firm in the current year, please list their audit periods separately and explain the reasons for replacement in the “remark” field. Please disclose the auditing and non-auditing fees in sequence.

  • Note 2: Please list the non-auditing fees separately according to the service items. If the “others” non-auditing fees amount to 25% of the total non-auditing fees, its service content shall be listed in the remark field.

(II) The amount, ratio and reasons for the decrease in auditing fees shall be disclosed if there is a change in accounting firm and the auditing fees in the year of such change is less than the auditing fees in the previous year: None.

(III) The amount, ratio and reasons for the decrease in auditing fees shall be disclosed if the auditing fees was decrease by more than 15% comparing to that of in the previous year: None .

79

VI. Information on change of accountant’s information:

(I) Regarding the former accountants

(I) Regarding the former accountants
Date of change 2019/04/25
Internal Adjustment
Reasons and explanations of change
Explanation whether it was the appointer or the the parties
situation

accountant
appointer
accountant who called for termination or
declined the appointment Proactively terminate
the appointment
V
Declined (discontinued)
the appointment
Any issuance of audit report with reserved
opinions within the past two years and the
reasons thereof.
Y Accountingtheprinciple orpractice
Disclosure of financial statements
Scope or steps of audit
Any different opinion with the issuer?
Other
N V
Explanation
Other disclosures (matters to be disclosed None
pursuant to Sub-paragraph 1.4 to 1.7 Paragraph
6,Section 10 of the Guidelines)

(II) Regarding the new accountant

Name of the firm Deloitte & Touche
Accountant name Hsieh, Ming-Chung, Su, Yu-Hsiu
Appointment date 2019/04/25
Pre-appointment consultations regarding the accounting treatment None
or accounting principles for specific transactions and opinions on
thepossible issuance of financial reports and the results thereof.
Written opinions of new accountant stating different opinions to None
that of theprevious accountants

(III) Former accountant’s reply to the matters stated in Sub-paragraph 1 and 2.3, Paragraph 6, Session 10 of the Guidelines: N/A

VII. Where the company’s chairman, general manager or any officer in charge of finance or accounting matters has in the most recent year held a position at the accounting firm of is CPA or at an affiliated enterprise of the accounting, the name and position of the person and the period during which the position was held, shall be disclosed: None.

80

VIII. Any transfer of shareholdings and changed equity pledge from the directors, managers and shareholder(s) holding more than 10% of the shares during the most recent year and as of the publication date of the annual report:

(I) Changes in equity among the directors, manager and large shareholder(s)

Title
(Note1)
Name 2019 2019 As of April 11, 2020 As of April 11, 2020
Increase (decrease)
in number of
shareholding
Increase (decrease)
in number of
pledged shares
Increase
(decrease) in
number of
shareholding
Increase
(decrease) in
number of
pledged shares
Chairman
/ CEO
Lin, Wan-Shing
(note 5)
0 0 50,000 0
Director Lin, Jin-Bao 0 0 0 0
Director
/ Deputy CEO
Chen Chueh,
Shang-Hsin
(note 5)
0 0 0 0
Director
/ President
Kuo, Ya-Ping
(note 4,5)
275,000 (102,000) 0 0
Director
/Assistant Manager
Huang, Hsiang-Lin
(note 4,8)
1,042,000 2,410,000 650,000 829,000
Director Hsu, Hsing-Hao
(note 4)
405,000 0 0 0
Corporate
Director
TLC Capital Co., LTD 0 0 0 0
Chang Wen-Chin
(note 2)
0 0 0 0
Peng,Chih-Chiang 0 0 0 0
Director Hsu, Der-Jun
(note 4)
(169,000) 0 - -
Director Go, Tien-Chong
(note 4)
(13,000) 0 - -
Corporate
Director
Golden Talent
Investment Holding
co., Limited
(note 4)
0 0 - -
Chou, Ming-chih 0 0 - -
Independent
Director
Yu, Shang-Wu 0 0 0 0
Independent
Director
Tsai, Song-Qi 0 0 0 0
Independent
Director
Su , Yan-Syue 0 0 0 0
Independent
Director
Wang, Chuan -Fen 0 0 0 0
TXC(NGB)
President
Chao, Min-Chiang
(note 7)
166 0 0 0
TXC(CKG)
President
Chou, Chien-Fu
(note 7)
0 0 0 0
Vice President Chang, Chien-Tsung 0 0 0 0
Executive
Vice President
Yu, Fang-Ming
(note 6)
0 0 0 0
Vice President Lin, Shi-Bo 0 0 0 0
Chief Technology
Officer(CTO)
Chu,Chih-Hsun 0 0 0 0
Vice President Cheng, Li-Wei 0 0 0 0
Vice President Kuo, Ya-Han 0 0 0 0
Vice President Su, Jing-Sheng
(note 8)
0 0 0 0
Assistant Vice
President
Lin, Su-Fen 0 0 5,000 0
Assistant Vice
President
Su, Che-Ming 0 0 0 0

81

Title
(Note1)
Name 2019 2019 As of April 11, 2020 As of April 11, 2020
Increase (decrease)
in number of
shareholding
Increase (decrease)
in number of
pledged shares
Increase
(decrease) in
number of
shareholding
Increase
(decrease) in
number of
pledged shares
Assistant Vice
President
Liu, Hsu-Er 0 0 0 0
Chief Engineer Chang, Qi-Zhon 0 0 0 0
Deputy CTO Chiu,Chih-Hung
(note 3)
0 0 0 0
Deputy CTO Pao,Shih-Yung
(note 3)
0 0 0 0
Chief Financial
Officer (CFO) /
CompanySecretary
Hong, Guan -Wen 0 0 18,000 0

Note 1: The Company has no major shareholders holding more than 10% of the shares. Note 2: Starting Feb. 18, Mr. Peng,Chih-Chiang was assigned as the representative for TLC Capital Co., LTD to replace Mr. Chang Wen-Chin.

Note 3: Mr. Chiu, Chih-Hung, director of R & D center and Mr. Pao, Shih-Yung, senior special assistant (Level 3), were promoted to deputy technical director on June 1, 2019.

Note 4: A board director reelection was held on June 12, 2019. The newly elected directors were Lin, Wan-Shing

, Lin, Jin-Bao, Chen Chueh, Shang-Hsin, Kuo, Ya-Ping , Huang, Hsiang-Lin, Hsu, Hsing-Hao, TLC Capital Co., LTD, Yu, Shang-Wu, Tsai, Song-Qi, Su , Yan-Syue, and Wang, Chuan –Fen.

Note 5: The board of directors appointed Mr. Lin Wan-Shing as the CEO, Mr. Chen Chueh, Shang-Hsin as the deputy CEO and Mr. Kuo, Ya-Ping as the president on Jun. 12, 2019.

Note 6: Mr. Yu, Fang-Ming was promoted to executive vice president of TXC (CHONGQING) CORPORATION on Aug. 8, 2019.

Note 7: Mr. Huang, Hsiang-Lin, director of the marketing center, was promoted to associate vice president of the marketing center on Sep. 1, 2019.

Note 8: Associate vice president Mr. Su, Jing-Sheng of manufacturing center was promoted to vice president on Nov. 1, 2019.

Note 9: In response to the concept adjustment of the organization, vice predident Mr. Chao, Min-Chiang is hereby appointed as the president of TXC (NINGBO) CORPORATION and Mr. as the president of TXC (CHONGQING) CORPORATION in Dec. 2019.

(II) Equity transfer information

April 11, 2020 April 11, 2020 Unit: shares

Counterparty
Counterparty’s relations
Equity with the Company, its
Name Transactions Number Transactions
transfer director, supervisor and
(Note) Date
of Shares
Prices
reasons shareholder holding more
than 10% of the shares
Hsu, Der-Jun Gift 2019/01/21 Kang, Li-Yan Huasband-Wife 100,000 NA
Hsu, Der-Jun Gift 2019/01/21 Hsu, Hsing-Hao Father-Son 69,000 NA
Kang, Li-Yan Gift 2019/01/28 Hsu, Hsing-Hao Mother-Son 66,000 NA

Note : There is no transfer of shareholding by the Company’s shareholder(s) holding more than 10% of the shares.

(III) Information of the counterparty of an equity pledge who is also a related party: None.

82

IV. Information of relationships between TOP 10 shareholders are related parties:

April 11, 2020 Unit: shares

Name Own held shares Shares held by
spouse, children
under twenty (20)
years of age
Shares held by
spouse, children
under twenty (20)
years of age
Shareholdin
g in the
name of
others
Shareholdin
g in the
name of
others
Where the relationship
among the top 10
shareholders is a related
party, spouse, and/or a
relative by blood or
marriage within second
degree of kinship or
relationship, please
specify the name and
relationship
Where the relationship
among the top 10
shareholders is a related
party, spouse, and/or a
relative by blood or
marriage within second
degree of kinship or
relationship, please
specify the name and
relationship
Remark
number of
shares
shareholding
ratio
number of
shares
shareholding
ratio
number of
shares
shareholding
ratio
name relationship
Fubon Life Insurance Co., Ltd.
proxy: Tsai, Ming-Hsing
22,115,000 7.14% 0 0% 0 0% None None
Cathay Life Insurance
Company, Ltd.
proxy: HuangTiao-Kuei
11,802,457 3.81% 0 0% 0 0% None None
Norges Bank Investment
Account entrusted in Citibank
Taiwan
6,981,032 2.25% 0 0% 0 0% None None
Aramis II Securities Co., Ltd.
Account entrusted in Citibank
Taiwan
6,200,000 2.00% 0 0% 0 0% None None
Lin, Jin-Bao 6,071,263 1.96% 25,163 0.01% 0 0% Lin,
Wan-Shing
Brother
Edbertson Asia Stock Trust
Investment Account entrusted in
the Bank of Taiwan
6,041,000 1.95% 0 0% 0 0% None None
Huang, Hsiang-Lin 5,789,399 1.87% 0 0% 0 0% None None
Taipei Fubon Commercial Bank
entrusted with trust
propertySpecial account
5,053,485 1.63% 0 0% 0 0% None None
Lin, Wan-Shing 5,030,722 1.62% 152,991 0.05% 0 0% Lin,
Jin-Bao
Brother
Chunghwa Post Co., Ltd.
proxy: Wu,Hung-Mou
4,916,000 1.59% 0 0% 0 0% None None

Note 1: The top ten shareholders shall be listed in full; corporate shareholder shall list its name and the names of its proxy separately.

  • Note 2: The calculation of the shareholding percentage refers to the percentage of shares held in his/her/its own name, or under the name of his/her/its spouse, children under twenty (20) years of age, or others.

Note 3: The relationship between above-listed juristic person shareholders and natural person shareholders shall be disclosed pursuant to the regulations governing the preparation of financial reports of the issuer.

Top 10 Shareholder Major Shareholders of the Juristic Person
Fubon Life Insurance Co., Ltd.
proxy:Tsai,Ming-Hsing
Fubon Financial Holding Co., Ltd. (100%)
Cathay Life Insurance Company, Ltd.
proxy: Huang Tiao-Kuei
Cathay Financial Holding Co. Ltd. (100%)
Chunghwa Post Co., Ltd.
proxy: Wu,Hung-Mou
Ministry of Transportation and Communications (100%)

83

  1. The number of shares held by the company, the company’s directors, supervisors, managers, and businesses directly or indirectly controlled by the Company in the same joint venture, and the combined shareholding percentage.

December 31, 2019 Unit: shares, %

Investees Investments of the
Company
Investments of the
Company
Investments of the directors,
supervisors, managers and their
investment in business which
they have direct or indirect
control of.
Investments of the directors,
supervisors, managers and their
investment in business which
they have direct or indirect
control of.
Comprehensive
investements
Comprehensive
investements
Number of
Shares
Share (%) Number of
Shares
Share (%) Number of
Shares
Share (%)
TAIWAN CRYSTAL
INTERNATIONAL
LIMITED
42,835,294 100 0 0 42,835,294 100
TXC Technology Inc. 300,000 100 0 0 300,000 100
TXC Japan Corporation 2,100 100 0 0 2,100 100
Taiwan Crystal
Technology International
(HK)Linited
80,000 100 0 0 80,000 100
TXC Europe GmbH 50,000 100 0 0 50,000 100
TAI SHING
ELECTRONICS
COMPONENTS CORP.
8,179,000 30.98 3,173,500 12.02 11,352,500 43
Godsmith Sensor Inc. 2,350,000 35.10 0 0 2,350,000 35.10
Growing Profits Trading
LTD
0 0 50,000 100 50,000 100
TXC (NINGBO)
CORPORATION
0 0 45,835,294 100 45,835,294 100
TXC (CHONGQING)
CORPORATION
0 0 247,876,609 100 247,876,609 100
CHONGQING ALL
SUNS COMPANY
LIMITED
0 0 140,000,000 100 140,000,000 100
Ningbo Jingyu Company
Limited
0 0 2,500,000 100 2,500,000 100
NINGBO FREE
TRADE ZONE DING
KAI INVESTMENT
MANAGEMENT
COMPANY
0 0 35,050,000 100 35,050,000 100
Ningbo Longying
Semiconductor Co., Ltd
0 0 2,000,000 40 2,000,000 40

Note: Equity investments of the Company.

84

Chapter 4 Capital Overview

I. Capital and Shares

(I) Source of Capital

1. Capitalization

April 11, 2020 Unit: Shares, NT$

Authorized Share Capital Paid-In Capital Remark
Capital
Year/
Increas
Issue
Month e by Other
Price
Shares Amount Shares Amount Source of Capital
Assets
(Approval document
Other no.)
Than
Cash
1983.12 10 310,000 3,100,000 310,000 3,100,000 Registered
capital
Nil -
1984.03 10 3,315,200 33,152,000 3,315,200 33,152,000 Capital increase
by cash
Nil -
1989.03 10 8,500,000 85,000,000 8,500,000 85,000,000 Capital increase
by cash
Nil -
1989.10 10 18,000,000 180,000,000 18,000,000 180,000,000 Capital increase
by cash
Nil -
1990.07 10 21,060,000 210,600,000 21,060,000 210,600,000 Capital increase
by cash, by capital
surplus

Nil
07/10/1990 (79)
Tai-Tsai-Cheng(1) no.
01530
1991.08 10 60,000,000 600,000,000 31,590,000 315,900,000 Capital increase
by cash, by
earnings, by
capital surplus
Nil 08/01/1991 (80)
Tai-Tsai-Cheng(1) no.
02111
1992.07 10 60,000,000 600,000,000 41,067,000 410,670,000 Capital increase
by earnings, by
capital surplus
Nil 07/07/1992 (81)
Tai-Tsai-Cheng(1) no.
01518
1993.07 10 60,000,000 600,000,000 47,300,000 473,000,000 Capital increase
by earnings
Nil 07/14/1993 (82)
Tai-Tsai-Cheng(1) no.
30047
1994.07 10 60,000,000 600,000,000 51,557,000 515,570,000 Capital increase
by earnings, by
capital surplus
Nil 07/07/1994 (83)
Tai-Tsai-Cheng(1) no.
31774
1995.06 10 60,000,000 600,000,000 55,681,560 556,815,600 Capital increase
by earnings
Nil 06/22/1995 (84)
Tai-Tsai-Cheng(1) no.
36958
1996.09 10 100,000,000 1,000,000,000 75,681,560 756,815,600 Capital increase
by cash
Nil 09/05/1996 (85)
Tai-Tsai-Cheng(1) no.
53631
2000.09 10 100,000,000 1,000,000,000 82,201,820 822,018,200 Capital increase
by earnings
Nil 09/06/2000 (89)
Tai-Tsai-Cheng(1)
no.5237
2001.07 10 260,000,000 2,600,000,000 110,348,515 1,103,485,150 Capital increase
by earnings
Nil 05/14/2001 (90)
Tai-Tsai-Cheng(1) no.
129296
2001.08 10 260,000,000 2,600,000,000 120,348,515 1,203,485,150 Capital increase
by cash
Nil 06/12/2001 (90)
Tai-Tsai-Cheng(1)
no.135132
2002.09 10 260,000,000 2,600,000,000 137,673,100 1,376,731,000 Capital increase
by earnings, by
capital increase
Nil 08/21/2002 (91)
Tai-Tsai-Cheng(1) no.
0910146351
2003.08 10 260,000,000 2,600,000,000 144,140,534 1,441,405,340 Capital increase
by earnings
Nil 08/12/2003
Tai-Tsai-Cheng(1) no.
0920136359
2004.08 10 260,000,000 2,600,000,000 151,810,534 1,518,105,340 Convertible
bonds, exercise of
employee stock
options
Nil 08/18/2004
Ching-Shou-Shang-Zi
no. 09301157450
2004.10 10 260,000,000 2,600,000,000 160,779,678 1,607,796,780 Capital increase
by earnings
Nil 10/13/2004
Ching-Shou-Shang-Zi
no.09301188710
2004.10 10 260,000,000 2,600,000,000 160,784,678 1,607,846,780 Convertible bonds Nil 10/19/2004
Ching-Shou-Shang-Zi

85

Authorized Share Capital Paid-In Capital Remark
Capital
Year/
Increas
Issue
Month e by Other
Price
Shares Amount Shares Amount Source of Capital
Assets
(Approval document
Other no.)
Than
Cash
no. 09301199790
2005.05 10 260,000,000 2,600,000,000 163,133,882 1,631,338,820 Convertible bonds Nil 05/03/2005
Ching-Shou-Shang-Zi
no. 09401077580
2005.07 10 260,000,000 2,600,000,000 168,068,138 1,680,681,380 Convertible
bonds. exercise of
employee stock
options
Nil 07/25/2005
Ching-Shou-Shang-Zi
no. 09401135020
2005.09 10 260,000,000 2,600,000,000 178,181,410 1,781,814,100 Capital increase
by earnings
Nil 09/23/2005
Ching-Shou-Shang-Zi
no. 09401185020
2005.10 10 260,000,000 2,600,000,000 181,557,883 1,815,578,830 Convertible
bonds, exercise of
employee stock
options
Nil 10/20/2005
Ching-Shou-Shang-Zi
no. 09401207340
2006.01 10 260,000,000 2,600,000,000 186,198,661 1,861,986,610 Convertible
bonds, exercise of
employee stock
options
Nil 01/23/2006
Ching-Shou-Shang-Zi
no. 09501010180
2006.03 10 260,000,000 2,600,000,000 188,908,827 1,889,088,270 Convertible
bonds, exercise of
employee stock
options
Nil 04/17/2006
Ching-Shou-Shang-Zi
no. 09501068450
2006.07 10 260,000,000 2,600,000,000 188,942,532 1,889,425,320 Convertible bonds Nil 07/20/2006
Ching-Shou-Shang-Zi
no. 09501152420
2006.09 10 300,000,000 3,000,000,000 203,711,768 2,037,117,680 Capital increase
by earnings
Nil 09/04/2006
Ching-Shou-Shang-Zi
no. 09501198120
2006.10 10 300,000,000 3,000,000,000 204,815,282 2,048,152,820 Convertible
bonds, exercise of
employee stock
options
Nil 10/16/2006
Ching-Shou-Shang-Zi
no.09501232600
2007.01 10 300,000,000 3,000,000,000 205,698,282 2,056,982,820 Exercise of
employee stock
options
Nil 01/16/2007
Ching-Shou-Shang-Zi
no. 09601010470
2007.04 10 300,000,000 3,000,000,000 206,032,282 2,060,322,280 Exercise of
employee stock
options
Nil 04/14/2007
Ching-Shou-Shang-Zi
no. 09601078450
2007.07 10 300,000,000 3,000,000,000 206,624,577 2,066,245,770 Convertible bonds Nil 07/27/2007
Ching-Shou-Shang-Zi
no. 09601180970
2007.08 10 300,000,000 3,000,000,000 230,7397,19 2,307,397,190 Capital increase
by earnings
Nil 08/28/2007
Ching-Shou-Shang-Zi
no.09601210120
2007.10 10 300,000,000 3,000,000,000 240,243,456 2,402,434,560 Convertible bonds Nil 10/22/2007
Ching-Shou-Shang-Zi
no. 09601258520
2008.01 10 300,000,000 3,000,000,000 241,552,590 2,415,525,900 Convertible bonds Nil 01/29/2008
Ching-Shou-Shang-Zi
no. 09701022010
2008.01 10 300,000,000 3,000,000,000 241,552,590 2,415,525,900 Convertible bonds Nil 01/29/2008
Ching-Shou-Shang-Zi
no. 09701022010
2008.04 10 300,000,000 3,000,000,000 241,627,148 2,416,271,480 Convertible bonds Nil 04/11/2008
Ching-Shou-Shang-Zi
no. 09701087040
2008.08 10 300,000,000 3,000,000,000 242,464,833 2,424,648,330 Convertible bonds Nil 08/05/2008
Ching-Shou-Shang-Zi
no.09701191720
2008.08 10 350,000,000 3,500,000,000 270,395,056 2,703,950,560 Capital increase
by earnings
Nil 08/28/2008
Ching-Shou-Shang-Zi
no. 09701819210
2008.11 10 350,000,000 3,500,000,000 271,698,090 2,716,980,900 convertible bonds Nil 11/17/2008
Ching-Shou-Shang-Zi
no. 09701293960
2009.09 10 400,000,000 4,000,000,000 287,312,523 2,873,125,230 Capital increase Nil 09/11/2009

86

Authorized Share Capital Paid-In Capital Remark
Capital
Year/
Increas
Issue
Month e by Other
Price
Shares Amount Shares Amount Source of Capital
Assets
(Approval document
Other no.)
Than
Cash
by earnings Ching-Shou-Shang-Zi
no. 0980120690
2009.11 10 400,000,000 4,000,000,000 287,340,930 2,873,409,300 Convertible bonds Nil 11/11/2009
Ching-Shou-Shang-Zi
no. 09801260380
2010.01 10 400,000,000 4,000,000,000 288,727,249 2,887,272,490 Convertible bonds Nil 01/26/2010
Ching-Shou-Shang-Zi
no. 09901016750
2010.04 10 400,000,000 4,000,000,000 290,907,037 2,909,070,370 Employee stock
options and
convertible bonds
Nil 04/21/2010
Ching-Shou-Shang-Zi
no. 09901078530
2010.09 10 400,000,000 4,000,000,000 296,665,178 2,966,651,780 Capital increase
by earnings
Nil 09/02/2010
Ching-Shou-Shang-Zi
no.09901199850
2010.11 10 400,000,000 4,000,000,000 297,183,178 2,971,831,780 Employee stock
options
Nil 11/18/2010
Ching-Shou-Shang-Zi
no. 099001257750
2011.04 10 400,000,000 4,000,000,000 296,305,178 2,963,051,780 Employee stock
options treasury
stock retired
Nil 4/15/2011
Ching-Shou-Shang-Zi
no. 100001075170
2011.07 10 400,000,000 4,000,000,000 296,316,207 2,963,162,070 Convertible bonds Nil 7/26/2011
Ching-Shou-Shang-Zi
no. 100001171400
2011.08 10 400,000,000 4,000,000,000 302,242,310 3,022,423,100 Capital increase
by earnings
Nil 8/25/2011
Ching-Shou-Shang-Zi
no.100001197910
2013.01 10 500,000,000 5,000,000,000 309,757,040 3,097,570,400 Employee stock
options and
convertible bonds
Nil 1/17/2013
Ching-Shou-Shang-Zi
no.10201011600

2. Types of Stock

April 11, April 11, 2020 Unit: Share
Authorized Share Capital Remarks
Type of Stock
Listed (Note) Unlisted Total
Common Stock 309,757,040 190,242,960 500,000,000

Note The above stocks are listed company stocks. Statistics from the April 11, 2020 book closure date.

  1. Shelf Registration Related Information: N/A.

(II) Composition of Shareholders

April 11, 2020 Unit: Person/Share/%

Other Foreign

Government
Financial Total
No.\ Composition Judicial Individuals Institutions and

Agencise
Institutions (Note)
Persons Individuals
No. of
Shareholders
6 15 190 32,765 236 33,212
Shareholding 7,381,197 48,162,457 29,283,400 118,711,003 106,218,983 309,757,040
Shareholding
Percentage
2.38% 15.55% 9.46% 38.31% 34.30% 100.00%

Note 1: The above share amount statistics are from the April 11, 2020 book closure date.

87

Note 2: TSWE primary listed, GTSM primary listed and emerging stock companies shall disclose Chinese capital shareholding percentages: N/A.

(III) Equity Dispersion

April 11, 2020 Unit: Share

Share types Number of
Shareholders
Shares Shares%
1~999
1,000~5,000
5,001~10,000
10,001~15,000
15,001~20,000
20,001~30,000
30,001~50,000
50,001~100,000
100,001~200,000
200,001~400,000
400,001~600,000
600,001~800,000
800,001~1,000,000
1,000,001 above
16,773
13,029
1,698
517
302
245
204
170
101
66
27
21
11
48
1,053,577
25,858,920
13,146,600
6,503,253
5,598,043
6,294,788
8,166,361
12,166,902
14,171,729
19,118,761
13,610,816
14,753,431
9,893,673
159,420,186
0.34
8.35
4.24
2.10
1.81
2.03
2.64
3.93
4.58
6.17
4.39
4.76
3.19
51.47
Total 33,212 309,757,040 100

(IV) List of Major Shareholders

Name(s), amount and proportion of shares held by shareholder(s) with shareholding ratios that accounted for more than 5% of the equity ratio or accounted for the top ten shareholders:

April 11 2020 Unit: Person/Share/% April 11 2020 Unit: Person/Share/% April 11 2020 Unit: Person/Share/%
Shares
Major Shareholders
Shares Shares (%)
1 Fubon Life Insurance Co., Ltd.
2 Cathay Life Insurance Company, Ltd.
3 Norges Bank Investment Account entrusted in Citibank Taiwan
4 Aramis II Securities Co., Ltd. Account entrusted in Citibank Taiwan
5 Lin, Jin-Bao
6、 Edbertson Asia Stock Trust Investment Account entrusted in the Bank of Taiwan
7 Huang, Hsiang-Lin
8 Taipei Fubon Commercial Bank entrusted with trust propertySpecial account
9 Lin, Wan-Shing
10 Chunghwa Post Co., Ltd.
22,115,000
11,802,457
6,981,032
6,200,000
6,071,263
6,041,000
5,789,399
5,053,485
5,030,722
4,916,000
7.14%
3.81%
2.25%
2.00%
1.96%
1.95%
1.87%
1.63%
1.62%
1.59%

88

(V) Data on share price, net value, profit, and dividend of the past two years

Item Year Year 2018 2019
Marketprice / share
(Note 1)
Highest 44.80 49.20
Lowest 30.00 31.50
Average 36.35 37.12
Net value per share
(Note 2)
Before distribution 28.25 28.08
After distribution 26.25 (Note 9)
Earnings Per Share Weight average number of shares
(1000’s share)
309,757 309,757
Earnings Per
Share (Note 3)
Before adjustment 2.08 2.17
After adjustment 2.08 (Note 9)
Dividend Per share Cash dividend 2.00 (Note 9)
Stock dividend
without
compensation
Earningsper share - (Note 9)
Stock dividend - (Note 9)
Accrued undistributed dividend (Note 4)
-
(Note 9)
Analysis of rate
of return
P/E (Note 5) 17.48 17.11
P/C (Note 6) 18.18 (Note 9)
C/P (Note 7) 5.50% (Note 9)
  • If use profits or capital reserve for raising capital shares appropriate, then it should announce the information of the number of appropriate shares and retroactivlye adjust market price and cash dividend.

  • Note 1 list the hightest and lowest price of the common stocks in that year, and the average market price for that year is calculated based on the transaction values and transaction amounts.

  • Note 2 Use the number of circulated shares at the end of the year as the base, then the dividend distributed determined in the coming year’s stockholders’ meeting.

  • Note 3 If there is any retroactive adjustment from the stock dividend without compensation, then it should list earning per share on before and after adjustment.

  • Note 4 If the equity investment has constraint that limits the undistributed dividend for that year and it is cumulated until to later profitable year. Then it should disclose the cumulative undistributed dividend up to that year.

  • Note 5 P/E current year average share price at closing earning per share.

  • Note 6 P/C current year average share price at closing cash dividend per share.

  • Note 7 C/P cash dividend per share current year average share price.

  • Note 8 The financial statements of TXC Corporation were audited or view or certified by CPA.

  • Note 9 As of 2020/03/23, the retained earnings of 2019 has not yet admitted by the stockholders’ meeting.

89

(VI) Company’s dividend policy and its current implementation status

1. Dividend policy as defined in the articles of incorporation

If the company generates annual profit, no less than 3% of that profit will be provided to employees as a bonus in the form of cash or company shares, as determined by the board of directors. Receipients of this bonus will include company employees who fulfill certain conditions. The company must apportion a directors’ bonus of no greater than 2% of posted profit figures, following the board of directors’ decision. Employee and director bonuses are announced at the general meeting of shareholders. However, the company shall retain a portion of funds prior to incurring losses, the amount beyond which will be distributed as bonuses according to the aforementioned proportion.

If there is a profit at the final settling of accounts after paying all taxes and offsetting of losses from previous years, the Company shall first set aside ten percent of the profits as legal reserve. This shall not apply when the legal reserve amounts to the total authorized capital. Director remuneration shall be no more than 2% and employee bonus shall be no lower than 3% of the special reserve allocated from the profits in accordance with the law or after reversal. The remainder together with undistributed earnings from previous periods after an appropriate amount is reserved depending on operating conditions is distributed as shareholder dividends as resolved by the shareholders' meeting. The board of directors is authorized to determine the counterparts for employee stock dividend distribution which include those company employees that conform to certain conditions.

The Company's dividend distribution policy is made in consideration of factors such as industry development being in a growth phase, long-term financial planning and shareholder cashflow requirements. Therefore, the earnings available for distribution for that year, after allocation of the legal reserve and special reserve in accordance with the law, shall be distributed as provided in the previous paragraph. Of this, the cash dividend portion of shareholder dividends shall not be lower than 20% of total dividends.

90

Specific dividend policy: Dividend payment over the years

Stock dividend Stock dividend Cash dividend Stock dividend
Retained
Cash X/R
Shareholders’
Year earnings Capital surplus i
Dividend
fd
transactons
meeting date payment date payment date
transferred to transerre to dt
k ae
common stock common stoc
1999 0 0.8 0 2000/09/14 2000/05/13 N/A 2000/11/16
2000 0 2.9 0 2001/06/05 2001/04/26 N/A 2001/07/31
2001 0.2 0.8 0.5 2002/09/12 2002/05/30 2002/10/17 2002/11/27
2002 0.10222 0.4089 0 2003/09/09 2003/06/16 2003/10/16 2003/11/11
2003 0.2999 0.499901 0 2004/09/13 2004/06/24 2004/10/15 2004/11/12
2004 0.480681 0.480681 0 2005/08/31 2005/06/13 2005/10/21 2005/10/21
2005 0.99982162 0.59989298 0 2006/08/09 2006/06/15 2006/09/20 2006/09/20
2006 1.94210210 0.97105104 0 2007/08/09 2007/06/13 2007/09/20 2007/09/20
2007 1.98486059
0.9924303
0 2008/08/12 2008/06/13 2008/09/18 2008/09/18
2008 2 0.5 0 2009/08/24 2009/06/16 2009/09/30 2009/09/30
2009 1.99640807
0.1996408
0 2010/08/12 2010/06/15 2010/09/21 2010/09/21
2010 2.49990694 0.19999253 0 2011/08/03 2011/06/10 2011/09/09 2011/09/09
2011 2.2 0 0 2012/08/20 2012/06/13 2012/09/13 N/A
2012 2.2 0 0 2013/08/19 2013/06/19 2013/09/17 N/A
2013 2.2 0 0 2014/08/17 2014/06/18 2014/09/05 N/A
2014 2.5 0 0 2015/08/20 2015/06/16 2015/09/18 N/A
2015 2.5 0 0 2016/08/11 2016/06/07 2016/09/13 N/A
2016 2.8 0 0 2017/08/15 2017/06/08 2017/09/15 N/A
2017 2.5 0 0 2018/08/15 2018/06/05 2018/09/18 N/A
2018 2.0 0 0 2019/08/15 2019/06/12 2019/09/11 N/A
2019 2.5 0 0 Undetermined 2020/06/09 Undetermined N/A

Although the company's articles of association do not specify the distribution ratio of the dividends of the shareholders, the ratio of the distribution of the surplus of the preceding paragraph may be adjusted according to the relevant factors such as the actual pre-tax profit, capital budget and capital status of the year, and shall be handled after the resolution of the shareholders' meeting.

Estimated dividend distribution policy for the next three years

  1. Employee bonus is 9%~12%

  2. Directors' compensation is 1%~2%

The total dividend is based on more than 60% of the current year's profit (net of statutory surplus reserve) or not less than 30% of the total distributable surplus, and the cash dividend shall not be less than 20% of the total cash dividend and stock dividend.

91

2. Suggested dividend appropriate in this shareholders’ meeting

Profit distribution for 2019

Unit NT$

Amount Amount
Item
Sub-total Sum
Beginning period undistributed profits
(774,392,600)
1,955,120,458
174,805,391
60,883
(12,331,894)
__
2,117,654,838
671,782,753
(67,178,275)
(269,465,266)
__
2,452,794,050
(774,392,600)
__

1,678,401,450
Disposal of equity instruments at fair value through
other comprehensive income. Total gain of disposal
transferred from other equity to retained earnings.
Adjusted retained earnings from investments
accounted for using equity method
Remeasurement of defined employee benefit plans to
retained earnings
Adjusted undistributed profits
Net profit after tax for this year
Setting aside 10% legal reserve
Setting aside special reserve
Profits available for distribution
Distribution Item:
Cash Dividends (NT$2.5 per share)
End period of undistributed profits

Note: Allocation of 2019 undistributed profit shall be given priority for the above profit distribution.

Chairman: Peter Lin Manager: Kevin Kuo Accounting Supervisor: Hong Guan-wen

(VII) The effect of the shareholder's proposed stock grants on the Company's business performance and earnings per share: N/A (The Company did not offer stock grants this time).

92

(VII) Employee bonus and rewards for directors and auditors

  1. The principle of surplus distribution in accordance with company regulations: If the company generates annual profit, no less than 3% of that profit will be provided to employees as a bonus in the form of cash or company shares, as determined by the board of directors. Receipients of this bonus will include company employees who fulfill certain conditions. The company must apportion a directors’ bonus of no greater than 2% of posted profit figures, following the board of directors’ decision. Employee and director bonuses are announced at the general meeting of shareholders. However, the company shall retain a portion of funds prior to incurring losses, the amount beyond which will be distributed as bonuses according to the aforementioned proportion.

If there is a profit at the final settling of accounts after paying all taxes and offsetting of losses from previous years, the Company shall first set aside ten percent of the profits as legal reserve. This shall not apply when the legal reserve amounts to the total authorized capital. Director remuneration shall be no more than 2% and employee bonus shall be no lower than 3% of the special reserve allocated from the profits in accordance with the law or after reversal. The remainder together with undistributed earnings from previous periods after an appropriate amount is reserved depending on operating conditions is distributed as shareholder dividends as resolved by the shareholders' meeting. The board of directors is authorized to determine the counterparts for employee stock dividend distribution which include those company employees that conform to certain conditions.

The Company's dividend distribution policy is made in consideration of factors such as industry development being in a growth phase, long-term financial planning and shareholder cashflow requirements. Therefore, the earnings available for distribution for that year, after allocation of the legal reserve and special reserve in accordance with the law, shall be distributed as provided in the previous paragraph. Of this, the cash dividend portion of shareholder dividends shall not be lower than 20% of total dividends.

  1. Accountant procedures if a current period’s estimated employee dividend, the basis of director/supervisor bonus amounts and calculations for stock dividend figures differ from the amounts that are actually apportioned:

  2. (1) The basis of estimating the current period’s estimated employee bonus and director/sup bonus figures: please see the aforementioned (VI).1. Stock dividend policy.

  3. (2) The basis for calculating stock dividends apportions: if the company has not apportioned stock dividends during this period, please disregard.

  4. (3) Accounting procedures if the current period’s actual apportioned value differs from the estimated figures: when a significant change occurs to the dividend value approved by the board of directors, that adjustment is due to annual expenses. If the figure remains changed by the day of the general meeting of shareholders, the matter will be processed according to the updated accounting estimate, and amounts transferred onto accounts according to general meeting of shareholder decision.

  5. Proposal by the Board of Directors for surplus distribution in 2019: As proposed by the Board of Directors on March 23, 2020 surplus distribution for employee bonus and directors’ compensation are as follows:

  6. (1) Propose to allocate employee bonus in cash amounting to NT$ 71,552,151 and directors’

93

compensation to NT$11,925,359. There is no difference between the planned allocation amount from expense for employee bonus and surplus in the 2019 financial statement. So, no adjustment for income and loss is required.

  • (2)Propose to allocate employee bonus and directors’ compensation in accordance with par value setting earnings per share at: NT$2.17.

  • The Company Board of Directors on surplus allocation in 2018: The actual surplus allocation of employee bonus and directors’ compensation is according to resolution adopted by the shareholders meeting on June 12, 2019.

  • (1) Actual employee bonus and directors’ compensation in cash are respectively: NT$69,072,417 and NT$11,512,070.

  • (2) No difference between the proposed allocation adopted by the Board of Directors and the resolution by shareholders meeting.

(IX) Buyback of Common Stock: None

  • II. Convertible Corporate Bond: None

  • III. Preferred Shares None

  • V. Issuance of Oversea Depositary Shares None

  • VI. Status of Employee Stock Option Plan None

  • VII. Status of Employee Restricted Stock None

  • VIII. Status of New Share Issuance in Connection with Mergers and Acquisitions: None

VIII. Financing Plans and Implementation: None

94

Chapter 5 Business Information

I. Business Contents

(I) Business Scope

(1). Major Business Contents

TXC is a professional frequency control component and sensory component manufacturer. Since the company’s founding in December, 1983, it has been devoted to research and development, design, production, and sale of quartz component product series. Products include high precision, high quality quartz crystal, automotive crystal, crystal oscillators, and timing modules. Market demand has led TXC to develop multiple kinds of sensors using independent core technology, products that are widely used in mobile communication, wearable devices, IoT, and automotive electronics markets. Over the years, we have upgraded customer value objectives and offered customers a variety of frequency control components for module design-in requirements to provide a total solution to satisfy the overall requirements of customers. TXC performance with regard to price, quality, delivery time and service continues to exceed customer expectations time and time again.

(2). Business Proportions

==> picture [150 x 152] intentionally omitted <==

2019 Consolidated Revenue NTD 8,430,970 thousands

==> picture [161 x 146] intentionally omitted <==

2018 Consolidated Revenue NTD 8,156,268 thousands

95

(3). Company’s current products

Product
Type
Type Product Size Product Picture
Crystals Metal Can Type Crystals HC-49S / HC-49S SMD
SMD Glass Sealing Crystals 5.0 x 3.2mm3.2 x 2.5mm
2.5 x 2.0mm2.0 x 1.6mm
SMD Seam Sealing Crystals 5.0 x 3.2mm3.2 x 2.5mm
2.5 x 2.0mm2.0 x 1.6mm
1.6 x 1.2mm1.0x 0.8mm
SMD AuSn Sealing Crystals 1.6 x 1.2mm1.2 x 1.0mm
SMD Seam
Temperature Sensing Crystals
(TSX)
2.5 x 2.0mm2.0 x 1.6mm
1.6 x 1.2mm
SMD
kHzCrystals(TuningFork)
3.2 x 1.5mm2.0 x 1.2mm
1.6 x 1.0mm
Oscillators SMD Crystal Oscillators (CMOS) 7.0 x 5.0mm5.0 x 3.2mm
3.2 x 2.5mm2.5 x 2.0mm
2.0 x 1.6mm1.65x1.25mm
SMD Crystal Oscillators
(Differential)
7.0 x 5.0mm5.0 x 3.2mm
3.2 x 2.5mm
SMD kHz Crystal Oscillators 7.0 x 5.0mm5.0 x 3.2mm
3.2 x 2.5mm2.5x 2.0mm
SMD Voltage Controlled Crystal
Oscillators (VCXO)
7.0 x 5.0mm
5.0 x 3.2mm3.2 x 2.5mm
Oven Controlled Crystal
Oscillators (OCXO)
9 x 14 mm(SMD type)
9.7 x7.5 mm(SMD type)
SMD Temperature Compensated
Crystal Oscillators
(TCXO)
3.2 x 2.5mm2.5 x 2.0mm
2.0 x 1.6mm1.6 x 1.2mm
Precise SMD Temperature
Compensated Crystal
Oscillators (TCXO
Stratum-3)
7.0 x 5.0mm (4 Pad)
7.0 x 5.0mm (10Pad)
5.0 x 3.2mm
Sensors Light Sensors 2.5 x 2.0mm
Automotive DIP / Glass Sealed Crystal / Seam
Sealed Crystal /XO/TCXO
/TSX/kHz Crystal Oscillators/
kHz Crystals(Tuning Fork)
HC49S/HC-49S SMD/ 8.0 x
4.5mm/5 x 3.2mm/ 3.2 x
2.5mm/3.2 x 1.5mm/2.5 x 2
mm/2.0 x 1.6 mm/2.2 x
1.65mm/1.6x1.2mm

96

  • (4). Scheduled new products development

  • According to the development strategy and market demand, the company will continue to invest in R & D resources, actively develop new technologies, take "miniaturization, high stability, modularization" as the product development policy, and expand the market share of high-end applications and high added value products. Based on the company's core technology, the company has developed horizontally and actively entered the fields of optics, microelectronics, sensors and medical electronics. In the face of rapid changes and fierce competition in domestic and foreign markets, the company plans to focus on the following new product development:

  • i. Development of miniaturized products After years of taking root in quartz component technology, the company has been synchronized with the world's leading manufacturers. In 2018, the company successfully mass produced the smallest 1.0x 0.8x0.35mm quartz crystal component on the market. In 2019, the company started the R & D planning of miniaturized 0.8 x 0.6 x 0.3mm quartz crystal component, as the main force of the next generation of miniaturized products. In order to meet the needs of future product miniaturization and 5G related requirements, the company will continue to develop higher precision process technology, achieve the pre layout of its own engineering technology, and realize product development with high cost-performance ratio, low energy consumption, high vibration resistance and large frequency and wide range.

  • ii. Development of automotive electronics products TXC won the IATF-16949 quality operating system certification and completed the version conversion of ISO 9001/IATF 16949-2016. The products continue to move forward in technology, safety, quality and other aspects to improve to the highest quality reliability of grade 0. Currently, the products developed are small-scale, wide temperature range temperature compensated quartz oscillator (TCXO) and suitable for grade 0 quartz components. We are ready for the growth momentum of automotive electronic products.

  • iii. Development of advanced crystal vibrator and oscillator and module products Continue to engage in development of advanced products including for 5G Networking, and low consumption TCXO, HFF Low jitter XO(>250MHz) for optical fiber telecommunications module、high precision miniature OCXO for base station use、 Stratum-3 TCXO and HFF VCXO etc. Such products can accommodate booming growth of telecommunications systems for 5G.

  • iv. Sensor application product development Continue to invest in the development of advanced oscillators to meet the high-performance requirements of emerging 5G applications. In 5G mobile phones, we will focus on the miniaturization of temperature compensated quartz oscillator (TCXO) with high stability, low phase noise and low power consumption to meet the technical requirements of new generation millimeter wave. In 5G network equipment, most of the equipment needs to be equipped with optical fiber communication module to complete high-speed data transmission. The miniaturized HFF low jitter XO (more than 400MHz) required by the module is the focus of the company's development investment. In 5G

97

base station, various new application specifications such as low noise, high stability, high temperature resistance, anti vibration, airtightness and miniaturization need to be meTXC's miniaturized high-precision constant temperature controlled oscillator module (Miniature OCXO), wide temperature range high stability temperature compensated quartz oscillator (Stratum-3 TCXO) and high frequency oscillator/voltage controlled oscillator (HFF XO/VCXO) products will continue to be put into use to meet the application and development of 5G or next generation communication technology.

  • v. Development of sensing application products In the light sensor market, we will continue to develop proximity sensor, ambient light sensor and RGB sensor with miniaturized ceramic packaging technology and evaluate the combination with temperature sensing for Smart Handheld Devices and wearable devices. In the thermal image sensing layout, we are working with partners to develop far-infrared thermal imagers for automatic driving night vision. The developed vacuum ceramic heterojunction packaging technology will be extended to the monitoring and action sensing temperature sensor packaging services.

  • vi. Development trend of future terminal application products

==> picture [433 x 276] intentionally omitted <==

(II) The Industry

  • (1). Current industry status and development

The current domestic quartz industries are mainly for producing components such as crystals, crystal oscillators, and crystal filters. The basic manufacturing process of making crystals starts from cutting the quartz, and then after grinding and polish to the desired sizes; followed by depositing thin metal film electrodes on its surface under the vaccum, and subsequently, it is connected with condut wires; afterward it is packaged. In addition, by assembling and

98

packaging the crystal components with IC oscillators then it will result the crystal oscillators. Assembling and packaging the crystal components and capacitors, wires, and resistors then it will be the crystal filters.

When you comparing the three crystal technologies: frequency, precision, and size dimension you can see that the European and U.S manufacturers are strong in the frequencies development. It was because of their development of the wireless technology that it gives them an advantage in the design and development; but production efficiency is lower. Japan manufacturers are the technology leaders and they are excellent in the precision and the scale size of the products. They have the advantages of products improvement, and can further to make it in mass production and automatic production. To the Taiwanese manufacturers, most of them are buying the material and know-how, machinery equipments, or purchasing the manufacturing process of which usually lead to a faster time in marketing the product. But recently, the manufacturers have improved their manufacturing process, and the manufacturing equipments; also the learning of the manufacturing process further improves it. Presently, the mainland manufacturers mainly produce low-end products wherein 80% of them are for export and their products still have not effectively satisfied the demand of their massive domestic market. In recent years Chinese manufacturers are aggressively to promote their technology abilities and to advance to the middle and high end. Below table is a comparison of advantages/disadvantages of competitions from the major producers.

European, USA Japanese Taiwanese China
Key element
manufactures manufactures manufactures manufactures
Frequency Middle Veryhigh Veryhigh -middle Middle-low
Precision Middle Veryhigh Veryhigh -middle Middle-low
Size Middle Veryhigh Veryhigh -middle Middle-low

Currently, in Taiwan the major crystal manufacturers are TXC Corp, Siward Crystal Technology, Taitien Electronics, Tai-Saw Technology, Harmony Electronics, and EChina Technology. Currently TXC Corp has the highest market share in Taiwan.

99

  • (2). Market relationship of up, middle, and down stream companies Crystal components are our major product and it is also the basic electronics parts. Our upstream industries include crystal growth, material manufacturing, and precision machinery. The downstream applications include information technology, wire and wireless communications, consumer electronics, and network products etc. The relationship between the up, middle, and downstream manufacturers is given in the below diagram:

  • Potential entrants

  • ‧ Electronics components channels ‧ Other non frequency electronics components manufacturers

Upstream suppliers

  • ‧ Crystal growth- Manufacturing man-made crystals

  • ‧ Materials manufacturing- Crystal bar, wafer/crystal disk、metal and cermic package materials(top

  • cover、base cover)、plastic、 IC…

  • ‧ precision machinary- cleaning/plating、fine tuning/package、 examing/testing (photo-mask manufacturing、vaccum plating machine、yellowish light plating equipments、 testing instruments、jug & fixture… (3 )

Downstream clients

  • ‧ Mobile computing

  • Manufacturers of Crystal ‧ Mobile communication

  • ‧ crystal gridding industry

  • ‧ circuit design ‧ Basestation and ‧ crystal/oscillator equipments industry

  • package ‧ Wireless Module

  • ‧ crystal/oscillator industry

  • testing ‧ Consumer electronics industry

  • ‧ Automotives electronics industry

Substitutes

  • . Silicon Timing Devices

  • .Self-stimulated LC Variable frequency filter,、 oscillator

  • . Dielectric Resonance (DR Oscillator)

  • . FilmBody Accoustic (FBAR)

  • . MEMS technooogy (MEMS)

  • .Green Clock

(3). Development Trend of Crystal Industry

i. Quartz components industry development trend

Quartz component products are important components of electronic products. In order

to match the vigorous development and trend of future terminal applications, its future product type, product precision and size will develop towards the following trends:

(a). Miniaturization, SMD trend

100

The goal of miniaturization will focus on the development of technologies such as single chip IC, chip design and manufacturing, packaging and testing; taking SMD type frequency components as an example, the current length and width dimensions have been developed from 3 × 2.5mm, 2.5 × 2.0mm, 2.0 × 1.6mm, and then to 1.6 × 1.2mm, 1.2 × 1.0mm, 1.0 × 0.8mm, or even smaller 0.8 × 0.6mm; the height of the components has also been from 1.2mm, 0.9mm, 0.8mm, 0.7mm, 0.5mm to 0.35mm , 0.30mm, 0.25mm improvement. In addition to the size reduction achieved by SMD packaging, it can also be connected with the industrial chain of downstream customers; including the technology development trend of front-end chipset, product design trend of brand customers and SMT production of related customers, etc., and all can achieve adaptation.

  • (b). High frequency low noise, high precision and high stability oscillator module

  • 5G wireless communication system is mainly composed of RRU or AAU, front-haul network, BBU or CU/DU, back-haul network, core network and access network.

  • High frequency and low noise: through the high frequency basic wave crystal matching etching technology autonomously developed by our company, we have completed the development of high frequency (> 200MHz) and low noise crystal oscillator (XO) and voltage controlled crystal oscillator (VCXO) to meet the requirements of 5G communication optical module and RF system.

  • High precision: the TCXO with high precision (+ / - 100ppb) and high temperature (- 40 ~ 105 ° C) is developed to meet the needs of 5G AAU requirements through the customized dual circuit temperature compensation circuit and low disturbance quartz crystal matching customized temperature compensation algorithm.

  • High stability: the first constant temperature crystal oscillator (OCXO) in the industry is completed through the innovative patented embedded ceramic heater packaging technology, surface mounted SC-cut crystal and customized temperature control circuit. This product has the advantages of miniaturization (9.7×7.5mm), and is especially suitable for providing the synchronous system of the basic frequency unit.

  • Based on the evolution of various high-speed transmission systems, the corresponding frequency components move towards the direction of high frequency, modularization, high precision and high stability. We have developed all kinds of oscillator modules through our own packaging, resonators and customized IC technologies, which is conducive to the simplification of customer circuit design to meet the performance requirements of 5G applications.

The products are as the below list

PKG
No Projects Type Features
(mm)
7.0×5.0 CMOS High Frequency
High Frequency XO 5.0×3.2 LVPECL High Precision
1
(~2GHz) 3.2×2.5 LVDS
Low Noise
2.5×2.0 HCSL
High Frequency
7.0×5.0 CMOS
High Frequency VCXO High Precision
2 5.0×3.2 LVPECL

(~2GHz)
Low Noise
3.2×2.5 LVDS
High Pull

101

No Projects PKG Type Features
High Frequency SO 7.0×5.0 LVPECL High Frequency
3

(above 150MHz)
5.0×3.2 LVDS Low Noise
3.2×2.5
2.5×2.0
4 TCXO Clipped Sine High Stability
2.0×1.6
1.6×1.2
7.0×5.0 Clipped Sine
5 Stratum 3 TCXO Ultra High Stability
5.0×3.2 CMOS
36×27
LVCMOS
25×25
6 OCXO HCMOS Ultra High Stability
14×9.0
Sinewave
9.7×7.5

ii. Sensor industry development trend

Full screen has become an important feature of smart phones. There are two major development directions: (1) to keep part of the bang space; (2) to narrow the frame. The product form, size and characteristics of optical sensor will develop towards the following trends::

  • (a) Miniaturization

  • Proximity sensor + ambient light sensor + IR Emitter) are being integrated in a single structure and we lead the market in size, realizing the world's smallest integrated optical distance sensor. The product size is 2.5x2.0mm, and continues to develop 2.0x1.6mm, 2.5x1.2mm and other miniaturized products to meet the design requirements of customers' different types of comprehensive screen smart phones. At the same time, miniaturization can meet the needs of increasing intelligent functions of wearable products in limited space, especially after TWS (true wireless stereo) enhances the noise canceling function, the space of the distance sensor left for in-ear detection is severely squeezed, and the 2.0x1.6mm miniaturized distance sensor permits customers for simpler and convenient design and stacking.

  • (b) Underneath the screen

  • At present, the full screen design, no matter the extremely narrow frame or the bang screen, is a transitional design. In the end, the application of optical sensor in the smart phone will develop towards underneath the screen, that is, hidden under the touch panel and cover glass. The challenge of optical sensor is how IR penetrates OLED or LCD and does not affect the image of the screen, and how to maintain stable and consistent performance under the working environment of less than 5% ink transmittance.

(4). Competition Situation

i. Frequency components:

  • Due to the unreasonable price cutting competition in the frequency component industry for a long time, the Japanese industry has been unable to get rid of the financial deficit for years. With the application trend of 5G, AIoT high stability, high temperature and ultra miniaturization products, the manufacturers are limited by their technical ability, have the capacity and ability to provide the frequency component manufacturers that meet 5G and AIoT products, and have been focused on the top 5 in the market. Therefore, frequency

102

components with the continuous development of 5G and AIoT industries, it is expected that 5G will accelerate the situation favoring big players and promote the transformation of industrial ecology.

However, products with high stability, high temperature and ultra miniaturization are in urgent need of rigorous product design and stringent production conditions, including investment and preparation of special production equipment are a test of the R & D and manufacturing capabilities of manufacturers, especially the ability to optimize cost structure. The marketing team of the company has grasped the trend of production materials, market supply and demand, long-term operation and cultivation of clients, which has made the prices return to a reasonable level, to promote the company to build a reasonable profit, and improve the health of the industrial chain.

ii. Sensors

In the past two years, the appearance design of smart phones has changed rapidly, which has affected the size and functional requirements of the sensor of customers. In addition, the main competitors have launched various customized designs, leading to the company's past competitive advantage in small single hole facing severe challenges, and directly affecting the adoption of new cases in major customers. Secondly, the competitor's product design adopts plastic packaging, which has a comparative advantage in cost, simultaneously impacts the sensor market price, affects the order receiving and faces severe alternative competition.

  1. Technology and Recent Research and Development

  2. (1) Ratio of R&D expense of total revenue during recent years up to 2019/12/31

Units NT$ 1,000 %

Year 2018 2019
Net Revenue 8,156,268 8,430,970
R&D expense 519,906 582,776
R&D Expense/Net Revenue (%) 6.37 6.91

(2) Research and Development Results

1、 SMD 9.7 x 7.5mm Miniaturized Oven-Controlled Crystal Oscillator for telecommunication, stratum-level and base-station. 2、 SMD 4.0 x 2.4mm Ambient Light Sensor and Proximity Sensor with Integrated IR LED for Mobile Phone. 3、 SMD 2.5 x 2.0mm Ambient Light Sensor and Proximity Sensor with Integrated IR LED for Mobile Phone. Products 4、 SMD 3 in 1 Light Sensor 2.5 x 2.0 mm for Smartphone, Tablet, DSLR, Smart development wearable , Fitness devices. 5、 SMD 3 in 1 Light Sensor 4.5 x 0.9 mm for Smartphone, Tablet, Smart wearable , Fitness devices. 6、 SMD Crystal 2.5 x 2.0 mm for Automotive. 7、 SMD Crystal 2.0 x 1.6 mm for Automotive. 8、 SMD Crystal 1.6 × 1.2 mm for SIP.

103

9、 SAW-based Oscillator for SAN. 10、 SMD Seam CXO 2.0 × 1 .6 mm 2~54 MHz for digital camera, Portable TV. 11、 SMD 3.2 x 2.5 mm TCXO for GPS and Mobile. 12、 SMD 2.5 x 2.0 mm TCXO for GPS and Mobile. 13、 SMD 2.0 x 1.6 mm TCXO for GPS and Mobile. 14、 SMD 1.6 x 1.2 mm TCXO for GPS and Mobile. 15、 SMD 5.0 x 3.2 mm Stratum-3 VC-TCXO for Base Station, Small-cell, Networking Infrastructure. 16、 SMD 7.0 x 5.0 mm Stratum-3 TCXO for Base Station, Small-cell, Networking Infrastructure. 17、 SMD Crystal 1.2×1.0mm for WiFi & BT 18、 SMD Crystal 1.0x0.8mm for WiFi & BT 19、 Inverted MESA BLK 1.3 × 1.03mm 20、 Inverted MESA BLK 1.6 × 1.14mm 21、 Inverted MESA BLK 2.49 × 1.83mm 22、 SMD 1.2 x 1.0 mm TSX for GPS 23、 SMD 1.6 x 1.2 mm TSX for GPS 24、 SMD 3.2 x 1.5 mm Tuning Fork 25、 SMD 3.2 x 1.5 mm Tuning Fork for Automotive. 26、 SMD 2.0 x 1.2 mm Tuning Fork 27、 SMD 1.6 x 1.0 mm Tuning Fork 28、 SMD 7.0 x 5.0 mm Oscillator for HCSL 29、 SMD 5.0 x 3.2 mm Oscillator for HCSL 30、 DIP 25 x 25 mm OCXO for stratum-level and base-station. 31、 RTC 10.1 x 7.4 mm for smart utilities devices, electric meters, gas meters. 32、 1.6 x 1.6 mm 3-axis electronic compass for Sensor application 33、 SMD 3.2 x 2.5 mm TCXO for Automotive. 34、 SMD 2.5 x 2.0 mm TSX for Automotive. 35、 SMD 2.5 x 2.0 mm Oscillator for Automotive. 36、 SMD 2.0 x 1.6 mm Oscillator for Automotive. 37、 SMD 7.0mm X 5.0mm High Frequency CXO (2.1GHz) for Base Station, Networking, Infrastructure. 38、 SMD 7.0mm X 5.0mm High Frequency VCXO (2.1GHz) for Base Station, Networking, Infrastructure. 39 SMD 2.5 x 2.0 mm TCXO for Automotive. 40、 SMD 2.0 x 1.6 mm TCXO for Automotive. 41、 SMD 7.0 x 5.0 mm Stratum-3 TCXO with high temperature and low phase noise for Base Station 42、 SMD 1.6 x 1.2 mm Oscillator for Automotive. 43、 SMD 1.6 x 1.2 mm 32k TCXO for wearable device. 44、 SMD 14x 9 mm OCXO for telecommunication, stratum-level and base-station. 45 SMD 3.2 x 2.5 mm HFF VCXO for Base Station, Networking, Infrastructure. Patent Patents and 1. Electrode of the piezoelectric crystal oscillator components Academic 2. Vacuum gas-tight system integration package structure publications 3. Structure and production method of the piezoelectric quartz oscillator chip

104

  1. The production of piezoelectric quartz oscillator chip 5. Quartz crystal oscillator 6. Crystal oscillator with layout structure for the miniaturization of size 7. Piezoelectric material thinning device 8. Wafered composite material thinning device 9. Grooved resonator unit packaging structure 10. Light sensor chip packaging structure 11. Stacked light sensor chip packaging structure 12. Thru-hole resonator device wafer level packaging structure 13. Thru-hole resonator device wafer level packaging structure manufacturing method 14. Improved resonator wafer grade packaging structure 15. Strengthen hermetic sealing of oscillator wafer grade packaging structure 16. Partition and serial-type light sensor chip packaging structure 17. Partitioned side-by-side photo-sensing chip package structure 18. Micro aerosol sensing components 19. Micro aerosol sensing device with self-cleaning function 20. Quartz oscillator plate For the patents or possible patents of TXC, please refer to relative patent database http://www.tipo.gov.tw/ch/ Paper 1 Highly Stable Miniaturized OCXO with HeaterEmbedded Ceramic Package (English), 2018. 2 Development of High-Stability Miniaturized Oven Controlled Crystal Oscillator (English), 2016. 3 Anchor loss reduction of quartz resonators utilizing phononic crystals. (English), 2015. 4 A Perspective for the Quartz Crystal Devices Industry and Technologies in Taiwan and China. (English), 2014. 5 A Study for the Relationship between Drive Level and the Activity Energy in Arrhenius Accelerated Aging Model for the Small Quartz Resonators. (English), 2014. 6 A Study on Raising the Fundamental TS-mode Resistance by Energy Trapping for 3[rd] Overtone. (English), 2014. 7 Laser Measurement and Identification of Vibration Modes of AT-cut Quartz Crystal Resonators. (English), 2013. 8 The Study of Aging Frequency Drift Mechanism for Quartz Crystal Resonators. (English), 2013. 9 Advanced TSV-Based Crystal Resonator Devices Using 3-D Integration Scheme With Hermetic Sealing. (English), 2013. 10 TSV-based quartz crystal resonator using 3D integration and Si Packaging technologies. (English), 2013. 11 A Brief View of the Current State of the Development and Aging Performance of Fixed Frequency Surface Acoustic Wave (SAW) Oscillator (English), 2012. 12 Properties of Miniature X- and Z’-Elongated Rectangular AT-CUT Quartz Resonators of Different Sizes (English), 2012.

105

  • 13 Vibration Mode Identification and Coupling Assessment with the Mindlin Plate Equations and Measurements is a Quartz Crystal Plate (English), 2012.

  • 14 Aging Performance of Small Size MHz Quartz Crystal Under High Drive (English),2011

  • 15 Inharmonic Overtones in Partially Plated AT-cut Quartz Crystal Plates (English),2011

  • 16 The Study of Activation Energy (Ea) by Aging and High Temperature Storage for Quartz Resonators' Life Evaluation (English), 2011.

  • 17 An Efficient AT-cut quartz Crystal Resonator Design Tool for Activity Dip in Working Temperature Range (English), 2011.

  • 18 Quartz Crystal Industry of China at Crossroads (English), 2011. For relative paper, please refer to the website of TXC: http://txccorp.com/

  • Long and short term sales and marketing plan

(1). Short-term Development Plan

i. Marketing Strategy

  • Accelerate the layout and import of tier 1 customers in 5G/Automobile/Internet of things industries.

  • Pay close attention to the situation of market competition and supply-demand balance, flexibly use the price strategy, and strive for the company's profit optimization.

  • Continue to import flow automation and customer order demand B2B (system docking) according to the objectives of each stage, refine the flow and manpower, and improve the response speed of demand scheduling.

  • Through the practice of intelligent, actionable and big data analysis in the information system, to assist the sales strategy formulation and judgment of sales.

  • The project-based leadership organization and the lean team work together to improve the operational efficiency and combat readiness.

ii. SMD Manufacturing Strategy

  • Integrate the information exchange of manufacturing resource engineering between the two sides of the Straits and construct the MES (Manufacturing Execution System) production system of the group T-MOM (manufacturing operations management), construct and optimize the production capacity and benefit distribution under the big data analysis framework, so as to maximize the company's profits.

  • Continue to integrate the existing production management system with the concept of iFactory 4.0, and integrate the key indicators of economic management into the manufacturing intelligence center to review the production information (COPQ/WIP/machine health index, etc.) in series, grasp the production information in real time, optimize the operation and management efficiency and make the production more competitive.

  • The whole staff reviews COPQ (cost of poor quality) and total cost, pursues quality and various improvements with the thinking mode of neural circuit diagram, further improves benefit, and adds AI operation to assist judgment to improve engineering judgment, so as to make engineering improvement faster.

106

  • In response to the wave of 5G construction, the high-frequency, high stability and a small quantity diversification (OCXO) are available for 5G infrastructure construction. The urgent production demand of S3-TCXO will become a trend in the future. Only by continuously cultivating key process technology, combining big data and artificial intelligence for data analysis, can we quickly respond to small quantity diverse needs. The demand for 5G terminal application is a large number of miniaturization needs. In the next year, by continuously expanding the miniaturization production line, we can achieve the basic concept of time to volume, time to market.

  • In response to the challenge of industrial change, we should strengthen the logic of engineering thinking and the "keen sense" of the production personnel, gather the spirit of "group struggle" of the personnel, build the core spirit of the production unit with the management concept of "customer first", and continuously optimize the "response force + control force + integration force = core competitiveness".

  • High quality operation and management and promote the efficiency of project management to make the production more competitive.

iii. MEMS Strategy

  • Focus on the development of wafer processing technology, quartz etching technology, yellow light development technology, and accumulate the chip development and design capabilities to provide products with miniaturization, high frequency, high stability and high temperature resistance, so as to meet the market demand of 5G, IoT and vehicle mounted high growth products.

  • In response to 5G demand, OCXO is developed using SC-cut chip technology. This product needs to use dual angle chip, and has two resonance modes of B and C. It needs to combine two core technologies of chip design and wafer process technology.

  • In response to the 5G demand, the inverted-MESA chip technology will be strengthened. Due to the 5G development, this product will be converted from a small number of special needs to a large number of production needs. Using the inverted-MESA chip technology in high-frequency miniaturized products has the advantages of good product characteristics. This chip product needs to be combined with chip design, wafer process technology, quartz etching technology, yellow light development technology, and through the innovative process to acquire mass production capability.

  • Due to the development of photo-AT chip technology in response to the demand of IoT miniaturization, this type of product has extremely high requirements for chip process. Therefore, it is necessary to combine chip design, wafer process technology, quartz etching technology and yellow light development technology. Only a few companies in the market can provide such products.

  • Combine internal and external resources of the group, reduce the proportion of low added value process, and concentrate resources to develop core technologies and products. Through the company's intelligent construction team, build technology and process mental map, and based on this, develop intelligent chemical plants, improve process stability, and reduce the proportion of abnormalities.

iv. Quality Assurance Strategy

  • The quality assurance center continuously aims to promote zero defect management, strengthen risk identification and risk management of customer application requirements

107

and product development, and introduce DFM (Design for manufacturing) operation to reduce internal and external failure costs.

  • Adjusting resources focuses on the process participation and process audit of NPI (new product introduction).

  • Strengthen the supplier quality management of main raw materials.

  • Continuously review the rationality and effectiveness of the operation process to promote the precise objectives of the operation and personnel.

  • Actively introduce the automatic measurement system and data integration and analysis ability of reliability laboratory, so as to increase the laboratory capacity, improve the ability of product estimation, and reduce resource consumption.

v. Product R&D Strategy

  • According to the market demand and marketing layout, plan the company's technology strategy and product development direction.

  • Formulate the company's technology development strategy and technology map, and develop the products required by the market with leading technology

  • Implement project management, shorten R & D time, respond to customer demand flexibly and grasp every business opportunity.

  • Continue to strengthen the R & D team, improve professional training and systematization of technical database, and move forward to the world's first R & D team.

  • Implement the connection between reward system and R & D management mechanism, and continuously improve the morale and development efficiency of R & D team.

  • We will make good use of the resources of schools, research institutions and the government to accelerate the development of new products, and feedback to relevant industries in Taiwan after success.

  • From the beginning of product research and development, we should consider friendly environment, energy conservation and carbon reduction, and do our best for the earth and the next generation.

vi. Supply chain strategy

  • The group's capacity construction is arranged in advance to meet the needs of the development of automobile, IoT and 5G industries and meet the needs of customers in terms of supply.

  • The product supply strategy adopts the levelized production to avoid the over expansion of production capacity and take into account the demand in the slack season and peak season.

  • Through joint group purchase, supplemented by the introduction of the second supply source, to obtain the most favorable material cost and improve product competitiveness.

  • In the future, it is estimated that the demand for miniaturization and high-end products is still strong. With the competitive advantage of cost and high flexibility in mass production deployment, the market share in clients will be increased, and the turnover and profit margin will be increased.

  • The introduction of intelligent system simplifies the operation process, and the introduction of demand forecast and order shipment big data analysis system, so as to more accurately grasp the market trend and reduce the risk of goods preparation.

  • With the strategic alliance of suppliers, expand the scope of precision packaging technology services, and thereby improve the breadth of product development. In addition,

108

  • forge strategic alliance of suppliers in key products or materials, and sign strategic cooperation contracts to ensure the supply of goods.

  • Actively introduce the cost reduction scheme to do the best cost management, supplemented by the price management mechanism, and continuously improve the gross profit rate.

  • Master the development progress of new products and promote sales, and timely introduce them to the market and customers.

(2). Long-term Development Plan

  • i. Pay attention to 5G's business operation schedule in various countries, and the technological development pace of major manufacturers, actively invest resources in R & D of relevant application products, and layout 5G target customers.

  • ii. We are committed to developing high-precision frequency control components for high-level products applied to infrastructure including: fiber channel, Gigabit Ethernet, SDH-SONET (synchronous optical fiber transmission), small cell (small base station), and office communication.

  • iii. Continue to develop miniaturized products to meet the application trend of Internet of things modularization, mobile communication and consumer electronic products.

  • iv. Actively expand the customer base of automotive electronics and deepen the customer base relationship, and continuously develop the frequency control components used in automotive electronics, with the primary goal of meeting the stringent quality and stability requirements.

  • v. All sales operations will continue to deepen and actively expand the Korean market, and strengthen the distribution of sales channels in Southeast Asia, India, Vietnam, Israel and other markets, so as to provide localized customer services in line with the customers in various regional markets. Based on the market of Greater China, we will continue to explore the demand of emerging markets to expand market share, and continue to pursue the growth goal of becoming a global leader in quartz crystal industry

  • vi. We will continue to develop timing and sensor products in line with the market and customer applications. To explore new product applications and diversified product management strategies to open up blue ocean business opportunities.

109

II. Marketing & Sales Situation

(I) Market Analysis

(1) Market for our major products

The product trend is toward to small and light. The products that use the SMD crystal will have a higher percentage than others. In the future, Asia still is the major OEM center, and the products from Asia are still very high. TXC would still need to work hard on the market expansion in America, Europe and Japan.

Regional sales distribution of our major products in the past two years

Unit: NT$ 1,000

2018 2019 2019
Rigion \Year
Amount % Amount %
America 218,158 2.67 206,637 2.45
Europe 139,057 1.70 123,731 1.47
Asia 7,226,799 88.61 7,824,156 92.80
Taiwan 572,254 7.02 276,446 3.28
Total 8,156,268 100.00 8,430,970 100.00
  • (2) Market share

According to a CS&A industry report in 2019, it is predicted that the output value of frequency component market will recover to a positive growth by 2021, 5G and AIoT will still be the growth momentum of frequency components. Looking forward to 2020, CS&A's estimate of total output value in 2020 will still have a slight negative growth of 0.17% due to the continued trade risks between China and the United States, driving the customer demand of automobile and electronic manufacturing industry, and the company's order will continue to be fully loaded from the second half of 2019. In addition, 5G industrial demand is expected to be ready in the second half of 2020. The company's marketing team is cautiously optimistic about the overall demand in 2020-2021, but continues to pay attention to the development of China-US trade situation, and locks in the core application of 5G and AIoT industries and target customer development and new cases.

110

Globel Timing Market (Millions of Dollars)

==> picture [434 x 200] intentionally omitted <==

Source TXC, CS&A, 2019

(3) Product applications

The company's product line is complete and diversified, which is in line with the technological development of electronic products in various application fields. The general trend of Internet of things (IoT) drives the Internet business opportunities of various industries, and the future growth momentum is expected.

==> picture [455 x 199] intentionally omitted <==

  • i. Market side

According to the prediction of IoT Analytics, the number of active IoT devices in the world will reach 10 billion in 2020, and 22 billion in 2025. In addition, according to the prediction of Enterprise CIO, the global IoT market will grow to US$457 billion in 2020, with an annual compound growth rate of 28.5%.

Internet of things (IOT) continues to drive relevant applications, including the vigorous development of smart home, smart industry, smart car, smart Internet,

111

smart medical and various terminal products, including wearable products, mobile devices, virtual reality and UAVs.

==> picture [446 x 205] intentionally omitted <==

  • (a) Master 5G three application scenarios time evolution (3GPP R15 ~ R17) for deployment of 5G infrastructure development (three application scenarios: enhance mobile broadband, ultra reliable low delay and large-scale device interconnection)

==> picture [431 x 102] intentionally omitted <==

==> picture [457 x 171] intentionally omitted <==

In 2019, the market development of 5G applications has been fully launched. In recent years, 5G key infrastructure network construction, intelligent platform and device interconnection will rapidly bring up the demand of scale development.

Among them, the deployment of new equipment for network construction will bring more demand opportunities such as timing high-level products OCXO, S3TCXO and XO (including high-frequency XO/differential XO/VCXO). In response to the technical development of 5G era to support the interconnection of Intelligent Platforms and devices, the formation of a

112

ubiquitous connectivity ecosystem will continue to drive the growth of TCXO, XO (including high-frequency XO/differential XO) and crystal.

  • Infrastructure

  • 5G NR (New Radio) base station equipment (NSA: Non Standalone network still uses 4G core network, SA: standalone independent network uses 5G core network) has been rapidly deployed around the world in the second half of 2019. According to a report by Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. on product release in December 2019, 50 operators in 27 countries have officially provided 5G communication business services. Within three to five years, 5G macro base stations will be mainly sub-6Ghz, while millimeter wave technology will also deploy 5G small stations synchronously. Therefore, OCXO, S3TCXO and XO series of timing high-level products used from AAU (Active Antenna Unit), CU (Centralized Unit)/DU (Distributed Unit) to core network will meet the growth momentum demand of new 5G network construction.

  • Intelligence Platform

  • 5G ultra reliable low delay will drive the cloud/edge computing Server/Switch/Storage and other requirements to meet the feedback of real time data processing, and then cooperate with AI (Artificial Intelligence). According to Gartner's report in December 2019, data centers with more than 500 server cabinets in the world continue to grow at the rate of 50 per year. At the same time, in order to meet the requirements of 5G transmission rate (max 20 GB/s), the upgraded PAM4 100G/200G/400G optical communication module must be fully matched with the equipment transmitted between the core network and the data center. The above application development will also promote the strong growth demand of timing product XO, differential XO and Crystal.

  • Device Interconnection

  • At present, the fastest fermentation of 5G mobile terminal devices is mainly smart phones and CPE (Customer Premises Equipment). According to the report of Canalys in July 2019, it is estimated that the total number of new 5G smart phones shipped during 2020-2023 will reach 1.9 billion. 5G CPE will play the role of FWA (Fixed Wireless Access). From 5G NR to Wi-Fi 6, FWA applications will be widely used in 5G era. Therefore, the main leading demand opportunities for 5G terminal mobile will include mobile phone, CPE and WiFi-6 applications. In addition, the plentiful Internet of things devices will strengthen and connect the communication technology of various standard protocols, such as NB IoT, LoRa, 5G NR, GPS, Wi-Fi, ZigBee, BT, NFC, UWB and others, in order to benefit the expected connected ecosystem in 5G era, according to the report of Strategy Analytics, a research and development organization, in 2019, the total number of networked devices shipped in 2018 is 22 billion, and the number of shipped devices is expected to reach 38.6 billion in 2025. The relevant applications of the above device interconnection will continue to maintain strong demand for timing products such as TCXO, TSX and Crystal, while the trend of specification requirements is expected to develop towards high frequency and miniaturization.

At the beginning of 2020, the sudden outbreak of novel coronavirus (COVID-19) hit the world, leading the government, enterprises and people to pay more attention to the use and development of three No economies (zero contact, unmanned production and unlimited application) and four zero contact industries (remote learning, remote medical treatment, remote work and catering delivery) in the face of the change of work mode and ordinary life style. In response to the impact of the epidemic, the development of 5G applications will be accelerated

113

in an all-round way and a new wave of growth momentum of quartz crystal industry will be clearly driven.

  • ii. Automotive Electronics 5G's new high-speed network transmission technology is promoting the transformation of automobile supply chain. Its impact on automobile industry is not only technology, but also the upgrading of business model, so that we can imagine the future of "sharing" and "unmanned" automobile industry. The recent outbreak of novel coronavirus (COVID-19) has affected the global car market, and the demand for industrial transformation has increased. The integration of technology applications and electric vehicles will become the future development trend. work, and the C-V2X Cellular Vehicle-to-Everything vehicle networking technology will be embedded in 15% of the world's vehicles. At present, the United States, Europe and China are the three fastest growing markets of the Internet of vehicles. It is known that by 2024, the value of the global Internet of vehicles market is expected to reach about US$130 billion, with a compound annual growth rate of more than 15% in 2018-2024. According to the plan of the U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT), from 2020, all new vehicles will be equipped with the vehicle networking (v2x) device to prevent collision. National laws and regulations have listed the automatic emergency brake, swerving off-lane warning and other functions as new vehicle scoring items. The new generation of vehicles will be introduced into ADAS (Advanced Driver Assistance System) key equipment and components to improve driving safety. The market scale of ADAS will show explosive growth, and then the demand for electronic, sensor, camera components and other components for motor cars will spike.

==> picture [394 x 191] intentionally omitted <==

iii. Sensors

(a) Light Sensor

  • As an important component of smart phone, it can have the functions of ambient light sensor and proximity sensor at the same time. It can save power, space and cost by encapsulating the two together, so as to meet the trend of smaller, lighter and power-saving consumer electronics. With exclusive ceramic 3D stack packaging patent and strategy partner chip optimization design, size miniaturization leads the market. In 2015, industry's smallest integrated optical distance sensor, 2.5x2.0mm, was launched. In response to the trend of bang screen application, the industry's

114

smallest and narrowest integrated optical distance sensor, 3.4x1.2mm, was launched in 2018 to meet the narrow frame design requirements of customers' smart phones. In 2019, industry's smallest distance sensor, 2.0x1.6mm, was launched, and famous TWS (True Wireless Stereo) brand customers adopt and are currently working hard to develop the "three in one" light perception under the screen, which is expected by the smart phone market. It is planned to be mass produced and listed in 2020.

  • (b) Gas Sensing Module

  • Fine particles (PM2.5) have become the air pollutants of high concern in the world. At present, the prototype of PM2.5 sensing module has been developed. It is planned to carry out mass production of PM 2.5 QCM detector and add gas sensing capabilities such as VOC, carbon dioxide, formaldehyde, etc. to the detector of QCM base. Products are expected to be used in Internet of things and air purification related markets, such as mobile appliances or other smart systems.

  • (c) Thermal Imaging Module

Due to the growing maturity of sensing technology, the body temperature of human body or animals is detected by measuring far-infrared rays. The location and mobile modules will extend from the military and aerospace fields to the market of vehicle and safety and people's livelihood. The use of ceramic packaging containing vacuum and air tightness will be the trend of technical requirements. The products are expected to include high-level infrared thermal imagers, low- and medium-level low pixel hot spot detectors, NTIR gas detection, etc.

115

4. Niches competition, the advantages/disadvantages of the future development, and the response strategies.

Strengths Weaknesses
1. We will further develop the market and provide local
services for the design and manufacturing of customers.
2. Global logistics management, high delivery flexibility.
3. Professional manufacturing team, stable quality and
mass production cost advantage.
4. High precision and miniaturized products continue to be
developed and introduced into mass production,
constantly narrowing the technical distance with
Japanese manufacturers.
5. Professional marketing and application engineering
team to meet the needs of customers, and provide
technical support for the design and mass production
process of variousproducts.








1. We need to continue to strengthen the
capacity
of
mass
production
of
ultra
miniaturized products.
2. Restricted by front-end process automation of
chips.
3. The equipment and key raw materials have a
long lead time in delivery, so it is difficult to
meet the sudden demand of the market.
4. The
inadequate
sensor
components
development layout and the lack of early
planning lead to the product not being
launched in time to meet customer needs.
Opportunities Threatness
1. Deeply cultivate the technology leaders of various
industries in China, and the brand customer management
strategy drives TXC to stabilize its capacity.
2. The design centers of automotive electronics supply
chain and chipset plant have been moved to the
mainland China one after another, which has the same
competitive advantage.
3. 5G and the Internet of things industry continue to drive
peripheral products and related applications, which will
inject future growth momentum.
4. The high-level, high-precision and high stability
products and market construction are becoming more
and more complete, and seeking niche market and
products continue to be the stable profit source of the
company.
5. Successively won various awards and certifications, and
passed the " IATF 16949" certification dedicated to the
automobile industry, improving the brand exposure and
helping to establish the company image.
6. Eliminate
US
components
in
Made
in
China
manufacturing, TXC aims to deeply explore the
advantages developing China market and increase the
opportunities of importing materials.

















1. Japanese manufacturers have comparative
advantages in brand, raw material production
and technical ability, and cost structure.
2. Customer design to use cost saving material
or integrated material design.
3. Alternative competitive products such as
MEMS, green clock and HCR threaten some
low-level applications and put pressure on
current product quotations.
4. The adjustment of government labor law
results in the increase of labor cost.
5. Trade disputes between China and the United
States
remain
unresolved,
and
global
economic risks remain.
6. Trade disputes between China and the United
States affect the transfer of customer
manufacturing location.
7. The
demand
of
Chinese
automobile
customers is affected by tariff.
8. Countries are afraid of China's 5G technology
development and need to diversify regional
customer group business risks.
9. The demand of ultra miniaturized products is
excessively concentrated in a single customer,
and there is a risk of fluctuation.

116

  • Respond Strategies

    1. Strengthen the overseas marketing team and actively develop tier 1 customers in Europe, the United States, Japan, South Korea, etc.
    1. Continue to tap into China's domestic demand market and channels, and actively become China's largest brand.
    1. Strengthen the engineering and technical capabilities of all factories and accelerate the promotion of smart production.
    1. Continue to introduce domestic and foreign professional communication and auto industry component R & D talents.
    1. To create superior products, some products adopt strategic alliance, division of labor and cooperation, and reduce costs.
    1. Strengthen product R & D capability and focus on time to market strategic planning. 7. Plan the cost structure to optimize roadmap and strive for future profit space. 8. Accelerate the expansion of sensor products and market layout. 9. Timely and close confirmation of client demand for flexible deployment, and continuous attention to the development of alternative products.
    1. Strengthen the development of new products, new markets and new customers, and adjust strategies and resources in time.
    1. Lean management, continuous optimization of all management links and improvement of operation efficiency.

II Major products’ important applications and their manufacturing process

(1) Major products’ important applications

Product Product Major Application
Mobile phonewireless equipmentW-LANwireless telephoneWiFi
ModuleSip Modulebluetoothtelephone terminalautomotiveSTB
NB/DTWearableAR/VRGame Consolestorage
Crystals
Base stationwireless equipmentsW-LANcoxial cable communication
fiber
optics
communication telphony
terminal
equipments
counter/sythesizersintelligent transport(ITS)computerstorage device
printeraudio-isual devicecameragames
CXOSO
Mobile phonebasestationwireless equipmentsatellitecommunication
W-LANbluetoothglobal positioning systemscoaxial cable
communicationfiber optics communication
VC-TCXO
Crystal
TCXO
Oscillators
Base Station, Satellite Communication, Fiber Optics Communication,
phony terminal equipmentcounter/synthesizer
VCXO
VCSO
Base Station, Satellite Communication, GPS/GNSS, Wired/Wireless, Fiber
Optics Communicationcounter/synthesizer
OCXO
Mobile device
Sensor
Smart phone/Future Phone, Smart Home, DSC, Wireless Networking,
NB/DT, Automotives, Wearable
Tuning Fork

117

(2) Manufacturing Process

Steps for crystal components manufacturing are: first we need to manufacture the quartz crysal needed for the electrical material. It involves the cutting, polish, cleaning of the wafer form. Then with the mechanical arms to place the wafer on the base and fixed with the silver based glue. Then package it under vaccum. For oscillators it is necessary to add one more unit of oscillating circuit IC with golden line conduction via amplified output of crystal chip oscillation. It requires more IC placement and wire bonding process compared to the quartz crystal.

i. Pre-manufacturing process quartz crystal.

==> picture [423 x 128] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Crystal grinding grinding
Crystal cut (machines to bar (crude、medium、
bar or round shape)
fine)
Store Clean Differentiate
frequency
----- End of picture text -----

==> picture [32 x 58] intentionally omitted <==

ii. Post-manufacturing process quartz crystal (use silver, gold, nickel for electroplating, and the process would reduce crystal frequency. Fine tuning the electroplating that would reduce frequency error to 3~10ppm)

==> picture [412 x 137] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Crystal Electroplating Crude freq Base fixed
cleaning adjustment
Aging/electrical Base, outside Fine tuning Glue and bake
/temperature prebaking/weld frequency, to fix the
testing ing, seal plating with crystal
silver
Final check and
storage
----- End of picture text -----

iii. Post manufacturing process crystal oscillator (use silver, gold, nickel for electroplating, and the process would reduce crystal frequency.)

==> picture [435 x 154] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

IC placement Crystal placement
Crystal Electroplating (Assembly electronic (Assembly crystal)
cleaning component)
Aging/electric Base, shell
Add barcode al/temperature Check for gas prebake/weldi
test barcode testing leaking ng, seal
Final check
and storage
----- End of picture text -----

118

(3)Light Sensor manufacturing process

==> picture [417 x 159] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Stud Bump IC Wafer Mount Dicing UV Ray
Irradiating
Marking IR-LED IR-LED Plasma
Die Bond Wire Bond
Breaking Encapsulant Underfill Flip Chip
Dispansing Bond
Final Test Tape & Reel
----- End of picture text -----

III. State of the major materials suppliers

The major materials for crystal and crystal oscillators include the base, wire bond, IC package, crystal slice and crystal bars. Major materials in light sensors are ceramic substrate, IC, VCSEL and packaging tape.

  • (1) All the materials come from the at least two suppliers, and this would minimize the risk of all materials coming from a single supplier. Our company’s procurement depends on the buying terms, state of supply, and specifications; before the materials to be ordered. And, it also depends on some special conditions that we would adjust the ratio of buying materials and this approach would help us not too concentrated the ordering from a single supplier, or running the risks of the orders being interrupted.

  • (2) All the suppliers have long term relationship with us. And, our friendship is good. With our company is growing strongly, these suppliers would also take highest

  • priority to satisfy our company needs Annually, we also meet with our suppliers on regular or irregular base to review our purchasing terms and any room for the improvement. This also helps a stable and continuous relationship in the materials supply.

  • (3) In considering the steady material supply, our company will provide the Rolling Forecast to the suppliers and the production preparations. This can shorten the delivery time and an assurance of on time delivery. If there is any unusual situation, these suppliers will accommodate our needs to assure a stable supply.

119

IV. The suppliers and customers over than 10% of the past two years

(I) Main Suppliers

Unit NT$1,000

2018 2019
Company Amount Percentage of
annual
procurement
(%)
Relations
hip with
TXC
Company Amount Percentage of
annual
procurement
(%)
Relations
hip with
TXC
K Company 765,597 16.84% K Company 865,929
25.13%

S Company 378,850
11.00%

Others 3,780,116 83.16% Others 2,200,650
63.87%
Total 4,545,713 100.00% Total 3,445,429
100.00%

(II) Main Clients

Unit NT$1,000

2018
Company
Amount
Percentage of
annual sales
(%)
Relations
hip with
TXC
Company
F Company 1,172,264
14.37%

F Company
Others
6,984,004
85.63%
Others
Total
8,156,268
100.00%
Total
V. Production and monetary values for the past two years
2018 2019
Company Amount Percentage of
annual sales
(%)
Relations
hip with
TXC
Company Amount Percentage of
annual sales
(%)
Relations
hip with
TXC
F Company 1,172,264 14.37%
F Company 1,201,028 14.25%
Others 6,984,004 85.63% Others 7,229,942 85.75%
Total 8,156,268 100.00% Total 8,430,970 100.00%
values for the past two years
Year 2018 2019
Major products| Capacity Production Value Capacity Production Value
DIP Crystal Product 110,000
101,620

107,016
90,000 78,651
84,393
SMD Crystal Product
3,300,000

2,939,621

4,840,292
3,500,000 3,156,922 5,615,880
Others -
2,004,887

1,308,337
- 2,435,323 2,106,476
Total 3,410,000
5,046,128

6,255,645
3,590,000 5,670,896 7,806,749

VI. Volumes of sales and monetary values of the past two years

Unit: 1000 PCS/NT$1000

2018 2018 2018 2018 2019 2019 2019 2019
Year
Major products|Domestic sales
Export Domestic sales Export
Quantity
Value
Quantity Value Quantity Value Quantity Value
DIP Crystal Product 10,073 13,241 118,718 185,867
7,773

10,227

87,464

136,685
SMD Crystal Product 96,566 244,130 2,913,339 6,632,131
85,100
239,190 3,087,182 7,084,934
Others 18 2,402 1,647,935 1,078,497
7,124

7,964
1,460,484
951,970
Total 106,657 259,773 4,679,992 7,896,495
99,997
257,381 4,635,130 8,173,589

III Employees’ average years in service, age, and educational background

120

distribution

Year Year 2018 2019
Engineer 564 598
Administrative 429 459
Total Number
Sale 119 115
Employees
Technicians/Operators 1,748 1,609
Total 2,860 2,781
Average Age 32.69 33.52
Average Years in Service 5.53 6.17
Ph.D. 0.70% 0.55%
M.S. 6.07% 5.55%
Distribution of
B.S. 36.33% 40.97%
Educational Background
HighSchool 33.90% 30.84%
Below High School 23.00% 22.09%

IV Data on our environmental protection expense

(I) Description of environmental punishment

Pingzhen plant, Ningbo plant and Chongqing plant of the company have no relevant environmental penalty issues.

  • (II) Description of the application, payment or establishment of a pollution facility establishment permit or pollution discharge permit or a pollution prevention and control fee or a person of a special unit for environmental protection that is required by law

  • (1) Pingzhen factory is responsible for the production of chips and quartz components. According to the regulations, it has applied to the local competent authority for relevant license documents for waste, waste water and fixed pollution sources generated in the production process, and set up relevant environmental protection personnel to operate and maintain according to the requirements of the license documents, so as to maintain the effective operation of relevant treatment facilities. In 2019, we cooperated with the Industrial Bureau to complete the waste heat recovery and reuse plan. In the future, we will continue to work out the feasibility of waste water recovery and reuse and other measures to save energy in the plant area. We hope that we can continue to do our best to reduce environmental impact. In 2010, the total expenditure was NT$5.07 million, mainly including air pollution cost, environmental cleaning, operating environment detection, pollution control equipment operation and maintenance, protective equipment and other costs.

  • (2) Ningbo plant continues to maintain the largest production capacity of quartz components in the world. In the process of production and operation, it pays special attention to environmental governance and social contribution, so as to actively respond to the requirements of the newly implemented "environmental protection law",

121

strictly abide by the bottom line and meet and exceed the requirements of local environmental protection law enforcement. In 2019, a total of RMB680,000 yuan was spent on environmental protection, including the comprehensive replacement of anaerobic hydrolysis tank and biological contact oxidation tank of wastewater treatment biochemical system. In order to implement the main responsibility system of solid waste pollution prevention and control, the enterprise has greatly improved its daily environmental protection awareness. In order to implement the main responsibility system of solid waste pollution prevention and control, the seven key pollutant indicators tested by the enterprise are 100% in line with DB33_T 892-2013 technical guidelines for risk assessment of polluted sites concerning the selected values of soil risk assessment of pollutants, indicating that the environmental protection measures of the enterprise are effective and the soil is not polluted. There are 3 unorganized waste gas sampling points in the plant boundary, and the 5 key pollutant indexes tested are 100% in line with the national control air quality standard, with a superior rate of 80%, indicating that the air pollution control measures of the enterprise are effective.

The enterprise actively cooperates with the government to promote the construction of "zero sewage discharge" for industrial enterprises in the region, completes the transformation of rainwater and sewage diversion within the plant area of the enterprise with high quality, and repairs the abnormal rainwater and sewage pipe network.

  • (3) Chongqing plant has smooth operation of environmental protection facilities, stable product quality, and good operation status of all equipment. In order to meet the "environmental protection law" and local environmental protection requirements, and ensure the hardware requirements of operation, maintenance and management of environmental protection facilities, a total of RMB770,000 yuan was spent on environmental protection treatment in 2019, completing the optimization and maintenance of environmental protection facilities prevention and treatment equipment, including the operation and maintenance of wastewater and waste gas treatment facilities, detection and replacement of various environmental monitoring instruments, internal and external cleaning of waste gas and washing tower, capacity expansion and transformation of reaction tank, improvement of sludge filter and replacement facilities, legal disposal of hazardous wastes and disposal cost of RMB540,000 yuan, purchase of emission right, environmental detection, etc.; relying on self-monitoring and third-party regular detection data, the treatment facilities carried out operation optimization, maintenance and adjustment to achieve 100% emission up to standard. In November 2019, it successfully passed the local third-party license change monitoring, purchased the emission right from Chongqing United Property Rights Exchange in accordance with the law, and successfully renewed the emission permit. It is expected to reduce the impact on the environment by actively studying the feasibility of recycling waste isopropanol and waste alcohol

122

(III)The implementation of safety and health

  • (1) Pingzhen factory has set up the Occupational Safety and Health Committee since 2009. There are 10 members in total, 4 of whom are elected. The occupational safety and health meeting is held regularly every quarter to deal with issues related to occupational safety and health. Our factory participated in the "industrial working environment improvement plan" promoted by the Industrial Bureau in 2018, aiming at ISO 45001 occupational safety and health management system standard and started to prepare and receive guidance before certification, and has successfully completed the certification of the system in 2019, expecting to improve the safety and health technology of the plant, reduce the overall operation risk and reduce the operation loss through the promotion process of this new standard. In addition, the training on occupational safety and health in the plant area is carried out in accordance with the requirements of relevant laws and regulations, and the accidents in the plant area are investigated, improved and reported to the competent authority in accordance with relevant regulations. In addition, the health promotion activities such as employee health examination, intraocular pressure test and healthy movement are also carried out, and the health position management plan and health publicity for foreign employees are jointly carried out with the health authority. Other details can be found on our website.

  • (2) Since 2012, based on EICC (renamed RBA in October 2017), "code of conduct for responsible business alliance", Ningbo plant has integrated six resources including labor rights, health and safety, environment, business ethics and management system to form the company's social responsibility management system. Under the leadership of the safety production committee, the company aims to achieve zero accidents and relies on the safety of all units. Safety production inspection shall be carried out at least once a month, and the hidden danger elimination rate shall be 100%; the daily operation improvement and promotion of safety, health and health management shall be carried out in PDCA circulation mode, and the safety production standardization (Level 3) of Ningbo city shall be passed, and there shall be no major safety accidents throughout the year. Since July 2019, the company has started three-level safety production education at factory level, workshop level and team level in full compliance, with a coverage rate of 100% In 2019, the company carried out on-site first-aid personnel training once to ensure that the number of certified first-aid personnel accounts for more than 10% of the total number of employees in the production line. The company fully cared about the health management of employees, launched occupational health and safety propaganda for each batch of new employees, organized 10 free clinics of traditional Chinese medicine, and regularly carried out health consultation and free clinics by external cooperation units of free clinics of traditional Chinese medicine. In the aspect of occupational health management, through the detection and evaluation of occupational hazards in the working environment and the evaluation of occupational hazard control effect, the risk sources are eliminated, replaced, engineering control system implemented, administrative management and PPE protection and other improvement measures to continuously improve the potential environment of occupational hazards caused by noise, dust and chemical poisons. The occupational health management team composed of the assistants of each department shall check and inspect the occupational health examination of the current month at least once a month to ensure that all the colleagues of the hazardous positions participate in the occupational health examination in accordance with the law. In 2019, 116 physical examinations were carried out and no cases of occupational diseases occurred. In 2019, the company organized general physical examination for senior executives, with a coverage rate of 100%. Through physical examination,

123

understand the top 10 diseases of the company's supervisor in charge of individual physical examination abnormality, publicize relevant prevention and control knowledge to the supervisors, let the supervisors pay attention to the abnormal items, and then achieve the goal of healthy life from the aspects of healthy diet, proper sports, positive mentality, etc.

  • (3) Chongqing factory established the "safety production management committee" in March 2013, which has been carrying out safety production management activities in accordance with the "safety production law of the People's Republic of China" and the requirements of the government's safety production supervision and management department, and also in line with the "Chongqing safety production supervision and management regulations". In 2015, it completed the recognition of the "three level certificate of safety production standardization enterprise" according to the requirements of the government, and completed the review work in 2018 (once every three years). In order to achieve the goal of zero work safety accidents, the safety production office organizes each unit to conduct a cross department safety inspection every month. The production unit is divided into departments, and carries out weekly safety inspection and team safety inspection every day. In addition, the safety production office holds a meeting every month to track the missing improvement to ensure that the safety hazards are eliminated in time. At the same time, the work safety office also has a perfect mechanism for investigation, declaration and handling of work safety incidents. Up to now, there are no major safety accidents in the factory. The Safety Supervision Bureau inspects the factory about 10 times a year irregularly, and no obvious violations or deficiencies are found.

(IV) Description of hazardous substance management system

The protection of the global environment is an important issue in the 21st century. Based on the belief of protecting the earth and benefiting the next generation, as well as the corporate responsibility of environmental protection to jointly maintain the overall ecological environment, the company undertakes the mission of contributing to the society and actively promotes environmental management activities in a prudent manner.

The Company’s zero hazardous substances policies are as follows:

In order to fulfill the goal of green earth citizens, we promise:

  • (1) According to the most stringent regulations or customer requirements, to be the best green product partner for customers.

  • (2) Confirm the operation of the organization and provide resources, promote environmental education, and strengthen the environmental awareness and objectives of all staff and supply partners.

  • (3) Design green products, pay attention to products and production process without harmful substances.

  • (4) Carry out continuous improvement through relevant activities of the company to achieve the goal of sustainable operation of the company.

The company complies with RoHS 2.0 (2011/65/EU), (EU) 2015/863, WEEE (2012/19/EU), PFOS (2006/122/EC), (EU) no 757/2010, REACH(EC) No 1907/2006 Directive requirements that lead

124

(PB), cadmium (CD), mercury (Hg), hexavalent chromium (Cr6 +, PBB, PBDE, DiBP, DEHP, DBP, BBP, PFOS and other substances shall be prohibited in accordance with international standards since July 1, 2006. Based on regulations and customer requirements, in addition to IECQ QC 080000 certification of hazardous substance process management system, and green purchasing activities as the basis for continuous provision of green products to users; in order to ensure product quality in line with green related environmental protection regulations, strictly control the use of environmental management substances in products, and also require the supplier's products to comply with the company's regulations on environmental management substances, so that from design to manufacture of products, all goods can meet the conditions of non use, non mixing and non pollution, in order to reduce the impact of products and services on the environment; in order to strengthen the management of green products in the supply chain, suppliers are encouraged to import IECQ QC 080000 hazardous material system outside the basic ISO 9001 quality system, so as to enforce the implementation of environmental management activities.

(V) Other supplementary briefing

In order to strengthen the implementation of corporate social responsibility, Pingzhen factory completed the "greenhouse gas inventory report" in 2019 and passed BSI certification. Carry out the version transfer certification of environmental management system (ISO 14001:2015); for the 2019 corporate social public welfare activities, please refer to the company website for details.

After that, we will continue to promote various activities related to environmental safety and health in the plant, ensure the safety and health of the working environment, and ensure the safety of our colleagues. The promotion and tracking of environmental protection are detailed on our website.

Items Main contents of EHS promotion
1 Low energyconsumption lightinglamps (LED) are adopted in theplant area
2 Process waste heat recovery and reuse new heat pump system energy saving plan
3 ISO 45001 management system version transfer
4 Health promotion exercises
5 Health physique management plan

125

V Labor Relations

(I) Employee welfare measures

(1) Employee welfare

Since the establishment of the company, there has been a harmonious relationship between employer and employee. As of the latest year and the date of printing of the annual report, there has been no loss caused by employer/employee disputes. Since the establishment of the company, there has been no major labor and capital disputes. In addition to handling employer/employee meetings, employee opinion surveys, employee symposiums and foreign employee symposiums in accordance with the law, the company has also set up employee opinion boxes and other opinion response channels to protect the rights and interests of employees. We have spared no efforts in preserving employee benefits. The welfare measures of employees are as follows:

Insurance & Labor, health, group insurance, retirement reserve, housing fund (mainland
subsidiary),social insurance(mainland subsidiary)
retirement
Employee compensation, shareholding trust, Spring Festival bonus, autumn
festival bonus andperformance bonus
Profit sharing
Three festivals gift money, birthday gift money, marriage gift money,
childbirthgift money,hospitalizationgift money,funeralgift money
Gift money
1. Group insurance: life insurance, major disease insurance, accident injury
insurance, accident medical treatment, hospitalization medical treatment,
occupational disaster insurance
2. Regular health examination: physical examination, blood routine
examination, vision examination, hearing examination, liver function
examination, blood lipid examination, urine examination, chest X-ray
photography, etc
3. Supervisor health examination
4. Old age commercial insurance, serious illness medical insurance and basic
medical insurance(mainland subsidiary)
Medical
insurance
Tourism activities at home and abroad, staff sports meeting, yearly events,
various ball games, special store discounts, diversified staff association
activities, staff stress courses/activities, health lectures, quit smoking
classes/weight reduction classes, family days, various theme activities held
accordingto festivals
Activities
Emergency Subsidy according to the actual situation of employees
relief
Buy all kinds of books, magazines, newspapers, VCD/DVD multimedia for
employees to read and enjoy
Book reading
Improve promotion channels, overseas company development opportunities
and overseas companytrainingopportunities, pay performance bonus
Other welfare

126

according to operation conditions, commendation of senior excellent employees, annual outstanding project commendation, annual outstanding employee commendation, employee proposal award, employee children scholarship, patent award, project award, further education subsidy Staff canteen, staff dormitory, bike/car parking space, billiard room, basketball court, badminton court, gymnasium, nursing (milk collection) Facilities room, infirmary, convenience store, training classroom, library, chess and card room (mainland subsidiary)

127

(2) Employee education and training

  • i. The Company provides employees a multiple learning environment. Colleagues can continually challenge their growth limit through internal external training, OJT, KM knowledge management system , reading clubs, online physical library, and supervisor peer instruction. At the same time, through the new employees professional technology supervisor coaching general knowledge course self-development education and training system to bring maximun satisfaction for employees! On the other hand, through planning of job category job level, work rotation, project allocation and overseas assignments to integrate their lives with their careers and enable them enjoy the happiness of growth in knowledge and skills and develop a bright future.

  • ii. The Company has established Education and Training Guidelines and Mandatory Occupational Course Guidelines and our subsidiaries have established Employee Promotion and Reassignment Guidelines to plan related training courses in accordance with occupational and professional requirements in order to improve employee knowledge and skills, overall quality of employees and operation performance. Related education and training performance in 2018 is listed in the table below:

(a) PCF Factory

Item No. of Class
No. of Sessions

No of Trainees

No. of Hours

Expense(NTD)
1. Management Training 6 6 206 1,275 123,533
2. Job Training 121 198 5,118 9,315 919,108
3. General Training 14 33 3,608 505 0
4. New employees
Training
15 15 98 428 0
Total 156 252 9,030 11,523 1,042,641

(b) NGB Factory

Item No. of Class
No. of Sessions

No of Trainees
No. of Hours Expense(RMB)
1. Management Training 21 29 418 4,196 12,930
2. Job Training 34 49 1,147 5,657 173,020
3. General Training 33 157 15,170 51,909 1,800
4. Other Training 5 6 68 761 12,154
Total 93 241 16,803 62,523 199,904

(c) CKG Factory

Item No. of Class No. of Sessions
No of Trainees
No. of Hours Expense(RMB)
1. Management Training 6 6 252 1,450 3,721
2. Job Training 17 18 769 2,225 3,220
3. General Training 26 38 5,781 6,128 720
4.Project Training 14 17 481 2,766 11,235
5. Other Training 1 1 24 72 2,000
Total 64 80 7,307 12,641 20,896

128

iii. The financial people obtained the relevant license specified by the competent authority

  • The Company’s three finance supervisor qualified for Professional Certification of Finance and Accounting Supervisor of Publicly-listed Companies sponsored by the R.O.C. Accounting Research Development Fund.

  • One financial staffs of the Company acquired the Internal Auditor Certificate issued by the Internal Auditing Association.

  • One financial staff of the Company acquired the Stock Professional Services certification test issued by the Securities and Futures Bureau, Financial Supervisory Commission.

  • One financial staff of the Company acquired the Certified Public Accountant issued by the Ministry of Examination.

  • Two financial staff of the Company acquired the Certified Accountant issued by the Ministry of Examination.

  • One financial staffs of the Company acquired the Certificate of Securities Salespeerson issued by the Ministry of Examination.

  • Two financial staffs of the Company acquired the Certificate of PMP (Project Management Professional

  • Two of the Company’s financial officer has obtained the “Certificate of Proficiency Test for Associated Persons of Securities Firms” issued by the Securities and Futures Institute

  • One of the Company’s financial officer has obtained the “Certificate of Proficiency Test for Elementary Loan Officer” issued by the Securities and Futures Institute

  • Two financial personnel of the company have obtained the certificate of basic corporate governance aptitude test issued by the Certification Foundation

(3) Pension System Implementation

  - TXC’s employee retirement measures are fixed according to labor standard laws; in accordance with period legal reminders, reseave 9% of monthly salary for retirement preparatory funds are paid into the Bank of Taiwan, and an Occupational Retirement Preparatory Fund Supervisory Committee is then responsible for managing and using the retirement fund. Starting July 1[st] , 2005, in accordance with labor retirement fund regulations, reseave 6% of monthly salary for monthly retirement payments are transferred into special individual retirement accounts established by the department of labor; A separate appointed agent retirement fund was established in January 2007, reseave 8% of monthly salary for employee pension to ensure that retirement plans are managed professionally.
  • (4) Labor and Management Negotiations and Employee Rights

  • In addition to handling labor-management meetings in accordance with the law, the company also organizes employee satisfaction surveys, employee discussions, and foreign personnel meetings, and sets up multiple channels of communication such as employee suggestion boxes, and is committed to providing a smooth communication channel so that the company's direction and employees' opinions can be fully realized. Communicate and serve as the basis for improving and providing a better working environment and conditions. Based on the protection of employees' work safety and the protection of the work environment and personal safety of employees, in addition to the establishment of the "Occupational Safety and Health Committee", regular committee meetings are held to review the effectiveness of business promotion and occupational safety and health matters, and various management measures are also in place. And ask their colleagues to fully implement. In addition to insuring group insurance every year, the company

129

regularly holds occupational safety and health lectures, and sends people to participate in relevant occupational safety and health courses, and set up "TXC Emergency Response Plan" and "Environmental Safety Management Manual" to ensure the protection of their colleagues. Please refer to our website for safety and calm response to emergencies. In order to achieve the goal of zero disasters, the company will revise the annual emergency contingency plan and the environmental safety management manual from time to time, and then formulate detailed execution operations according to the content of the plan, and the implementation of the project schedule and content by the public institution, and then through the audit system. Exploring the lack of implementation, setting the emergency contingency plan for the next year, the management manual for environmental safety and health, and reviewing the amendments at any time according to the implementation process and auditing, etc., to reduce the risk of damage to the public institutions, in order to achieve the ultimate goal of zero disaster.

  • (II) The losses suffered in the recent years due to labor disputes, and the estimated current and future estimated amounts and corresponding measures: None.

  • (III) Ether there is a defined employee behavior or ethical code The company has set a second edition of the "TXC Code of Conduct" in both Chinese and English to regulate the behavioral ethics of all subordinates of the company.

(IV) Fulfillment of social responsibility

There company’s corporate social responsibility has always including three aspects: corporate philanthropy, corporate governance and environmental safety & health. In the future, related resources from external units that have been cooperating over a long period with our company will be fully integrated. This combined with the high level of enthusiasm and caring shown by our volunteer employees and the newly established charity and compassion foundation will show our commitment to displaying a spirit of ‘giving back to society’, making maximum use of limited resources and encouraging the joint participation of neighboring communities and companies. By making a greater impact with our philanthropic activities, TXC will set out a path for sustainable operations and expand the reach of our philanthropy. Please refer to the company’s website.

130

VI Important Contracts

Limitation
Contractual Nature
Contract Party
Start Date-End Date Main Content Subsidiary
Clause
Contracting China Construction Eighth
Engineering Bureau Co.,
Ltd
2018/07/20~2021/09/30 Zhongyang project
construction contract
Nil CHONGQI
NG ALL
SUNS
Software licensing American Oracle Co., Ltd. 2002/09~ Permanent
licensing
Oracle ERP R12.1.3 Licensing,
transfer
prohibited
PCF
Software licensing Hualing Technology Co.,
Ltd.
2002/09~ Permanent
licensing
Signing flow Agentflow Licensing,
transfer
prohibited
PCF
Software licensing American Oracle Co., Ltd. 2011/04~ Permanent
licensing
Oracle Agile PLM Licensing,
transfer
prohibited
PCF
Software licensing Zitong Computer Co., Ltd. 2011/08~ Permanent
licensing
GUI/VAT Product licensing Licensing,
transfer
prohibited
PCF
Software licensing American Oracle Co., Ltd. 2013/12~ Permanent
licensing
Oracle WebLogic &
WebCenter Portal
Licensing,
transfer
prohibited
PCF
Software licensing Shuowang Information Co.,
Ltd.
2014/10~ Permanent
licensing
(SmartKMS 8)Knowledge
Management System
Licensing,
transfer
prohibited
PCF
Software licensing XuLian Technology Co.,
Ltd
2015/03~ Permanent
licensing
Training Master (CTMS) Licensing,
transfer
prohibited
PCF
Software licensing XuLian Technology Co.,
Ltd
2015/03~ Permanent
licensing
Power Master (CSAS) Licensing,
transfer
prohibited
PCF
Software licensing Zitong Computer Co., Ltd 2019/11~ Permanent
licensing
CiMes Software product
licensing
Licensing,
transfer
prohibited
PCF
Software licensing Feixunte Technology Co.,
Ltd
2020/01~ Permanent
licensing
EAP SECS Development
Tools - Runtime License
RMS Site Limited License
Licensing,
transfer
prohibited
PCF
Software licensing Hangzhou Jinmai Software
Co., Ltd.
2010/07~ Permanent
licensing
CAD Internet version
software licensing
No transfer
without
consent
NGB
Software licensing Hangzhou Yinyang
Information Co., Ltd.
2017/05~ Permanent
licensing
Office2016 and WinPro
Licensing
Licensing,
transfer
prohibited
NGB
Software licensing Yanwei Trading (Shanghai)
Co., Ltd.
2017/12~ Permanent
licensing
SolidWorks standard 2017
package
Licensing,
transfer
prohibited
NGB
Software licensing Guangzhou Saiyi
Information Technology
Co.,Ltd.
2018/06/28~ Permanent
licensing
Smart factory Licensing,
transfer
prohibited
NGB
Software licensing Shanghai Ouxin Information
Technology Co., Ltd.

2018/07 ~2021/06
F-Secure Antivirus software Licensing,
transfer
prohibited
NGB
Software licensing Shanghai Chuangsheng
Information Technology
Co.,Ltd.
2018.10~ Permanent
licensing
UG10000-WISD and
NX11110
Licensing,
transfer
prohibited
NGB

131

Software licensing Shanghai Hupu Information
Technology Co., Ltd.
2014.08~ Permanent
licensing
Intranet security
management software
Licensing,
transfer
prohibited
CKG
Software licensing Ningbo Sijie Information
Technology Co., Ltd.
2019.08~2020.07 F-Secure Antivirus software Licensing,
transfer
prohibited
CKG
Bank financing China Trust Bank 2015.04.30~2020.04.30 Medium and long term loans None PCF
Bank financing China Trust Bank 2018.05.28-2020.05.28 Medium and long term loans None NGB
Bank financing China Trust Bank 2019.09.25~2020.09.24 Short-term loans None CKG

132

Chapter 6 Financial Information

I. Abbreviated Balance Sheets and P/L Statements for the Past 5 Years

(I) Abbreviated Consolidated Balance Sheets (IFRS)

Unit NT$ 1,000

Financial information for thepost 5years(Note1) Financial information for thepost 5years(Note1) Financial information for thepost 5years(Note1) Financial information for thepost 5years(Note1) Financial information for thepost 5years(Note1)
2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Current assets 8,573,807
8,818,130

7,983,192

7,117,289

7,945,036
Property, plant and equipment
(Note 2)
4,570,352
4,277,905

4,369,810

4,110,722

4,054,149
Intangible assets 11,921
10,798

8,013

21,831

27,816
Other assets (Note 2) 2,424,335
1,735,135

1,041,784

1,311,884

1,341,769
Total assets 15,580,415
14,841,968

13,402,799

12,561,726

13,368,770
Current liabilities Before
distribution
3,444,554
3,156,105

2,276,802

2,088,860

2,796,519
After distribution 4,218,947
4,023,425

3,051,195

2,708,374

(Note 6)
Long-term liabilities 1,935,897
1,396,615

1,912,681

1,961,406

1,874,500
Total liabilities Before
distribution
4,841,169
5,068,786

4,238,208

3,810,886

4,671,019
After distribution 5,615,562
5,936,106

5,012,601

4,430,400

(Note 6)
Interests
attributable
to
parent
company
10,739,246
9,719,652

9,122,699

8,750,840

8,697,751
Common stock 3,097,570
3,097,570

3,097,570

3,097,570

3,097,570
Capital surplus 1,662,181
1,665,224

1,665,224

1,665,116

1,666,690
Retained earnings Before
distribution
3,940,109
4,163,101

4,242,994

4,243,060

4,457,863
After distribution 3,165,716
3,295,781

3,468,601

3,623,546

(Note 6)
Other interests 2,039,386
793,757

116,911

(254,906)
(524,372)
Treasury Stock 0
0

0

0

0
Non-controlling interests 0
53,530

41,892

0

0
Total
stockholders’
equity
Before
distribution
10,739,246
9,773,182

9,164,591

8,750,840

8,697,751
After distribution 9,964,853
8,905,862

8,390,198

8,131,326

(Note 6)

If individual financial reports are prepared, the Company shall also prepare condensed balance sheets and statements of income for the past five years.

For financial data that has used international accounting reporting standards for less than five years, table (2) should be prepared separately with financial data which uses our country’s financial accounting standards.

Note 1: The years which have not yet been audited and certified by a CPA should be noted.

Note 3: Listed companies or companies with securities sold by securities firms should list the annual report publishing dates up to the previous quarter. Whether or not the financial data has been certified, audited or both should also be noted.

133

Note 4: For the above amounts after distribution, the amounts listed should be based on the following year’s shareholders meeting resolution.

Note 5: For financial data which requires self-correction or revision as notified by the competent authorities, the corrected or revised amounts should be listed and the circumstances and reasons should be noted.

Note 6: Earnings in 2019 have not yet passed shareholders’ meeting resolution as of March 23, 2020.

134

(II) Abbreviated Balance Sheets (IFRS)

Unit NT$ 1,000

Financial information for thepost 5years(Note1) Financial information for thepost 5years(Note1) Financial information for thepost 5years(Note1) Financial information for thepost 5years(Note1) Financial information for thepost 5years(Note1)
2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Current assets 4,812,193
4,650,756

4,068,933

3,896,214

3,924,645
Property,
plant
and
equipment (Note 2)
1,968,448
2,055,749

2,109,112

1,894,487

1,961,704
Intangible assets 3,832
2,638

543

170

3,692
Other assets (Note 2) 7,975,571
7,195,572

6,526,246

6,162,079

6,214,496
Total assets 14,760,044
13,904,715

12,704,834

11,952,950

12,104,537
Current
liabilities
Before
distribution
2,649,503
2,561,647

1,628,509

1,626,245

1,794,064
After
distribution
3,423,896
3,428,967

2,402,902

2,245,759
(Note 6)
Long-term liabilities 1,371,295
1,623,416

1,953,626

1,575,865

1,612,722
Total
liabilities
Before
distribution

4,020,798

4,185,063

3,582,135

3,202,110

3,406,786
After
distribution
4,795,191
5,052,383

4,356,528

3,821,624

(Note 6)
Interests attributable to
parent company
10,739,246
9,719,652

9,122,699

8,750,840

8,697,751
Common stock 3,097,570
3,097,570

3,097,570

3,097,570

3,097,570
Capital surplus 1,662,181
1,665,224

1,665,224

1,665,116

1,666,690
Retained
earnings
Before
distribution

3,940,109

4,163,101

4,242,994

4,243,060

4,457,863
After
distribution
3,165,716
3,295,781

3,468,601

3,623,546

(Note 6)
Other interests 2,039,386
793,757

116,911

(254,906)
(524,372)
Treasury Stock 0
0

0

0

0
Non-controlling
interests
0
0

0

0

0
Total
stockholders’
equity

Before
distribution

10,739,246

9,719,652

9,122,699

8,750,840

8,697,751
After
distribution
9,964,853
8,852,332

8,348,306

8,131,326

(Note 6)

If individual financial reports are prepared, the Company shall also prepare condensed balance sheets and statements of income for the past five years.

For financial data that has used international accounting reporting standards for less than five years, table (2) should be prepared separately with financial data which uses our country’s financial accounting standards. Note 1: The years which have not yet been audited and certified by a CPA should be noted.

Note 3: Listed companies or companies with securities sold by securities firms should list the annual report publishing dates

up to the previous quarter. Whether or not the financial data has been certified, audited or both should also be noted. Note 4: For the above amounts after distribution, the amounts listed should be based on the following year’s shareholders meeting resolution.

Note 5: For financial data which requires self-correction or revision as notified by the competent authorities, the corrected or revised amounts should be listed and the circumstances and reasons should be noted.

Note 6: Earnings in 2018 have not yet passed shareholders’ meeting resolution as of March 23, 2020.

135

(III) Abbreviated Consolidated P/L Statements (IFRS)

Unit NT$ 1,000

Year Financial information for thepost 5years(Note1) Financial information for thepost 5years(Note1) Financial information for thepost 5years(Note1) Financial information for thepost 5years(Note1) Financial information for thepost 5years(Note1)
2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Item
Net operating revenue 9,265,656
9,637,101

8,781,552

8,156,268

8,430,970
Gross profit 2,235,175
2,554,069

2,186,077

1,827,626

2,007,091
Operating income 908,335
1,114,394

802,056

533,301

632,138
Nonoperating gains
and losses
179,275
77,878

272,877

200,196

132,439
Income before income
tax
1,087,610
1,192,272

1,074,933

733,497

764,577
Continuing operations
net Income
938,203
1,013,692

951,017

644,249

671,782
Discontinuing
operations net Loss
0
0

0

0

0
Net income (loss) 938,203
1,013,692

951,017

644,249

671,782
Other
comprehensive income
net amount
1,680,945
(1,264,408)

(692,288)

(246,756)

(106,931)
Total comprehensive
income
2,619,148
(250,716)
258,729
397,493

564,851
Net income
attributable to parent
company
938,203
1,016,164

962,655

644,350

671,782
Net income
attributable to
non-controlling
interests
0
(2,472)

(11,638)

(101)

0
Comprehensive
income
attributable to parent
company
2,619,148
(248,244)

270,367

397,594

564,851
Comprehensive
income
attributable to
non-controlling
interests
0
(2,472)

(11,638)

(101)

0
Earnings per share 3.03
3.28

3.11

2.08

2.17
  • If individual financial reports are prepared, the Company shall also prepare condensed balance sheets and statements of income for the past five years.

For financial data that has used international accounting reporting standards for less than five years, table (2) should be prepared separately with financial data which uses our country’s financial accounting standards.

Note1: The years which have not yet been audited and certified by a CPA should be noted.

2: Listed companies or companies with securities sold by securities firms should list the annual report publishing dates up to the previous quarter. Whether or not the financial data has been certified, audited or both should also be noted.

136

  • 3: Gains (losses) from discontinued operations are listed as net amounts after income tax deduction.

  • 4: For financial data which requires self-correction or revision as notified by the competent authorities, the corrected or revised amounts should be listed and the circumstances and reasons should be noted.

  • 5: Earnings in 2019 have not yet passed shareholders’ meeting resolution as of March 23, 2020.

137

(IV) Abbreviated P/L Statements (IFRS)

Unit NT$ 1,000

Year
Financial information for the post 5 years (Note1)
Item 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Net operating revenue 7,898,695
7,887,769

7,054,964

6,556,906

6,672,071
Gross profit 1,367,717
1,633,015

1,256,789

1,015,820

1,074,968
Operating income 559,524
767,750

452,816

324,442

303,472
Nonoperating gains and
losses
475,633
364,143

572,854

362,445

408,074
Income before income tax 1,035,157
1,131,893

1,025,670

686,887

711,546
Continuing operations net
Income
938,203
1,016,164

962,655

644,350

671,782
Discontinuing operations net
Loss
0
0

0

0

0
Net income (loss) 938,203
1,016,164

962,655

644,350

671,782
Other
comprehensive income
net amount
1,680,945
(1,264,408)

(692,288)

(246,756)

(106,931)
Total comprehensive income 2,619,148
(248,244)
270,367
397,594

564,851
Net income attributable to
parent company
938,203
1,016,164

962,655

644,350

671,782
Net income attributable to
non-controlling interests
0
0

0

0

0
Comprehensive income
attributable to parent
company
2,619,148
(248,244)

270,367

397,594

564,851
Comprehensive income
attributable to
non-controllinginterests
0
0

0

0

0
Earnings per share 3.03
3.28

3.11

2.08

2.17
  • If individual financial reports are prepared, the Company shall also prepare condensed balance sheets and statements of income for the past five years.

  • For financial data that has used international accounting reporting standards for less than five years, table (2) should be prepared separately with financial data which uses our country’s financial accounting standards.

Note1: The years which have not yet been audited and certified by a CPA should be noted.

  • 2: Listed companies or companies with securities sold by securities firms should list the annual report publishing dates up to the previous quarter. Whether or not the financial data has been certified, audited or both should also be noted.

  • 3: Gains (losses) from discontinued operations are listed as net amounts after income tax deduction.

  • 4: For financial data which requires self-correction or revision as notified by the competent authorities, the corrected or revised amounts should be listed and the circumstances and reasons should be noted.

  • 5: Earnings in 2019 have not yet passed shareholders’ meeting resolution as of March 23, 2020.

138

(V) Name and audit opinions of the Certified Public Accountant during the past 5 years

Year Accounting firm Certified Public Accountant Audit opinions
2015 Deloitte & Touche Kung, Shuang-Hsiung, Weng, Po-Jen No reserved opinions
2016 Deloitte & Touche Lin, I-Hui, Weng, Po-Jen No reserved opinions
2017 Deloitte & Touche Lin, I-Hui, Weng, Po-Jen No reserved opinions
2018 Deloitte & Touche Lin, I-Hui, Weng, Po-Jen No reserved opinions
2019 Deloitte & Touche Hsieh, Ming-Chung, Su, Yu-Hsiu No reserved opinions

Note: 1. Explanation for the change of accountants during the past five years:

Due to organizational changes, mergers and internal personnel and work arrangements of the accounting firm, as well as to be in line with the corporate governance measures.

139

II Financial Analysis for the past 5 Years

(I) Consolidated Financial Analysis (IFRS) Unit NT$ 1,000

Year Financial analysis for thepost 5years Financial analysis for thepost 5years Financial analysis for thepost 5years Financial analysis for thepost 5years Financial analysis for thepost 5years
2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Item
Capital
Structure
Analysis
Debt ratio (%) 31.07
32.83

31.62

30.34

34.94
Long-term fund to fixed
asstes ratio(%)
265.53
273.17

254.61

254.77

260.78
Liquidity
Analysis
Current Ratio (%) 248.91
279.40

350.63

340.73

284.10
Quick Ratio (%) 201.84
227.49

277.70

250.96

205.84
Times interest earned (%) 2,610
4,349

5,000

3,696

3,389
Operating
performace
Analysis
Average AR turnover(times) 3.12
3.18

3.05

3.02

2.99
Average AR turnover(days) 116.94
114.77

119.67

120.86

122.07
Average inventory
turnover(times)
4.41
4.64

4.36

3.81

3.33
Average payment
turnover(times)
6.45
5.64

5.02

4.96

4.30
Average inventory
turnover(days)
82.85
78.66

83.71

95.80

109.60
Fixed assets turnover(times) 1.91
2.18

2.03

1.92

2.07
Total assets turnover(times) 0.63
0.63

0.62

0.63

0.65
Profitability
Analysis
Turn on total assets (%) 6.67
6.82

6.86

5.09

5.32
Turn on total equity (%) 9.56
9.79

10.04

7.19

7.70

Paid-in capital ratio(%)
35.11
38.49

34.70

23.68

24.68
Net margin(%) 10.13
10.52

10.83

7.90

7.97
Earnings per share(Basic)
Note I
3.03
3.28

3.11

2.08

2.17
Cash Flow Cash flow ratio (%) 65.35
78.70

73.06

51.15

59.49
Cash flow adequacy ratio
(%)
104.28
123.42

127.04

116.90

113.47
Cash flow reinvestment
ration(%)
9.83
10.87

4.92

1.87

6.29
Leverage Operating leverage 2.0825
1.8273

2.0191

2.5348

2.2142
Financial Leverage 1.0501
1.0258

1.0281

1.0398

1.0382
Please explain the reasons of changes in financial ratio for the post two years (No needs for analysis if change of
financial ratio is less than 20%)
The increase in the cash reinvestment ratio was due to the increase in net cash flow from operating activities and
investment expenditures after deductingcash dividends compared to the sameperiod lastyear.

140

Note Glossary

  1. Capital StructureAnalysis

        - Debt ratio `=` Total liabilities `/` Total assets
  • (2) Long-term fund to fixed asstes ratio =( Total stockholders’ equity Long-term liabilities ) / Net Fixed Assets

  • Liquidity Analysis

  • (1) Current Ratio current assets current liabilities

  • - -

  • (2) Quick Ration =( current assets Inventories Prepaid expenses )/ current liabilities

  • (3) Times interest earned Earnings before interest and taxs Interest expenses

  • Operating performace Analysis

  • (1) Average collection turnover

        - Net sales `/` Average trade Receivables
    
  • (2) Days sales outstanding 365 Average collection turnover

  • = 。

  • (3) Average inventory turnover Cost of good sold Average inventory

  • (4) Average payment turnover Cost of good sold Average trade Payables

  • (5) Average inventory turnover(Days) 365 Average inventory turnover

  • (6) Fixed assets turnover Net sales Net Fixed Assets

  • (7) Total assets turnover Net sales Total assets

  • Profitability Analysis

     - `-`
    
     - (1) Turn on total assets `=〔` Net income `+` Interest expenses× `(` 1 Effective tax rate `)〕/` Average total assets `。`
    
  • (2) Turn on total equit Net income Average stockholders’ equit

  • (3) Net margin Net income net sales

  • (4) Earnings per share =( Net income Perferred stock dividend )/ Weighted average number of shares outstanding

  • Cash Flow

  • (1) Cash flow ratio Net cash provided by operating activities current liabilities

  • (2) Cash flow adequacy ratio Five-year sum of cash from operations Five-year sum of capital expenditures, inventory additions, and cash dividend.

  • (3) Cash flow reinvestment ration (Cash provided from operating activities – Cash dividend) /( Grosss fixed assets + investment + Other assets + Working capital

  • Leverage

  • (1) Operating leverage =( Net sales – Variable cost )/ Income from operations

  • (2) Financial Leverage Income from operations /( Income from operations Interest expenses

141

(II) Financial Analysis (IFRS) Unit NT$ 1,000

Year
Financial analysis for the post 5 years
Item 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Capital
Structure
Analysis
Debt ratio (%) 27.24
28.69

28.20

26.79

28.14
Long-term fund to fixed asstes
ratio(%)
615.23
551.77

525.17

545.09

525.59
Liquidity
Analysis
Current Ratio (%) 181.63
181.55

249.86

239.58

218.76
Quick Ration(%) 145.87
143.09

190.42

177.65

169.02
Times interest earned(%) 3,377
6,630

6,818

5,620

5,805
Operating
performace
Analysis
Average AR turnover(times) 3.07
3.16

3.01

2.98

2.96
Average AR turnover(days) 118.73
115.50

121.26

122.48

123.31
Average inventoryturnover(times) 6.52
6.80

6.16

5.67

5.99
Averagepayment turnover(times) 5.51
5.18

4.77

4.73

4.45
Average inventoryturnover(days) 56
53.67

59.25

64.37

60.93
Fixed assets turnover(times) 3.36
3.92

3.39

3.28

3.46
Total assets turnover(times) 0.57
0.55

0.53

0.53

0.55
Profitability
Analysis
Turn on total assets (%) 6.95
7.19

7.24

5.31

5.67

Turn on total equity (%)
9.56
9.84

10.22

7.21

7.70

Paid-in capital ratio (%)
33.42
36.54

33.11

22.18

22.97
Net margin(%) 11.88
12.88

13.65

9.83

10.07
Earningsper share(Basic)Note I 3.03
3.28

3.11

2.08

2.17
Cash Flow Cash flow ratio (%) 40.27
52.59

38.87

32.50

47.04
Cash flow adequacyratio(%) 96.22
109.27

98.70

87.45

83.22
Cash flow reinvestment ration(%) 2.44
4.66

(1.77)
(1.93) 1.68
Leverage Operating leverage 1.894
1.5353

1.8095

1.9043

2.0813
Financial Leverage 1.0598
1.0231

1.0349

1.0399

1.0429
Please explain the reasons of changes in financial ratio for the post two years (No needs for analysis if
change of financial ratio is less than 20%)
1. The increase in cash flow ratio is mainly due to the increase in net cash flow and current liabilities from
operating activities over the same period last year.
2. The increase in the cash reinvestment ratio was due to the increase in net cash flow from operating
activities and investment expenditures after deducting cash dividends compared to the same period last
year.

142

Note Glossary

  1. Capital StructureAnalysis

        - Debt ratio `=` Total liabilities `/` Total assets
  • (2) Long-term fund to fixed asstes ratio =( Total stockholders’ equity Long-term liabilities ) / Net Fixed Assets

  • Liquidity Analysis

  • (1) Current Ratio current assets current liabilities

  • - -

  • (2) Quick Ration =( current assets Inventories Prepaid expenses )/ current liabilities

  • (3) Times interest earned Earnings before interest and taxs Interest expenses

  • Operating performace Analysis

  • (1) Average collection turnover

        - Net sales `/` Average trade Receivables
    
  • (2) Days sales outstanding 365 Average collection turnover

  • = 。

  • (3) Average inventory turnover Cost of good sold Average inventory

  • (4) Average payment turnover Cost of good sold Average trade Payables

  • (5) Average inventory turnover(Days) 365 Average inventory turnover

  • (6) Fixed assets turnover Net sales Net Fixed Assets

  • (7) Total assets turnover Net sales Total assets

  • Profitability Analysis

     - `-`
    
     - (1) Turn on total assets `=〔` Net income `+` Interest expenses× `(` 1 Effective tax rate `)〕/` Average total assets `。`
    
  • (2) Turn on total equit Net income Average stockholders’ equit

  • (3) Net margin Net income net sales

  • (4) Earnings per share =( Net income Perferred stock dividend )/ Weighted average number of shares outstanding

  • Cash Flow

  • (1) Cash flow ratio Net cash provided by operating activities current liabilities

  • (2) Cash flow adequacy ratio Five-year sum of cash from operations Five-year sum of capital expenditures, inventory additions, and cash dividend.

  • (3) Cash flow reinvestment ration (Cash provided from operating activities – Cash dividend) /( Grosss fixed assets + investment + Other assets + Working capital

  • Leverage

  • (1) Operating leverage =( Net sales – Variable cost )/ Income from operations

  • (2) Financial Leverage Income from operations /( Income from operations Interest expenses

143

III Audit Committee’s Review Report

TXC Corporation Audit Committee’s Review Report

The Board of Directors has prepared the Company’s 2019 business report, consolidated financial statements, the individual financial statements and proposal of earnings distribution, of which the consolidated financial statements and the individual financial statements have been audited by independent auditors Mr. Hsieh, Ming-Chung and Ms. Su, Yu-Hsiu of Deloitte & Touche. The business report, consolidated financial statements, the individual financial statements and proposal of earnings distribution have been recognized by Audit Committee according to Article 14-4 of the Securities Exchange Act and Article 219 of the Corporate Act. Pleas examine.

2020 shareholder meeting of the company

Convener of the Audit Committee Yu, Shang-Wu

March 23, 2020

144

  • IV Consolidated Financial statements of the most recent year: Please refer to Appendix 1

  • V The Company’s individual financial statements audit by a certified public accountant for the most recent year: Please refer to Appendix 2

VI Where there is any financial difficulty in the Company and affiliates during the most recent year and as of the date the annual report was published, impact thereof on the financial status of the Company:N/A

145

Chapter 7 Review of Financail Conditions, Operating Results, and Risk Managment

I. Financial Statement

I. Financial Statement I. Financial Statement I. Financial Statement
Unit: NT$1,000
Year Difference
Item 2019 2018 Amount %
Current Assets 7,945,036 7,117,289 827,747 11.63
Non Current Assets 5,423,734 5,444,437 (20,703) (0.38)
Total Assets 13,368,770 12,561,726 807,044 6.42
Current Liabilities 2,796,519 2,088,860 707,659 33.88
Non Current Liabilities 1,874,500 1,722,026 152,474 8.85
Total Liabilities 4,671,019 3,810,886 860,133 22.57
Share Capital 3,097,570 3,097,570 0 0.00
Capital Surplus 1,666,690 1,665,116 1,574 0.09
Retainded Earnings 4,457,863 4,243,060 214,803 5.06
Other Equity (524,372) (254,906) (269,466) 105.71
Non-ControllingInterests 0 0 0 0
Total Equity 8,697,751 8,750,840 (53,089) (0.61)
Explanation for the analysis on the changes during the past two years.
the change is less than 20%)Explanation:
(This analysis can be exempted if
1. The increase in current liabilities and total liabilities was mainly due to the increase in
accounts payable, other payables, short-term loans, and long-term loans payable within one
year.
2. The decrease in other equities is mainly due to the decrease in the foreign currency
exchange difference converted from the financial statements of foreign business operating
agencies.

146

II. Financial Performance

(I) Comparative analysis table for the operating results

I) Comparative analysis table for the operating results I) Comparative analysis table for the operating results I) Comparative analysis table for the operating results I) Comparative analysis table for the operating results I) Comparative analysis table for the operating results
Unit: NT$1,000
Year Increase(Decrease)

Items 2019 2018 Amount Change
Sales 8,430,970
8,156,268

274,702

3.37
Cost of Goods Sold (6,423,879) (6,328,642) (95,237) 1.50
Gross Profit 2,007,091
1,827,626

179,465

9.82
OperatingExpenses (1,374,953) (1,294,325) (80,628) 6.23
Profit from Operations 632,138
533,301

98,837

18.53
Non-Operating Income and
Expenses
132,439
200,196

(67,757)

(33.85)
Profit before Income Tax 764,577
733,497

31,080

4.24
Income Tax Expense (92,795) (89,248) (3,547) 3.97
Net Profit for The Year 671,782
644,249

27,533

4.27
Other Comprehensive
Income(Loss)
(106,931)
(246,756)

139,825

(56.67)
Total Comprehensive
income(Loss)for The Year
564,851
397,493

167,358

42.10
Explanation for the analysis on the changes during the past two years. (This analysis can be exempted if the
change is less than 20%)Explanation:
1. The decrease of operating revenue is due to a decrease in net foreign currency exchange (loss)
gains, benefits by disposing of investment real estates, and disposal of financial assets
compared to last year.
2. Other comprehensive profit and loss, and the increase in total comprehensive profit and loss for
the current period are due to the increase in the amount of items that are not reclassified to
profit or loss.

(II) Expected sales quantity and its basis

In 2020, the Company will maintain a prudent and conservative attitude. In addition to the support of purchase orders from existing customer, it still plans to expand the production capacity of new products and optimize the production process of products. As the Company gradually obtains customer’s certification and recognition for products in the automotive industry and high-end precision products, it is expected that the revenue of automotive, high-end precision and new products will contribute, and it will continue to develop miniaturized, high frequency and low energy consumption precision products. Under the condition of effectively building good customer relationships and producing of a wide variety of products, the total sales of precision products are expected to reach more than 3.6 billion pieces, and the global market shares can be maintained at about 8% to 10%. It is estimated that the top five manufacturers in the global quartz industry ranking can still be maintained.

147

III. Cash Flow

Unit: NT$1,000

Beginning Cash
Balance
Net Cash Provided by
(Used in) Operating
Activities of the year
Cash Inflow
Ofl f h
Cash Over Cash shortage remedy Cash shortage remedy
(utow) o te
year
and Short Investing plan Financing plan
1,305,402 1,663,626 680,833 1,986,235 NA NA

(I) Analysis on changes in cash flow of the year:

  • The Company's net cash inflow for the year 2019 was NT$680,833,000 and the changes in cash flow from various operating activities are as follows:

  • (1) Operating activities: inflow amount NT$1,663,626,000

  • (2) Investing activities: outflow amount NT$554,846,000

  • (3) Financing activities: outflow amount NT$336,383,000

(II) Remedy for cash shortage and liquidity analysis: None.

(III) Cash liquidity analysis for the coming year:

Unit: NT$1,000

Beginning Cash
Balance
Net Cash Provided by
(Used in) Operating
Activities of theyear
Cash Inflow
(Outflow) of the
year
Cash Over
and Short
Cash shortage remedy Cash shortage remedy
Investment plan Financing plan
1,986,235 1,500,000 200,000 2,186,235 NA NA
Expected cash shortage remedy and liquidity analysis: None

IV. Impact of major annual capital expenditure on financial operations

(I) The use of major capital expenditure and source of funds

Unit: NT$1,000

Actual or

Actual or intended use of funds

Actual or intended use of funds

Actual or intended use of funds

Actual or intended use of funds

Actual or intended use of funds
Actual or
Project
expected source

expected
Total funds

completion
required 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024
of funds
date
Purchase
equipment to
expand
production
line
Bank loans and
working capital
2020
~2024
$1,500,000 $500,000 $500,000 $200,000 $200,000 $100,000

Note: Explanation shall be provided if there will be significant changes in the carrying cost or debt and capital addition policies related to the expected future raise in debt and capital addition

148

(II) Expected benefits

Expected increase in production and sales volume, production and sales value and gross profit:

Year Item Output q’ty
(1,000 PCS)
Sales volume
(1,000 PCS)
Sales revenue
(NT$1,000)
Gross revenue
(NT$1,000)
2020 SMD Crystal 97,500 97,500 390,000 117,000
2021 SMD Crystal 63,840 63,840 250,000 75,000
2022 SMD Crystal 48,000 48,000 185,000 51,800
2023 SMD Crystal 48,000 48,000 178,000 50,000
2024 SMD Crystal 48,000 48,000 173,000 48,500

V. The main reasons for the profit or loss resulted from joint venture policies in the most recent year, the improvement plan thereof and the investment plan for the coming year:

Explanations
Projects

Amount
Policies Main reasons for the
profit or loss
Improvement
plan
Other future
investment
plan
TAIWAN
CRYSTAL
TECHNOLOGY
INTERNATION
AL LIMITED
NT 365,631,000 Investment
Ning-Bo
Plant, OBU
The main reason for profit
this year is the increase in
production capacity, yield
rate and product quality.
Continue to
introduce
excellent talents
and require to
improve yield
rate and quality
standards.
Other related
expansion
investment
plans are
under
continuous
evaluation.
TAIWAN
CRYSTAL
TECHNOLOGY
(HK) LIMITED
NT -3,584,000 Trading The main reason for the
loss this year is that the
Company's operating
activities have not been
fully provided, and all
refer to general
transaction expenses.
To accelerate the
Company's
business
operation and
sales promotion
None

VI. Risks analysis and assessment

(I) Policies and organizational structure of risk management

  • The Company's risk management policy is to establish a risk management mechanism for risk identification, measurement, supervision and control, and to configure an integrated risk management system. To conduct risk management, analysis and evaluation on the following issues: 1. Business / Law / Regulations / Standards; 2. Changes in political environment; 3.; Changes in economic / financial environment; 4. Natural disasters (climate change); 5. Technology and information; 6. Competitive environment; 7. Facilities / equipment; 8. Business / market operations; 9. Related Supply chains; 10. Financial operations; 11. Community / Environmental Security and Hygiene; and 12. Personnel etc., total 12 items and 88 indicators, in order to develop mitigation strategies and operational continuity plans to eliminate, reduce, transfer, accept risks, and promote appropriate risk management-oriented business model, achieving operational goals to

149

enhance shareholder value, and major risks such as marketing market, production operation, human resource planning, new product development progress, and financial accounting control faced by various business operations, except in addition to the original system norms and treatments, actively develop advanced and highly sensitive procedures and guidelines for supervision, evaluation, and risk management to balance safety and efficiency, and establish economically effective business operation models, such as strengthening the establishment of information systems, strengthen early warning and monitoring capabilities and promote the ISO22301 and ISO31000 risk management systems related to risk identification and management; and have completed the establishment and certification of ISO27001 Information Security Management Systems and ISO28000 Security Management System for the Supply Chain.

The Company has formulated the measures for key operational risk management for each identifiable risk and approved by the board of directors. The framework and guidelines for the Company's key operational risks are provided to all departments for related risk identification and evaluation, and the response is formulated according to the results od the measures and supervision plan, so that the identified potential key operational risks can be minimized by daily supervision, management and control. The Company has established a risk response organization, with the general manager acting as the convener to coordinate the promotion and operation of the risk management plan. Several central authority and responsibility units are organized for the purpose to promote a variety of risk management.

  • Management Center:

  • R & D Center:

Marketing Center:

  • Manufacturing Center:

  • The roles and responsibilities of the management center: Arrangement and response of human resources, evaluation of financial risks, execution of various insurance operations, maintenance of operating system configuration, establishment and maintenance of environmental safety and health, review and establishment of laws and regulations, and media public relations and external coordination matters etc. The roles and responsibilities of the R & D Center: Put in place the emergency response measures for R & D operating environment, risk assessment of new product development, and R & D progress control

  • The roles and responsibilities of the Marketing Center: Collection and establishment of market information, coordination between the production and marketing departments, establishment and handling of customer relationships, and tracking and collection of account receivable.

  • The roles and responsibilities of the Manufacturing Center: Put in place the emergency response measures for production operations, production contingency plan and specifications, manpower support and allocation plans, and on-site environmental safety contingency plans..

150

  • MEMS Center: The roles and responsibilities of the MEMS Center (Microelectromechanical Systems Center): Put in place the emergency response measures for production operations, production contingency plan and specifications, manpower support and allocation plans, and on-site environmental safety contingency plans

  • Supply Chain Center:

  • The roles and responsibilities of the Supply Chain Center: Development of a supplier contingency plan, put in place the emergency response measures for procurement, development of alternative plans for import and export transportation, customs declaration, customs clearance, insurance-related operations and equipment purchase.

  • Quality Assurance Center: The roles and responsibilities of the Supply Chain Center: Development of document data storage plans, control of Disaster-damaged products and quality control, and put in place the emergency response measures for product testing operations

  • Audit Office: The roles and responsibilities of the Audit Office: Regularly check whether the implementation of risk control of each central unit is actually performed according to the Company's internal control and audit plan, and preparing for an audit report based on the actual audit results.

  • Occupational Safety and Health Management Office: The roles and responsibilities of the Audit Office: Supervision of environmental safety and health management such as environmental safety and health review / risk assessment to ensure safety and health normal operation of the health system.

(II) Impact of recent year interest rates changes, exchange rate fluctuation and inflation on the profit or loss of the Company and the future countermeasures therefor.

  • (1) Impact of recent year interest rates on the profit or loss of the Company and the future countermeasures therefor:

  • i Impact of interest rates on the profit or loss of the Company and the subsidiary

    • In 2019, the net interest of the Company and its subsidiary was NT$23,200,000 and the Company’s interest expense will be increased by approximately NT$4,094,000 for every 0.25% increment in the market interest rate.
  • ii Future countermeasures

    • Since the Company and its subsidiary have sound financial structure together with the gradual expansion of the Company’s business scale, it has close long-term cooperation with the banks. Through the bank’s assistance, it has been able to obtain better interest rates and terms to improve its financial structure, enrich medium and long-term working capital and reduce the risks of interest rate changes. Its financing costs have been 1.2% lower than the average market interest rate.

151

  • (2) Impact of recent year exchange rate fluctuation on the profit or loss of the Company and the future countermeasures therefor:

  • i Impact of exchange rate fluctuation on the profit or loss of the Company and subsidiary Due to nature of the industry, the Company’s foreign procurement of raw materials account for about 80% and export income accounted for more than 90%, therefore, exchange rate control is relatively important. In 2019, the sharp fluctuations in exchange rates has made hedging operations relatively difficult. However, the Company and subsidiary have established appropriate risk management mechanisms to avoid risks. In the future, the Company’s gross margin will be affected by approximately 0.5%, for every 1% market exchange rate appreciation.

  • ii Future countermeasures

    • As for the response to exchange rate changes, the Company and subsidiary have established a risk assessment team to adopt dynamic natural hedging. The remaining mainly undertakes hedging instruments such as spot exchange transactions and/or foreign exchange forward contract to reduce risks by maintaining a high hedging ratio.
  • (3) Impact of the recent year inflation on the profit or loss of the Company and the future countermeasures therefor:

  • i Impact of inflation on the profit or loss of the Company and subsidiary The Company’s expenses will be increased by approximately NT$13,749,000 for every 1% increment in inflation.

  • ii Future countermeasures

    • In recent years, there has been little impact on the costs and prices due to stable inflation data. In the future, the Company will remain on the lookout for the inflation trend for the purpose of costs control and price quotation and make appropriate adjustments.

(III) The main reasons for engaging in high risk and highly leveraged investments, capital lending to others, endorsement, the policies and profit (or loss) of derivative commodity transactions and the future countermeasures therefor:

  • (1) The Company and subsidiary did not engage in any high risk and highly leveraged investments in 2019.

  • (2) The Company and subsidiary engaged in capital lending to others and endorsement according to the regulatory statue and performed regular auditing and filing pursuant to the relevant regulations of the competent authority and the Company. The details are as follows:

  • i Capital lending to others: none.

  • ii Endorsement: As of the end of the annual report, the company’s subsidiary endorsement is guaranteed to be a 100% owned subsidiary.

  • iii The policies and profit (or loss) of derivative commodity transactions and the future countermeasures therefor:

    • (a) The Company and subsidiary engaged in derivative financial commodity transactions to avoid risks in foreign currency claims, debts and commitments arising from changes in exchange rate and/or interest rate. The hedging strategy is for the purpose of avoiding most of the market price risks.

    • (b) In 2019, the Company and its subsidiary recognized foreign exchange losses of NT$17,229,000 due to large fluctuations in exchange rates.

    • (c) The Company and subsidiary use derivative financial commodity that are highly

152

correlated with changes in the fair value of the hedged items as hedging instruments to avoid the risks arising from the Company’s business operations and perform periodic assessments to control the risks thereof.

(IV) Future R & D plan and estimated investment in R & D

  • (1) The Company has systematically introduced the R & D plan into the PLM (Product Lifecycle Management) system and grasped products’ R & D progress through the PLM system. In 2018, the Company has established different R & D projects based on product categories and set goals, progress and timelines in line with market demand. In 2020, R & D expenses are expected to be approximately NT$210 million.
No. name of the program current
progress
reinvestment
in R & D
estimated time of
massproduction
Primary factor of
success
1 1612 TSX 40% NT$ 50M to be completed
byOct. 2020
Master key
technology
2 1008 XTAL 70% NT$ 30M to be completed
byJun. 2020
Master key
technology
3 2016 XTAL
>96MHz
60% NT$ 50M to be completed
byAug. 2020
Master key
technology
4 AW HFF XO 50% NT$ 50M to be completed
byOct. 2020
Master key
technology
5 Pressure Sensor 70% NT$ 30M to be completed
byJun. 2020
Master key
technology
  • (2) The new R & D projects in 2020 that has been launched are expected to be introduced into mass production phase in one to two years. The R & D expenditure for the entire year is estimated to be NT$190million.
current reinvestment in
estimated time of
Primary factor of
No. name of the program
progress R & D mass production success
1 u-bolometer
Innovation
optimizationplan
60% NT$ 50M to be completed by
Mar. 2021
Master key technology
2 Photo BM Technology
development
30% NT$ 30M to be completed by
Nov. 2020
Master key technology
3 Under Display Proximity
Sensor
20% NT$ 50M to be completed by
Mar. 2021
Master key technology
4 2520 Differential
XO/VCXO
40% NT$ 30M to be completed by
Sep. 2020
Master key technology
5 1409 OCXO 50% NT$ 30M to be completed by
Mar. 2020
Master key technology
  • (3) Factors to R & D’s success: The Company’s competitive edge lies in continuous innovation, and the innovation is reflected on futuristic products. Therefore, in addition to considering the strength of market demand, the control and effective monitoring over the progress of R & D projects to shorten the R & D timeline and continued strengthening of R&D team by developing efficient training and upgrading the overall professional quality are the key factors that directly affects the success of R & D. In addition, whether the production process capability can increase the production yield to reduce the product cost while the product is advanced is another important factor that determines whether the new product can be

153

successfully introduced into the market.

  • (V) Impact on the Company’s financial operations from the changes in important domestic and foreign policies and laws during the most recent years and the countermeasures therefor:

  • (1) Since 2017-2019, the basic salary has increased by three degrees, and the annual adjustment has been about 5%. The personnel cost has increased. The company has improved its process and improved its work efficiency to reduce production costs.

  • (2) The Third Reading of the Legislative Yuan passed the "anti-tax avoidance clause" of the income tax amendment. Taiwan officially joined the anti-tax avoidance camp. In response to the increasing international standards for information transparency, the government officially announced the CRS operation method in November 2006 and began to implement information exchange in 2019. In addition, in response to the OECD's anti-rental tax erosion and profit transfer BEPS action plan, each tax haven has legislated to revise the local tax system and incorporate the requirements of economic substantive entry into the law. Relevant regulations have also come into effect in 2019. The relevant units of the company have evaluated and responded to the transfer pricing, country reports, related party transactions, transfer investment structure and tax planning.

(VI) Impact on the Company’s financial operations from the changes in technologies and the industry during the most recent years and the countermeasures therefor:

  • (1) With the development of information technology, applications such as automotive frequency components, wireless communication, digital home, mobile video, digital mobile devices, medical and health technology, and Internet of Things (IoT) will have an integral and additive benefit on quartz components, and the global IT industrial application is expected to increase continuously. Overall, the market demand for the quartz component will basically be stable in the coming years. In order to maintain stable profitability and industrial competitiveness, the Company will continue to improve the production processes and technology to maintain its cost advantages.

  • (2) When the fluctuations in the oil and electricity prices and industrial water restrictions become the norm, the industries and businesses will take the first blow and the operating costs will increase substantially. The Company will continue to promote energy-saving and carbon-saving schemes to reduce energy consumption.

(VII) Impact on the corporate crisis management from the changes in corporate image during the most recent years and the countermeasures therefor:

  • (1) The company is committed to the humanitarian beliefs of caring for the disadvantaged groups by preparing and listing annually budgets, hoping to give back to the society in multiple ways and fulfill its corporate social responsibility. It has, in addition to annual donations to elementary education and disadvantaged groups, strengthened its investment in education, public welfare and other sponsorships.

  • (2) In order to improve corporate governance and strengthen communication channels with shareholders, in addition to the company's website regularly update the company's latest

154

financial and business information, and organize a corporate briefing every year, investing considerable efforts to improve the transparency of financial information, and will continue to promote corporate governance related matters in the future.

  • (3) In order to improve customer satisfaction, the company has strengthened its existing “customer relationship management system”, which has been recognized by many manufacturers and affirmed by customers, and continues to strengthen the technology level of the company to meet the application needs of customers.

  • (4) In order to implement the Company's supply chain security management and information confidentiality management to enhance trade competitiveness; therefore, the related system security control is a top priority for the Company. It was certified “Authorized Economic Operator” (AEO) by the General Administration of Customs, Ministry of Finance, “ISO28000 Supply Chain Safety Management System”, “ISO27001 Information Security Management System”, etc.

  • (5) In response to crisis events and external potential risks, if there is any impact on the company's operations and corporate reputation, the crisis management mechanism will be launched immediately, and the emergency response team will conduct risk assessment and take necessary actions.

(VIII) Expected benefits, possible risks and countermeasures for merger: None.

(IX) Expected benefits, possible risks and countermeasures for plant and production line expansions

Production line expansion benefits:

The Company continues to expand production capacity of its Ping-Zhen Plant (Taiwan), Ning-Bo Plant and Chong-Qing Plant to expand its economic scale, reduce production costs and upgrade product specification. The production capacity is, according to the production capacity plan, expected to increase to meet market demand and increase market share

Possible risks: Declined demand, low production capacity, increased production costs.

  • (X) Risks involved in intensive purchase or sales and the countermeasures therefor:

  • Each major raw material shall have purchase source of more than two suppliers to avoid risks from intensive purchase. The sales targets are mainly the prestigious domestic and foreign manufactures in communications, information and consumer products industries; except for a customer who accounts for more than 10% of the Company’s total sales ratio due to its scale of operations, continued expansion and growth requirements, there are no risks from intensive sales.

  • (XI) The impact and risk on the Company from massive transfer or replacement of equity by directors, supervisor or shareholder(s) holding more than 10% of the shares and the countermeasures therefor: No such situation.

  • (XII) The impact and risk on the Company from changes in the right to operate and the countermeasures therefor: No such situation.

  • (XIII) Litigation or non-litigation incidents: Major lawsuits, non-litigations or administrative disputes (determined or in-process) involving the Company and the Company’s directors, supervisor, CEO, substantive directors, large shareholder(s) and subsidiary

155

holding more than 10% of the Company’s shares shall, if outcome of the lawsuit may have a material effect on shareholders’ equity or the price of securities, be specified and disclosed of the facts of the dispute, the amount of the subject matter, the commencement date of the lawsuit, the main parties involved in the case, and status of the cases as of the publication date of the annual report: none.

(XIV) Information security risks:

In order to comply with international information security management trends and respond to customer information security requirements, since the introduction of the ISO27001 information security management system in 2011, it has followed the implementation of information security policies, protected customer data and Company smart output, strengthened information security incident response capabilities and reached information security policy measurement indicators.

The Company's information security structure and operation are as follows:

  • (1) Information Security Committee:

  • The Company has established an information security management committee and appointed an information security chief (and as convener), who shall be acted by the most senior ranking officer of the management center; a deputy convener, who shall be acted by the most senior ranking officer of the Netcom Information Department; The meeting conveners shall be represented by directors of each department and/or centers, and at least one review meeting shall be held every year, depending on business needs or major changes, and when there is a risk of affecting information security, meetings may be held regularly. In addition, in order to implement information security management, an information security executive team and an information security audit team are established under the information security committee, which are responsible for the promotion, review and maintenance of information security, and to make regularly report to the board of directors.

(2) Information security policy:

  • "In order to ensure the safe use of internal information, TXC Corporation avoids improper disclosure of information and enables the continuous operation of various business information operations, maintain the effectiveness of internal management systems, and strengthen the confidence and satisfaction of customers and suppliers etc. related parties.”

  • (3) Information security and network risk control: Cyber attack methods are changing rapidly, and malicious programs are imported into the Company's internal network for destruction or data theft through email, internet fishing, and violent cracking methods. Destructive attacks may lead to the interruption of the Company's production operations, and data theft attacks may cause important operational data or leakage of personal data such as employees and customers. The Company adopts active information security enhancement operations. In addition to establishing firewalls, malicious mail filtering, employee Internet protection, operating system updates, antivirus software deployment, and information security monitoring services, the Company uses quarterly internal risk management systems to assess information system related risk, and regularly report risk control and improvement status

156

in the risk management and control team to control and reduce related network risks.

  • (4) Information security goals, objectives and training: In order to ensure the achievement of information security goals and objectives, the effectiveness of the evaluation will be monitored at ordinary times. The situation should be notified and corrective measures should be taken when any suspected non-compliance event occurs, and the information security goal promotion situation should be reported to the information security management committee. Through information security education and training and promotion activities, and to convey information security-related publicity in the supervisor meeting, in order to promote employees' information security intentions and strengthen their awareness of related responsibilities.

  • (5) The information supervision, audit and execution results from the fourth quarter of 2018 to the third quarter of 2019 were reported to the board of directors on December 25, 2019.

  • (6) The Company did not have any major cyber attacks that impacted the Company's operations in 2019.

(XV) Other important risks and corresponding countermeasures

  • The Company has established the "Operation Plan and Risk Management Measures" in accordance with the relevant provisions of IATF 16949, which stipulates that at least two annual risk assessments to be done each year, in order to carry out risk inspections for operational risk categories and projects, and have carried out the second operational risk inspection in 2019 to evaluate the risks on economical and financial environment changes, and started the evaluation on the Sino-US trade war impact against the Company's operations, and has formulated a complete action plan to reduce or transfer risks. In February 2020, in response to the impact of the Covid-19 pandemic, an operational risk analysis was conducted, a BCP (Business Contingency Plan) was fully launched, and each operational risk level was analyzed against process risks to determine high, medium, and low risks, and each plant has established an Epidemic Command Center and has formulated a disease control and prevention plan, and will pay attention to and trace management at any time.

VII. Other important matters : None.

157

Chapter 8 Special Disclosure

I. Subsidiaries

(I) TXC Subsidiaries Chart

==> picture [80 x 9] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

December 31, 2019
----- End of picture text -----

==> picture [513 x 236] intentionally omitted <==

158

(II) Basic information of TXC Subsidiaries

December 31,2019
Date of
Name Address Capital Business Activities
Incorporated
Taiwan Crystal Technology
International Limited
1998.12.23 WESTERN SAMOA USD 42,835,294 Investment holding
TXC Technology Inc 2000.12.01 431 Lambert Road,Suite 306
Brea,California 92812, U.S.A.
USD 300,000 Marketing activities
TXC Japan Corporation 2005.09.13 Davinici-shin-yokohama
Bldg.,1-3-1, Shin-yokohama,
Kohoku-ku,Yokohama,222-00
33 Japan
JPY 21,000,000 Marketing activities
TAIWAN CRYSTAL
TECHNOLOGY (HK) LIMITED
2010.07.06 Rm.804, Sino Centre, 582-592
Nathan Rd.,Kln.H.K

USD 80,000
Trading
TXC Europe GmbH 2018.08.17 Sebastian-Kneipp-Straße
41, 60439 Frankfurt am
Main

EUR 50,000
Marketing activities
Growing Profits Trading Ltd 1999.03.09 BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS USD 50,000 Trading
TXC (NINGBO) CORPORATION 1999.03.12 No.189, Huangshan Xi Rd.,
Economic & Technical
Development Zone,Ningbo
Zhejiang,China
USD 45,835,294 Manufacture and sales
of electronics products
TXC (CHONGQING)
CORPORATION
2010.10.11 JinFeng Industrial Region,
Jiulongpo District, Chongqing
City,China
RMB 247,876,609 Manufacture and sales
of electronics products
Chongqing All Suns Company
Limited
2011.02.14 Jiulongpo District, Chongqing,
China JinfengRoad 108,
RMB 140,000,000 Real estate related
Ningbo Jingyu Company Limited 2011.09.07 No.189, Huangshan Xi Rd.,
Economic & Technical
Development Zone,Ningbo
Zhejiang,China
RMB 2,500,000 Trading
Ningbo Free Trade Zon Ding Kai
Investment Management Company
2017.05.12 Room 4211, Office Building,
11 Meishan Avenue Business

RMB 35,050,000
Investment
Center, Beilun District, Ningbo
City

159

(III) Resters of Directors, Supervisors, and General Manager of TXC’s Subsidiaries

December 31, 2019

Number of shares; share (%)

Share
Name Title Name or representive Shares
(%)
Taiwan Crystal Technology
International Limited
Chairman TXC Corporation
Representive: Lin, Wan-Shing
42,835,294
100%
TXC Technology Inc Chairman TXC Corporation
Representive: Chen, Li-Wwi
300,000
100%
TXC Japan Corporation Chairman TXC Corporation
Representive:
Shih Tien,Tun-Hsiung
2,100
100%
Director TXC Corporation
Representive: Lin, Wan-Shing
2,100
100%
Supervisor TXC Corporation
Representive: Tsai,Jung-Hsien
2,100
100%
TAIWAN CRYSTAL
TECHNOLOGY (HK) LIMITED
Chairman TXC Corporation
Representive: Lin, Wan-Shing
80,000
100%
TXC Europe GmbH Chairman TXC Corporation
Representive: Kuo,Ya-Han
50,000
100%
Growing Profits Trading Ltd Chairman Taiwan Crystal Technology International
Limited Representive: Lin, Wan-Shing
50,000
100%
TXC (NINGBO) CORPORATION Chairman Taiwan Crystal Technology International
Limited
Representive: Chen Chueh,Shang-Hsin
45,835,294
100%
Director/
President
Taiwan Crystal Technology International
Limited
Representive: Chao,Min-Chiang
45,835,294
100%
Director Taiwan Crystal Technology International
Limited
Representive: Lin,Wan-Shing
45,835,294
100%
Supervisor Taiwan Crystal Technology International
Limited
Representive: Chang,Chien-Tsung
45,835,294
100%
TXC (CHONGQING)
CORPORATION
Chairman TXC (NINGBO) CORPORATION
Representive: Chen Chueh, Shang-Hsin
247,876,609
100%
Director TXC (NINGBO) CORPORATION
Representive: Chang, Chien-Tsung
247,876,609 100%
Director TXC (NINGBO) CORPORATION
Representive: Lin, Wan-Shing
247,876,609 100%
Supervisor TXC (NINGBO) CORPORATION
Representive: Lin,Chia-Ching
247,876,609 100%
Chongqing All Suns Company
Limited
Chairman TXC (NINGBO) CORPORATION
Representive: Chou,Chien-Fu
140,000,000
100%

160

Share
Name Title Name or representive Shares
(%)
Director TXC (NINGBO) CORPORATION
Representive: Lin, Wan-Shing
140,000,000 100%
Director TXC (NINGBO) CORPORATION
Representive: Chen Chueh, Shang-Hsin
140,000,000 100%
Supervisor TXC (NINGBO) CORPORATION
Representive: Lin,Chia-Ching
140,000,000 100%
Ningbo Jingyu Company Limited Chairman TXC (NINGBO) CORPORATION
Representive: Lin,Chia-Ching
2,500,000
100%
Supervisor TXC (NINGBO) CORPORATION
Representive: Chen Chueh, Shang-Hsin
2,500,000
100%
Ningbo Free Trade Zon Ding Kai
Investment Management Company
Chairman TXC (NINGBO) CORPORATION
Representive: Lin,Chia-Ching
35,050,000
100%
Supervisor TXC (NINGBO) CORPORATION
Representive: Lin, Hai
35,050,000
100%
President TXC (NINGBO) CORPORATION
Representive:Chao,Min-Chiang
35,050,000
100%

161

(IV) Operational Highlights of TXC Subsidiaries

December 31, 2019
Unit: NT$thousands,expect EPS(NT$)
December 31, 2019
Unit: NT$thousands,expect EPS(NT$)
December 31, 2019
Unit: NT$thousands,expect EPS(NT$)
December 31, 2019
Unit: NT$thousands,expect EPS(NT$)
December 31, 2019
Unit: NT$thousands,expect EPS(NT$)
December 31, 2019
Unit: NT$thousands,expect EPS(NT$)
December 31, 2019
Unit: NT$thousands,expect EPS(NT$)
December 31, 2019
Unit: NT$thousands,expect EPS(NT$)
Operating
Total Total Shareholder Sales Net Income
EPS
Name Capital
Profits
Assets Liabilities Equity Revenues (After tax) (After tax)
(Loss)
Taiwan Crystal
Technology
International Limited

1,390,461

5,347,061

-

5,347,061

-

(41)

365,631

8.54
TXC Technology Inc 9,879
17,889

1,031

16,858

71,802

3,932

2,176

7.25
TXC Japan
Corporation
6,172
46,679

16,036

30,643

119,875

5,616

3,418

1,627.54
TAIWAN CRYSTAL
TECHNOLOGY
(HK)LIMITED
2,371
97,490

9,838

87,652

14,411

(7,839)

(3,584)

(44.79)
TXC Europe GmbH 1,746
3,367

626

2,741

12,610

796

758

15.16
Growing Profits
Trading Ltd
1,691
152,415

-

152,415

201,175

(17,228)

(19,106)

(382.12)
TXC (NINGBO)
CORPORATION
1,487,211
6,505,144

1,310,517

5,194,627
3,581,378
261,237

384,778

8.39
TXC
(CHONGQING)
CORPORATION
1,162,074
1,771,947

553,721

1,218,226
1,238,632
98,918

101,076

0.41
Chongqing All Suns
Company Limited
647,141
945,327

376,144

569,183

-

(21,722)

(20,516)

(0.15)
Ningbo Jingyu
Company Limited
7,090
5,570

625

4,945

12,696

784

1,062

0.42
Ningbo Free Trade
Zon Ding Kai
Investment
Management
Company
160,043
211,302

-

211,302

-

-

-

-

Note: All related companies were exposed by the number of financial statements audited by CPA in 2019.

162

  • II. Private Placement Securities in 2019 and as of the Date of this Annaul Report: None

  • III. Status of TXC’s Common Shares Acquired, Disposed of, and Held by Subsidiares: None

  • IV. Other Necessary Supplement: None

  • V. Any Events in 2019 and as of the Date of this Annual Report that Had Significant Impacts on Shareholders’ Right or Security Prices as Stated in Item 3: None

163

Appendix 1

TXC Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 and Independent Auditors’ Report

DECLARATION OF CONSOLIDATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF AFFILIATES

The companies required to be included in the consolidated financial statements of affiliates in accordance with the “Criteria Governing Preparation of Affiliation Reports, Consolidated Business Reports and Consolidated Financial Statements of Affiliated Enterprises” for the year ended December 31, 2019 are all the same as the companies required to be included in the consolidated financial statements of parent and subsidiary companies as provided in International Financial Reporting Standards 10 “Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements”. Relevant information that should be disclosed in the consolidated financial statements of affiliates has all been disclosed in the consolidated financial statements of parent and subsidiary companies. Hence, we do not prepare a separate set of consolidated financial statements of affiliates.

Very truly yours,

TXC CORPORATION

By

PETER LIN Chairman March 23, 2020

  • 1 -

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

The Board of Directors and Shareholders TXC Corporation

Opinion

We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of TXC Corporation and its subsidiaries (collectively referred to as the “Group”), which comprise the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the consolidated statements of comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for the years then ended, and the notes to the consolidated financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”).

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Group as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and its consolidated financial performance and its consolidated cash flows for the years then ended in accordance with the Regulations Governing the Preparation of Financial Reports by Securities Issuers, and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), International Accounting Standards (IAS), IFRIC Interpretations (IFRIC), and SIC Interpretations (SIC) endorsed and issued into effect by the Financial Supervisory Commission of the Republic of China.

Basis for Opinion

We conducted our audits in accordance with the Regulations Governing Auditing and Attestation of Financial Statements by Certified Public Accountants and auditing standards generally accepted in the Republic of China. Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements section of our report. We are independent of the Group in accordance with The Norm of Professional Ethics for Certified Public Accountant of the Republic of China, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Key Audit Matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the consolidated financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

  • 2 -

The key audit matters identified in the Group’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019 are stated as follows:

Sales from Hub Warehouses

Sales from Hub Warehouses to meet the needs of major customers, TXC Corporation and its subsidiaries stock finished goods in the hub warehouses. Sales from hub warehouses are recognized when finished goods are already picked up by customers, and customers have the right to use the finished goods and bear the risk of finished goods. Since recognition of sales from hub warehouses requires more control mechanisms, we considered sales from hub warehouses as a key audit matter.

The key audit procedures that we performed in respect of sales from hub warehouses included the following:

  1. We evaluated the appropriateness of the design of relevant procedures for the sales revenue recognition of TXC Corporation and its subsidiaries.

  2. We selected samples to test the effectiveness of its key control operations and verified the consistency of the implementation of the control during the year.

  3. For revenue details from warehouse sales generated from major customers in the current year, we selected samples and checked the orders and pick-up related documents which correspond to the sales revenue to confirm the occurrence of the sales revenue.

Other Matter

We have audited the accompanying financial statements of TXC Corporation as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 on which we have issued an unmodified opinion.

Responsibilities of Management and Those Charged with Governance for the Consolidated Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with the Regulations Governing the Preparation of Financial Reports by Securities Issuers, and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), International Accounting Standards (IAS), IFRIC Interpretations (IFRIC), and SIC Interpretations (SIC) endorsed and issued into effect by the Financial Supervisory Commission of the Republic of China, and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless management either intends to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so.

Those charged with governance, including the audit committee, are responsible for overseeing the Group’s financial reporting process.

  • 3 -

Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with the auditing standards generally accepted in the Republic of China will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated financial statements.

As part of an audit in accordance with the auditing standards generally accepted in the Republic of China, we exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit. We also:

  1. Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.

  2. Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control.

  3. Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by management.

  4. Conclude on the appropriateness of management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditors’ report to the related disclosures in the consolidated financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditors’ report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Group to cease to continue as a going concern.

  5. Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the consolidated financial statements, including the disclosures, and whether the consolidated financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation.

  6. Obtain sufficient and appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of entities or business activities within the Group to express an opinion on the consolidated financial statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision, and performance of the group audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion.

We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit.

  • 4 -

We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, related safeguards.

From the matters communicated with those charged with governance, we determine those matters that were of most significance in the audit of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019 and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditors’ report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication.

The engagement partners on the audit resulting in this independent auditors’ report are Ming-Chung Hsieh and Yu-shiou Su.

Deloitte & Touche Taipei, Taiwan Republic of China March 23, 2020

Notice to Readers

The accompanying consolidated financial statements are intended only to present the consolidated financial position, financial performance and cash flows in accordance with accounting principles and practices generally accepted in the Republic of China and not those of any other jurisdictions. The standards, procedures and practices to audit such consolidated financial statements are those generally applied in the Republic of China.

For the convenience of readers, the independent auditors’ report and the accompanying consolidated financial statements have been translated into English from the original Chinese version prepared and used in the Republic of China. If there is any conflict between the English version and the original Chinese version or any difference in the interpretation of the two versions, the Chinese-language independent auditors’ report and consolidated financial statements shall prevail.

  • 5 -

TXC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

(In Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars)

ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents (Note 6)
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss - current (Note 7)
Financial assets at amortized cost - current (Note 9)
Notes receivable (Note 10)
Trade receivables (Note 10)
Trade receivables from related parties (Notes 10 and 28)
Other receivables
Other receivables from related parties (Note 28)
Current tax assets (Note 24)
Inventories (Note 11)
Prepayment for lease (Note 17)
Other current assets
Total current assets
NON-CURRENT ASSETS
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss - non-current (Note 7)
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income - non-current (Note 8)
Financial assets measured at cost - non-current (Note 9)
Investments accounted for using equity method (Note 13)
Property, plant and equipment (Note 14)
Right-of-use assets (Note 15)
Investment properties (Note 16)
Other intangible assets
Deferred tax assets (Note 24)
Prepayment for equipment
Long-term prepayment for lease (Note 17)
Other non-current assets
Total non-current assets
TOTAL
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

CURRENT LIABILITIES
Short-term loans (Note 18)
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss - current (Note 7)
Trade payables
Trade payables to related parties (Note 28)
Other payables (Note 19)
Other payables to related parties (Note 28)
Current tax liabilities (Note 24)
Lease liabilities - current (Note 15)
Current portion of long-term borrowings and bonds payable (Note 18)
Other current liabilities
Total current liabilities
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES
Long-term borrowings (Note 18)
Deferred income tax liabilities (Note 24)
Lease liabilities - non-current (Note 15)
Net defined benefit liabilities - non-current (Note 20)
Guarantee deposits received
Total non-current liabilities
Total liabilities
EQUITY ATTRIBUTABLE TO OWNERS OF THE PARENT (Note 21)
Share capital
Ordinary shares
Capital surplus
Retained earnings
Legal reserve
Special reserve
Unappropriated earnings
Total retained earnings
Other equity
Exchange differences on translating the financial statements of foreign operations
Unrealized gain on financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income
Total other equity
Total equity attributable to owners of the Company
Total equity
TOTAL
2019
Amount
%
$ 1,986,235
15
758,940
6
73,083
-
107,142
1
2,778,155
21
4,038
-
40,587
-
79
-
8,176
-
2,039,498
15
-
-

149,103

1

7,945,036

59
9,255
-
422,422
3
86,983
1
477,290
4
4,054,149
30
96,162
1
54,565
1
27,816
-
39,349
-
169,470
1
-
-

16,273

-

5,453,734

41
$ 13,398,770
100
$ 63,485
1
3,963
-
1,659,086
12
78
-
724,671
5
2,850
-
48,135
-
3,087
-
209,860
2

81,304

1

2,796,519

21
1,637,635
12
123,400
1
2,949
-
74,031
1

36,465

-

1,874,480

14

4,670,999

35

3,097,570

23

1,666,690

13
1,413,518
10
254,907
2

2,789,438

21

4,457,863

33
(584,617)
(4)

60,245

-

(524,372)

(4)
8,697,751
65

8,697,751

65
$ 13,368,750
100
2018













































































Amount
%
$ 1,305,402
10
902,869
7
189,588
2
85,661
1
2,631,163
21
8,995
-
112,451
1
796
-
5,245
-
1,816,896
15
2,323
-

55,900

-

7,117,289

57
30,975
-
494,242
4
-
-
396,390
3
4,110,722
33
-
-
160,088
1
21,831
-
36,574
-
87,174
1
93,868
1

12,573

-

5,444,437

43
$ 12,561,726
100
$ 30,715
-
-
-
1,326,822
11
97
-
563,676
4
3,117
-
3,647
-
-
-
139,020
1

21,766

-

2,088,860

16
1,482,346
12
145,490
1
-
-
68,033
1

26,157

-

1,722,026

14

3,810,886

30

3,097,570

25

1,665,116

13
1,349,083
11
222,793
2

2,671,184

21

4,243,060

34
(359,923)
(3)

105,017

1

(254,906)

(2)
8,750,840
70

8,750,840

70
$ 12,561,726
100

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

  • 6 -

TXC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 (In Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars, Except Earnings Per Share)

REVENUE (Note 22)

COST OF GOODS SOLD (Note 23)

GROSS PROFIT

OPERATING EXPENSES (Note 23)
Selling and marketing expenses
General and administrative expenses
Research and development expenses
Expected credit loss reversed on trade receivables

Total operating expenses

PROFIT FROM OPERATIONS

NON-OPERATING INCOME AND EXPENSES
Other income (Note 23)
Other gains and losses (Note 23)
Finance costs (Note 23)
Share of profits of associates and joint ventures
(Note 13)

Total non-operating income and expenses

PROFIT BEFORE INCOME TAX
INCOME TAX EXPENSE (Note 24)

NET PROFIT FOR THE YEAR

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
Item that will not be reclassified subsequently to
profit or loss:
Remeasurement of defined benefit plans
Unrealized (gain) loss on investments in equity
instruments at fair value through other
comprehensive income
Share of the other comprehensive income of
associates accounted for using the equity
method

2019
Amount
%
$ 8,430,970
100
(6,423,879)
(76)


2,007,091
24

433,296
5
358,881
5
582,776
7

-

-


1,374,953
17


632,138

7

162,824
2
(21,143)
-
(23,250)
-

14,008

-


132,439

2

764,577
9

(92,795)
(1)


671,782

8

(12,331)
-
129,437
2

657

-


117,763

2
2018































Amount
%
$ 8,156,268
100
(6,328,642)
(77)

1,827,626
23

442,479
6

332,453
4

519,906
6

(513)

-

1,294,325
16

533,301

7

145,629
2

64,841
1

(20,400) (1)

10,126

-

200,196

2

733,497
9

(89,248)
(1)

644,249

8

(10,620)
-

(140,093) (2)

(257)

-

(150,970)
(2)
(Continued)
  • 7 -

TXC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 (In Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars, Except Earnings Per Share)

Item that maybe reclassified subsequently to profit or
loss:
Exchange differences on translating the financial
statements of foreign operations

Share of the other comprehensive loss of
associates accounted for using the equity
method


Other comprehensive loss for the year, net of
income tax

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE
YEAR

NET PROFIT ATTRIBUTABLE TO:
Owners of the Company

Non-controlling interests


TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
ATTRIBUTABLE TO:
Owners of the Company

Non-controlling interests


EARNINGS PER SHARE (Note 25)
From continuing and discounted operations
Basic
Diluted
2019
Amount
%
$ (216,643) (3)

(8,051)

-


(224,694)
(3)


(106,931)
(1)

$ 564,851

7

$ 671,782
8

-

-

$ 671,782

8

$ 564,851
7

-

-

$ 564,851

7

$2.17
$2.16
2018




















Amount
%
$ (94,043) (1)

(1,743)

-

(95,786)
(1)

(246,756)
(3)
$ 397,493

5
$ 644,350
8

(101)

-
$ 644,249

8
$ 397,594
5

(101)

-
$ 397,493

5
$2.08
$2.06

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

(Concluded)

  • 8 -

TXC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 (In Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars)

BALANCE AT JANUARY 1, 2018
Effect of retrospective application and retrospective restatement

BALANCE AT JANUARY 1, 2018 AS RESTATED
Appropriation of 2017 earnings (Note 21)
Legal reserve
Cash dividends distributed by the Company
Net profit (loss) for the for the year ended December 31, 2018
Other comprehensive loss for the for the year ended December 31, 2018,
net of income tax

Total comprehensive income (loss) for the for the year ended
December 31, 2018

Changes in percentage of ownership interests in subsidiaries
Disposal of equity instruments at fair value through other comprehensive
income (Note 8)
Changes in capital surplus from investment in associates and joint ventures
accounted for using the equity method

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2018
Appropriation of 2018 earnings (Note 21)
Legal reserve
Special reserve
Cash dividends distributed by the company
Net profit for the year ended December 31, 2019
Other comprehensive income (loss) for the year ended December 31, 2019,
net of income tax

Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year ended December 31, 2019
Surplus donated
Changes in capital surplus from investment in associates and joint ventures
accounted for using the equity method

Disposal of equity instruments at fair value through other comprehensive
income (Note 8)

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2019
Equity Attributable toOwners of the Parent Equity Attributable toOwners of the Parent Non-controlling
Total
Interests
$ 9,122,699
$ 41,892


5,048

-

9,127,747
41,892
-
-
(774,393 )
-
644,350
(101 )

(246,756)

-


397,594

(101)

-
(41,791 )
-
-

(108)

-

8,750,840
-
-
-
-
-
(619,514 )
-
671,782
-

(106,931)

-


564,851

-

1,617
-

(43)

-


-

-

$ 8,697,751
$ -
Total Equity
$ 9,164,591

5,048
9,169,639
-
(774,393 )
644,249

(246,756)

397,493
(41,791 )
-

(108)
8,750,840
-
-
(619,514 )
671,782

(106,931)

564,851
1,617

(43)

-
$ 8,697,751








Shares (In
Thousands)
Share Capital
Capital Surplus
309,757
$ 3,097,570
$ 1,665,224


-

-

-

309,757
3,097,570
1,665,224
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

-

-

-


-

-

-

-
-
-
-
-
-

-

-

(108)

309,757
3,097,570
1,665,116
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

-

-

-


-

-

-

-
-
1,617

-

-

(43)


-

-

-


309,757
$ 3,097,570
$ 1,666,690
Retained Earnings
Unappropriated

Legal Reserve
Special Reserve
Earnings
$ 1,252,818
$ 222,793
$ 2,767,383


-

-

102,957

1,252,818
222,793
2,870,340
96,265
-
(96,265 )
-
-
(774,393 )
-
-
644,350

-

-

(10,792)


-

-

633,558

-
-
-
-
-
37,944

-

-

-

1,349,083
222,793
2,671,184
64,435
-
(64,435 )
-
32,114
(32,114 )
-
-
(619,514 )
-
-
671,782

-

-

(12,270)


-

-

659,512

-
-
-

-

-

-


-

-

174,805

$ 1,413,518
$ 254,907
$ 2,789,438
Others
Unrealized
Gain (Loss) on
Exchange
Financial Assets
Unrealized
Differences on
at Fair Value
Gain (Loss) on
Translating
Through Other
Available-for-
Foreign
Comprehensive
sale Financial
Operations
Income
Assets
$ (264,137 )
$ -
$ 381,048


-

283,139

(381,048)

(264,137 )
283,139
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

(95,786)

(140,178)

-


(95,786)

(140,178)

-

-
-
-
-
(37,944 )
-

-

-

-

(359,923 )
105,017
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

(224,694)

130,033

-


(224,694)

130,033

-

-
-
-

-

-

-


-

(174,805)

-

$ (584,617)
$ 60,245
$ -

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

  • 9 -

TXC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 (In Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars)

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Income before income tax

Adjustments for:
Depreciation expenses
Amortization expenses
Amortization of prepayments for lease
Expected credit loss reversed on trade receivables
Net gain on fair value change of financial assets and liabilities at fair
value through profit or loss
Finance costs
Interest income
Dividend income
Share of profit of associates and joint ventures
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Gain on disposal of investment property
Gain on disposal of non-current assets held for sales
Impairment loss on property, plant and equipment
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
Financial assets mandatorily classified as at fair value through profit
or loss
Notes receivable
Trade receivables
Trade receivables from related parties
Other receivables
Other receivables from related parties
Inventories
Other current assets
Financial liabilities mandatorily classified as at fair value through
profit or loss
Notes payable
Trade payables
Trade payables to related parties
Other payables
Other payables to related parties
Other current liabilities
Net defined benefit liabilities

Cash generated from operations
Interest paid
Income tax paid

Net cash generated from operating activities
2019
$ 764,577

760,317
7,241
-
-
(14,680)
23,250
(27,876)
(2,385)
(14,008)
(230)
-
-
(2,369)
158,731
(21,481)
(146,853)
4,957
70,863
717
(222,230)
(44,066)
(6,941)
-
332,264
(19)
160,985
(267)
59,538
(6,333)

1,833,702
(23,210)
(146,866)

1,663,626
2018
$ 733,497
814,031
2,121
2,354
(513)

(29,802)
20,400

(21,088)

(1,527)

(10,126)

(2,016)
(26,629)
(3,152)

(2,961)
123,407

(20,006)

(51,997)
(2,288)
(5,282)
(24)

(312,687)

52,241

(1,265)
(276)
99,831

73
(136,822)

1,296
(6,962)

(4,611)
1,209,217

(20,645)

(120,099)

1,068,473
(Continued)
  • 10 -

TXC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 (In Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars)

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchase of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

Proceeds from sale of financial assets at fair value through other
comprehensive income
Purchase of financial assets at amortized cost
Proceeds from financial assets at amortized cost
Purchase of investments accounted for using equity method
Payments for property, plant and equipment
Proceeds from investment property
Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment
Payments for intangible assets
(Increase) decrease in other non-current assets
Increase in prepayment for equipment
Proceeds from disposal of non-current assets held for sale
Interest received
Other dividends received

Net cash used in investing activities

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from short-term borrowings
Proceeds from long-term borrowings
Repayments of long-term borrowings

Proceeds from guarantee deposits received
Refund of guarantee deposits received
Dividends paid to owners of the Company
Return of shareholders' cash dividends
Decrease in non-controlling interests

Net cash used in financing activities

EFFECTS OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH AND CASH
EQUIVALENTS

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH
EQUIVALENTS
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT THE BEGINNING OF THE
YEAR

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT THE END OF THE YEAR
2019
$ (27,108)
241,715
(163,614)
188,411
(67,083)
(684,499)
-
5,689
(14,070)
(3,700)
(82,296)
-
28,877
22,832

(554,846)

35,257
2,235,661
(1,996,875)
10,328
(2,857)
(619,514)
1,617
-

(336,383)

(91,564)

680,833

1,305,402

$ 1,986,235
2018
$ -
53,886

(191,646)
89,480

(294,842)

(774,529)
38,897
58,136

(15,994)

3,374

(15,126)
97,837
21,701

4,732

(924,094)
30,166
409,611

(776,604)
6,043

-

(774,393)
-

(41,791)
(1,146,968)

(23,375)
(1,025,964)

2,331,366
$ 1,305,402

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

(Concluded)

  • 11 -

TXC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 (In Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars, Unless Stated Otherwise)

1. GENERAL INFORMATION

TXC Corporation (the “Company”) was incorporated in the Republic of China (ROC) on December 28, 1983.

TXC specializes in producing high quality quartz unite crystal, automotive crystal, crystal oscillator (CXO), and timing module (TM) as well as develops a variety of sensors by core technology to satisfy the market demand. Sensors are applied to various applications including mobile communication, wearable device, internet of things and vehicle electronics, etc.

TXC’s shares have been listed on the Taiwan Stock Exchange since August 26, 2002.

The consolidated financial statements are presented in the Company’s functional currency, the New Taiwan dollar.

In order to ensure investors’ rights and interests, the Company filed an application to Taiwan Corporate Governance Association for corporate governance assessment certification. The Company acquired CG6005 general version of corporate governance assessment and authentication and CG6008 advanced version of corporate governance assessment and authentication on March 23, 2011 and June 27, 2013, respectively. On the first “Corporate Governance Assessment and Authentication” which is jointly held by the “Taiwan Stock Exchange” and “Taipei Exchange”, the Company was listed as the top 20 percent of the listed companies in 2014 and awarded the top 5 percent of the listed companies from 2015 to 2017. The Company will continue to strengthen corporate governance functions in order to work with international standards and to protect public interests.

2. APPROVAL OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The consolidated financial statements were approved by the Company’s board of directors on March 23, 2020.

3. APPLICATION OF NEW, AMENDED AND REVISED STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS

  • a. Initial application of the amendments to the Regulations Governing the Preparation of Financial Reports by Securities Issuers and the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), International Accounting Standards (IAS), IFRIC Interpretations (IFRIC), and SIC Interpretations (SIC) (collectively, the “IFRSs”) endorsed and issued into effect by the Financial Supervisory Commission (FSC)

Except for the following, the initial application of the amendments to the Regulations Governing the Preparation of Financial Reports by Securities Issuers and the IFRSs endorsed and issued into effect by the FSC did not have any material impact on the Group’s accounting policies:

1) IFRS 16 “Leases”

IFRS 16 provides a comprehensive model for the identification of lease arrangements and their treatment in the financial statements of both lessee and lessor. It supersedes IAS 17 “Leases”, IFRIC 4 “Determining whether an Arrangement contains a Lease”, and a number of related interpretations. Refer to Note 4 for information relating to the relevant accounting policies.

  • 12 -

Definition of a lease

The Group elects to apply the guidance of IFRS 16 in determining whether contracts are, or contain, a lease only to contracts entered into (or changed) on or after January 1, 2019. Contracts identified as containing a lease under IAS 17 and IFRIC 4 are not reassessed and are accounted for in accordance with the transitional provisions under IFRS 16.

The Group as lessee

The Group recognizes right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for all leases on the consolidated balance sheets except for those whose payments under low-value asset and short-term leases are recognized as expenses on a straight-line basis. On the consolidated statements of comprehensive income, the Group presents the depreciation expense charged on right-of-use assets separately from the interest expense accrued on lease liabilities; interest is computed using the effective interest method. On the consolidated statements of cash flows, cash payments for the principal portion of lease liabilities are classified within financing activities; cash payments for the interest portion are classified within financing activities. Prior to the application of IFRS 16, payments under operating lease contracts, including property interest qualified as investment properties, were recognized as expenses on a straight-line basis. Prepaid lease payments for land use rights in China were recognized as prepayments for leases. Cash flows for operating leases were classified within operating activities on the consolidated statements of cash flows. Leased assets and finance lease payables were recognized on the consolidated balance sheets for contracts classified as finance leases.

The Group elects to apply IFRS 16 retrospectively with the cumulative effect of the initial application of this standard recognized on January 1, 2019. Comparative information is not restated.

Lease liabilities were recognized on January 1, 2019 for leases previously classified as operating leases under IAS 17. Lease liabilities were measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments, discounted using the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate on January 1, 2019. Right-of-use assets are measured at an amount equal to the lease liabilities, adjusted by the amount of any prepaid or accrued lease payments. The Group applies IAS 36 to all right-of-use assets.

The lessee’s weighted average lessee’s incremental borrowing rate applied to lease liabilities recognized on January 1, 2019 is 1.15%. The difference between the (i) lease liabilities recognized and (ii) operating lease commitments disclosed under IAS 17 on December 31, 2018 is explained as follows:

The future minimum lease payments of non-cancellable operating lease
commitments on December 31, 2018



Undiscounted amounts on January 1, 2019



Discounted amounts using the incremental borrowing rate on January 1, 2019


Lease liabilities recognized on January 1, 2019

The Group as lessor
$ 1,333
$ 1,333
$ 1,330
$ 1,330

The Group does not make any adjustments for leases in which it is a lessor, and it accounts for those leases with the application of IFRS 16 starting from January 1, 2019.

  • 13 -

The impact on assets, liabilities and equity as of January 1, 2019 from the initial application of IFRS 16 is set out as follows:

Adjustments Adjustments
As Originally Arising from
Stated on Initial Restated on
January 1, 2019 Application January 1, 2019
Right-of-use assets - building
$
- $
1,330
$ 1,330
Right-of-use assets - land - 96,191 96,191
Prepayments for leases - current 2,323 (2,323) -
Prepayments for leases - non-current 93,868 (93,868) -
Total effect on assets $ 96,191 $
1,330
$ 97,521
Lease liabilities - current $ - $
1,330
$ 1,330
Total effect on liabilities $ - $
1,330
$ 1,330

2) IFRIC 23 “Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments”

IFRIC 23 clarifies that when there is uncertainty over income tax treatments, the Group should assume that the taxation authority has full knowledge of all related information when making related examinations. If the Group concludes that it is probable that the taxation authority will accept an uncertain tax treatment, the Group should determine the taxable profit, tax bases, unused tax losses, unused tax credits or tax rates consistently with the tax treatments used or planned to be used in its income tax filings. If it is not probable that the taxation authority will accept an uncertain tax treatment, the Group should make estimates using either the most likely amount or the expected value of the tax treatment, depending on which method the Group expects to better predict the resolution of the uncertainty.

  • 3) Amendments to IAS 19 “Plan Amendment, Curtailment or Settlement”

The amendments stipulate that, if a plan amendment, curtailment or settlement occurs, the current service cost and the net interest for the remainder of the annual reporting period are determined using the actuarial assumptions used for the remeasurement of the net defined benefit liabilities (assets). In addition, the amendments clarify the effect of a plan amendment, curtailment or settlement on the requirements regarding the asset ceiling. The Group applied the above amendments prospectively.

  • b. The IFRSs endorsed by the Financial Supervisory Commission (FSC) for application starting from 2020
New, Amended or Revised Standards and Interpretations
(the“New IFRSs”)
Amendments to IFRS 3 “Definition of a Business”

Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7 “Interest Rate Benchmark
Reform”

Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8 “Definition of Material”
Effective Date
Announced by IASB (Note 1)
January 1, 2020 (Note 1)
January 1, 2020 (Note 2)
January 1, 2020 (Note 3)
  • Note 1: The Group shall apply these amendments to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after January 1, 2020 and to asset acquisitions that occur on or after the beginning of that period.

  • Note 2: The Group shall apply these amendments retrospectively for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2020.

  • 14 -

  • Note 3: The Group shall apply these amendments prospectively for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2020.

  • Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8 “Definition of material”

The amendments are intended to make the definition of material in IAS 1 easier to understand and are not intended to alter the underlying concept of materiality in IFRSs. The concept of “obscuring” material information with immaterial information has been included as part of the new definition. The threshold for materiality influencing users has been changed from “could influence” to “could reasonably be expected to influence”.

Except for the above impact, as of the date the consolidated financial statements were authorized for issue, the Group is continuously assessing the possible impact that the application of other standards and interpretations will have on the Group’s financial position and financial performance and will disclose the relevant impact when the assessment is completed.

  • c. New IFRSs in issue but not yet endorsed and issued into effect by the FSC
New IFRSs
Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28 “Sale or Contribution of Assets
between an Investor and its Associate or Joint Venture”

IFRS 17 “Insurance Contracts”

Amendments to IAS 1 “Classification of Liabilities as Current or
Non-current”
Effective Date
Announced by IASB (Note)
To be determined by IASB
January 1, 2021
January 1, 2022

Note: Unless stated otherwise, the above New IFRSs are effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after their respective effective dates.

As of the date the consolidated financial statements were authorized for issue, the Group is continuously assessing the possible impact that the application of other standards and interpretations will have on the Group’s financial position and financial performance and will disclose the relevant impact when the assessment is completed.

4. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

  • a. Statement of compliance

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the Regulations Governing the Preparation of Financial Reports by Securities Issuers, or other regulations and IFRSs as endorsed and issued into effect by the FSC.

  • b. Basis of preparation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for financial instruments which are measured at fair value.

The fair value measurements, which are grouped into Levels 1 to 3 based on the degree to which the fair value measurement inputs are observable and based on the significance of the inputs to the fair value measurement in its entirety, are described as follows:

  • 1) Level 1 inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

  • 15 -

  • 2) Level 2 inputs are inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e., as prices) or indirectly (i.e., derived from prices); and

  • 3) Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

  • c. Classification of current and non-current assets and liabilities

Current assets include:

  • 1) Assets held primarily for the purpose of trading;

  • 2) Assets expected to be realized within 12 months after the reporting period; and

  • 3) Cash and cash equivalents unless the asset is restricted from being exchanged or used to settle a liability for at least 12 months after the reporting period.

Current liabilities include:

  • 1) Liabilities held primarily for the purpose of trading;

  • 2) Liabilities due to be settled within 12 months after the reporting period, even if an agreement to refinance, or to reschedule payments, on a long-term basis is completed after the reporting period and before the consolidated financial statements are authorized for issue; and

  • 3) Liabilities for which the Group does not have an unconditional right to defer settlement for at least 12 months after the reporting period. Terms of a liability that could, at the option of the counterparty, result in its settlement by the issue of equity instruments do not affect its classification.

Assets and liabilities that are not classified as current are classified as non-current.

  • d. Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company and the entities controlled by the Company (i.e., its subsidiaries).

Income and expenses of subsidiaries acquired or disposed of during the period are included in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income from the effective date of acquisition up to the effective date of disposal, as appropriate.

When necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of subsidiaries to bring their accounting policies into line with those used by the Company.

All intra-group transactions, balances, income and expenses are eliminated in full upon consolidation. Total comprehensive income of subsidiaries is attributed to the owners of the Company and to the non-controlling interests even if this results in the non-controlling interests having a deficit balance.

Changes in the Group’s ownership interests in subsidiaries that do not result in the Group losing control over the subsidiaries are accounted for as equity transactions. The carrying amounts of the Group’s interests and the non-controlling interests are adjusted to reflect the changes in their relative interests in the subsidiaries. Any difference between the amount by which the non-controlling interests are adjusted and the fair value of the consideration paid or received is recognized directly in equity and attributed to the owners of the Company.

See Note 12 and Table 6 for detailed information on subsidiaries (including percentages of ownership and main businesses).

  • 16 -

e. Foreign currencies

In preparing the financial statements of each individual group entity, transactions in currencies other than the entity’s functional currency (i.e., foreign currencies) are recognized at the rates of exchange prevailing at the dates of the transactions.

At the end of each reporting period, monetary items denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rates prevailing at that date. Exchange differences on monetary items arising from settlement or translation are recognized in profit or loss.

Non-monetary items measured at fair value that are denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rates prevailing at the date when the fair value was determined. Exchange differences arising from the retranslation of non-monetary items are included in profit or loss for the period except for exchange differences arising from the retranslation of non-monetary items in respect of which gains and losses are recognized directly in other comprehensive income, in which cases, the exchange differences are also recognized directly in other comprehensive income.

Non-monetary items that are measured at historical cost in a foreign currency are not retranslated.

For the purpose of presenting consolidated financial statements, the functional currencies of the Company and its foreign operations (including subsidiaries, associates, joint ventures and branches in other countries that use currencies which are different from the currency of the Company) are translated into the presentation currency, the New Taiwan dollar, as follows: Assets and liabilities are translated at the exchange rates prevailing at the end of the reporting period; and income and expense items are translated at the average exchange rates for the period. The resulting currency translation differences are recognized in other comprehensive income (attributed to the owners of the Company and non-controlling interests as appropriate).

On the disposal of a foreign operation (i.e., a disposal of the Company’s entire interest in a foreign operation, or a disposal involving the loss of control over a subsidiary that includes a foreign operation, or a partial disposal of an interest in a joint arrangement or an associate that includes a foreign operation of which the retained interest becomes a financial asset), all of the exchange differences accumulated in equity in respect of that operation are reclassified to profit or loss.

In relation to a partial disposal of a subsidiary that does not result in the Company losing control over the subsidiary, the proportionate share of accumulated exchange differences is re-attributed to the non-controlling interests of the subsidiary but is not recognized in profit or loss. For all other partial disposals, the proportionate share of the accumulated exchange differences recognized in other comprehensive income is reclassified to profit or loss.

f. Inventories

● Inventories

Inventories consist of raw materials, supplies, finished goods and work-in-process and are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Inventory write-downs are made by item, except where it may be appropriate to group similar or related items. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price of inventories less all estimated costs of completion and costs necessary to make the sale. Inventories are recorded at the specific identification of cost on the balance sheet date.

  • 17 -

  • Construction in progress

Construction in progress is initially recorded at cost. Prior to the completion, the borrowing costs directly attributable to construction in progress are capitalized as part of the cost of the asset. When the property sales have been deemed as cost carried forward, cost is allocated by applying sales and building coverage ratios. Once selected, the same construction project cannot be changed in the preceding and following years.

The construction is measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. The net realizable value is the estimated selling prices of inventories less all estimated costs of completion and estimated costs necessary to make the sale.

  • g. Investments in associates

An associate is an entity over which the Group has significant influence and which is neither a subsidiary nor an interest in a joint venture.

The Group uses the equity method to account for its investments in associates and joint ventures.

Under the equity method, investments in an associate and a joint venture are initially recognized at cost and adjusted thereafter to recognize the Group’s share of the profit or loss and other comprehensive income of the associate and joint venture. The Group also recognizes the changes in the Group’s share of the equity of associates and joint ventures attributable to the Group.

Any excess of the cost of acquisition over the Group’s share of the net fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities of an associate or a joint venture at the date of acquisition is recognized as goodwill, which is included within the carrying amount of the investment and is not amortized. Any excess of the Group’s share of the net fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities over the cost of acquisition, after reassessment, is recognized immediately in profit or loss.

When the Company subscribes for additional new shares of an associate and joint venture at a percentage different from its existing ownership percentage, the resulting carrying amount of the investment differs from the amount of the Group’s proportionate interest in the associate and joint venture. The Group records such a difference as an adjustment to investments with the corresponding amount charged or credited to capital surplus - changes in capital surplus from investments in associates and joint ventures accounted for using the equity method. If the Group’s ownership interest is reduced due to its additional subscription of the new shares of the associate and joint venture, the proportionate amount of the gains or losses previously recognized in other comprehensive income in relation to that associate and joint venture is reclassified to profit or loss on the same basis as would be required if the investee had directly disposed of the related assets or liabilities. When the adjustment should be debited to capital surplus, but the capital surplus recognized from investments accounted for using the equity method is insufficient, the shortage is debited to retained earnings.

When the Group’s share of losses of an associate and a joint venture equals or exceeds its interest in that associate and joint venture (which includes any carrying amount of the investment accounted for using the equity method and long-term interests that, in substance, form part of the Group’s net investment in the associate and joint venture), the Group discontinues recognizing its share of further losses. Additional losses and liabilities are recognized only to the extent that the Group has incurred legal obligations, or constructive obligations, or made payments on behalf of that associate and joint venture.

The entire carrying amount of an investment (including goodwill) is tested for impairment as a single asset by comparing its recoverable amount with its carrying amount. Any impairment loss recognized forms part of the carrying amount of the investment. Any reversal of that impairment loss is recognized to the extent that the recoverable amount of the investment subsequently increases.

  • 18 -

The Group discontinues the use of the equity method from the date on which its investment ceases to be an associate and a joint venture. Any retained investment is measured at fair value at that date, and the fair value is regarded as the investment’s fair value on initial recognition as a financial asset. The difference between the previous carrying amount of the associate and the joint venture attributable to the retained interest and its fair value is included in the determination of the gain or loss on disposal of the associate and the joint venture. The Group accounts for all amounts previously recognized in other comprehensive income in relation to that associate and joint venture on the same basis as would be required if that associate had directly disposed of the related assets or liabilities. If an investment in an associate becomes an investment in a joint venture or an investment in a joint venture becomes an investment in an associate, the Group continues to apply the equity method and does not remeasure the retained interest.

When a group entity transacts with its associate and joint venture, profits and losses resulting from the transactions with the associate and joint venture are recognized in the Group’s consolidated financial statements only to the extent that interests in the associate and the joint venture are not related to the Group.

  • h. Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and subsequent accumulated impairment loss.

Properties in the course of construction for production, supply or administrative purposes are carried at cost, less any recognized impairment loss. Cost includes professional fees and borrowing costs eligible for capitalization. Such properties are depreciated and classified to the appropriate categories of property, plant and equipment when completed and ready for intended use.

Freehold land is not depreciated.

Depreciation on property, plant and equipment (including assets held under finance leases) is recognized using the straight-line method. Each significant part is depreciated separately. If the lease term is shorter than the useful lives, assets are depreciated over the lease term. The estimated useful lives, residual values and depreciation method are reviewed at the end of each reporting period, with the effect of any changes in estimate accounted for on a prospective basis.

On derecognition of an item of property, plant and equipment, the difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset is recognized in profit or loss.

  • i. Investment properties

Investment properties are properties held to earn rentals and/or for capital appreciation. Investment properties also include land held for a currently undetermined future use.

Investment properties are initially measured at cost, including transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, investment properties are measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment loss. Depreciation is recognized using the straight-line method.

For a transfer of classification from investment properties to property, plant and equipment, the deemed cost of the property for subsequent accounting is its carrying amount at the commencement of owner-occupation.

For a transfer of classification from property, plant and equipment to investment properties, the deemed cost of the property for subsequent accounting is its carrying amount at the end of owner-occupation.

  • 19 -

On derecognition of an investment property, the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset is recognized in profit or loss.

  • j. Intangible assets

  • 1) Intangible assets acquired separately

Intangible assets with finite useful lives that are acquired separately are initially measured at cost and subsequently measured at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment loss. Amortization is recognized on a straight-line basis. The estimated useful life, residual value, and amortization method are reviewed at the end of each reporting period, with the effect of any changes in estimates accounted for on a prospective basis. Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives that are acquired separately are measured at cost less accumulated impairment loss.

  • 2) Derecognition of intangible assets

On derecognition of an intangible asset, the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset is recognized in profit or loss.

  • k. Impairment of tangible and intangible assets and assets related to contract costs

At the end of each reporting period, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of its tangible and intangible assets, excluding goodwill, to determine whether there is any indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss. When it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of an individual asset, the Group estimates the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs. Corporate assets are allocated to the individual cash-generating units on a reasonable and consistent basis of allocation.

Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives and intangible assets not yet available for use are tested for impairment at least annually and whenever there is an indication that the asset may be impaired.

The recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. If the recoverable amount of an asset or cash-generating unit is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of the asset or cash-generating unit is reduced to its recoverable amount, with the resulting impairment loss recognized in profit or loss.

When an impairment loss is subsequently reversed, the carrying amount of the asset or cash-generating unit is increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount, but only to the extent of the carrying amount that would have been determined had no impairment loss been recognized for the asset or cash-generating unit in prior years. A reversal of an impairment loss is recognized in profit or loss.

  • l. Financial instruments

Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognized when a group entity becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instruments.

Financial assets and financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value. Transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition or issue of financial assets and financial liabilities (other than financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss) are added to or deducted from the fair value of the financial assets or financial liabilities, as appropriate, on initial recognition. Transaction costs directly attributable to the acquisition of financial assets or financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss are recognized immediately in profit or loss.

  • 20 -

  • 1) Financial assets

All regular way purchases or sales of financial assets are recognized and derecognized on a settlement date basis.

  • a) Measurement categories

Financial assets are classified into the following categories: Financial assets at FVTPL, financial assets at amortized cost and investments in debt instruments and equity instruments at FVTOCI.

  • i. Financial assets at FVTPL

Financial assets are classified as at FVTPL when such a financial asset is mandatorily classified as at FVTPL. Financial assets mandatorily classified as at FVTPL include investments in equity instruments which are not designated as at FVTOCI and debt instruments that do not meet the amortized cost criteria or the FVTOCI criteria.

Financial assets at FVTPL are subsequently measured at fair value, with any gains or losses arising on remeasurement recognized in profit or loss. The net gain or loss recognized in profit or loss does not incorporate any dividends or interest earned on such a financial asset. Fair value is determined in the manner described in Note 27.

  • ii. Financial assets at amortized cost

Financial assets that meet the following conditions are subsequently measured at amortized cost:

  • i) The financial asset is held within a business model whose objective is to hold financial assets in order to collect contractual cash flows; and

  • ii) The contractual terms of the financial asset give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.

Subsequent to initial recognition, financial assets at amortized cost, including cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables at amortized cost and debt investments with no active market, are measured at amortized cost, which equals the gross carrying amount determined by the effective interest method less any impairment loss. Exchange differences are recognized in profit or loss.

Interest income is calculated by applying the effective interest rate to the gross carrying amount of such a financial asset, except for:

  • i) Purchased or originated credit-impaired financial assets, for which interest income is calculated by applying the credit adjusted effective interest rate to the amortized cost of such financial assets; and

  • ii) Financial assets that are not credit impaired on purchase or origination but have subsequently become credit impaired, for which interest income is calculated by applying the effective interest rate to the amortized cost of such financial assets in subsequent reporting periods.

Cash equivalents include time deposits and repurchase agreement with original maturities within 3 months from the date of acquisition, which are highly liquid, readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value. These cash equivalents are held for the purpose of meeting short-term cash commitments.

  • 21 -

iii. Investments in equity instruments at FVTOCI

On initial recognition, the Group may make an irrevocable election to designate investments in equity instruments as at FVTOCI. Designation as at FVTOCI is not permitted if the equity investment is held for trading or if it is contingent consideration recognized by an acquirer in a business combination.

Investments in equity instruments at FVTOCI are subsequently measured at fair value with gains and losses arising from changes in fair value recognized in other comprehensive income and accumulated in other equity. The cumulative gain or loss will not be reclassified to profit or loss on disposal of the equity investments; instead, it will be transferred to retained earnings.

Dividends on these investments in equity instruments are recognized in profit or loss when the Group’s right to receive the dividends is established, unless the dividends clearly represent a recovery of part of the cost of the investment.

  • b) Impairment of financial assets

The Group recognizes a loss allowance for expected credit losses on financial assets at amortized cost (including trade receivables), investments in debt instruments that are measured at FVTOCI, lease receivables, as well as contract assets.

The Group always recognizes lifetime expected credit losses (ECLs) for trade receivables, lease receivables. For all other financial instruments, the Group recognizes lifetime ECLs when there has been a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition. If, on the other hand, the credit risk on a financial instrument has not increased significantly since initial recognition, the Group measures the loss allowance for that financial instrument at an amount equal to 12-month ECLs.

Expected credit losses reflect the weighted average of credit losses with the respective risks of default occurring as the weights. Lifetime ECLs represent the expected credit losses that will result from all possible default events over the expected life of a financial instrument. In contrast, 12-month ECLs represent the portion of lifetime ECLs that is expected to result from default events on a financial instrument that are possible within 12 months after the reporting date.

The impairment loss of all financial assets is recognized in profit or loss by a reduction in their carrying amounts through a loss allowance account, except for investments in debt instruments that are measured at FVTOCI, for which the loss allowance is recognized in other comprehensive income and the carrying amounts of such financial assets are not reduced.

  • c) Derecognition of financial assets

The Group derecognizes a financial asset only when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire, or when it transfers the financial asset and substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the asset to another party.

On derecognition of a financial asset at amortized cost in its entirety, the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the sum of the consideration received and receivable is recognized in profit or loss. On derecognition of an investment in a debt instrument at FVTOCI, the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the sum of the consideration received and receivable and the cumulative gain or loss which had been recognized in other comprehensive income is recognized in profit or loss. However, on derecognition of an investment in an equity instrument at FVTOCI, the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the sum of the consideration received and receivable is recognized in profit or loss, and the cumulative gain or

  • 22 -

loss which had been recognized in other comprehensive income is transferred directly to retained earnings, without recycling through profit or loss.

On derecognition of a financial asset other than in its entirety, the Group allocates the previous carrying amount of the financial asset between the part it continues to recognize and the part it no longer recognizes on the basis of the relative fair values of those parts on the date of the transfer. The difference between the carrying amount allocated to the part that is no longer recognized and the sum of the consideration received for the part that is no longer recognized is treated in the same way as when the financial asset is derecognized in entirety. A cumulative gain or loss that had been recognized in other comprehensive income is allocated between the part that continues to be recognized and the part that is no longer recognized on the basis of the relative fair values of those parts.

  • 2) Financial liabilities

  • a) Subsequent measurement

Except the following situations, all financial liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

  • Financial liabilities at FVTPL

Financial liabilities are classified as at FVTPL when such financial liability is held for trading.

Financial liabilities held for trading are stated at fair value, and any gains or losses on such financial liabilities are recognized in other gains or losses. Fair value is determined in the manner described in Note 27.

  • b) Derecognition of financial liabilities

The difference between the carrying amount of a financial liability derecognized and the consideration paid, including any non-cash assets transferred or liabilities assumed, is recognized in profit or loss.

  • 3) Derivative financial instruments

The Group enters into a variety of derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to interest rate and foreign exchange rate risks, including foreign exchange forward contracts, interest rate swaps.

Derivatives are initially recognized at fair value at the date on which the derivative contracts are entered into and are subsequently remeasured to their fair value at the end of each reporting period. The resulting gain or loss is recognized in profit or loss immediately unless the derivative is designated and effective as a hedging instrument; in which event, the timing of the recognition in profit or loss depends on the nature of the hedging relationship. When the fair value of a derivative financial instrument is positive, the derivative is recognized as a financial asset; when the fair value of a derivative financial instrument is negative, the derivative is recognized as a financial liability.

Derivatives embedded in hybrid contracts that contain financial asset hosts that is within the scope of IFRS 9 are not separated; instead, the classification is determined in accordance with the entire hybrid contract. Derivatives embedded in non-derivative host contracts that are not financial assets that is within the scope of IFRS 9 (e.g., financial liabilities) are treated as separate derivatives when they meet the definition of a derivative; their risks and characteristics are not closely related to those of the host contracts; and the host contracts are not measured at FVTPL.

  • 23 -

m. Revenue recognition

The Group identifies contracts with customers, allocates the transaction price to the performance obligations and recognizes revenue when performance obligations are satisfied.

Revenue from the sale of goods

Revenue from the sale of goods comes from sales of crystals frequency control devices and sensors. Sales of crystals frequency control devices and sensors are recognized as revenue when the goods are delivered to the customer’s specific location, the goods are shipped and the goods are picked up by customers because it is the time when the customer has full discretion over the manner of distribution and price to sell the goods, has the primary responsibility for sales to future customers and bears the risks of obsolescence. Trade receivables are recognized concurrently.

n. Leasing

2019

At the inception of a contract, the Group assesses whether the contract is, or contains, a lease.

1) The Group as lessor

Leases are classified as finance leases whenever the terms of a lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to the lessee. All other leases are classified as operating leases.

Lease payments (less any lease incentives payable) from operating leases are recognized as income on a straight-line basis over the terms of the relevant leases. Initial direct costs incurred in obtaining operating leases are added to the carrying amounts of the underlying assets and recognized as expenses on a straight-line basis over the lease terms.

2) The Group as lessee

The Group recognizes right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for all leases at the commencement date of a lease, except for short-term leases and low-value asset leases accounted for applying a recognition exemption where lease payments are recognized as expenses on a straight-line basis over the lease terms.

Right-of-use assets are initially measured at cost, which comprises the initial measurement of lease liabilities adjusted for lease payments made at or before the commencement date, plus any initial direct costs incurred and an estimate of costs needed to restore the underlying assets, and less any lease incentives received. Right-of-use assets are subsequently measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses and adjusted for any remeasurement of the lease liabilities. Right-of-use assets are presented on a separate line in the consolidated balance sheets.

Right-of-use assets are depreciated using the straight-line method from the commencement dates to the earlier of the end of the useful lives of the right-of-use assets or the end of the lease terms.

Lease liabilities are initially measured at the present value of the lease payments, which comprise fixed payments. The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in a lease, if that rate can be readily determined. If that rate cannot be readily determined, the Group uses the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate.

  • 24 -

Subsequently, lease liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, with interest expense recognized over the lease terms. When there is a change in a lease term, the Group remeasures the lease liabilities with a corresponding adjustment to the right-of-use-assets. However, if the carrying amount of the right-of-use assets is reduced to zero, any remaining amount of the remeasurement is recognized in profit or loss. Lease liabilities are presented on a separate line in the consolidated balance sheets.

2018

Leases are classified as finance leases whenever the terms of a lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to the lessee. All other leases are classified as operating leases.

1) The Group as lessor

Rental income from operating leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease.

  • 2) The Group as lessee

Assets held under finance leases are initially recognized as assets of the Group at their fair value at the inception of the lease or, if lower, at the present value of the minimum lease payments. The corresponding liability to the lessor is included in the consolidated balance sheets as a finance lease obligation.

Finance expenses implicit in lease payments for each period are recognized immediately in profit or loss, unless they are directly attributable to qualifying assets; in which case, they are capitalized.

Operating lease payments are recognized as expenses on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

  • 3) Leasehold land for own use

When a lease includes both land and building elements, the Group assesses the classification of each element separately as a finance or an operating lease based on the assessment as to whether substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of each element have been transferred to the lessee. The minimum lease payments are allocated between the land and the building elements in proportion to the relative fair values of the leasehold interests in the land element and building element of the lease at the inception of the lease.

If the allocation of the lease payments can be made reliably, each element is accounted for separately in accordance with its lease classification. When the lease payments cannot be allocated reliably between the land and building elements, the entire lease is generally classified as a finance lease unless it is clear that both elements are operating leases; in which case, the entire lease is classified as an operating lease.

o. Borrowing costs

Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of qualifying assets are added to the cost of those assets, until such time as the assets are substantially ready for their intended use or sale.

Investment income earned on the temporary investment of specific borrowings pending their expenditure on qualifying assets is deducted from the borrowing costs eligible for capitalization.

Other than stated above, all other borrowing costs are recognized in profit or loss in the period in which they are incurred.

  • 25 -

p. Government grants

Government grants are not recognized until there is reasonable assurance that the Group will comply with the conditions attached to them and that the grants will be received.

Government grants are recognized in profit or loss on a systematic basis over the periods in which the Group recognizes as expenses the related costs for which the grants are intended to compensate. Specifically, government grants whose primary condition is that the Group should purchase, construct or otherwise acquire non-current assets are recognized as a deduction from the carrying amount of the relevant asset and recognized in profit or loss on a systematic and rational basis over the useful lives of the related assets.

Government grants that are receivable as compensation for expenses or losses already incurred or for the purpose of giving immediate financial support to the Group with no future related costs are recognized in profit or loss in the period in which they are received.

  • q. Employee benefits

  • 1) Short-term employee benefits

Liabilities recognized in respect of short-term employee benefits are measured at the undiscounted amount of the benefits expected to be paid in exchange for the related services.

  • 2) Retirement benefits

Payments to defined contribution retirement benefit plans are recognized as an expense when employees have rendered services entitling them to the contributions.

Defined benefit costs (including service cost, net interest and remeasurement) under defined benefit retirement benefit plans are determined using the projected unit credit method. Service cost (including current service cost and net interest on the net defined benefit liability (asset)) are recognized as employee benefit expenses in the period they occur, when the plan amendment or curtailment occurs. Remeasurement, comprising actuarial gains and losses and the return on plan assets (excluding interest), is recognized in other comprehensive income in the period in which it occurs. Remeasurement recognized in other comprehensive income is reflected immediately in retained earnings and will not be reclassified to profit or loss.

Net defined benefit liability (asset) represents the actual deficit (surplus) in the Group’s defined benefit plan. Any surplus resulting from this calculation is limited to the present value of any refunds from the plans or reductions in future contributions to the plans.

  • r. Taxation

Income tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable and deferred tax.

  • 1) Current tax

According to the Income Tax Law, an additional tax at 10% of unappropriated earnings is provided for in the year the shareholders approve to retain the earnings.

Adjustments of prior years’ tax liabilities are added to or deducted from the current year’s tax provision.

  • 26 -

2) Deferred tax

Deferred tax is recognized on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit.

Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognized for all taxable temporary differences. Deferred tax assets are generally recognized for all deductible temporary differences to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which those deductible temporary differences can be utilized.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries and associates and interests in joint arrangements, except where the Group is able to control the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Deferred tax assets arising from deductible temporary differences associated with such investments and interests are only recognized to the extent that it is probable that there will be sufficient taxable profits against which to utilize the benefits of the temporary differences and they are expected to reverse in the foreseeable future.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at the end of each reporting period and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the assets to be recovered. A previously unrecognized deferred tax asset is also reviewed at the end of each reporting period and recognized to the extent that it has become probable that future taxable profit will allow the deferred tax asset to be recovered.

Deferred tax liabilities and assets are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period in which the liabilities are settled or the assets are realized, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period. The measurement of deferred tax liabilities and assets reflects the tax consequences that would follow from the manner in which the Group expects, at the end of the reporting period, to recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets and liabilities.

  • 3) Current and deferred tax for the year

Current and deferred tax are recognized in profit or loss, except when they relate to items that are recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, in which case, the current and deferred tax are also recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity respectively. Where current tax or deferred tax arises from the initial accounting for a business combination, the tax effect is included in the accounting for the business combination.

5. CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGMENTS AND KEY SOURCES OF ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY

In the application of the Group’s accounting policies, management is required to make judgments, estimates and assumptions about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and other factors that are considered relevant. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimates are revised if the revisions affect only that period or in the period of the revisions and future periods if the revisions affect both current and future periods.

  • 27 -

6. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash on hand

Checking accounts and demand deposits
Cash equivalents (investments with original maturities less than three
months)
Time deposits

December 31 December 31


2019
$ 1,199

1,661,861
323,175

$ 1,986,235
2018
$ 1,260
1,304,142

-
$ 1,305,402

The market rate intervals of cash in bank at the end of the reporting period were as follows:

Demand deposits

Time deposits
**December 31 **
2019
2018
0.001%-1.92% 0.001%-0.43%
2.12%-3.85%
2.00%-4.30%

7. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS

Financial assets at FVTPL-current
Financial assets mandatorily classified as at FVTPL
Derivative financial instruments (not under hedge accounting)
Foreign exchange forward contracts (b)

Exchange contracts (b)


Non-derivative financial assets
Mutual funds
Hybrid financial assets
Structured deposits (a)



Financial assets at FVTPL-non-current
Financial assets mandatorily classified as at FVTPL
Non-derivative financial assets
Unlisted shares

Financial liabilities at FVTPL-current
Financial liabilities mandatorily classified as at FVTPL
Derivative financial liabilities (not under hedge accounting)
Foreign exchange forward contracts (b)

Exchange contracts (b)

December 31 December 31









2019
$ 3,762

-

3,762

387,337
367,841

755,178

$ 758,940

$ 9,255

$ 173

3,790

$ 3,963
2018
$ 1,757

76

1,833
559,068

341,968

901,036
$ 902,869
$ 30,975
$ -

-
$ -
  • 28 -

  • a. The structured time deposit contract includes an embedded derivative instrument which is not closely related to the host contract. The entire contract is assessed and classified mandatorily as at FVTPL since it contained a host that is an asset within the scope of IFRS 9.

  • b. At the end of the reporting period, outstanding foreign exchange contracts and exchange contracts not under hedge accounting were as follows:

Contract Amount
Currency Maturity Date (In Thousands)
December 31, 2019
Sell USD/RMB 2019.10.09-2020.03.27 USD12,000/RMB83,414
Knock-out forward USD/JPY 2020.01.09 USD1,500/JPY163,525
Knock-out forward USD/RMB 2020.01.09 RMB10,000/USD1,430
Exchange contracts USD/NTD 2020.01.13-2020.02.19 USD11,000/NTD335,658
Foreign exchange forward USD/NTD 2020.01.09-2020.01.17 USD4,000/NTD122,500
contracts
December 31, 2018
Sell USD/RMB 2019.01.04-2019.02.11 USD5,500/RMB38,107
Knock-out forward USD/JPY 2019.01.15 USD1,000/JPY114,000
Knock-out forward USD/NTD 2019.01.10-2019.02.20 USD9,000/NTD279,020
Foreign exchange forward USD/NTD 2019.01.10-2019.01.24 USD6,000/NTD186,950
contracts
Exchange contracts USD/NTD 2019.01.07-2019.02.20 USD10,000/NTD308,227

The Group entered into foreign exchange forward contracts during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 to manage exposures due to exchange rate fluctuations of foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities. However, those contracts did not meet the criteria of hedge effectiveness and therefore were not accounted for by using hedge accounting.

8. FINANCIAL ASSETS AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Non-current
Investments in equity instruments at FVTOCI
December 31 December 31
2019
$ 422,422
2018
$ 494,242
  • 29 -

Investments in Equity Instruments at FVTOCI

Non-current
Domestic investments
Unlisted shares
Win Precision Technology Company Limited

Marson Technology Company Limited
UPI Semiconductor Corp.


Foreign investments
Listed shares
Guandong Failong Crystal Technology Company Limited
Unlisted shares
Zhejiang Bright Semiconductor Technology Company Limited
Ningbo SJ Electronics Co., Ltd.


December 31 December 31






2019
$ 18,388

4,773
45,202

68,363

117,114

211,160
25,785

354,059

$ 422,422
2018
$ 14,256
4,773

61,198

80,227
250,698
163,317

-

414,015
$ 494,242

These investments in equity instruments are not held for trading. Instead, they are held for medium to long-term strategic purposes. Accordingly, the management elected to designate these investments in equity instruments as at FVTOCI as they believe that recognizing short-term fluctuations in these investments’ fair value in profit or loss would not be consistent with the Group’s strategy of holding these investments for long-term purposes.

In 2019 and 2018, the Group sold shares in Guandong Failong Crystal Technology Company Limited in order to manage concentration risk. The sold shares had a fair value of $241,715 thousand and $53,886 thousand and the Group transferred a gain of $174,805 thousand and $37,944 thousand from other equity to retained earnings.

9. FINANCIAL ASSETS AT AMORTIZED COST

Current
Domestic investments
Pledge deposits (a)

Time deposits with original maturities of more than 3 months (b)
Foreign investments
Debt investments - Westpac Banking Corp. (c)


Non-current
Domestic investment
Time deposits with original maturities of more than 1 year (b)
December 31 December 31



2019
$ 51,094

21,989
-

$ 73,083

$ 86,983
2018
$ 149,233
-

40,355
$ 189,588
$ -
  • a. Refer to Note 29 for information relating to investments in financial assets at amortized cost pledged as security.

  • 30 -

  • b. The ranges of interest rates for time deposits with original maturities of more than 3 months were approximately 2.12%-4.38% and 2.00%-4.29% per annum as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

  • c. In May 23, 2018, the Group bought one-year corporate bonds issued by Westpac Banking Corporation at value of RMB9,116 thousand with a coupon rate of 4.35%, at an effective interest rate of 3.60% and the redemption price is 41,184 thousand with maturity date on March 29, 2019.

10. NOTES RECEIVABLE, TRADE RECEIVABLES AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

Notes receivable
Notes receivable - operating

Less: Allowance for impairment loss

Notes receivable - operating

Trade receivables
At amortized cost
Gross carrying amount

Less: Allowance for impairment loss

December 31 December 31





2019
$ 107,148


(6)

$ 107,142

$ 2,795,602


(13,409)

$ 2,782,193
2018
$ 85,667

(6)
$ 85,661
$ 2,653,706

(13,548)
$ 2,640,158

In order to minimize credit risk, the management of the Company has delegated a team responsible for determining credit limits, credit approvals and other monitoring procedures to ensure that follow-up action is taken to recover overdue debts. In addition, the Group reviews the recoverable amount of each individual trade debt at the end of the reporting period to ensure that adequate allowance is made for possible irrecoverable amounts. In this regard, the management believes the Group’s credit risk was significantly reduced.

The Group applies the simplified approach to providing for expected credit losses prescribed by IFRS 9, which permits the use of lifetime expected loss provision for all trade receivables. The expected credit losses on trade receivables are estimated using a provision matrix by reference to past default experience of the debtor and an analysis of the debtor’s current financial position, adjusted for general economic conditions of the industry in which the debtors operate and an assessment of both the current as well as the forecast direction of economic conditions at the reporting date. As the Group’s historical credit loss experience does not show significantly different loss patterns for different customer segments, the provision for loss allowance based on past due status is not further distinguished according to the Group’s different customer base.

The Group writes off a trade receivable when there is information indicating that the debtor is in severe financial difficulty and there is no realistic prospect of recovery. For trade receivables that have been written off, the Group continues to engage in enforcement activity to attempt to recover the receivables due. Where recoveries are made, these are recognized in profit or loss.

  • 31 -

The following table details the loss allowance of trade receivables based on the Group’s provision matrix.

December 31, 2019

Not Past Due 31 to 90 Days

Gross carrying amount
$ 2,735,024 $ 163,988
Loss allowance (Lifetime
ECL)

(11,753)

(1,476)


Amortized cost
$ 2,723,271
$ 162,512

December 31, 2018
Not Past Due 31 to 90 Days

Gross carrying amount
$ 2,729,830 $ 9,543
Loss allowance (Lifetime
ECL)

(13,468)

(86)


Amortized cost
$ 2,716,362
$ 9,457
91 to 150
Days
$ 3,738

(186)

$ 3,552

91 to 150
Days
$ -

-

$ -
151 to 180
Days
$ -

-

$ -

151 to 180
Days
$ -

-

$ -
Over 180
Days
$ -

-

$ -

Over 180
Days
$ -

-

$ -
Total
$ 2,902,750

(13,415)
$ 2,889,335
Total
$ 2,739,373

(13,554)
$ 2,725,819

The expected credit loss rate for each above range of the Group is not more than 1% within and within 90 days of the overdue period; 5% or less within the overdue period from 91 to 180 days; and 5%-100% when the overdue period exceeds 180 days.

The movements of the loss allowance of trade receivables were as follows:

Balance at January 1

Less: Impairment losses reversed
Foreign exchange gains and losses

Balance at December 31
2019

$ 13,554

-

(139)

$ 13,415
2018
$ 14,141
(513)

(74)
$ 13,554

11. INVENTORIES

Finished goods

Work in process
Raw materials
Supplies and spare parts
Merchandise
Land for development construction in progress

December 31 December 31


2019
$ 279,332

311,538
387,027
84,580
219,763
757,258

$ 2,039,498
2018
$ 417,239
297,709
351,707
88,308
342,011

319,922
$ 1,816,896

The construction in progress is the payment made by Chongqing All Sum to acquire the land use right in Chongqing Gao-Shing District to develop and sell real estate in 2012. Chongqing All Sum has acquired real estate certificate issued by Chongqing Association of land and real estate resources during 2013.

The cost of inventories recognized as cost of goods for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $6,423,879 thousand and $6,328,642 thousand, respectively.

  • 32 -

The details of the land for development site are as follows:

Area
Jinfeng Group C Division

Area
Jinfeng Group C Division
December 31, 2019
Prepaid Land
Rights
Project Cost
$ 194,159
$ 563,099

December 31, 2018
Total
$ 757,258
Prepaid Land
Rights
Project Cost
$ 199,285
$ 120,637
Total
$ 319,922

12. SUBSIDIARIES

Subsidiary Included in Consolidated Financial Statements

The detail information of the subsidiaries at the end of reporting period was as follows:

Investor
Investee
Business Nature
TXC Corporation
Taiwan Crystal Technology
International Limited (TCTI)
Investment holding
TXC Technology, Inc.
Marketing activities
TXC Japan Corporation
Marketing activities
Taiwan Crystal Technology (HK)
Limited (TCT-HK)
Investment holding
TXC Europe GmbH
Marketing activities
Taiwan Crystal
Technology
Growing Profits Trading Ltd.
(GPT)
International trading
International
Limited
TXC (Ningbo) Corporation
(NGB)
Manufacture and sales of
electronic products
TXC (Ningbo)
Corporation
TXC (Chongqing) Corporation
(Chongqing)
Manufacture and sales of
electronic products
Chongqing All Sun Company
Limited (Chongqing All sun)
Marketing activities
Ningbo Jingyu Company Limited
(Ningbo Jingyu)
Purchasing and selling
electronic components
Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port
Area Dingkai Investment
Management (Ding Kai
Investment)
Investment management
Percentage of
Ownership at
December 31
2019
2018
Note
100.00
100.00
a
100.00
100.00
b
100.00
100.00
c
100.00
100.00
f
100.00
-
k
100.00
100.00
d
100.00
100.00
e
100.00
100.00
g
100.00
100.00
h
100.00
100.00
i
100.00
100.00
j
  • a. Taiwan Crystal Technology International Limited was incorporated on December 23, 1998 in Samoa.

  • b. TXC Technology, Inc. was incorporated on December 1, 2000 in California, U.S.A.

  • c. TXC Japan Corporation was incorporated on September 13, 2005 in Yokohama, Japan.

  • d. Growing Profits Limited was incorporated on March 9, 1999 in the British Virgin Islands.

  • e. TXC (Ningbo) Corporation was incorporated on March 12, 1999 in Ningbo, China.

  • 33 -

  • f. Taiwan Crystal Technology (HK) Limited was incorporated on July 6, 2010 in Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, China. The return on the capital reduction of $306,500 was been approved by the Company’s board of directors in July 2018.

  • g. TXC (Chongqing) Corporation was incorporated on October 11, 2010 in Chongqing, China. In the first quarter of 2018, Taiwan Crystal Technology (HK) Limited transferred its entire equity holding of TXC (Chongqing) Corporation to TXC (Ningbo) Corporation with a consideration of RMB86,600 thousand.

  • h. Chongqing All Sun Corporation was incorporated on February 14, 2011 in Chongqing, China.

  • i. Ningbo Jingyu Company Limited was incorporated on September 7, 2011 in Ningbo, China.

  • j. Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Dingkai Investment Management Co., Ltd. was incorporated on May 12, 2017 in Beilun District, Ningbo, China.

  • k. TXC Europe GmbH was founded in Germany on August 17, 2018.

13. INVESTMENTS ACCOUNTED FOR USING EQUITY METHOD

Investments in associates

a. Investment in associates
December 31 December 31
2019
$ 447,290
2018
$ 396,390
Associates that are not individually material


The Group’s share of:
Profit from continuing operations
Other comprehensive income
Total comprehensive income for the year
December 31 December 31
2019
$ 391,844

**For the Year Ended **
2018
$ 337,385
**December 31 **
2019
$ 15,261

(7,394)
$ 7,867
2018
$ 12,207

(2,000)
$ 10,207

Refer to the Table 6 “name, locations, and related information of investees on which the Company exercises significant influence” for the nature of activities, principal place of business and country of incorporation of the associates.

The TXC has power to govern the financial and operating policies of Tai-Shing because some directors of TXC are the same as Tai-Shing. As a result, Tai-Shing is accounted for using the equity method.

In 2019, the Company subscribed 1,266 thousand shares of the ordinary shares of Tai-Shing for cash which amounted to $67,083 thousand. After the subscription, the Company’s percentage of ownership in Tai-Shing was 30.98%. The Group recognized goodwill of $33,970 thousand as cost of investments in associates.

  • 34 -

b. Investment joint ventures

Joint ventures that are not individually material

The Group’s share of:
Profit from continuing operations
Total comprehensive income for the year

For
December 31

2019
$ (1,254)

$ (1,254)

Refer to Table 6”name, locations, and related information of investees on which the Company exercises significant influence” and Table 7 “information on investment in mainland China” for the nature of activities, principal place of business and country of incorporation of the joint ventures.

14. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT



Cost


Balance at January 1, 2018

Additions
Disposals
Effect of foreign currency exchange
differences
Transfer to investment property
Reclassifications

Balance at December 31, 2018


Accumulated depreciation and
impairment

Balance at January 1, 2018

Disposals
Depreciation expense
Transfer to investment property
Impairment losses reversed
Effect of foreign currency exchange
differences

Balance at December 31, 2018

Carrying amounts at December 31,
2018


Cost


Balance at January 1, 2019

Additions
Disposals
Transfer to investment property
Transfer from investment property
Reclassifications
Effect of foreign currency exchange
differences

Balance at December 31, 2019

Accumulated depreciation and
impairment
Balance at January 1, 2019

Disposals
Depreciation expense
Impairment losses reversed
Transfer from investment property
Transfer to investment property
Reclassifications
Effect of foreign currency exchange
differences

Balance at December 31, 2019

Carrying amounts at December 31,
2019
Freehold Land
Land
Improvements
$ 598,145
$ 920

-
395
-
-
-
-
-
-

-

-

$ 598,145
$ 1,315

$ -
$ 285

-
-
-
178
-
-
-
-

-

-

$ -
$ 463

$ 598,145
$ 852

$ 598,145
$ 1,315

-
284
(1,038 )
-
(5,135 )
-
-
-
-
-

-

-

$ 591,972
$ 1,599

$ -
$ 463

-
-
-
193
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

-

-

$ -
$ 656

$ 591,972
$ 943
Buildings
Machinery and
Equipment
Transportation
Equipment
$ 2,507,482
$ 6,926,128
$ 17,698

16,907
715,005
2,794
(14,981 )
(376,733 )
(3,063 )
(20,039 )
(86,007 )
(330 )
(277,957 )
-
-

-

55,450

-

$ 2,211,412
$ 7,233,843
$ 17,099

$ 1,005,055
$ 4,771,498
$ 13,869

(6,426 )
(329,522 )
(3,063 )
110,838
650,375
2,471
(128,873 )
-
-
-
(2,961 )
-

(7,218)

(57,361)

(264)

$ 973,376
$ 5,032,029
$ 13,013

$ 1,238,036
$ 2,201,814
$ 4,086

$ 2,211,412
$ 7,233,843
$ 17,099

112,886
426,101
1,618
(4,040 )
(20,011 )
(2,868 )
(4,951 )
-
-
244,584
-
-
-
(15,327 )
-

(39,823)

(178,026)

(581)

$ 2,520,068
$ 7,446,580
$ 15,268

$ 973,376
$ 5,032,029
$ 13,013

(4,040 )
(15,810 )
(2,762 )
119,794
590,427
2,102
-
(2,369 )
-
3,945
-
-
141,236
-
-
-
(997 )
-

(16,074)

(121,005)

(466)

$ 1,218,237
$ 5,482,275
$ 11,887

$ 1,301,831
$ 1,964,305
$ 3,381
Office
Equipment
$ 262,168

39,428

(13,587 )

(2,842 )
-

(18,244)

$ 266,923

$ 189,505


(13,233 )
24,427
-
-

(1,565)

$ 199,134

$ 67,789

$ 266,923

110,409

(11,180 )
-
-
15,327

(9,979)

$ 371,500

$ 199,134


(11,066 )
27,755
-
-
-
997

(4,841)

$ 211,979

$ 159,521
Property in
Construction
$ 37,481

-

-

(275 )

(37,206)

$ -

$ -


-
-
-
-

-

$ -

$ -

$ -

33,201

-
-
-
-

(1,005)

$ 32,196

$ -


-
-
-
-
-
-

-

$ -

$ 32,196
Total
$ 10,350,022
774,529
(408,364 )

(109,493 )
(277,957 )

-
$ 10,328,737
$ 5,980,212
(352,244 )
788,289
(128,873 )
(2,961 )

(66,408)
$ 6,218,015
$ 4,110,722
$ 10,328,737
684,499
(39,137 )
(10,086 )
244,584
-

(229,414)
$ 10,979,183
$ 6,218,015
(33,678 )
740,271
(2,369 )
3,945
141,236
-

(142,386)
$ 6,925,034
$ 4,054,149
  • 35 -

The above items of property, plant and equipment are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives as follows:

Land improvements 6 years Buildings Industrial building 35-61 years Electrical power systems 4-10 years Engineering systems 1-17 years Equipment Major production equipment 1-5 years Temperature control systems 4-7 years Transportation equipment 4-7 years Transportation equipment 3-8 years Office equipment 2-6 years

Property, plant and equipment pledged as collateral for bank borrowings were set out on Note 29.

15. LEASE ARRANGEMENTS

  • a. Right-of-use assets - 2019
December 31, December 31,
2019
Carrying amounts
Land $ 90,138
Buildings 3,967
Transportation equipment 2,057
$ 96,162
For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2019
Additions to right-of-use assets $
7,533
Depreciation charge for right-of-use assets
Land $
2,301
Buildings 2,652
Transportation equipment 187
$
5,140
  • 36 -

b. Lease liabilities - 2019

December 31, December 31,
2019
Carrying amounts
Current $
3,087
Non-current 2,949
$
6,036
Range of discount rate for lease liabilities was as follows:
December 31,
2019
Buildings 0.86%
Transportation equipment 0.86%

c. Material lease-in activities and terms

The Group leases certain warehouses in economic zone with lease terms of 2 years and leases certain transportation equipment with lease term of 5 years from September 2019. These arrangements do not contain renewal or purchase options.

The Group also leases land and buildings for the use of plants, offices and retail stores with lease term of 50 years. The lease contract for land located in mainland China specifies that lease payments will be paid at the time of contract and can be renewed upon the expiration of the lease period. The Group does not have bargain purchase options to acquire the leasehold land and buildings at the end of the lease terms.

d. Other lease information

2019
For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2019
Expenses relating to short-term leases $
44
Total cash outflow for leases $ (2,901)

The Group leases certain which qualify as short-term leases. The Group has elected to apply the recognition exemption and thus, did not recognize right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for these leases.

2018

The future minimum lease payments of non-cancellable operating lease commitments are as follows:

December 31, December 31,
2018
Not later than 1 year $
1,333
  • 37 -

16. INVESTMENT PROPERTIES

Completed investment property


Cost
Balance at January 1, 2018
Disposals
Transferred from property, plant and equipment
Effect of foreign currency exchange differences
Balance at December 31, 2018
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
Balance at January 1, 2018
Disposals
Transferred from property, plant and equipment
Depreciation expense
Effect of foreign currency exchange differences
Balance at December 31, 2018
Carrying amounts at December 31, 2018
Cost
Balance at January 1, 2019
Disposals
Transferred from property, plant and equipment
Transfer to property, plant and equipment
Effect of foreign currency exchange differences
Balance at December 31, 2019
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
Balance at January 1, 2019
Disposals
Transferred from property, plant and equipment
Transfer to property, plant and equipment
Depreciation expense
Effect of foreign currency exchange differences
Balance at December 31, 2019
Carrying amounts at December 31, 2019
**December 31 **

2019
2018
$ 54,565
$ 160,088
Completed
Investment
Property
$ 91,610
(26,894)
277,957

(1,720)
$ 340,953
$ (41,653)
14,626
(128,873)
(25,742)

777
$ (180,865)
$ 160,088
$ 340,953
(11,416)
10,086
(244,584)

(2,584)
$ 92,455
$ (180,865)
11,416
3,945
141,236
(14,906)

1,284
$ (37,890)
$ 54,565
  • 38 -

The investment properties held by the Group are depreciated using the straight-line method over their useful lives of 5-61 years.

The fair value of the Group’s investment properties as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $197,284 thousand and $530,915 thousand, respectively. The fair value valuation had not been performed by independent qualified professional valuers; however, management of the Group used the valuation model that market participants would use in determining the fair value. he valuation was arrived at by reference to market evidence of transaction prices for similar properties.

All investment properties of the Group was held under freehold interests. The investment properties pledged as collateral for bank borrowing were set out in Note 29.

17. PREPAYMENTS FOR LEASE

December 31, December 31,
2018
Current asset (included in prepayments for leases) $ 2,323
Non-current asset 93,868
$ 96,191

As of December 31, 2018, prepaid lease payments include land use right, which are located in mainland China.

The carrying amount of land use right pledged as collateral for bank borrowing are set out in Note 29.

Land use right is recognized as prepayment for lease and long-term prepayment for lease. Refer to Notes 3 and 15 relating to their reclassification information on January 1, 2019 and information on December 31, 2019.

18. BORROWINGS

a. Short-term borrowings


Unsecured borrowings
Bank loans*
Letters of credit
December 31



2019
$ 59,960

3,525
$ 63,485
2018
$ 30,715

-
$ 30,715
  • The letters of credit interest rates on bank loans were 1.1% and 0.6% per annum as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.

  • 39 -

b. Long-term borrowings


Secured borrowings (Note 29)

Bank loans*


Unsecured borrowings
Bank loans
Less: Current portions

Long-term borrowings
December 31 December 31





2019
$ 237,635

1,609,860
(209,860)

$ 1,637,635
2018
$ 56,361
1,565,005

(139,020)
$ 1,482,346

The borrowings of the Group were as follows:

Maturity Date
Floating rate borrowings
Secured bank borrowing denominated in NT$ 2019.09.01

Secured bank borrowing denominated in RMB
2021.09.04

Unsecured bank borrowing denominated in NT$ 2020.09.06

Unsecured bank borrowing denominated in NT$ 2020.01.25

Unsecured bank borrowing denominated in NT$ 2020.09.06

Unsecured bank borrowing denominated in NT$ 2020.09.06

Unsecured bank borrowing denominated in NT$ 2020.09.04

Unsecured bank borrowing denominated in NT$ 2020.08.27

Unsecured bank borrowing denominated in NT$ 2019.09.05

Unsecured bank borrowing denominated in NT$ 2021.08.12

Unsecured bank borrowing denominated in US$ 2024.09.15

Unsecured bank borrowing denominated in US$ 2024.09.15

Unsecured bank borrowing denominated in US$ 2022.09.05

Unsecured bank borrowing denominated in NT$ 2022.08.19

Unsecured bank borrowing denominated in NT$ 2022.09.02

Unsecured bank borrowing denominated in NT$ 2021.11.04

Unsecured bank borrowing denominated in US$ 2020.02.26

Unsecured bank borrowing denominated in US$ 2020.05.28

Unsecured bank borrowing denominated in US$ 2019.09.01

Less: Current portions


**December 31 ** **December 31 **






















2019
$ -
237,635
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
200,000
300,000
100,000
200,000
200,000
200,000
200,000
59,960
59,960
89,940
(209,860)

$ 1,637,635
2018
$ 46,875

9,486

200,000

250,000

200,000

100,000

200,000

200,000

200,000

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

61,430

61,430

92,145

(139,020)
$ 1,482,346

The range of interest rate on bank loans was 0.40%-6.18% and 0.86%-6.18% per annum as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

  • 40 -

19. OTHER LIABILITIES

Current
Other payables
Payables for bonus to employees and directors

Payables for commission
Payables for salaries
Payables for bonus
Payables for annual leave
Payables for purchase of equipment
Others

December 31 December 31


2019
$ 83,477

20,736
99,427
256,358
28,590
116,639
119,444

$ 724,671
2018
$ 85,014
24,640
98,292
190,419
28,199
32,022

105,090
$ 563,676

20. RETIREMENT BENEFIT PLANS

a. Defined contribution plans

The Company and TXC Optec Corporation of the Group adopted a pension plan under the Labor Pension Act (LPA), which is a state-managed defined contribution plan. Under the LPA, an entity makes monthly contributions to employees’ individual pension accounts at 6% of monthly salaries and wages.

The employees of the Group’s subsidiaries in mainland China are members of a state-managed retirement benefit plan operated by the government of China. The subsidiaries are required to contribute a specified percentage of payroll costs to the retirement benefit scheme to fund the benefits. The only obligation of the Group with respect to the retirement benefit plan is to make the specified contributions.

b. Defined benefit plans

The defined benefit plan adopted by the Company of the Group in accordance with the Labor Standards Law is operated by the government. Pension benefits are calculated on the basis of the length of service and average monthly salaries of the 6 months before retirement. The Company contribute amounts equal to 9% of total monthly salaries and wages to a pension fund administered by the pension fund monitoring committee. Pension contributions are deposited in the Bank of Taiwan in the committee’s name. Before the end of each year, the Group assesses the balance in the pension fund. If the amount of the balance in the pension fund is inadequate to pay retirement benefits for employees who conform to retirement requirements in the next year, the Group is required to fund the difference in one appropriation that should be made before the end of March of the next year. The pension fund is managed by the Bureau of Labor Funds, Ministry of Labor (the “Bureau”); the Group has no right to influence the investment policy and strategy.

  • 41 -

The amounts included in the consolidated balance sheets in respect of the Group’s defined benefit plans were as follows:

Present value of defined benefit obligation

Fair value of plan assets

Net defined benefit liability
December 31 December 31


2019
$ 173,416

(99,385)

$ 74,031
2018
$ 165,146

(97,113)
$ 68,033

Movements in net defined benefit liability (asset) were as follows:

Present Value
of the Defined Net Defined
Benefit Fair Value of Benefit
Obligation the Plan Assets
Liability (Asset)
Balance at January 1, 2018
$ 153,518
$ (91,494)
$
62,024
Service cost
Current service cost 1,956 - 1,956
Past service cost and loss on settlements 617 - 617
Net interest expense (income)

1,475

(794)
681
Recognized in profit or loss

4,048

(794)
3,254
Remeasurement
Return on plan assets (excluding amounts
included in net interest) - (2,783) (2,783)
Actuarial (gain) loss - changes in
demographic assumptions 11,053 - 11,053
Actuarial (gain) loss - changes in financial
assumptions 2,042 - 2,042
Actuarial (gain) loss - experience
adjustments

6,479

-
6,479
Recognized in other comprehensive income

19,574

(2,783)
16,791
Contributions from the employer - (14,036) (14,036)
Benefits paid

(11,994)

11,994
-
Balance at December 31, 2018

165,146

(97,113)
68,033
Service cost
Current service cost 1,897 - 1,897
Past service cost and loss on settlements 1,032 - 1,032
Net interest expense (income)

1,858

(1,168)
690
Recognized in profit or loss

4,787

(1,168)
3,619
Remeasurement
Return on plan assets (excluding amounts
included in net interest) - (3,214) (3,214)
Actuarial (gain) loss - changes in
demographic assumptions 5,229 - 5,229
Actuarial (gain) loss - changes in financial
assumptions 6,952 - 6,952
Actuarial (gain) loss - experience
adjustments

6,448

-
6,448
Recognized in other comprehensive income

18,629

(3,214)
15,415
Contributions from the employer - (13,036) (13,036)
Benefits paid

(15,146)

15,146
-
Balance at December 31, 2019
$ 173,416
$ (99,385)
$
74,031
  • 42 -

An analysis by function of the amounts recognized in profit or loss in respect of the defined benefit plans is as follows:


Cost of goods sold
Selling and marketing expenses
General and administrative expenses
Research and development expenses
**For the Year Ended December 31 ** **For the Year Ended December 31 ** **For the Year Ended December 31 **


2019
$ 1,756

327
584

952

$ 3,619
2018
$ 1,608
341
553

752
$ 3,254

Through the defined benefit plans under the Labor Standards Law, the Group is exposed to the following risks:

  • 1) Investment risk: The plan assets are invested in domestic/and foreign/equity and debt securities, bank deposits, etc. The investment is conducted at the discretion of the Bureau or under the mandated management. However, in accordance with relevant regulations, the return generated by plan assets should not be below the interest rate for a 2-year time deposit with local banks.

  • 2) Interest risk: A decrease in the (government/corporate) bond interest rate will increase the present value of the defined benefit obligation; however, this will be partially offset by an increase in the return on the plan’s debt investments.

  • 3) Salary risk: The present value of the defined benefit obligation is calculated by reference to the future salaries of plan participants. As such, an increase in the salary of the plan participants will increase the present value of the defined benefit obligation.

The actuarial valuations of the present value of the defined benefit obligation were carried out by qualified actuaries. The significant assumptions used for the purposes of the actuarial valuations were as follows:

Discount rate(s)
Expected rate(s) of salary increase
December 31
2019
2018
0.75%
1.125%
2.00%
2.00%

If possible reasonable changes in each of the significant actuarial assumptions will occur and all other assumptions will remain constant, the present value of the defined benefit obligation will decrease/increase) as follows:

Discount rate(s)
0.25% increase
0.25% decrease
Expected rate(s) of salary increase
0.25% increase
0.25% decrease
**December ** **31 **



2019
$ (4,812)

$ 5,010

$ 4,859

$ (4,693)
2018
$ (4,625)
$ 4,814
$ 4,683
$ (4,523)
  • 43 -

The sensitivity analysis presented above may not be representative of the actual change in the present value of the defined benefit obligation as it is unlikely that the change in assumptions would occur in isolation of one another as some of the assumptions may be correlated.

The expected contributions to the plan for the next year
The average duration of the defined benefit obligation
**December ** **31 **
2019
$ 13,036

11.4 years
2018
$ 14,036
11.6 years

21. EQUITY

  • a. Share capital

Ordinary shares

Numbers of shares authorized (in thousands)

Shares authorized

Number of shares issued and fully paid (in thousands)

Shares issued
**December 31 ** **December 31 **



2019
500,000

$ 5,000,000

309,757

$ 3,097,570
2018

500,000
$ 5,000,000

309,757
$ 3,097,570

Fully paid ordinary shares, which have a par value of $10, carry one vote per share and carry a right to dividends.

The Company’s 30,000 thousand shares authorized were reserved for the issuance of convertible bonds and employee share options.

  • b. Capital surplus
May be used to offset a deficit, distributed as cash dividends, or
transferred to share capital*
Issuance of ordinary shares

Conversion of bonds
Overdue options
The difference between consideration received or paid and the
carrying amount of the subsidiaries’ net assets during actual
disposal or acquisition
Return of shareholders’ cash dividends
May only be used to offset a deficit
Share of changes in capital surplus of associates or joint venture
December 31 December 31


2019
$ 611,776

977,028
73,377
331
1,617
2,561

$ 1,666,690
2018
$ 611,776
977,028
73,377
331
-

2,604
$ 1,665,116
  • Such capital surplus may be used to offset a deficit; in addition, when the Company has no deficit, such capital surplus may be distributed as cash dividends or transferred to share capital (limited to a certain percentage of the Company’s capital surplus and once a year).

  • 44 -

c. Retained earnings and dividend policy

Under the dividends policy as set forth in the amended Articles, where the Company made profit in a fiscal year, the profit shall be first utilized for paying taxes, offsetting losses of previous years, setting aside as legal reserve 10% of the remaining profit, setting aside or reversing a special reserve in accordance with the laws and regulations, and then any remaining profit together with any undistributed retained earnings shall be used by the Company’s board of directors as the basis for proposing a distribution plan, which should be resolved in the shareholders’ meeting for distribution of dividends and bonuses to shareholders. For the policies on distribution of employees’ compensation and remuneration of directors and supervisors before and after amendment, refer to employee benefits expense in Note 23(g).

Dividends are recommended by the board of directors in accordance with the Corporation’s dividend policy. Under this policy, industry trends and growth should be evaluated, investment opportunities should be fully understood, and proper capital adequacy ratios should be considered in determining the dividends to be distributed. In addition, cash dividends should not be less than 20% of the total dividends to be appropriated.

Appropriation of earnings to the legal reserve shall be made until the legal reserve equals the Company’s paid-in capital. The legal reserve may be used to offset deficits. If the Company has no deficit and the legal reserve has exceeded 25% of the Company’s paid-in capital, the excess may be transferred to capital or distributed in cash.

Items referred to under Rule No. 1010012865, Rule No. 1010047490 and Rule No. 1030006415 issued by the FSC and in the directive titled “Questions and Answers for Special Reserves Appropriated Following Adoption of IFRSs” should be appropriated to or reversed from a special reserve by the Company.

The appropriations of earnings for 2018 and 2017 were approved in the shareholders’ meetings on June 12, 2019 and June 5, 2018, respectively. The appropriations and dividends per share were as follows:

Legal reserve

Special reserve
Cash dividends
Appropriation of Earnings
For Fiscal
For Fiscal

Year 2018
Year 2017

$ 64,435
$ 96,265

32,114
-
619,514
774,393
Dividends Per Share
(NT$)
For Fiscal For Fiscal
Year 2018 Year 2017
$ -
$ -
-
-
2.0
2.5

The appropriations of earnings for 2019 annual surplus distribution on March 23, 2020 were as follows:

Dividends Per Dividends Per
Appropriation Share
of Earnings (NT$)
Legal reserve $
67,178
$
-
Special reserve 269,465 -
Cash dividends 774,393 2.5

The appropriation of earnings for 2019 is subject to the resolution of the shareholders’ meeting to be held on June 9, 2020.

  • 45 -

d. Others equity items

  • 1) Exchange differences on translating the financial statements of foreign operations

Balance at January 1

Exchange differences on translating the financial statements
of foreign operations

Share of exchange differences of associates accounted for
using the equity method

Balance at December 31

2) Unrealized gain/(loss) on available-for-sale financial assets
Balance at January 1, 2018 per IAS 39
Adjustment on initial application of IFRS 9
Balance at January 1, 2018 per IFRS 9
3) Unrealized gain (loss) on financial assets at FVTOCI

Balance at January 1

Effect of change in tax rate
Recognized during the period
Unrealized loss - equity instruments
Share from associates accounted for using the equity
method

Other comprehensive income recognized in the period
Cumulative unrealized gain/(loss) of equity instruments
transferred to retained earnings due to disposal

Balance at December 31

22. REVENUE

Revenue from contracts with customers
Revenue from sale of goods
**For the Year Ended ** **For the Year Ended ** **For the Year Ended ** **December 31 **
2019
$ (359,923)

(216,643)

(8,051)

$ (584,617)




For the Year Ended
2018
$ (264,137)
(94,043)

(1,743)
$ (359,923)
$ 381,048
(381,048)
$ -
December 31
2019
$ 105,017

-
129,437


596

130,033

(174,805)

$ 60,245

**For the Year Ended **
2018
$ 283,139
(13,626)
(126,467)

(85)
(140,178)

(37,944)
$ 105,017
**December 31 **
2019
$ 8,430,970
2018
$ 8,156,268
  • 46 -

Trade receivables (Note 14)

Contract liabilities
Sale of goods

Contract liabilities - current
**For the Year Ended December 31 ** **For the Year Ended December 31 ** **For the Year Ended December 31 **


2019
$ 2,782,193

$ 74,497

$ 74,497
2018
$ 2,640,158
$ 10,853
$ 10,853

The contract liabilities were unearned sales revenue and accounted for other current liabilities.

23. NET PROFIT AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS

Net profit from continuing operations was attributable to:

a. Other income


Interest income

Income from government grants
Dividends income
Revenue from planning of equipment
Others

For the Year Ended For the Year Ended December 31


2019
$ 27,876

97,519
2,385
-
35,044

$ 162,824
2018
$ 21,088
61,005
1,527
22,098

39,911
$ 145,629
  • b. Other gains and losses

Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Gain on disposal of investment property
Fair value changes of financial assets and financial liabilities
Financial assets mandatorily at FVTPL
Net foreign exchange gains (loss)
Gain on disposal of non-current assets classified as held for sale
Impairment loss on property, plant and equipment
Depreciation of investment properties
Others
For the Year Ended December 31 For the Year Ended December 31 For the Year Ended December 31
2019
$ 230
-
14,680
(17,229)
-
2,369
(14,906)

(6,287)
$ (21,143)
2018
$ 2,016
26,629
29,802
18,693
3,152
2,961
(25,742)

7,330
$ 64,841
  • 47 -

c. Finance costs


Interest on bank loans
Interest on lease liabilities
d. Depreciation and amortization

Property, plant and equipment

Right-of-use assets
Intangible assets
Others


An analysis of deprecation by function
Operating costs

Operating expenses
Other gains and losses


An analysis of amortization by function
Operating expenses
e. Employee benefits expense

Post-employment benefits (see Note 20)
Defined contribution plans

Defined benefit plans


Other employee benefits
Payroll expense
Labor and health insurance
Others



An analysis of employee benefits expense by function
Operating costs

Operating expenses

For the Year Ended For the Year Ended For the Year Ended December 31
2019
$ (23,220)

(30)
$ (23,250)
For the Year Ended
2018
$ (20,400)

-
$ (20,400)
December 31
2019
$ 740,271

14,906
5,140

7,241

$ 767,558

$ 607,351

138,060

14,906

$ 760,317

$ 7,241

For the Year Ended
2018
$ 788,289
25,742
-

2,121
$ 816,152
$ 674,649
113,640

25,742
$ 814,031
$ 2,121
December 31








2019
$ 68,096

3,619

71,715

1,514,826
91,670
40,098

1,646,594

$ 1,718,309

$ 1,016,838

701,471

$ 1,718,309
2018
$ 71,158

3,254

74,412
1,476,012
92,640

35,747

1,604,399
$ 1,678,811
$ 1,014,388

664,423
$ 1,678,811
  • 48 -

  • f. Employees’ compensation and remuneration of directors for 2019 and 2018

The Company accrued employees’ compensation and remuneration of directors at the rates no less than 3% and no higher than 2%, respectively, of net profit before income tax, employees’ compensation, and remuneration of directors. The employees’ compensation and remuneration of directors for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 which were been approved by the Company’s board of directors on March 23, 2020 and March 22, 2019, respectively, were as follows:

Accrual rate


Employees’ compensation
Remuneration of directors
For the Year Ended December 31
2019
2018
9.0%
9.0%
1.5%
1.5%

Amount

Employees’ compensation

Remuneration of directors
**For the Year Ended December 31 ** **For the Year Ended December 31 **
2019
Cash
Share
$ 71,552
$ -

11,925
-
2018
Cash
Share
$ 69,072
$ -
11,512
-

If there is a change in the amounts after the annual consolidated financial statements were authorized for issue, the differences are recorded as a change in the accounting estimate.

There was no difference between the actual amounts of employees’ compensation and remuneration of directors paid and the amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017.

Information on the employees’ compensation and remuneration of directors resolved by the Company’s board of directors is available at the Market Observation Post System website of the Taiwan Stock Exchange.

24. INCOME TAXES RELATING TO CONTINUING

a. The major components of tax expense (income) were as follows:


Current tax
In respect of the current period
Income tax of unappropriated earnings
Adjustments for prior year
Deferred tax
In respect of the current period
Change in tax rate
Income tax expense recognized in profit or loss
For the Year Ended December 31 For the Year Ended December 31 For the Year Ended December 31





2019
$ 95,905

-

(3,126)


92,779

16

-


16

$ 92,795
2018
$ 61,191
7,656

6,418

75,265
69

13,914

13,983
$ 89,248
  • 49 -

A reconciliation of accounting profit and current income tax expenses is as follows:


Profit before tax from continuing operations

Income tax expense calculated at the statutory rate

Tax effect of adjusting items:
Nondeductible expenses in determining taxable income
Tax-exempt income
Tax-exempt income for five years
Additional income tax on unappropriated earnings
Unrecognized temporary differences
Unrecognized loss carryforwards
Investment tax credit
Deferred tax effect of earnings of subsidiaries
Effect of different tax rate of group entities operating in other
jurisdictions
Change in tax rate
Adjustment for prior years’ tax
Other

Income tax expense recognized in profit or loss
For the Year Ended For the Year Ended December 31



2019
$ 764,577

$ 152,915

802
(1,064)
-
-
2,107
5,129
(41,696)
-
(19,481)
-
(3,126)
(2,791)

$ 92,795
2018
$ 733,497
$ 146,699
1,289
(4,285)
(8,118)
7,656
(21,655)
2,662
(36,421)
2,019
(20,822)
13,914
6,418

(108)
$ 89,248

The Income Tax Act in the ROC was amended in 2018, and the corporate income tax rate was adjusted from 17% to 20%. In addition, the rate of the corporate surtax applicable to the 2018 unappropriated earnings was reduced from 10% to 5%.

As the status of 2019 appropriations of earnings is uncertain, the potential income tax consequences of 2018 unappropriated earnings are not reliably determinable.

b. Income tax expense recognized in other comprehensive income


Deferred tax
In respect of the current year
Fair value changes of financial assets at FVTOCI
Remeasurement of defined benefit plans
Reclassification adjustment
Disposal of equity instruments at fair value through other
comprehensive income
Effect of change in tax rate
Remeasurement of defined benefit plans
Fair value changes of financial assets at FVTOCI
For the Year Ended December 31 For the Year Ended December 31 For the Year Ended December 31
2019
$ 21,627
(3,083)
(43,700)
-

-
$ (25,156)
2018
$ (37,377)
(3,358)
(9,486)
(2,813)

13,626
$ (39,408)
  • 50 -

  • c. Current tax assets and liabilities

Current tax assets
Income tax receivable
Current tax liabilities
Income tax payable
December 31

2019
$ 8,176

$ 48,135
2018
$ 5,245
$ 3,647

d. Deferred tax assets and liabilities

The movements of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities were as follows:

For the year ended December 31, 2019

Deferred tax assets
Unrealized loss on inventories

Unrealized exchange loss
Payable for annual leave
Determine benefit obligation
Property, plant and equipment
Financial assets at fair value
through profit or loss
Others


Deferred tax liabilities
FVTPL financial assets

Associates
FVTOCI financial assets

Opening
Balance
Recognize in
Profit or Loss
Recognize in
Other
Comprehen-
sive Income
$ 9,306
$ (2,020)
$ -

-
4,738
-
4,933
47
-
15,971
(1,883)
3,083
1,757
(355)
-
-
171
-

4,607

(731)

-

$ 36,574
$ (33)
$ 3,083

$ 17
$ (17)
$ -

101,496
-
-

43,977

-

(22,073)

$ 145,490
$ (17)
$ (22,073)
Exchange
Differences
$ (38)

-
(51)
-
(35)
(21)

(151)

$ (275)

$ -

-

-

$ -
Closing
Balance
$ 7,248
4,738
4,929
17,171
1,367
171

3,725
$ 39,349
$ -
101,496

21,904
$ 123,400

For the year ended December 31, 2018

Deferred tax assets
Unrealized loss on inventories

Unrealized exchange loss
FVTPL financial liabilities
Payable for annual leave
Determine benefit obligation
Property, plant and equipment
Investment subsidiary
Others

Opening
Balance
Recognize in
Profit or Loss
Recognize in
Other
Comprehen-
sive Income
$ 6,481
$ 2,846
$ -

1,716
(1,716)
-
215
(215)
-
4,409
550
-
12,553
(2,753)
6,171
1,607
177
-
18,621
(18,621)
-

2,597

2,083

-

$ 48,199
$ (17,649)
$ 6,171
Exchange
Differences
Closing
Balance
$ (21)
$ 9,306
-
-
-
-
(26)
4,933
-
15,971
(27)
1,757
-
-

(73)

4,607
$ (147)
$ 36,574
(Continued)
  • 51 -
Deferred tax liabilities
Unrealized exchange gain

Associates
FVTOCI financial assets

Opening
Balance
Recognize in
Profit or Loss
Recognize in
Other
Comprehen-
sive Income
$ -
$ 17
$ -

105,179
(3,683)
-

77,214

-

(33,237)

$ 182,393
$ (3,666)
$ (33,237)
Exchange
Differences
$ -

-

-

$ -
Closing
Balance
$ 17
101,496

43,977
$ 145,490

(Concluded)

  • e. Income tax assessments

The tax returns had been assessed by the tax authorities before in 2017.

25. EARNINGS PER SHARE

The earnings and weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding used in the computation of earnings per share from continuing operations were as follows:

Net Profit for the Year


Profit for the period attributable to owners of the Company

Earnings used in the computation of diluted earnings per share
For the Year Ended For the Year Ended December 31

2019
$ 671,782

$ 671,782
2018
$ 644,350
$ 644,350

Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding (in thousand shares):


Weighted average number of ordinary shares in computation of basic
earnings per share
Effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares:
Employees’ compensation
Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in the
computation of diluted earnings per share
For the Year Ended December 31 For the Year Ended December 31 For the Year Ended December 31
2019
309,757

1,959
311,716
2018
309,757

2,658
312,415

If the Group was able to settle the compensation paid to employees by cash or shares, the Group presumed that the entire amount of the compensation would be settled in shares and the resulting potential shares were included in the weighted average number of shares outstanding used in the computation of diluted earnings per share, if the shares had a dilutive effect. Such dilutive effect of the potential shares was included in the computation of diluted earnings per share until the shareholders resolve the number of shares to be distributed to employees at their meeting in the following year.

  • 52 -

26. CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

The Group manages its capital to ensure that entities in the Group will be able to continue as going concerns while maximizing the return to stakeholders through the optimization of the debt and equity balance.

The capital structure of the Group consists of net debt (borrowings offset by cash and cash equivalents) and equity attributable to owners of the Company (comprising issued capital, reserves, retained earnings and other equity).

The Group is not subject to any externally imposed capital requirements.

27. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

  • a. Fair value of financial instruments

  • 1) Fair value of financial instruments that are not measured at fair value

The management believes the carrying amounts of financial assets and financial liabilities recognized in the consolidated financial statements approximate their fair values.

  • 2) Fair value of financial instruments that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis

  • a) Fair value hierarchy

December 31, 2019

Financial assets at FVTPL
Foreign unlisted shares

Foreign exchange forward
contracts
Mutual funds
Structured deposits


Financial liabilities at
FVTPL
Foreign exchange forward
contracts

Exchange contracts


Financial assets at FVTOCI
Domestic unlisted shares

Foreign listed shares
Foreign unlisted shares

Level 1
$ -
-
387,337

-

$ 387,337

$ -

-

$ -

$ -
117,114

-

$ 117,114
Level 2
$ -

3,762

-

367,841

$ 371,603

$ 173

3,790

$ 3,963

$ -

-

-

$ -
Level 3
$ 9,255

-

-

-

$ 9,255

$ -

-

$ -

$ 68,363

-

236,945

$ 305,308
Total
$ 9,255

3,762

387,337

367,841
$ 768,195
$ 173

3,790
$ 3,963
$ 68,363

117,114

236,945
$ 422,422
  • 53 -

December 31, 2018

Financial assets at FVTPL
Domestic listed shares

Foreign exchange forward
contracts
Exchange contracts
Mutual funds
Structured deposits


Financial assets at FVTOCI
Domestic unlisted shares

Foreign listed shares
Foreign unlisted shares

Level 1
$ 30,975
-
-
559,068

-

$ 590,043

$ -
250,698

-

$ 250,698
Level 2
$ -

1,757

76

-

341,968

$ 343,801

$ -

-

-

$ -
Level 3
$ -

-

-

-

-

$ -

$ 80,227

-

163,317

$ 243,544
Total
$ 30,975

1,757

76

559,068

341,968
$ 933,844
$ 80,227

250,698

163,317
$ 494,242

There were no transfers between Levels 1 and 2 in the current and prior periods.

b) Reconciliation of Level 3 fair value measurements of financial assets

For the year ended December 31, 2019

Financial Assets
at FVTPL

Equity
Instruments
Financial assets
Balance at January 1, 2019
$ -

Purchase
9,255
Exchange differences on translating the financial
statements of foreign operations

-

Balance at December 31, 2019
$ 9,255

For the year ended December 31, 2018
Financial assets
Balance at January 1, 2018 (IAS 39)

Effect of retrospective application and retrospective restatement

Balance at January 1, 2018 (IFRS 9)
Recognized in other comprehensive income
Exchange differences on translating the financial statements of foreign
operations

Balance at December 31, 2018
Financial Assets
at FVTOCI
Financial Assets
at FVTOCI
Equity
Instruments
$ 243,544
71,049

(9,285)
$ 305,308
Financial Assets
at FVTOCI




Equity
Instruments
$ 21,498

202,250
223,748
23,041

(3,245)
$ 243,544
  • 54 -

  • c) Valuation techniques and inputs applied for the purpose of measuring Level 2 fair value measurement

Financial Instruments Valuation Techniques and Inputs Derivatives - foreign Discounted cash flow. exchange forward contracts Future cash flows are estimated based on observable forward exchange rates at the end of the reporting period and contract forward rates, discounted at a rate that reflects the credit risk of various counterparties. Structured deposits Discounted cash flow. The products had short matured period, therefore the fair value is reasonable to be estimated based on the book value.

  • d) Valuation techniques and inputs applied for the purpose of measuring Level 3 fair value measurement

The Group uses price-book ratio approach, comparing the net value per share with other public companies among similar industries or evaluating share price based on average price-book ratio of other competitors, to capture the present value of the expected future economic benefits to be derived from the ownership of these investees.

The fair values of unlisted equity securities - ROC were determined using income approach. In this approach, the discounted cash flow method was used to capture the present value of the expected future economic benefits to be derived from the ownership of these investees. The significant unobservable inputs used are listed on the table below. An increase in long-term revenue growth rates or long-term pre-tax operating margin or a decrease in WACC or discount for lack of marketability used in isolation would result in increase in fair value.

  • b. Categories of financial instruments
Financial assets
FVTPL
Mandatorily at FVTPL (1)

Financial assets at amortized cost (2)
Financial assets at FVTOCI
Equity instruments


Financial liabilities
FVTPL
Mandatorily as at FVTPL (3)
Amortized cost (4)
**December 31 **
2019
2018
$ 768,195
$ 933,844
5,081,647
4,334,056

422,422
494,242

3,963
-
4,334,150
3,571,950
  • 1) The balances included the carrying amount of mutual fund, foreign exchange forward contracts, structured deposits and investment with preference shares.

  • 55 -

  • 2) The balances include financial assets measured at amortized cost, which comprise cash and cash equivalents, notes receivable, trade receivables, other receivables and refundable deposits.

  • 3) The balances included the carrying amount of foreign exchange forward contracts and exchange contracts.

  • 4) The balances included financial liabilities measured at amortized cost, which comprise short-term and long-term loans, notes payable, trade, payable, other payables and guarantee deposits received.

  • c. Financial risk management objectives and policies

The Group’s major financial instruments included equity and debt investments, bonds payable, borrowings. The Group’s corporate treasury function provides services to the business, coordinates access to domestic and international financial markets, monitors and manages the financial risks relating to the operations of the Group through internal risk reports which analyze exposures by degree and magnitude of risks. These risks include market risk (including currency risk, interest rate risk and other price risk), credit risk and liquidity risk.

The Group sought to minimize the effects of these risks by using derivative financial instruments to hedge risk exposures. The use of financial derivatives was governed by the Group’s policies approved by the board of directors, which provided written principles on foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, credit risk, the use of financial derivatives and non-derivative financial instruments, and the investment of excess liquidity. Compliance with policies and exposure limits was reviewed by the internal auditors on a continuous basis. The Group did not enter into or trade financial instruments, including derivative financial instruments, for speculative purposes.

The corporate treasury function reported quarterly to the Group’s risk management committee, an independent body that monitors risks and policies implemented to mitigate risk exposures.

1) Market risk

The Group’s activities exposed it primarily to the financial risks of changes in foreign currency exchange rates (see (a) below) and interest rates (see (b) below). The Group entered into a variety of derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to foreign currency risk and interest rate risk, including: Foreign exchange forward contracts to hedge the exchange rate risk arising on the Group’s foreign currency monetary.

  • a) Foreign currency risk

Several subsidiaries of the Company had foreign currency sales and purchases, which exposed the Group to foreign currency risk.

The carrying amounts of the Group’s foreign currency denominated monetary assets and monetary liabilities (including those eliminated on consolidation) at the end of the reporting period (see Note 32).

Sensitivity analysis

The Group was mainly exposed to the USD and JPY.

  • 56 -

The following table details the Group’s sensitivity to a 1% increase and decrease in the New Taiwan dollar (the functional currency) against the relevant foreign currencies. The sensitivity rate used when reporting foreign currency risk internally to key management personnel and representing management’s assessment of the reasonably possible change in foreign exchange rates is 1%. The sensitivity analysis included only outstanding foreign currency denominated monetary items and foreign exchange forward contracts designated as cash flow hedges, and adjusts their translation at the end of the reporting period for a 1% change in foreign currency rates. The sensitivity analysis included external loans/borrowings as well as loans/borrowings to foreign operations within the Group where the denomination of the loan is in a currency other than the functional currency of the lender or the borrower. A positive number below indicates an increase in post-tax profit and other equity associated with the New Taiwan dollar strengthening 1% against the relevant currency. For a 1% weakening of the New Taiwan dollar against the relevant currency, there would be an equal and opposite impact on post-tax profit and other equity and the balances below would be negative.

Profit or loss
USD Impact
For the Year Ended
December 31
2019
2018
$ 20,723
$ 23,015
JPY Impact
For the Year Ended
December 31
2019
2018
$ (3,429)
$ (3,169)
  • i. This was mainly attributable to the exposure outstanding on USD receivables and payables, which were not hedged at the end of the reporting period.

  • ii. This was mainly attributable to the exposure to outstanding JPY payables, which were not hedged, at the end of the reporting period.

  • b) Interest rate risk

The Group was exposed to interest rate risk because the Group’s bank deposits and the Group borrowed funds at floating interest rates.

The carrying amount of the Group’s financial assets and financial liabilities with exposure to interest rates at the end of the reporting period were as follows.

Fair value interest rate risk
Financial assets

Financial liabilities
Cash flow interest rate risk
Financial assets
Financial liabilities
December 31
2019
2018
$ 478,725
$ 40,355
-
-
1,661,861
1,451,172
1,910,980
1,652,081

Sensitivity analysis

The sensitivity analyses below were determined based on the Group’s exposure to interest rates for both derivatives and non-derivative instruments at the end of the reporting period. For floating rate liabilities, the analysis was prepared assuming the amount of the liability outstanding at the end of the reporting period was outstanding for the whole year. A 0.25% basis point increase or decrease was used when reporting interest rate risk internally to key management personnel and represents management’s assessment of the reasonably possible change in interest rates.

  • 57 -

If interest rates had been 0.25% basis points higher/lower and all other variables were held constant, the Group’s pre-tax profit for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 would decrease by $(623) thousand and $(502) thousand, which was mainly attributable to the Group’s exposure to interest rates on its floating rate bank deposits and bank borrowings.

  • c) Other price risk

The Group was exposed to equity price risk through its investments in listed equity securities. Equity investments are held for strategic rather than trading purposes. The Group does not actively trade these investments. The Group’s equity price risk was mainly concentrated on equity instruments operating in Shenzhen stock exchange, growth enterprise.

Sensitivity analysis

The sensitivity analyses below were determined based on the exposure to equity price risks at the end of the reporting period.

If equity prices had been 1% higher/lower, other comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 would increase/decrease by $1,171 thousand and $2,507 thousand, respectively.

  • 2) Credit risk

Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in a financial loss to the Group. As at the end of the reporting period, the Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk, which would cause a financial loss to the Group due to the failure of the counterparty to discharge its obligation and due to the financial guarantees provided by the Group, could be equal to the total of the following:

  • a) The carrying amount of the respective recognized financial assets as stated in the balance sheets; and

  • b) The maximum amount the entity would have to pay if the financial guarantee is called upon, irrespective of the likelihood of the guarantee being exercised.

  • 3) Liquidity risk

The Group manages liquidity risk by monitoring and maintaining a level of cash and cash equivalents deemed adequate to finance the Group’s operations and mitigate the effects of fluctuations in cash flows. In addition, management monitors the utilization of bank borrowings and ensures compliance with loan covenants.

The Group relies on bank borrowings as a significant source of liability. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Group had available unutilized overdraft and short-term bank loan facilities of approximately $4,754,880 thousand and $5,544,897 thousand, respectively.

  • Liquidity and interest risk rate tables

The following table details the Group’s remaining contractual maturity for its non-derivative financial liabilities with agreed repayment periods. The table has been drawn up based on the undiscounted cash flows of financial liabilities from the earliest date on which the Group can be required to pay. The table included both interest and principal cash flows. Specifically, bank loans with a repayment on demand clause were included in the earliest time band regardless of the probability of the banks choosing to exercise their rights. The maturity dates for other non-derivative financial liabilities were based on the agreed repayment dates.

  • 58 -

To extend that interest flows are floating rate, the undiscounted amount was derived from the interest rate curve at the end of the reporting period.

December 31, 2019

Weighted
Interest
Average
Effective Rate Less Than
(%) 1 Year 2-3 Years 4-5 Years 5+ Years Total
Non-derivative financial
liabilities
Trade payables -
$ 1,659,164 $ - $ - $ - $ 1,659,164
Other payables - 727,521 - - -
727,521
Other current liabilities - 81,304 - - -
81,304
Lease liabilities 0.86 3,087
2,228
721 -
6,036
Variable interest rate
(liabilities) 0.40-6.18 273,345 1,637,635 - - 1,910,980
December 31, 2018
Weighted
Interest
Average
Effective Rate Less Than
(%) 1 Year 2-3 Years 4-5 Years 5+ Years Total
Non-derivative financial
liabilities
Trade payables -
$ 1,326,919 $ - $ - $ - $ 1,326,919
Other payables - 566,793 - - -
566,793
Other current liabilities - 21,766 - - -
21,766
Variable interest rate
(liabilities) 0.60-6.18 169,735 1,482,346 - - 1,652,081

The amounts included above for variable interest rate instruments for both non-derivative financial assets and liabilities was subject to change if changes in variable interest rates differ from those estimates of interest rates determined at the end of the reporting period.

  • Liquidity and interest rate risk tables for non-derivative financial liabilities

The following table detailed the Group’s liquidity analysis for its derivative financial instruments. The table was based on the undiscounted contractual net cash inflows and outflows on derivative instruments that settle on a net basis, and the undiscounted gross inflows and outflows on those derivatives that require gross settlement.

December 31, 2019

On Demand
or Less Than
1 Month
1-3 Months
3 Months to
1 Year
Net settled
Foreign exchange forward
contracts
$ 221
$ (464)
$ 42
1-5 Years
$ -
5+ Years
$ -
  • 59 -

December 31, 2018

On Demand
or Less Than
1 Month
1-3 Months
3 Months to
1 Year
Net settled
Foreign exchange forward
contracts
$ 1,559
$ 274
$ -
1-5 Years
$ -
5+ Years
$ -

28. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Balances and transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties of the Company, have been eliminated on consolidation and are not disclosed in this note. Details of transactions between the Group and other related parties are disclosed below.

Related Party Name
Tai-Shing Electronics Components Corporation
Liang Shing Eclife Corp. (“Eclife”)
Ningbo Xingmao Electron Technology Co., Ltd.
Godsmith Sensor Inc.
Relationship with the Company
Associate
Other associate
Associate
Associate
  • a. Sales of goods


Associates
Other associate
For the Year Ended December 31 For the Year Ended December 31 For the Year Ended December 31



2019
$ 8,331


9,597

$ 17,928
2018
$ 32,965

33
$ 32,998

Selling prices and payment terms offered to related parties were similar with those offered to third parties.

  • b. Purchase of goods


Associates
Other associates
**For the Year Ended December 31 ** **For the Year Ended December 31 ** **For the Year Ended December 31 **



2019
$ 261


217

$ 478
2018
$ -

188
$ 188

Purchase prices and payment terms offered by related parties were similar with those offered by third parties.

  • c. Operating expenses


Other associates
For the Year Ended December 31 For the Year Ended December 31 For the Year Ended December 31

2019
$ 1,559
2018
$ 722
  • 60 -

d. Commission revenue

Associates

For the Year Ended December 31 2019 2018 $ 2,538 $ 2,567

e. Rental revenue

Related
Party
Location
Rent Collection
Associate
1F., No. 189, Huangshan
W. Rd., Beilun Dist.,
Ningbo City
Based on contract, and
paid on a monthly
basis

Associate
6F., No. 4, Gongye 6th
Rd., Pingzhen Dist.,
Taoyuan City 324,
Taiwan (R.O.C.)
Based on contract, and
paid on a monthly
basis
Associate
3F., No. 6, Gongye 6th
Rd., Pingzhen Dist.,
Taoyuan City 324,
Taiwan (R.O.C.)
Based on contract, and
paid on a monthly
basis

For the Year Ended For the Year Ended December 31
2019
Amount
% to
Total
Account
Balance
$ 3,228
-

3,586
-

586
-

$ 7,400
2018





Amount
% to
Total
Account
Balance
$ 3,265
-
-
-

-
-
$ 3,265

Selling prices to related parties were similar to those for third parties.

  • f. Trade receivables from related parties
Associates
Other associates
Less: Allowance for impairment loss
**December ** **31 **


2019
$ 2,187

1,918

(67)

$ 4,038
2018
$ 9,028
34

(67)
$ 8,995

The outstanding trade receivables from related parties are unsecured.

  • g. Trade payables to related parties
Other associates
h. Other receivables from related parties
Associates
December 31
2019
$ 78

December
2018
$ 97
31
2019
$ 79
2018
$ 796
  • 61 -

i. Other payables to related parties

Associates
Other associates
December 31


2019
$ -


2,850

$ 2,850
2018
$ 1,760

1,357
$ 3,117

j. Acquisition of property, plant and equipment


Other associates
Acquisition Amounts Acquisition Amounts Acquisition Amounts
For the Year Ended December 31
2019
$ 745
2018
$ 1,299
  • k. Compensation of key management personnel

Short-term benefits
Post-employment benefits
For the Year Ended December 31 For the Year Ended December 31 For the Year Ended December 31


2019
$ 78,076


3,087

$ 81,163
2018
$ 61,628

3,054
$ 64,682

The remuneration of directors and key executives, as determined by the remuneration committee, was based on the performance of individuals and market trends.

29. ASSETS PLEDGED AS COLLATERAL OR FOR SECURITY

The following assets were provided as collateral for bank borrowings:

Land and land improvement

Building equipment, net
Investment property
Land for development
Pledge deposits
Right-of-use assets
Prepayments for leases

December 31 December 31


2019
$ 450,148

944,795
37,293
757,258
46,578
11,891
-

$ 2,247,963
2018
$ 573,080
848,918
135,344
319,922
149,233
-

12,383
$ 2,038,880
  • 62 -

30. SIGNIFICANT CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND UNRECOGNIZED COMMITMENTS

In addition to those disclosed in other notes, significant commitments and contingencies of the Group as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 were as follows:

  • a. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, unused letters of credit amounted to approximately JPY27,600 thousand and JPY2,450 thousand.

  • b. As of December 31, 2018, the Company unrecognized commitments are as follows:

Acquisition of equipment

Acquisition of equipment

Acquisition of equipment

Acquisition of equipment
Contract
Amount

$ 20,315

RMB
8,021

JPY 394,692

US$ 13,031
Paid Amount Unpaid Amount
$ 7,668
$ 12,647
RMB
2,653
RMB
5,368
JPY
28,520
JPY 366,172
US$ -
US$ 13,031

31. SIGNIFICANT EVENTS AFTER REPORTING PERIOD: NONE

32. EXCHANGE RATE OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES DENOMINATED IN FOREIGN CURRENCIES

The group entities’ significant financial assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies aggregated by the foreign currencies other than functional currencies and the related exchange rates between foreign currencies and respective functional currencies were as follows:

Unit: In Thousands of Foreign Currencies and New Taiwan Dollars)

December 31, 2019

Foreign Carrying
Currencies Exchange Rate Amount
Financial assets
Monetary items
USD $
76,087
30.1060 (USD:NTD) $ 2,290,675
USD 33,010 6.8632 (USD:RMB)
993,799
JPY 562,326 0.2771 (JPY:NTD)
155,821
JPY 611,494 0.0622 (JPY:RMB)
169,445
Financial liabilities
Monetary items
USD 28,870 30.1060 (USD:NTD)
869,160
USD 11,394 6.8632 (USD:RMB)
343,028
JPY 1,004,826 0.2771 (JPY:NTD)
278,437
JPY 1,406,372 0.0622 (JPY:RMB)
389,706
  • 63 -

December 31, 2018

Foreign Carrying
Currencies Exchange Rate Amount
Financial assets
Monetary items
USD $
84,664
30.715 (USD:NTD) $ 2,600,455
USD 29,325 6.8632 (USD:RMB)
900,717
JPY 432,583 0.2782 (JPY:NTD)
120,345
JPY 159,616 0.0622 (JPY:RMB)
44,405
Financial liabilities
Monetary items
USD 28,484 30.715 (USD:NTD)
874,886
USD 10,573 6.8632 (USD:RMB)
324,750
JPY 1,168,067 0.2782 (JPY:NTD)
324,956
JPY 563,363 0.0622 (JPY:RMB)
156,728

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, unrealized net foreign exchange gains were $(17,229) thousand and $18,693 thousand, respectively. It is impractical to disclose net foreign exchange gains (losses) by each significant foreign currency due to the variety of the foreign currency transactions and functional currencies of the group entities.

33. SEPARATELY DISCLOSED ITEMS

  • a. Information on significant transactions and information on investees:

  • 1) Lending funds to others. (None)

  • 2) Providing endorsements or guarantees for others. (Table 1)

  • 3) Holding of securities at the end of the period. (Table 2)

  • 4) Aggregate purchases or sales of the same securities reaching NT$300 million or 20 percent of paid-in capital or more. (Table 3)

  • 5) Acquisition of real estate reaching NT$300 million or 20 percent of paid-in capital or more. (None)

  • 6) Disposal of real estate reaching NT$300 million or 20 percent of paid-in capital or more. (None)

  • 7) Purchases or sales of goods from or to related parties reaching NT$100 million or 20 percent of paid-in capital or more. (Table 4)

  • 8) Trade receivables from related parties reaching NT$100 million or 20 percent of paid-in capital or more. (Table 5)

  • 9) Trading in derivative instruments. (Note 7)

  • 10) Others: The business relationship between the parent and the subsidiaries and between each subsidiary, and the circumstances and amounts of any significant transactions between them. (Table 9)

  • 11) Information on investees. (Table 6)

  • 64 -

  • b. Information on investments in mainland China

  • 1) Information on any investee company in mainland China, showing the name, principal business activities, paid-in capital, method of investment, inward and outward remittance of funds, shareholding ratio, investment gain or loss, carrying amount of the investment at the end of the period, repatriated investment gains, and limit on the amount of investment in the mainland China area. (Table 7)

  • 2) Any of the following significant transactions with investee companies in mainland China, either directly or indirectly through a third area, and their prices, payment terms, and unrealized gains or losses. (Table 8)

    • a) The amount and percentage of purchases and the balance and percentage of the related payables at the end of the period.

    • b) The amount and percentage of sales and the balance and percentage of the related receivables at the end of the period.

    • c) The amount of property transactions and the amount of the resultant gains or losses.

    • d) The balance of negotiable instrument endorsements or guarantees or pledges of collateral at the end of the period and the purposes.

    • e) The highest balance, the end of period balance, the interest rate range, and total current period interest with respect to financing of funds.

    • f) Other transactions that have a material effect on the profit or loss for the period or on the financial position, such as the rendering or receipt of services.

34. SEGMENT INFORMATION

Information reported to the chief operating decision maker for the purpose of resource allocation and assessment of segment performance focuses on the types of goods or services delivered or provided. Specifically, the Group’s reportable segments under IFRS 8 “Operating Segments” were as follows:

  • Crystal

  • a. Segment revenues and results

Crystal


Other income
Other gains and losses
Financial costs
Share of profit or loss of
subsidiaries, associates and
joint ventures
Profit before tax (continuing
operations)
Segment Revenue
For the Year Ended
December 31
2019
2018
$ 8,430,970
$ 8,156,268

$ 8,430,970
$ 8,156,268

Segment Profit Segment Profit
For the Year Ended
**December 31 **

2019
$ 8,430,970

$ 8,430,970


2019
$ 632,138

632,138
162,824
(21,143)
(23,250)

14,008

$ 764,577
2018
$ 533,301

533,301

145,629

64,841

(20,400)

10,126
$ 733,497
  • 65 -

Segment revenue reported above represents revenue generated from external customers. There were no inter-segment sales for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.

Segment profit represented the profit before tax earned by each segment without allocation of central administration costs and directors’ salaries, share of profits of associates, gain recognized on the disposal of interest in former associates, rental revenue, interest income, gain or loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment, gain or loss on disposal of financial instruments, exchange gain or loss, valuation gain or loss on financial instruments, finance costs and income tax expense. This was the measure reported to the chief operating decision maker for the purpose of resource allocation and assessment of segment performance.

b. Revenue from major products and services

Crystals

Oscillators
Others

2019
$ 6,170,067

1,319,466
941,437

$ 8,430,970
2018
$ 5,790,950
1,305,003

1,060,315
$ 8,156,268

c. Geographical information

The Group’s operates in two principal geographical areas - Taiwan and China.

The Group’s revenue from continuing operations from external customers and information about its non-current assets by geographical location are detailed below:

Revenue from


Taiwan

Asia
America
Europe
Others

External Customers
For the Year Ended December 31
2019
2018
$ 276,446
$ 572,254

7,824,156
7,226,799
206,637
218,158
123,731
139,057

-

-

$ 8,430,970
$ 8,156,268
External Customers
For the Year Ended December 31
2019
2018
$ 276,446
$ 572,254

7,824,156
7,226,799
206,637
218,158
123,731
139,057

-

-

$ 8,430,970
$ 8,156,268
Non-current Assets Non-current Assets
December 31


2019
$ 276,446

7,824,156
206,637
123,731

-

$ 8,430,970


2019
$ 2,089,966

2,319,093
-
-
9,376

$ 4,418,435
2018
$ 2,061,966
2,423,601
-
-

689
$ 4,486,256

Non-current assets included property, plant and equipment, intangible assets and other assets but excluded deferred tax assets and financial instruments.

d. Major customer information

Single customers contributing 10% or more to the Group’s revenue were as follows:


F Group
**For the Year Ended December 31 ** **For the Year Ended December 31 ** **For the Year Ended December 31 **
2019
$ 1,201,028
2018
$ 1,172,264
  • 66 -

TABLE 1

TXC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

ENDORSEMENTS/GUARANTEES PROVIDED FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 (In Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars, Unless Stated Otherwise)

No.
(Note 1)
Endorser/Guarantor Endorsee/Guarantee Endorsee/Guarantee Limit on
Endorsement/
Guarantee
Given on
Behalf of Each
Party
(Note 3)

Maximum
Amount
Endorsed/
Guaranteed
During the
Period
Outstanding
Endorsement/
Guarantee at
the End of the
Period
Actual
Borrowing
Amount
Amount
Endorsed/
Guaranteed by
Collateral

Ratio of
Accumulated
Endorsement/
Guarantee to
Net Equity in
Latest
Financial
Statements
(%)
Aggregate
Endorsement/
Guarantee
Limit
Note
Name Relationship
(Note 2)
1 TXC (Ningbo) Corporation Chongqing All Sun Company Limited Subsidiary with equity method $ 2,597,313 $ 345,240 $ 345,240 $ 238,632 $ - 6.65 $ 5,194,627

Note: The total amount of TXC (Ningbo) Corporation endorsements and guarantees provided shall not exceed 100% of the amount of the net value of TXC (Ningbo) Corporation; the amount of individual entity endorsements shall not exceed 5% of the amount of the net value of the individual entity. However, the amount of individual entity endorsements is permitted with 50% of net value of subsidiary.

  • 67 -

TABLE 2

TXC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

MARKETABLE SECURITIES HELD DECEMBER 31, 2019 (In Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars)

Holding Company Name Type and Name of Marketable Securities Relationship with the Holding
Company
Financial Statement Account December 31, 2019 Note
Shares Carrying
Amount
Percentage of
Ownership
Shares
TXC Corporation
TXC (Ningbo) Corporation
Shares listed overseas
Guandong Failong Crystal Technology Co., Ltd.
Shares-unlisted company
Marson Technology Co., Ltd.
Win Precision Technology Co., Ltd.
UPI Semiconductor Corp.
Shares overseas-unlisted company
RFIC Telechnology preference shares
Mutual fund
ABC Monetary Fund
TXC No. 1 Monetary Fund
Shares overseas-unlisted company
Ningbo SJ Electronics Co., Ltd.
Structured deposits
Fubon Bank (China)
China Guangfa Bank
HengFeng Bank
None
None
None
Chairman is a direct of the Company
None
None

None
None

Financial assets at fair value through other
comprehensive income - non-current
Financial assets at fair value through other
comprehensive income - non-current



Financial assets at fair value through profit
or loss - non-current
Financial assets at fair value through profit
or loss - current

Financial assets at fair value through other
comprehensive income - non-current
Financial assets at fair value through profit
or loss - current
1,652
523
1,365
1,516

10,000

RMB 12,000
RMB 41,953
RMB
6,000

RMB 10,190
RMB 30,158
RMB 10,190













$ 117,114
$ 4,773

18,388

45,202
$ 68,363
$ 9,255
$ 51,570

180,292
$ 231,862
$ 25,785
$ 43,790

129,604

43,790
$ 217,184
1
4
3
2
-
7











$ 117,114
$ 4,773
18,388

45,202
$ 68,363
$ 9,255
$ 51,570

180,292
$ 231,862
$ 25,785
$ 43,790
129,604

43,790
$ 217,184

(Continued)

  • 68 -
Holding Company Name Type and Name of Marketable Securities Relationship with the Holding
Company
Financial Statement Account **December ** 31, 2019 Note
Shares Carrying
Amount
Percentage of
Ownership
Shares
TXC (Chongqing) Limited
Ningbo Jingyu Company Limited
Chongqing All Sun Company Limited
Ding Kai Investment Management
Company Limited
Mutual fund
Southern Currency Fund B
Southern Currency Fund E
E Fund Monetary Fund B
Structured deposits
China Merchants Bank
China Everbright Bank
Mutual fund
Southern Cash Fund
Mutual fund
E Fund Stable Income Bond Fund B
Shares unlisted overseas
Zhejiang Boland Semiconductor Technology Co.,
Ltd.
None


None

None
None
None
Financial assets at fair value through profit
or loss - current


Financial assets at fair value through profit
or loss - non-current

Financial assets at fair value through profit
or loss - current
Financial assets at fair value through profit
or loss - current
Financial assets at fair value through other
comprehensive income - non-current

RMB 24,408
RMB
3,740
RMB
5,007

RMB 13,025
RMB 22,033

RMB
61

RMB
2,961
RMB
7,000









$ 104,892

16,075

21,518
$ 142,485
$ 55,973

94,687
$ 150,657
$ 264
$ 12,726
$ 211,160
6







$ 104,892
16,075

21,518
$ 142,485
$ 55,973

94,687
$ 150,657
$ 264
$ 12,726
$ 211,160

(Concluded)

  • 69 -

TABLE 3

TXC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

MARKETABLE SECURITIES ACQUIRED AND DISPOSED OF AT COSTS OR PRICES OF AT LEAST NT$300 MILLION OR 20% OF THE PAID-IN CAPITAL FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019

(In Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars)

Company Name Marketable
Securities Type
andName
Financial Statement
Account
Counterparty Relationship Beginning Balance Beginning Balance Acquisition Acquisition Disposal Disposal Equity in Net
Gain (Loss)
Ending Balance
Shares Amount Shares Amount Shares Amount Carrying
Amount
Gain (Loss) on
Disposal
Shares Amount
TXC (Chongqing)
Limited
Mutual fund Financial instruments
at FVTPL - current
E Fund Monetary Fund
B
None - $ 44,854 - $ 445,557 - $ (468,876) $ (468,876) $ - $ (17) - $ 21,518
  • 70 -

TABLE 4

TXC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

TOTAL PURCHASES FROM OR SALES TO RELATED PARTIES OF AT LEAST NT$100 MILLION OR 20% OF THE PAID-IN CAPITAL FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019

(In Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars)

Buyer Related Party Relationship Transaction Details Transaction Details Transaction Details Abnormal Transaction Abnormal Transaction Notes/Accounts Payable
or Receivable
Notes/Accounts Payable
or Receivable
Note
Purchase/
Sale
Amount % to
Total
Payment Terms Unit Price Payment Terms Ending Balance
% to
Total
TXC Corporation
TXC (Ningbo) Corporation
TXC (Ningbo) Corporation

TXC (Chongqing) Limited
TXC (Chongqing) Limited
Subsidiary

Subsidiary
Subsidiary
Purchase
Sale
Purchase
Purchase
$ (1,869,765)
192,162
(822,274)
(266,442)
(39)
3
(17)
(13)
Note


Its trading price depends on its
function within the Group


Note


$ (591,234)
44,752
(204,868)
(96,307)
(45)
2
(16)
(11)
  • 71 -

TABLE 5

TXC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

RECEIVABLES FROM RELATED PARTIES AMOUNTING TO AT LEAST NT$100 MILLION OR 20% OF THE PAID-IN CAPITAL DECEMBER 31, 2019

(In Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars)

Company Name Related Party Relationship Ending Balance Turnover Rate Overdue Overdue Amount Received in
Subsequent Period
Allowance for
Impairment Loss
Amount **Actions Taken **
TXC (Ningbo) Corporation
TXC (Chongqing) Corporation
TXC Corporation
TXC Corporation
Parent entity
Parent entity
$ 591,234
204,868
7.08
6.47
$ -
-
-
-
$ 326,092
110,491
$ -
-
  • 72 -

TABLE 6

TXC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NAMES, LOCATIONS, AND RELATED INFORMATION OF INVESTEES ON WHICH THE COMPANY EXERCISES SIGNIFICANT INFLUENCE DECEMBER 31, 2019

(In Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars or U.S. Dollars)

Investor Company Investee Company Location Main Businesses and Products Original Investment Amount Original Investment Amount Balance as of December 31, 2019 as of December 31, 2019 Net Income
(Losses) of the
Investee

Equity in the
Earnings
(Losses)
Note
December 31,
2019
December 31,
2018
Shares (In
Thousands)
Percentage of
Ownership
Carrying
Value
TXC Corporation
Taiwan Crystal Technology
International Ltd.
Taiwan Crystal Technology International Ltd.
TXC Technology Inc.
TXC Japan Corporation
Taiwan Crystal Technology International (HK) Limited
TXC Europe GmbH
Tai-Shing Electronics Components Corporation
Godsmith Sensor Inc.
Growing Profit Trading Ltd.
Western Samoa
U.S.A.
Japan
Hong Kong
Germany
Taiwan
Taiwan
B.V.I.
Investment
Marketing activities
Marketing activities
Investment
Marketing activities
Manufacture and sales of electronics products
Manufacture of equipment
International trading
$ 1,390,461
9,879
6,172
1,958
1,746
349,389
38,100
1,691
$ 1,390,461

9,879

6,172

1,958

1,746

282,306

38,100

1,691

42,835

300

2

80

50

8,179

2,350

50
100.00
100.00
100.00
100.00
100.00
30.98
35.10
100.00
$ 5,332,390
16,858
30,643
87,652
2,741
359,765
32,079
152,415
$ 365,631

2,176

3,418

(3,584)

758

58,356

(9,602)

(19,106)
$ 362,831

2,176

3,418

(3,584)

758

18,081

(2,819)

(19,106)







  • 73 -

TABLE 7

TXC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

INFORMATION ON INVESTMENTS IN MAINLAND CHINA FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 (In Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars or U.S. Dollars)

  1. Name of the investees in mainland China, main businesses and products, paid-in capital, method of investment, information on inflow or outflow of capital, percentage of ownership, investment income or loss, ending balance of investment, dividends remitted by the investee, and the limit of investment in mainland China:
Investee Company Main Businesses and Products Main Businesses and Products Total Amount of
Paid-in Capital

Method of Investment

Method of Investment
Accumulated
Outflow of
Investment from
Taiwan as of
January 1, 2019
(In Thousand)
Investment Flows Investment Flows Accumulated
Outflow of
Investment from
Taiwan as of
December 31,
2019
(In Thousand)

Investee
Company
Current Net
Income
Percentage of
Ownership
Investment
Income (Loss)
Recognized
Carrying
Amount as of
December 31,
2019
Accumulated
Inward
Remittance of
Earnings as of
December 31,
2019

Outflow
Inflow
TXC (Ningbo) Corporation
Guandong Failong Crystal
Technology Co., Ltd.
TXC (Chongqing) Corporation
Chongqing All Suns Company
Limited
Ningbo Jingyu Company Limited
Ningbo Longying Semiconductor
Co., Ltd.
Ningbo Free Trade Zon Ding Kai
Investment Management Company
Manufacturing and sales of crystal
and crystal oscillator
Manufacturing and sales of new
electronic components
Manufacturing and sales of
electronic devices and hardware
components
Real estate intermediary service, real
estate management and electronic
product wholesale
Purchasing and selling electronic
component
Research and development in
integrated circuit
Investment Management
$ 1,487,211
580,947
1,162,074

647,141
7,090
183,180
160,043
Indirect investment of the
Corporation in mainland China
through the Corporation’s
subsidiary in a third region
Direct investment of the
Corporation in mainland China
Indirect investment of the
Corporation in mainland China
through the Corporation’s
subsidiary in a third region
Other investment of the
Corporation in mainland China
Other investment of the
Corporation in mainland China
Other investment of the
Corporation in mainland China
Other investment of the
Corporation in mainland China
$ 1,427,630
46,478
-
-
-
-
-
$ -
-
-
-
-
-
-
$ -
-
-
-
-
-
-
$ 1,427,630
46,478
-
-
-
-
-
$ 384,778
571,257
101,076
(20,516)
1,062
(3,133)
-
100.00
1.00
100.00
100.00
100.00
40.00
100.00
$ 384,778
-
101,076
(20,516)
1,062
(1,254)
-
$ 5,194,627
117,114
1,204,208
569,183
4,945
55,446
211,302
$ 256,146
385,367
306,500
-
-
-
-
The limited amounts of the investment in mainland China
Accumulated Investment in
Mainland China as of December 31, 2019
Investment Amounts Authorized by
the Investment Commission, MOEA
Upper Limit on the Amount of Investment
Stipulated by Investment Commission, MOEA
$1,474,108 $1,832,878 $ -
  1. The limited amounts of the investment in mainland China

Note: The investment in mainland China has no maximum limitation since TXC Corporation had acquire the approval from the Industrial Development Bureau for the establishment of the Company’s operating headquarter in Taiwan.

  • 74 -

TABLE 8

TXC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

SIGNIFICANT TRANSACTIONS WITH INVESTEE COMPANIES IN MAINLAND CHINA, EITHER DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY THROUGH A THIRD PARTY, AND THEIR PRICES, PAYMENT TERMS, AND UNREALIZED GAINS OR LOSSES

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 (In Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars)

  1. Significant direct or indirect transactions with the investees, prices and terms of payment, unrealized gain or loss:
Company Name Related Party Transaction Type Transaction Details Transaction Details Accounts/Notes
Receivable/Payable
Accounts/Notes
Receivable/Payable
Unrealized
Gain or Loss
Amount Percentage
(%)
Price Payment Term Compared with Terms of
Third Parties
Balance %
TXC Corporation
GPT
NGB
NGB
CKG
NGB
Purchase
Sale
Purchase
Sale
$ 1,869,765
192,162
822,274
99,625
39
3
17
49
Its trading price depends on its
function within the Group


Similar with third parties


Its trading price depends on its
function within the Group


$ (591,234)
44,752
(204,808)
-
(45)
2
(16)
-
$ 7,668
1,344
5,335
-
  1. The transactions of properties and the profit or loss: None.

  2. Endorsements guarantees or collateral directly or indirectly provided to the investees: None

  3. Financing directly or indirectly provided to the investees: None

  4. Other transactions that significantly impacted the current year’s profit or loss or financial position: None

  5. 75 -

TABLE 9

TXC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

INTERCOMPANY RELATIONSHIPS AND SIGNIFICANT INTERCOMPANY TRANSACTIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019

(In Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars)

For the year ended December 31, 2018

No. Company Name Counterparty Nature of
Relationship
(Note 1)
Intercompany Transactions Intercompany Transactions
Accounts Amount Terms (Note 2) Percentage of
Consolidated Total
Gross Sales or Total
Assets (%)
0 TXC Corporation TXC Technology, Inc.
TXC Japan Corporation
TXC (Ningbo) Corporation
TXC (Chongqing) Corporation
Growing Profits Trading Ltd.
a
a
a
a
Other expense - consulting expense
Other expense - consulting expense
Sales
Purchase
Trade receivables
Other receivables
Trade payables
Purchase
Trade payables
Purchase
$ 66,598
34,005
192,162
1,869,765
44,752
42,751
591,234
822,274
204,868
84,788
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
-
2
22
-
-
7
10
2
1
1 TXC (Ningbo) Corporation Growing profits Trading Ltd.
TXC (Chongqing) Corporation
c
c
Purchase
Sales
Purchase
Trade receivables
Trade payables
99,625
40,423
266,442
18,310
96,307
3
3
3
3
3
1
-
3
-
-

Note 1: a. Represent the transactions from parent company to subsidiary.

c. Represent the transactions between subsidiaries.

Note 2: In 2019, the selling price and purchasing price were not significantly different from those of third parties, except for TXC (Ningbo) Corporation, TXC (Chongqing) Limited and Growing Profits Trading Ltd., which is depending on its function within the Group.

  • 76 -

Appendix 2

TXC Corporation

Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 and Independent Auditors’ Report

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

The Board of Directors and Shareholders TXC Corporation

Opinion

We have audited the accompanying financial statements of TXC Corporation (the “Company”), which comprise the balance sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the statements of comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for the years then ended, and the notes to the financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”).

In our opinion, the accompanying financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and its financial performance and its cash flows for the years then ended in accordance with the Regulations Governing the Preparation of Financial Reports by Securities Issuers.

Basis for Opinion

We conducted our audits in accordance with the Regulations Governing Auditing and Attestation of Financial Statements by Certified Public Accountants and auditing standards generally accepted in the Republic of China. Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements section of our report. We are independent of the Company in accordance with The Norm of Professional Ethics for Certified Public Accountant of the Republic of China, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Key Audit Matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

Key audit matters identified in the Company’s financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019 are stated as follows:

Sales from Hub Warehouses

To meet the needs of major customers, TXC Corporation stock finished goods in the hub warehouses. Sales from hub warehouses are recognized when finished goods are already picked up by customers, and customers have the right to use the finished goods and bear the risk of finished goods. Since recognition of sales from hub warehouses requires more control mechanisms, we considered sales from hub warehouses as a key audit matter.

  • 2 -

The key audit procedures that we performed in respect of sales from hub warehouses included the following:

  1. We evaluated the appropriateness of the design of relevant procedures for the sales revenue recognition of TXC Corporation.

  2. We selected samples to test the effectiveness of its key control operations and verified the consistency of the implementation of the control during the year.

  3. For revenue details from warehouse sales generated from major customers in the current year, we selected samples and checked the orders and pick-up related documents which correspond to the sales revenue to confirm the occurrence of the sales revenue.

Responsibilities of Management and Those Charged with Governance for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in accordance with the Regulations Governing the Preparation of Financial Reports by Securities Issuers, and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, management is responsible for assessing the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless management either intends to liquidate the Company or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so.

Those charged with governance, including the audit committee, are responsible for overseeing the Company’s financial reporting process.

Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with the auditing standards generally accepted in the Republic of China will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

As part of an audit in accordance with the auditing standards generally accepted in the Republic of China, we exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit. We also:

  1. Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.

  2. 3 -

  3. Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control.

  4. Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by management.

  5. Conclude on the appropriateness of management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditors’ report to the related disclosures in the financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditors’ report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Company to cease to continue as a going concern.

  6. Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial statements, including the disclosures, and whether the financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation.

  7. Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business activities within the Company to express an opinion on the financial statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and performance of the audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion.

We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit.

We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, related safeguards.

From the matters communicated with those charged with governance, we determine those matters that were of most significance in the audit of the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019 and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditors’ report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication.

  • 4 -

The engagement partners on the audit resulting in this independent auditors’ report are Ming-Chung Hsieh and Yu-Shiou Su.

Deloitte & Touche Taipei, Taiwan Republic of China March 23, 2020

Notice to Readers

The accompanying consolidated financial statements are intended only to present the consolidated financial position, financial performance and cash flows in accordance with accounting principles and practices generally accepted in the Republic of China and not those of any other jurisdictions. The standards, procedures and practices to audit such consolidated financial statements are those generally applied in the Republic of China.

For the convenience of readers, the independent auditors’ report and the accompanying consolidated financial statements have been translated into English from the original Chinese version prepared and used in the Republic of China. If there is any conflict between the English version and the original Chinese version or any difference in the interpretation of the two versions, the Chinese-language independent auditors’ report and financial statements shall prevail.

  • 5 -

TXC CORPORATION

BALANCE SHEETS DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 (In Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars)

ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents (Notes 4 and 6)

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss - current (Notes 4 and 7)
Financial assets at amortized cost - current (Note 9)
Notes receivable (Notes 4, 5 and 10)
Trade receivables (Notes 4, 5 and 10)
Trade receivables from related parties (Notes 4, 10 and 26)
Other receivables (Notes 4 and 10)
Other receivables from related parties (Notes 4 and 26)
Current tax assets (Note 22)
Inventories (Notes 4 and 11)
Other current assets

Total current assets

NON-CURRENT ASSETS
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss - non-current (Notes 4 and 7)
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income - non-current (Notes 4 and 8)
Right-of-use assets (Notes 4 and 14)
Investments accounted for using equity method (Notes 4 and 12)
Property, plant and equipment (Notes 4 and 13)
Investment properties (Notes 4 and 15)
Other intangible assets (Note 4)
Deferred tax assets (Notes 4, 5 and 22)
Prepayment for equipment
Refundable deposits

Total non-current assets

TOTAL

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

CURRENT LIABILITIES
Short-term loans (Note 16)

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss - current (Notes 4 and 7)
Trade payables
Trade payables to related parties (Note 26)
Other payables (Note 17)
Other payables to related parties (Note 26)
Current tax liabilities (Notes 4 and 22)
Lease liabilities - current (Notes 4 and 14)
Current portion of long-term borrowings and bonds payable (Note 16)
Other current liabilities

Total current liabilities

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES
Long-term borrowings (Note 16)
Lease liabilities - non-current (Notes 4 and 14)
Deferred tax liabilities (Notes 4 and 22)
Net defined benefit liabilities - non-current (Notes 4 and 18)
Guarantee deposits received

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

EQUITY (Note 19)
Share capital
Ordinary shares

Capital surplus

Retained earnings
Legal reserve
Special reserve
Unappropriated earnings

Total retained earnings

Other equity
Exchange differences on translating the financial statements of foreign operations
Unrealized gain on financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

Total other equity

Total equity

TOTAL
2019
Amount
%
$ 672,110
6
-
-
43,052
-
813
-
2,199,290
18
51,691
1
14,371
-
42,888
-
8,176
-
870,180
7

22,074

-


3,924,645
32

9,255
-
185,477
2
6,024
-
5,862,128
49
1,961,704
16
26,881
-
3,692
-
33,066
-
89,157
1

2,508

-


8,179,892
68

$ 12,104,537
100

$ 3,525
-
3,963
-
503,621
4
797,801
7
431,397
4
4,449
-
38,273
-
3,087
-
-
-

7,948

-


1,794,064
15

1,400,000
11
2,949
-
123,400
1
74,031
1

12,342

-


1,612,722
13


3,406,786
28


3,097,570
25


1,666,690
14

1,413,518
12
254,907
2

2,789,438
23


4,457,863
37

(584,617)
(5)

60,245

1


(524,372)

(4)


8,697,751
72

$ 12,104,537
100
2018








































































Amount
%
$ 557,442
5

86
-

68,946
1

1,293
-

2,121,827
18

110,001
1

17,784
-

6,458
-

5,245
-

997,780
8

9,352

-

3,896,214
33

30,975
-

330,925
3

-
-

5,604,216
47

1,894,487
16

115,474
1

170
-

28,654
-

50,827
-

1,008

-

8,056,736
67
$ 11,952,950
100
$ -
-

-
-

577,266
5

635,993
5

354,404
3

3,221
-

-
-

-
-

46,875
1

8,486

-

1,626,245
14

1,350,000
11

-
-

145,490
1

68,033
1

12,342

-

1,575,865
13

3,202,110
27

3,097,570
26

1,665,116
14

1,349,083
11

222,793
2

2,671,184
22

4,243,060
35

(359,923)
(3)

105,017

1

(254,906)

(2)

8,750,840
73
$ 11,952,950
100

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

  • 6 -

TXC CORPORATION

STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 (In Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars, Except Earnings Per Share)

OPERATING REVENUE (Note 20)
Sales

Less: Sales returns
Less: Sales allowances

Net operating revenue
COST OF GOODS SOLD (Notes 11 and 21)

GROSS PROFIT
UNREALIZED GAIN ON INTERCOMPANY
TRANSACTIONS
REALIZED GAIN ON TRANSACTIONS WITH
INTER AFFILIATES

REALIZED GROSS PROFIT

OPERATING EXPENSES (Notes 4 and 21)
Selling and marketing expenses
General and administrative expenses
Research and development expenses
Expected credit loss reversed on trade receivables

Total operating expenses

PROFIT FROM OPERATIONS

NON-OPERATING INCOME AND EXPENSES
Other income (Notes 4 and 21)
Other gains and losses (Note 21)
Finance costs (Notes 4 and 21)
Share of profit of associates and joint ventures

Total non-operating income and expenses

PROFIT BEFORE INCOME TAX
INCOME TAX EXPENSE (Note 22)

NET PROFIT FOR THE YEAR
2019
Amount
%
$ 6,778,865
102
32,011
1

74,783

1

6,672,071
100

5,596,803
84

1,075,268
16
(1,364)
-

1,064

-


1,074,968
16

252,422
3
123,024
2
396,050
6

-

-


771,496
11


303,472

5

63,668
1
(23,982) (1)
(12,472)
-

380,860

6


408,074

6

711,546
11

39,764

1


671,782
10
2018

































Amount
%
$ 6,657,254
101

17,427
-

82,921

1

6,556,906
100

5,542,656
84

1,014,250
16

(1,064)
-

2,634

-

1,015,820
16

245,375
4

119,397
2

327,119
5

(513)

-

691,378
11

324,442

5

54,715
1

6,580
-

(12,443)
-

313,593

5

362,445

6

686,887
11

42,537

1

644,350
10
(Continued)
  • 7 -

TXC CORPORATION

STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 (In Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars, Except Earnings Per Share)

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to
profit or loss:
Remeasurement of defined benefit plans

Unrealized (gain) loss on investments in equity
instruments at fair value through other
comprehensive income
Share of the other comprehensive income of
associates accounted for using the equity
method


Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit
or loss:
Exchange differences on translating the financial
statements of foreign operations
Share of the other comprehensive loss of
associates accounted for using the equity
method


Other comprehensive loss for the year, net of
income tax

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE
YEAR

EARNINGS PER SHARE (Note 23)
From continuing and discontinued operations
Basic
Diluted
2019
Amount
%
$ (12,331)
-
74,642
1

55,452

1


117,763

2

(216,643) (4)

(8,051)

-


(224,694)
(4)


(106,931)
(2)

$ 564,851

8

$ 2.17
$ 2.16
2018














Amount
%
$ (10,620)
-

(146,774) (2)

6,424

-

(150,970)
(2)

(94,043) (2)

(1,743)

-

(95,786)
(2)

(246,756)
(4)
$ 397,594

6
$ 2.08
$ 2.06

$ $


The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

(Concluded)

  • 8 -

TXC CORPORATION

STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 (In Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars)

BALANCE AT JANUARY 1, 2018
Effect of retrospective application and retrospective restatements

BALANCE AT JANUARY 1, 2019 AS RESTATED
Appropriation of 2017 earnings (Note 19)
Legal reserve
Cash dividends distributed by the Company
Net profit for the for the year ended December 31, 2018
Other comprehensive loss for the for the year ended December 31,
2018, net of income tax

Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year ended
December 31, 2018

Disposal of equity instruments at fair value through other
comprehensive income (Note 8)
Changes in capital surplus from investment in associates and joint
ventures accounted for using the equity method

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2018
Appropriation of 2018 earnings (Note 19)
Legal reserve
Special reserve
Cash dividends distributed by the Company
Net profit for the year ended December 31, 2019
Other comprehensive income (loss) for the year ended
December 31, 2019, net of income tax

Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year ended
December 31, 2019

Disposal of equity instruments at fair value through other
comprehensive income (Note 8)
Surplus donated
Changes in capital surplus from investment in associates and join
ventures accounted for using the equity method

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2019
Shares (In
Thousands)
Share Capital
Capital Surplus
309,757
$ 3,097,570
$ 1,665,224

-

-

-
309,757
3,097,570
1,665,224
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

-

-

-

-

-

-
-
-
-

-

-

(108)
309,757
3,097,570
1,665,116
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

-

-

-

-

-

-
-
-
-
-
-
1,617

-

-

(43)

309,757
$ 3,097,570
$ 1,666,690
Retained Earnings
Unappropriated
Legal Reserve
Special Reserve
Earnings

$ 1,252,818
$ 222,793
$ 2,767,383

-

-

102,957
1,252,818
222,793
2,870,340
96,265
-
(96,265)
-
-
(774,393)
-
-
644,350

-

-

(10,792)

-

-

633,558
-
-
37,944

-

-

-
1,349,083
222,793
2,671,184
64,435
-
(64,435)
-
32,114
(32,114)
-
-
(619,514)
-
-
671,782

-

-

(12,270)

-

-

659,512
-
-
174,805
-
-
-

-

-

-
$ 1,413,518
$ 254,907
$ 2,789,438
Others
Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Financial
Assets at Fair
Exchange
Value Through
Unrealized Gain
Differences on
Other
(Loss) on
Translating
Comprehensive
Available-for-sale
Foreign Operations
Income
Financial Assets
$ (264,137)
$ -
$ 381,048


-

283,139

(381,048)

(264,137)
283,139
-

-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

(95,786)

(140,178)

-


(95,786)

(140,178)

-

-
(37,944)
-

-

-

-

(359,923)
105,017
-

-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

(224,694)

130,033

-


(224,694)

130,033

-

-
(174,805)
-
-
-
-

-

-

-

$ (584,617)
$ 60,245
$ -
Total Equity
$ 9,122,699

5,048
9,127,747
-
(774,393)
644,350

(246,756)

397,594
-

(108)
8,750,840
-
-
(619,514)
671,782

(106,931)

564,851
-
1,617

(43)
$ 8,697,751

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

  • 9 -

TXC CORPORATION

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 (In Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars)

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Income before income tax

Adjustments for:
Depreciation expenses
Amortization expenses
Expected credit loss reversed on trade receivables
Net loss (gain) on fair value change of financial assets and liabilities
designated as at fair value through profit or loss
Finance costs
Interest income
Dividend income
Share of profit of associates and joint ventures
Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Unrealized gain on the transactions with subsidiaries, associates and
joint ventures
Realized gain on the transactions with subsidiaries, associates and
joint ventures
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Financial assets mandatorily classified as at fair value through profit
or loss
Notes receivable
Trade receivables
Trade receivables from related parties
Other receivables
Other receivables from related parties
Inventories
Other current assets
Decrease in financial liabilities mandatorily classified as at fair
value through profit or loss
Notes payable
Trade payables
Trade payables to related parties
Other payables
Other payables to related parties
Other current liabilities
Defined benefit liabilities - non-current

Cash generated from operations
Interest paid
Income taxes paid

Net cash generated from operating activities
2019
$ 711,546

323,026
4,809
-
4,055
12,472
(6,506)
(2,385)
(380,860)
(885)
1,364
(1,064)
21,714
480
(77,463)
58,310
(519)
(36,430)
127,600
(12,722)
-
-
(73,645)
161,808
77,119
1,228
(538)
(6,333)

906,181
(12,721)
(49,466)

843,994
2018
$ 686,887
316,062
558
(513)
(1,414)
12,443

(8,103)

(1,527)

(313,593)

(1,232)
1,064

(2,634)
10,010
(211)

(48,753)
(40,090)

(9,217)

13,324
(41,627)

2,369
(1,265)
(276)

148,853
(66,538)
(42,186)
247

(2,498)

(4,611)
605,529

(12,931)

(64,010)

528,588
(Continued)
  • 10 -

TXC CORPORATION

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 (In Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars)

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from sale of financial assets at fair value through other
comprehensive income

Purchase of financial assets at amortized cost
Proceeds from sale of financial assets at amortized cost
Acquisition of associates
Net cash outflow on acquisition of associates (Note 16)
Net cash inflow on disposal of associates (Note 16)
Payments for property, plant and equipment
Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment
(Decrease) increase in refundable deposits
Payments for intangible assets
Increase in prepayment for equipment
Interest received
Dividend received from associates
Other dividends received

Net cash (used in) generated from investing activities

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Increase in short-term borrowings
Decrease in short-term borrowings
Proceeds from long-term borrowings
Repayments of long-term borrowings

Proceeds from guarantee deposits received
Payments for right-of-use assets
Dividends paid to owners of the Company

Return of shareholders' cash dividends

Net cash used in financing activities

EFFECTS OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH AND CASH
EQUIVALENTS

NET (INCREASE) DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH
EQUIVALENTS
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT THE BEGINNING OF THE
YEAR

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT THE END OF THE YEAR
2019
$ 241,715

(43,052)
68,946
(67,083)
-
-
(299,849)
1,923
(1,500)
(8,331)
(38,330)
7,507
20,447
2,385

(115,222)

3,525
-
1,400,000
(1,396,875)
-
(2,857)
(619,514)

1,617

(614,104)

-

114,668
557,442

$ 672,110
2018
$ 53,886

(71,004)
89,480

(234,302)
(1,746)
641,205

(104,393)
25,846

1,720

(185)

(43,887)
8,716
3,205

1,527

370,068
-
(549)
400,000

(762,500)
8

-

(774,393)

-
(1,137,434)

(2,541)
(241,319)

798,761
$ 557,442

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

(Concluded)

  • 11 -

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018 (In Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars, Unless Stated Otherwise)

TXC CORPORATION

1. ORGANIZATION AND OPERATIONS

TXC Corporation (the “Company”) was incorporated in the Republic of China (ROC) on December 28, 1983.

TXC specializes in producing high quality quartz unite crystal, automotive crystal, crystal oscillator (CXO), and timing module (TM) as well as develops a variety of sensors by core technology to satisfy the market demand. Sensors are applied to various applications including mobile communication, wearable device, internet of things and vehicle electronics, etc.

TXC’s shares have been listed on the Taiwan Stock Exchange since August 26, 2002.

The financial statements are presented in the Company’s functional currency, the New Taiwan dollar.

In order to ensure investors’ rights and interests, the Company filed an application to Taiwan Corporate Governance Association for corporate governance assessment certification. The Company acquired CG6005 general version of corporate governance assessment and authentication and CG6008 advanced version of corporate governance assessment and authentication on March 23, 2011 and June 27, 2013, respectively. On the first “Corporate Governance Assessment and Authentication” which is jointly held by the “Taiwan Stock Exchange” and “Taipei Exchange”, the Company was listed as the top 20 percent of the listed companies in 2014 and awarded the top 5 percent of the listed companies from 2015 to 2017. The Company will continue to strengthen corporate governance functions in order to work with international standards and to protect public interests.

2. APPROVAL OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The financial statements were approved by the Company’s board of directors on March 23, 2020.

3. APPLICATION OF NEW, AMENDED AND REVISED STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS

  • a. Initial application of the amendments to the Regulations Governing the Preparation of Financial Reports by Securities Issuers and the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), International Accounting Standards (IAS), IFRIC Interpretations (IFRIC), and SIC Interpretations (SIC) (collectively, the “IFRSs”) endorsed and issued into effect by the Financial Supervisory Commission (FSC)

Except for the following, the initial application of the amendments to the Regulations Governing the Preparation of Financial Reports by Securities Issuers and the IFRSs endorsed and issued into effect by the FSC did not have any material impact on the Company’s accounting policies:

1) IFRS 16 “Leases”

IFRS 16 provides a comprehensive model for the identification of lease arrangements and their treatment in the financial statements of both lessee and lessor. It supersedes IAS 17 “Leases”, IFRIC 4 “Determining whether an Arrangement contains a Lease”, and a number of related interpretations. Refer to Note 4 for information relating to the relevant accounting policies.

  • 12 -

The Company as lessee

The Company recognizes right-of-use assets if the right-of-use assets meet the definition of investment properties, and lease liabilities for all leases on the balance sheets except for those whose payments under low-value asset and short-term leases are recognized as expenses on a straight-line basis. On the statements of comprehensive income, the Company presents the depreciation expense charged on right-of-use assets separately from the interest expense accrued on lease liabilities; interest is computed using the effective interest method. On the statements of cash flows, cash payments for the principal portion of lease liabilities are classified within financing activities; cash payments for the interest portion are classified within financing activities. Prior to the application of IFRS 16, payments under operating lease contracts, including property interest qualified as investment properties, were recognized as expenses on a straight-line basis. Cash flows for operating leases were classified within operating activities on the consolidated statements of cash flows. Leased assets and finance lease payables were recognized on the consolidated balance sheets for contracts classified as finance leases.

The Company elects to apply IFRS 16 retrospectively with the cumulative effect of the initial application of this standard recognized on January 1, 2019. Comparative information is not restated.

Lease liabilities were recognized on January 1, 2019 for leases previously classified as operating leases under IAS 17. Lease liabilities were measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments, discounted using the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate on January 1, 2019. Right-of-use assets are measured at an amount equal to the lease liabilities, adjusted by the amount of any prepaid or accrued lease payments. The Group applies IAS 36 to all right-of-use assets.

The lessee’s weighted average incremental borrowing rate applied to lease liabilities recognized on January 1, 2019 is 1.15%. The difference between the (i) lease liabilities recognized and (ii) operating lease commitments disclosed under IAS 17 on December 31, 2018 is explained as follows:

The future minimum lease payments of non-cancellable operating lease
commitments on December 31, 2018



Undiscounted amounts on January 1, 2019



Discounted amounts using the incremental borrowing rate on January 1, 2019



Lease liabilities recognized on January 1, 2019

The Company as lessor
$ 1,333
$ 1,333
$ 1,330
$ 1,330

The Group does not make any adjustments for leases in which it is a lessor, and it accounts for those leases with the application of IFRS 16 starting from January 1, 2019.

  • 13 -

The impact on assets, liabilities and equity as of January 1, 2019 from the initial application of IFRS 16 is set out as follows:

Adjustments
As Originally Arising from
Stated on Initial Restated on
January 1, 2019 Application January 1, 2019
Right-of-use assets - buildings
$ -
$ 1,330 $ 1,330
Total effect on assets
$ -
$ 1,330 $ 1,330
Lease liabilities - current $ - $ 1,330 $ 1,330
Total effect on liabilities $ - $ 1,330 $ 1,330

2) IFRIC 23 “Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments”

IFRIC 23 clarifies that when there is uncertainty over income tax treatments, the Company should assume that the taxation authority has full knowledge of all related information when making related examinations. If the Company concludes that it is probable that the taxation authority will accept an uncertain tax treatment, the Company should determine the taxable profit, tax bases, unused tax losses, unused tax credits or tax rates consistently with the tax treatments used or planned to be used in its income tax filings. If it is not probable that the taxation authority will accept an uncertain tax treatment, the Company should make estimates using either the most likely amount or the expected value of the tax treatment, depending on which method the Company expects to better predict the resolution of the uncertainty. The Company has to reassess its judgment and estimates if facts and circumstances change.

  • 3) Amendments to IAS 19 “Plan Amendment, Curtailment or Settlement”

The amendments stipulate that, if a plan amendment, curtailment or settlement occurs, the current service cost and the net interest for the remainder of the annual reporting period are determined using the actuarial assumptions used for the remeasurement of the net defined benefit liabilities (assets). In addition, the amendments clarify the effect of a plan amendment, curtailment or settlement on the requirements regarding the asset ceiling. The Company applied the above amendments prospectively.

  • b. The IFRSs endorsed by the Financial Supervisory Commission (FSC) for application starting from 2020
New IFRSs
Amendments to IFRS 3 “Definition of a Business”

Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7 “Interest Rate Benchmark
Reform”

Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8 “Definition of Material”
Effective Date
Announced by IASB
January 1, 2020 (Note 1)
January 1, 2020 (Note 2)
January 1, 2020 (Note 3)
  • Note 1: The Company shall apply these amendments to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after January 1, 2020 and to asset acquisitions that occur on or after the beginning of that period.

  • Note 2: The Company shall apply these amendments retrospectively for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2020.

  • 14 -

  • Note 3: The Company shall apply these amendments prospectively for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2020.

Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8 “Definition of material”

The amendments are intended to make the definition of material in IAS 1 easier to understand and are not intended to alter the underlying concept of materiality in IFRSs. The concept of “obscuring” material information with immaterial information has been included as part of the new definition. The threshold for materiality influencing users has been changed from “could influence” to “could reasonably be expected to influence”.

Except for the above impacts, as of the date the financial statements were authorized for issue, the Company continues to assess other possible impact that application of the aforementioned amendments and the related amendments to the Regulations Governing the Preparation of Financial Reports by Securities Issuers will have on the Company’s financial position and financial performance and will disclose other impact when the assessment is completed.

  • c. New IFRSs in issue but not yet endorsed and issued into effect by the FSC
New IFRSs
Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28 “Sale or Contribution of Assets
between an Investor and its Associate or Joint Venture”

IFRS 17 “Insurance Contracts”

Amendments to IAS 1 “Classification of Liabilities as Current or
Non-current”
Effective Date
Announced by IASB (Note)
To be determined by IASB
January 1, 2021
January 1, 2022

Note: Unless stated otherwise, the above New IFRSs are effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after their respective effective dates.

As of the date the financial statements were authorized for issue, the Company is continuously assessing the possible impact that the application of other standards and interpretations will have on the Company’s financial position and financial performance and will disclose the relevant impact when the assessment is completed.

4. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

  • a. Statement of compliance

The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the Regulations Governing the Preparation of Financial Reports by Securities Issuers.

  • b. Basis of preparation

The financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for financial instruments that are measured at fair values. Historical cost is generally based on the fair value of the consideration given in exchange for assets.

The fair value measurements, which are grouped into Levels 1 to 3 based on the degree to which the fair value measurement inputs are observable and the significance of the inputs to the fair value measurement in its entirety, are described as follows:

  • 1) Level 1 inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

  • 15 -

  • 2) Level 2 inputs are inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e., as prices) or indirectly (i.e., derived from prices); and

  • 3) Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

When preparing its parent company only financial statements, the Company used equity method to account for its investment in subsidiaries, associates and jointly controlled entities. In order for the amounts of the net profit for the year, other comprehensive income for the year and total equity in the parent company only financial statements to be the same with the amounts attributable to the owner of the Company in its financial statements, adjustments arising from the differences in accounting treatment between parent company only basis and basis were made to investments accounted for by equity method, share of profit or loss of subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures, share of other comprehensive income of subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures and related equity items, as appropriate, in the parent company only financial statements.

  • c. Classification of current and non-current assets and liabilities

Current assets include:

  • 1) Assets held primarily for the purpose of trading;

  • 2) Assets expected to be realized within 12 months after the reporting period; and

  • 3) Cash and cash equivalents unless the asset is restricted from being exchanged or used to settle a liability for at least 12 months after the reporting period.

Current liabilities include:

  • 1) Liabilities held primarily for the purpose of trading;

  • 2) Liabilities due to be settled within 12 months after the reporting period, even if an agreement to refinance, or to reschedule payments, on a long-term basis is completed after the reporting period and before the consolidated financial statements are authorized for issue; and

  • 3) Liabilities for which the Group does not have an unconditional right to defer settlement for at least 12 months after the reporting period. Terms of a liability that could, at the option of the counterparty, result in its settlement by the issue of equity instruments do not affect its classification.

Assets and liabilities that are not classified as current are classified as non-current.

  • d. Foreign currencies

In preparing the Company’s financial statements, transactions in currencies other than the Company’s functional currency (i.e., foreign currencies) are recognized at the rates of exchange prevailing at the dates of the transactions.

At the end of each reporting period, monetary items denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rates prevailing at that date. Exchange differences on monetary items arising from settlement or translation are recognized in profit or loss in the period.

  • 16 -

Non-monetary items measured at fair value that are denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rates prevailing at the date when the fair value was determined. Exchange differences arising from the retranslation of non-monetary items are included in profit or loss for the period except for exchange differences arising from the retranslation of non-monetary items in respect of which gains and losses are recognized directly in other comprehensive income, in which cases, the exchange differences are also recognized directly in other comprehensive income.

Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are not retranslated.

For the purpose of presenting consolidated financial statements, the functional currencies of the Company and its foreign operations (including subsidiaries, associates, joint ventures and branches in other countries that use currencies which are different from the currency of the Company) are translated into the presentation currency, the New Taiwan dollar, as follows: Assets and liabilities are translated at the exchange rates prevailing at the end of the reporting period; and income and expense items are translated at the average exchange rates for the period. The resulting currency translation differences are recognized in other comprehensive income (attributed to the owners of the Company and non-controlling interests as appropriate).

On the disposal of a foreign operation (i.e., a disposal of the Company’s entire interest in a foreign operation, or a disposal involving loss of control over a subsidiary that includes a foreign operation, a disposal involving loss of joint control over a jointly controlled entity that includes a foreign operation, or a disposal involving loss of significant influence over an associate that includes a foreign operation), all of the exchange differences accumulated in equity in respect of that operation attributable to the owners of the Company are reclassified to profit or loss.

In relation to a partial disposal of a subsidiary that does not result in the Company losing control over the subsidiary, the proportionate share of accumulated exchange differences are re-attributed to non-controlling interests of the subsidiary and are not recognized in profit or loss. For all other partial disposals (i.e., partial disposals of associates or jointly controlled entities that do not result in the Company losing significant influence or joint control), the proportionate share of the accumulated exchange differences recognized in other comprehensive income is reclassified to profit or loss.

e. Inventories

Inventories consist of raw materials, supplies, finished goods and work-in-process and are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Inventory write-downs are made by item, except where it may be appropriate to group similar or related items. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price of inventories less all estimated costs of completion and costs necessary to make the sale. Inventories are recorded at specific identification of cost on the balance sheet date.

  • f. Investments in subsidiaries

The Company uses the equity method to account for its investments in subsidiaries.

Subsidiary is an entity that is controlled by the Company.

Under the equity method, investment in a subsidiary is initially recognized at cost and adjusted thereafter to recognize the Company’s share of the profit or loss and other comprehensive income of the subsidiary. The Company also recognizes the changes in the Company’s share of equity of subsidiaries.

Changes in the Company’s ownership interest in a subsidiary that do not result in the Company losing control of the subsidiary are equity transactions. The Company recognizes directly in equity any difference between the carrying amount of the investment and the fair value of the consideration paid or received.

  • 17 -

When the Company’s share of losses of a subsidiary exceeds its interest in that subsidiary (which includes any carrying amount of the investment accounted for by the equity method and long-term interests that, in substance, form part of the Company’s net investment in the subsidiary), the Company continues to recognize its share of further losses.

Any excess of the cost of acquisition over the Company’s share of the net fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities of a subsidiary at the date of acquisition is recognized as goodwill, which is included within the carrying amount of the investment and is not amortized. Any excess of the Company’s share of the net fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities over the cost of acquisition is recognized immediately in the profit or loss.

The Company assesses its investment for any impairment by comparing the carrying amount with the estimated recoverable amount as assessed based on the entire financial statements of the invested company. Impairment loss is recognized when the carrying amount exceeds the recoverable amount. If the recoverable amount of the investment subsequently increases, the Company recognizes reversal of the impairment loss; the adjusted post-reversal carrying amount shall not exceed the carrying amount that would have been recognized (net of amortization or depreciation) had no impairment loss been recognized in prior years. An impairment loss recognized on goodwill cannot be reversed in the subsequent period.

When the Company loses control of a subsidiary, it recognizes the investment retained in the former subsidiary at its fair value at the date when control is lost. The difference between the fair value of the retained investment plus any consideration received and the carrying amount of previous investment at the date when control is lost is recognized as a gain or loss in the profit or loss. Besides, the Company accounts for all amounts previously recognized in other comprehensive income in relation to that subsidiary on the same basis as would be required if the Company had directly disposed of the related assets or liabilities.

Profit or loss resulting from downstream transactions is eliminated in full in the parent company only financial statements. Profit and loss resulting from upstream transactions and transactions between subsidiaries are recognized in the parent company only financial statements only to the extent of interests in the subsidiaries that are not related to the Company.

  • g. Investments in associates

An associate is an entity over which the Company has significant influence and that is neither a subsidiary nor an interest in a joint venture.

The Company uses the equity method to account for its investments in associates.

Under the equity method, investments in an associate are initially recognized at cost and adjusted thereafter to recognize the Company’s share of the profit or loss and other comprehensive income of the associate. The Company also recognizes the changes in the Company’s share of equity of associates.

Any excess of the cost of acquisition over the Company’s share of the net fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities of an associate at the date of acquisition is recognized as goodwill, which is included within the carrying amount of the investment and is not amortized. Any excess of the Company’s share of the net fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities over the cost of acquisition, after reassessment, is recognized immediately in profit or loss.

  • 18 -

When the Company subscribes for additional new shares of the associate at a percentage different from its existing ownership percentage, the resulting carrying amount of the investment differs from the amount of the Company’s proportionate interest in the associate. The Company records such a difference as an adjustment to investments with the corresponding amount charged or credited to capital surplus - changes in the Company’s share of equity of associates. If the Company’s ownership interest is reduced due to the additional subscription of the new shares of associate, the proportionate amount of the gains or losses previously recognized in other comprehensive income in relation to that associate is reclassified to profit or loss on the same basis as would be required if the investee had directly disposed of the related assets or liabilities. When the adjustment should be debited to capital surplus, but the capital surplus recognized from investments accounted for by the equity method is insufficient, the shortage is debited to retained earnings.

When the Company’s share of losses of an associate equals or exceeds its interest in that associate (which includes any carrying amount of the investment accounted for by the equity method and long-term interests that, in substance, form part of the Company’s net investment in the associate), the Company discontinues recognizing its share of further losses. Additional losses and liabilities are recognized only to the extent that the Company has incurred legal obligations, or constructive obligations, or made payments on behalf of that associate.

The entire carrying amount of the investment (including goodwill) is tested for impairment as a single asset by comparing its recoverable amount with its carrying amount. Any impairment loss recognized forms part of the carrying amount of the investment. Any reversal of that impairment loss is recognized to the extent that the recoverable amount of the investment subsequently increases.

The Company discontinues the use of the equity method from the date on which its investment ceases to be an associate. Any retained investment is measured at fair value at that date and the fair value is regarded as its fair value on initial recognition as a financial asset. The difference between the previous carrying amount of the associate attributable to the retained interest and its fair value is included in the determination of the gain or loss on disposal of the associate. The Company accounts for all amounts previously recognized in other comprehensive income in relation to that associate on the same basis as would be required if that associate had directly disposed of the related assets or liabilities. If an investment in an associate becomes an investment in a joint venture or an investment in a joint venture becomes an investment in an associate, the Company continues to apply the equity method and does not remeasure the retained interest.

When the Company transacts with its associate, profits and losses resulting from the transactions with the associate are recognized in the Company’s financial statements only to the extent of interests in the associate that are not related to the Company.

  • h. Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment loss.

Properties in the course of construction for production, supply or administrative purposes are carried at cost, less any recognized impairment loss. Cost includes professional fees and borrowing costs eligible for capitalization. Such properties are depreciated and classified to the appropriate categories of property, plant and equipment when completed and ready for intended use.

Depreciation is recognized using the straight-line method. Each significant part is depreciated separately. The estimated useful lives, residual values and depreciation method are reviewed at the end of each reporting period, with the effect of any changes in estimate accounted for on a prospective basis.

On derecognition of an item of property, plant and equipment, the difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and is recognized in profit or loss.

  • 19 -

  • i. Investment properties

Investment properties are properties held to earn rentals and/or for capital appreciation.

Investment properties are measured initially at cost, including transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, investment properties are measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment loss. Depreciation is recognized using the straight-line method.

For a transfer of classification from investment properties to property, plant and equipment, the deemed cost of the property for subsequent accounting is its carrying amount at the commencement of owner-occupation.

For a transfer of classification from property, plant and equipment to investment properties, the deemed cost of an item of property for subsequent accounting is its carrying amount at the end of owner-occupation.

On derecognition of an investment property, the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and is included in profit or loss in the period.

  • j. Intangible assets

  • 1) Intangible assets acquired separately

Intangible assets with finite useful lives that are acquired separately are initially measured at cost and subsequently measured at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment loss. Amortization is recognized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. The estimated useful life, residual value, and amortization method are reviewed at the end of each reporting period, with the effect of any changes in the estimates accounted for on a prospective basis. Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives that are acquired separately are measured at cost less accumulated impairment loss.

  • 2) Derecognition of intangible assets

On derecognition of an intangible asset, the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset is recognized in profit or loss.

  • k. Impairment of tangible and intangible assets and assets related to contract costs

At the end of each reporting period, the Company reviews the carrying amounts of its tangible and intangible assets, excluding goodwill, to determine whether there is any indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss. When it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of an individual asset, the Company estimates the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs. Corporate assets are allocated to the individual cash-generating units on a reasonable and consistent basis of allocation.

Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives and intangible assets not yet available for use are tested for impairment at least annually and whenever there is an indication that the asset may be impaired.

Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. If the recoverable amount of an asset or cash-generating unit is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of the asset or cash-generating unit is reduced to its recoverable amount, with the resulting impairment loss recognized in profit or loss.

  • 20 -

When an impairment loss is subsequently reversed, the carrying amount of the asset or cash-generating unit is increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount, but only to the extent of the carrying amount that would have been determined had no impairment loss been recognized for the asset or cash-generating unit in prior years. A reversal of an impairment loss is recognized in profit or loss.

  • l. Financial instruments

Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognized when a group entity becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instruments.

Financial assets and financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value. Transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition or issue of financial assets and financial liabilities (other than financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss) are added to or deducted from the fair value of the financial assets or financial liabilities, as appropriate, on initial recognition. Transaction costs directly attributable to the acquisition of financial assets or financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss are recognized immediately in profit or loss.

  • 1) Financial assets

All regular way purchases or sales of financial assets are recognized and derecognized on a settlement date basis.

  • a) Measurement categories

Financial assets are classified into the following categories: Financial assets at FVTPL, financial assets at amortized cost, and investments in equity instruments at FVTOCI.

  • i Financial assets at FVTPL

Financial assets are classified as at FVTPL when such a financial asset is mandatorily classified as at FVTPL. Financial assets mandatorily classified as at FVTPL include investments in equity instruments which are not designated as at FVTOCI and debt instruments that do not meet the amortized cost criteria or the FVTOCI criteria.

Financial assets at FVTPL are subsequently measured at fair value, with any gains or losses arising on remeasurement recognized in profit or loss. The net gain or loss recognized in profit or loss does not incorporate any dividends or interest earned on such a financial asset. Fair value is determined in the manner described in Note 29.

  • ii Financial assets at amortized cost

Financial assets that meet the following conditions are subsequently measured at amortized cost:

  • i) The financial asset is held within a business model whose objective is to hold financial assets in order to collect contractual cash flows; and

  • ii) The contractual terms of the financial asset give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.

Subsequent to initial recognition, financial assets at amortized cost, including cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables at amortized cost and debt investments with no active market, are measured at amortized cost, which equals the gross carrying amount determined by the effective interest method less any impairment loss. Exchange differences are recognized in profit or loss.

  • 21 -

Interest income is calculated by applying the effective interest rate to the gross carrying amount of such a financial asset, except for:

  • i) Purchased or originated credit-impaired financial assets, for which interest income is calculated by applying the credit adjusted effective interest rate to the amortized cost of such financial assets; and

  • ii) Financial assets that are not credit impaired on purchase or origination but have subsequently become credit impaired, for which interest income is calculated by applying the effective interest rate to the amortized cost of such financial assets in subsequent reporting periods.

Cash equivalents include time deposits and repurchase agreement with original maturities within 3 months from the date of acquisition, which are highly liquid, readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value. These cash equivalents are held for the purpose of meeting short-term cash commitments.

iii Investments in equity instruments at FVTOCI

On initial recognition, the Company may make an irrevocable election to designate investments in equity instruments as at FVTOCI. Designation as at FVTOCI is not permitted if the equity investment is held for trading or if it is contingent consideration recognized by an acquirer in a business combination.

Investments in equity instruments at FVTOCI are subsequently measured at fair value with gains and losses arising from changes in fair value recognized in other comprehensive income and accumulated in other equity. The cumulative gain or loss will not be reclassified to profit or loss on disposal of the equity investments; instead, it will be transferred to retained earnings.

Dividends on these investments in equity instruments are recognized in profit or loss when the Company’s right to receive the dividends is established, unless the dividends clearly represent a recovery of part of the cost of the investment.

  • b) Impairment of financial assets

The Company recognizes a loss allowance for expected credit losses on financial assets at amortized cost (including trade receivables), investments in debt instruments that are measured at FVTOCI, lease receivables, as well as contract assets.

The Company always recognizes lifetime expected credit losses (ECLs) for trade receivables, lease receivables. For all other financial instruments, the Company recognizes lifetime ECLs when there has been a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition. If, on the other hand, the credit risk on a financial instrument has not increased significantly since initial recognition, the Company measures the loss allowance for that financial instrument at an amount equal to 12-month ECLs.

Expected credit losses reflect the weighted average of credit losses with the respective risks of default occurring as the weights. Lifetime ECLs represent the expected credit losses that will result from all possible default events over the expected life of a financial instrument. In contrast, 12-month ECLs represent the portion of lifetime ECLs that is expected to result from default events on a financial instrument that are possible within 12 months after the reporting date.

  • 22 -

The impairment loss of all financial assets is recognized in profit or loss by a reduction in their carrying amounts through a loss allowance account, except for investments in debt instruments that are measured at FVTOCI, for which the loss allowance is recognized in other comprehensive income and the carrying amounts of such financial assets are not reduced.

  • c) Derecognition of financial assets

The Company derecognizes a financial asset only when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire, or when it transfers the financial asset and substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the asset to another party.

On derecognition of a financial asset at amortized cost in its entirety, the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the sum of the consideration received and receivable is recognized in profit or loss. On derecognition of an investment in a debt instrument at FVTOCI, the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the sum of the consideration received and receivable and the cumulative gain or loss which had been recognized in other comprehensive income is recognized in profit or loss. However, on derecognition of an investment in an equity instrument at FVTOCI, the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the sum of the consideration received and receivable is recognized in profit or loss, and the cumulative gain or loss which had been recognized in other comprehensive income is transferred directly to retained earnings, without recycling through profit or loss.

On derecognition of a financial asset other than in its entirety, the Company allocates the previous carrying amount of the financial asset between the part it continues to recognize and the part it no longer recognizes on the basis of the relative fair values of those parts on the date of the transfer. The difference between the carrying amount allocated to the part that is no longer recognized and the sum of the consideration received for the part that is no longer recognized is treated in the same way as when the financial asset is derecognized in entirety. A cumulative gain or loss that had been recognized in other comprehensive income is allocated between the part that continues to be recognized and the part that is no longer recognized on the basis of the relative fair values of those parts.

  • 2) Financial liabilities

  • a) Subsequent measurement

Except the following situations, all financial liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

Financial liabilities at FVTPL

Financial liabilities are classified as at FVTPL when such financial liability is held for trading.

Financial liabilities held for trading are stated at fair value, and any gains or losses on such financial liabilities are recognized in other gains or losses. Fair value is determined in the manner described in Note 27.

  • b) Derecognition of financial liabilities

The difference between the carrying amount of a financial liability derecognized and the consideration paid, including any non-cash assets transferred or liabilities assumed, is recognized in profit or loss.

  • 23 -

3) Derivative financial instruments

The Company enters into a variety of derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to interest rate and foreign exchange rate risks, including foreign exchange forward contracts, interest rate swaps.

Derivatives are initially recognized at fair value at the date on which the derivative contracts are entered into and are subsequently remeasured to their fair value at the end of each reporting period. The resulting gain or loss is recognized in profit or loss immediately unless the derivative is designated and effective as a hedging instrument; in which event, the timing of the recognition in profit or loss depends on the nature of the hedging relationship. When the fair value of a derivative financial instrument is positive, the derivative is recognized as a financial asset; when the fair value of a derivative financial instrument is negative, the derivative is recognized as a financial liability.

Derivatives embedded in hybrid contracts that contain financial asset hosts that is within the scope of IFRS 9 are not separated; instead, the classification is determined in accordance with the entire hybrid contract. Derivatives embedded in non-derivative host contracts that are not financial assets that is within the scope of IFRS 9 (e.g., financial liabilities) are treated as separate derivatives when they meet the definition of a derivative; their risks and characteristics are not closely related to those of the host contracts; and the host contracts are not measured at FVTPL.

m. Revenue recognition

The Company identifies contracts with customers, allocates the transaction price to the performance obligations and recognizes revenue when performance obligations are satisfied.

Revenue from the sale of goods

Revenue from the sale of goods comes from sales of crystals frequency control devices and sensors. Sales of crystals frequency control devices and sensors are recognized as revenue when the goods are delivered to the customer’s specific location, the goods are shipped and the goods are picked up by customers because it is the time when the customer has full discretion over the manner of distribution and price to sell the goods, has the primary responsibility for sales to future customers and bears the risks of obsolescence. Trade receivables are recognized concurrently.

n. Leasing

2019

At the inception of a contract, the Group assesses whether the contract is, or contains, a lease.

Leases are classified as finance leases whenever the terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to the lessee. All other leases are classified as operating leases.

1) The Group as lessor

Leases are classified as finance leases whenever the terms of a lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to the lessee. All other leases are classified as operating leases.

Lease payments less any lease incentives payable from operating leases are recognized as income on a straight-line basis over the terms of the relevant leases. Initial direct costs incurred in obtaining operating leases are added to the carrying amounts of the underlying assets and recognized as expenses on a straight-line basis over the lease terms.

  • 24 -

2) The Group as lessee

The Company recognizes right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for all leases at the commencement date of a lease, except for short-term leases and low-value asset leases accounted for applying a recognition exemption where lease payments are recognized as expenses on a straight-line basis over the lease terms.

Right-of-use assets are initially measured at cost, which comprises the initial measurement of lease liabilities adjusted for lease payments made at or before the commencement date, plus any initial direct costs incurred and an estimate of costs needed to restore the underlying assets, and less any lease incentives received. Right-of-use assets are subsequently measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses and adjusted for any remeasurement of the lease liabilities. Right-of-use assets are presented on a separate line in the consolidated balance sheets.

Right-of-use assets are depreciated using the straight-line method from the commencement dates to the earlier of the end of the useful lives of the right-of-use assets or the end of the lease terms.

Lease liabilities are initially measured at the present value of the lease payments, which comprise fixed payments. The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in a lease, if that rate can be readily determined. If that rate cannot be readily determined, the Company uses the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate.

Subsequently, lease liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, with interest expense recognized over the lease terms. When there is a change in a lease term, the Company remeasures the lease liabilities with a corresponding adjustment to the right-of-use-assets. However, if the carrying amount of the right-of-use assets is reduced to zero, any remaining amount of the remeasurement is recognized in profit or loss. Lease liabilities are presented on a separate line in the consolidated balance sheets.

2018

Leases are classified as finance leases whenever the terms of a lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to the lessee. All other leases are classified as operating leases.

1) The Company as lessor

Rental income from operating leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease.

  • 2) The Company as lessee

Assets held under finance leases are initially recognized as assets of the Company at their fair value at the inception of the lease or, if lower, at the present value of the minimum lease payments. The corresponding liability to the lessor is included in the consolidated balance sheets as a finance lease obligation.

Finance expenses implicit in lease payments for each period are recognized immediately in profit or loss, unless they are directly attributable to qualifying assets; in which case, they are capitalized.

Operating lease payments are recognized as expenses on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

  • 25 -

  • 3) Leasehold land for own use

When a lease includes both land and building elements, the Company assesses the classification of each element separately as a finance or an operating lease based on the assessment as to whether substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of each element have been transferred to the lessee. The minimum lease payments are allocated between the land and the building elements in proportion to the relative fair values of the leasehold interests in the land element and building element of the lease at the inception of the lease.

If the allocation of the lease payments can be made reliably, each element is accounted for separately in accordance with its lease classification. When the lease payments cannot be allocated reliably between the land and building elements, the entire lease is generally classified as a finance lease unless it is clear that both elements are operating leases; in which case, the entire lease is classified as an operating lease.

o. Borrowing costs

Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of qualifying assets are added to the cost of those assets, until such time as the assets are substantially ready for their intended use or sale.

Investment income earned on the temporary investment of specific borrowings pending their expenditure on qualifying assets is deducted from the borrowing costs eligible for capitalization.

Other than stated above, all other borrowing costs are recognized in profit or loss in the period in which they are incurred.

  • p. Government grants

Government grants are not recognized until there is reasonable assurance that the Company will comply with the conditions attached to them and that the grants will be received.

Government grants are recognized in profit or loss on a systematic basis over the periods in which the Company recognizes as expenses the related costs for which the grants are intended to compensate. Specifically, government grants whose primary condition is that the Company should purchase, construct or otherwise acquire non-current assets are recognized as a deduction from the carrying amount of the relevant asset and recognized in profit or loss on a systematic and rational basis over the useful lives of the related assets.

Government grants that are receivable as compensation for expenses or losses already incurred or for the purpose of giving immediate financial support to the Company with no future related costs are recognized in profit or loss in the period in which they are received.

q. Employee benefits

  • 1) Short-term employee benefits

Liabilities recognized in respect of short-term employee benefits are measured at the undiscounted amount of the benefits expected to be paid in exchange for the related service.

  • 26 -

2) Retirement benefits

Payments to defined contribution retirement benefit plans are recognized as an expense when employees have rendered services entitling them to the contributions.

Defined benefit costs (including service cost, net interest and remeasurement) under the defined benefit retirement benefit plans are determined using the projected unit credit method. Service cost (including current service cost), past service cost and net interest on the net defined benefit liability (asset) are recognized as employee benefits expense in the period they occur. Remeasurement, comprising actuarial gains and losses and the return on plan assets (excluding interest), is recognized in other comprehensive income in the period in which they occur. Remeasurement recognized in other comprehensive income is reflected immediately in retained earnings and will not be reclassified to profit or loss.

Net defined benefit liability (asset) represents the actual deficit (surplus) in the Group’s defined benefit plan. Any surplus resulting from this calculation is limited to the present value of any refunds from the plans or reductions in future contributions to the plans.

  • r. Taxation

Income tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable and deferred tax.

1) Current tax

According to the Income Tax Law, an additional tax at 10% of unappropriated earnings is provided for as income tax in the year the shareholders approve to retain the earnings.

Adjustments of prior years’ tax liabilities are added to or deducted from the current year’s tax provision.

2) Deferred tax

Deferred tax is recognized on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit.

Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognized for all taxable temporary differences. Deferred tax assets are generally recognized for all deductible temporary differences, to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which those deductible temporary differences can be utilized.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries and associates, and interests in joint ventures, except where the Company is able to control the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Deferred tax assets arising from deductible temporary differences associated with such investments and interests are only recognized to the extent that it is probable that there will be sufficient taxable profits against which to utilize the benefits of the temporary differences and they are expected to reverse in the foreseeable future.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at the end of each reporting period and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered. A previously unrecognized deferred tax asset is also reviewed at the end of each reporting period and recognized to the to the extent that it has become probable that future taxable profit will allow the deferred tax asset to be recovered.

  • 27 -

Deferred tax liabilities and assets are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period in which the liability is settled or the asset realized, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period. The measurement of deferred tax liabilities and assets reflects the tax consequences that would follow from the manner in which the Company expects, at the end of the reporting period, to recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets and liabilities.

  • 3) Current and deferred tax for the year

Current and deferred tax are recognized in profit or loss, except when they relate to items that are recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, in which case, the current and deferred tax are also recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity respectively. Where current tax or deferred tax arises from the initial accounting for a business combination and the acquisition of a subsidiary, the tax effect is included in the accounting for the business combination and investment in subsidiary.

5. CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGMENTS AND KEY SOURCES OF ESTIMATION AND UNCERTAINTY

In the application of the Company’s accounting policies, management is required to make judgments, estimates and assumptions about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and other factors that are considered relevant. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.

6. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash on hand

Checking accounts and demand deposits
Cash equivalents (investments with original maturities less than 3
months)
Time deposits

December 31 December 31


2019
$ 988

627,967
43,155

$ 672,110
2018
$ 1,116
556,326

-
$ 557,442

The market rate intervals of cash in bank at the end of the reporting period were as follows:

Demand deposits

Time deposits
**December 31 **
2019
2018
0.001%-1.92% 0.001%-0.43%
2.12%-3.20%
-
  • 28 -

7. FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS

Financial assets at FVTPL-current
Financial assets mandatorily classified as at FVTPL
Derivative financial instruments (not under hedge accounting)
Foreign exchange forward contracts (a)
Exchange contracts (a)
Financial assets at FVTPL-non-current
Financial assets mandatorily classified as at FVTPL
Non-derivative financial assets
Domestic listed shares
Financial liabilities at FVTPL-current
Financial liabilities held for trading
Derivative financial assets (not under hedge accounting)
Foreign exchange forward contracts (a)
Exchange contracts (a)
December 31






2019
$ -


-

$ -

$ 9,255

$ 173


3,790

$ 3,963
2018
$ 10

76
$ 86
$ 30,975
$ -

-
$ -

At the end of the reporting period, outstanding forward exchange contracts not under hedge accounting were as follows:

Contract Amount
Currency
Maturity Date
(In Thousands)
December 31, 2019
Knock-out forward USD/JPY 2020.01.09 USD1,500/JPY163,525
Knock-out forward USD/RMB
2020.01.09
RMB10,000/USD1,430
Exchange contracts USD/NTD
2020.01.13-2020.02.19
USD11,000/NTD335,658
Foreign exchange forward contracts USD/NTD
2020.01.09-2020.01.17
USD4,000/NTD122,500
December 31, 2018
Knock-out forward USD/JPY 2019.01.15 USD1,000/JPY114,000
Knock-out forward USD/NTD
2019.01.10-2019.02.20
USD9,000/NTD279,020
Foreign exchange forward contracts USD/NTD
2019.01.10-2019.01.24
USD6,000/NTD186,950
Exchange contracts USD/NTD
2019.01.07-2019.02.20
USD10,000/NTD308,227

The Company entered into foreign exchange forward contracts during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 to manage exposures to exchange rate fluctuations of foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities. Those contracts did not meet the criteria of hedge effectiveness and therefore were not accounted for by using hedge accounting.

  • 29 -

8. FINANCIAL ASSETS AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Non-current
Investments in equity instruments at FVTOCI
December 31 December 31
2019
$ 185,477
2018
$ 330,925

Investments in Equity Instruments at FVTOCI

Non-current
Domestic investments
Unlisted shares
Win Win Precision Technology Company Limited

Marson Technology Company Limited.
UPI Semiconductor Corp.


Foreign investments
Listed shares
Guandong Failong Crystal Technology Company Limited

**December 31 ** **December 31 **




2019
$ 18,388

4,773
45,202

68,363

117,114

$ 185,477
2018
$ 14,256
4,773

61,198

80,227

250,698
$ 330,925

These investments in equity instruments are not held for trading. Instead, they are held for medium to long-term strategic purposes. Accordingly, the management elected to designate these investments in equity instruments as at FVTOCI as they believe that recognizing short-term fluctuations in these investments’ fair value in profit or loss would not be consistent with the Company’s strategy of holding these investments for long-term purposes.

In 2019 and 2018, the Company sold its shares in Guandong Failong Crystal Technology Company Limited in order to manage concentration risk. The sold shares had a fair value of $241,715 thousand and $53,886 thousand, respectively. The Company transferred a gain of $174,805 thousand and $37,944 thousand, respectively from other equity to retained earnings.

9. FINANCIAL ASSETS AT AMORTIZED COST

Current
Domestic investments
Pledge deposits (a)
Foreign investments
Debt investments - Westpac Banking Corp.(b)
**December ** **31 **
2019
$ 43,052

-
$ 43,052
2018
$ 28,591

40,355
$ 68,946
  • a. Refer to Note 27 for information relating to investments in financial assets at amortized cost pledged as security.

  • 30 -

  • b. In May 23, 2018, the Company bought one-year corporate bond issued by Westpac Banking Corporation at a value of RMB9,116 thousand with a coupon rate of 4.35%, an effective interest rate of 3.60% and was redeemed at $41,184 thousand on March 29, 2019.

10. NOTES, ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

Notes receivable
At amortized cost
Gross carrying amount

Less: Allowance for impairment loss


Trade receivables
At amortized cost
Gross carrying amount

Less: Allowance for impairment loss


Other receivables
Income tax refund receivable

Others

**December 31 ** **December 31 **








2019
$ 819

(6)

$ 813

$ 2,261,034

(10,053)

$ 2,250,981

$ 13,989

382

$ 14,371
2018
$ 1,299

(6)
$ 1,293
$ 2,241,881

(10,053)
$ 2,231,828
$ 16,306

1,478
$ 17,784

The average credit period of sales of goods was 60 to 120 days. No interest was charged on trade receivables. In order to minimize credit risk, the management of the Company has delegated a team responsible for determining credit limits, credit approvals and other monitoring procedures to ensure that follow-up action is taken to recover overdue debts. In addition, the Company reviews the recoverable amount of each individual trade debt at the end of the reporting period to ensure that adequate allowance is made for possible irrecoverable amounts. In this regard, the management believes the Company’s credit risk was significantly reduced.

The Company applies the simplified approach to providing for expected credit losses prescribed by IFRS 9, which permits the use of lifetime expected loss provision for all trade receivables. The expected credit losses on trade receivables are estimated using a provision matrix by reference to past default experience of the debtor and an analysis of the debtor’s current financial position, adjusted for general economic conditions of the industry in which the debtors operate and an assessment of both the current as well as the forecast direction of economic conditions at the reporting date. As the Company’s historical credit loss experience does not show significantly different loss patterns for different customer segments, the provision for loss allowance based on past due status is not further distinguished according to the Company’s different customer base.

The Company writes off a trade receivable when there is information indicating that the debtor is in severe financial difficulty and there is no realistic prospect of recovery. For trade receivables that have been written off, the Company continues to engage in enforcement activity to attempt to recover the receivables due. Where recoveries are made, these are recognized in profit or loss.

  • 31 -

The following table details the loss allowance of trade receivables based on the Company’s provision matrix.

December 31, 2019

Not Past Due 31 to 90 Days

Gross carrying amount
$ 2,149,529 $ 111,098
Loss allowance (Lifetime
ECL)

(8,998)

(1,000)


Amortized cost
$ 2,140,531
$ 110,098

December 31, 2018
Not Past Due 31 to 90 Days

Gross carrying amount
$ 2,242,237 $ 943
Loss allowance (Lifetime
ECL)

(10,050)

(9)


Amortized cost
$ 2,232,187
$ 934
91 to 150
Days
$ 1,226

(61)

$ 1,165

91 to 150
Days
$ -

-

$ -
151 to 180
Days
$ -

-

$ -

151 to 180
Days
$ -

-

$ -
Over 180
Days
$ -

-

$ -

Over 180
Days
$ -

-

$ -
Total
$ 2,261,853

(10,059)
$ 2,251,794
Total
$ 2,243,180

(10,059)
$ 2,233,121

The expected credit loss rate for each above range of the Company is not more than 1% within and within 90 days of the overdue period; 5% or less within the overdue period from 91 to 180 days; and 5%-100% when the overdue period exceeds 180 days.

The movements of the loss allowance of trade receivables were as follows:

Balance at January 1
Add: Net remeasurement of loss allowance
Less: Impairment losses reversed
Balance at December 31
**December ** **31 **
2019
$ 10,059

-
$ 10,059
2018
$ 10,572

(513)
$ 10,059

11. INVENTORIES

Finished goods

Work in process
Raw materials
Supplies and spare parts
Merchandise
Inventory in transit

December 31 December 31


2019
$ 184,618

183,371
228,402
65,247
204,141
4,401

$ 870,180
2018
$ 249,927
173,982
197,888
66,402
307,972

1,609
$ 997,780

The cost of inventories recognized as cost of goods sold for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $5,596,803 thousand and $5,542,656 thousand, respectively.

  • 32 -

12. INVESTMENTS ACCOUNTED FOR USING EQUITY METHOD

Investments in subsidiaries

Investments in associates


Investments in Subsidiaries
Unlisted companies
Taiwan Crystal Technology International Ltd.

TXC Technology Inc.
TXC Japan Corporation
Taiwan Crystal Technology (HK) Limited
TXC Europe GmbH

December 31 December 31


2019
2018
$ 5,470,284
$ 5,266,831
391,844

337,385
$ 5,862,128
$ 5,604,216
**December 31 **


2019
$ 5,332,390

16,858
30,643
87,652
2,741

$ 5,470,284
2018
$ 5,128,270
15,572
27,806
93,053

2,130
$ 5,266,831

On July 2018 Taiwan Crystal Technology (HK) Limited was determined to have capital reduction and share return $306,500 thousand in the shareholders meeting.

The proportion of the Company’s ownership was as follows:

Taiwan Crystal Technology International Ltd.
TXC Technology Inc.
TXC Japan Corporation
Taiwan Crystal Technology (HK) Limited
TXC Europe GmbH
**December 31 **
2019
2018
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%

Investments in Associates

Associate that is not individually material


The Company’s share of:
Profit from continuing operations
Other comprehensive loss
Total comprehensive income for the year
December 31 December 31
2019
$ 391,844

**For the Year Ended **
2018
$ 337,385
**December 31 **
2019
$ 15,261

(7,394)
$ 7,867
2018
$ 12,207

(2,000)
$ 10,207
  • 33 -

Refer to Table 6 “name, locations, and related information of investees on which the Company exercises significant influence” for the nature of activities, principal place of business and country of incorporation of the associates.

Because some directors of TXC are the same as Tai-Shing, TXC has the power to govern the financial and operating policies of Tai-Shing. As a result, Tai-Shing is accounted for using the equity method.

In 2019, the Company subscribed 1,266 thousand shares of the ordinary shares of Tai-Shing for cash $67,083 thousand. After the subscription, the Company’s percentage of ownership in Tai-Shing was 30.98%. The Group recognized goodwill of $33,970 thousand as cost of investments in associates.

13. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT


Cost

Balance at January 1, 2018

Additions
Disposals

Balance at December 31, 2018


Accumulated depreciation and
impairment

Balance at January 1, 2018

Disposals
Depreciation expense

Balance at December 31, 2018

Carrying amount at December 31,
2018


Cost

Balance at January 1, 2019

Additions
Reclassifications
Transfer to investment property
Transfer from investment property
Disposals

Balance at December 31, 2019


Accumulated depreciation and
impairment

Balance at January 1, 2019

Disposals
Reclassifications
Transfer from investment property
Transfer to investment property
Depreciation expense

Balance at December 31, 2019

Carrying amount at December 31,
2019
Freehold Land
Land
Improvements
$ 598,145 $ 920
-
395

-

-

$ 598,145
$ 1,315

$ - $ 285
-
-

-

178

$ -
$ 463

$ 598,145
$ 852

$ 598,145 $ 1,315
-
284
-
-
(5,135 )
-

-
-

(1,038)

-

$ 591,972
$ 1,599

$ - $ 463
-
-
-
-

-
-
-
-

-

193

$ -
$ 656

$ 591,972
$ 943
Buildings
$ 1,245,098

10,302

(820)

$ 1,254,580

$ 550,471

(821 )

63,046

$ 612,696

$ 641,884

$ 1,254,580

74,792

-

(26,409 )

244,584

(4,040)

$ 1,543,507

$ 612,696

(4,039 )

-

141,236

(5,526 )

71,717

$ 816,084

$ 727,423
Machinery
and
Equipment
$ 3,034,575

84,676

(230,466)

$ 2,888,785

$ 2,233,879

(205,874 )

224,166

$ 2,252,171

$ 636,614

$ 2,888,785

219,874

(1,417 )

-

-

(5,069)

$ 3,102,173

$ 2,252,171

(5,069 )

(997 )

-

-

228,954

$ 2,475,059

$ 627,114
Transpor-
tation
Equipment
$ 790

744

-

$ 1,534

$ 316

-

232

$ 548

$ 986

$ 1,534

-

-

-

-

-

$ 1,534

$ 548

-

-

-

-

307

$ 855

$ 679
Office
Equipment
$ 95,599

8,276

(7,352)

$ 96,523

$ 81,064

(7,329 )

6,782

$ 80,517

$ 16,006

$ 96,523

4,899

1,417

-

-

(8,003)

$ 94,836

$ 80,517

(8,004 )

997

-

-

7,753

$ 81,263

$ 13,573
Total
$ 4,975,127

104,393

(238,638)
$ 4,840,882
$ 2,866,015

(214,024 )

294,404
$ 2,946,395
$ 1,894,487
$ 4,840,882

299,849

-

(31,544 )

244,584

(18,150)
$ 5,335,621
$ 2,946,395

(17,112 )

-

141,236

(5,526 )

308,924
$ 3,373,917
$ 1,961,704

No impairment assessment was performed for the year ended December 31, 2019 as there was no indication of impairment.

  • 34 -

The above items of property, plant and equipment are depreciated on a straight-line basis at follows:

Land improvements 7 years Buildings Industrial building 35-51 years Electrical power systems 3-11 years Engineering systems 3-51 years Equipment Major production equipments 1-5 years Temperature control systems 4-7 years Transportation equipments 4-7 years Transportation equipments 5 years Office equipment 2-6 years

Property, plant and equipment pledged as collateral for bank borrowings were set out on Note 27.

14. LEASE ARRANGEMENTS

  • a. Right-of-use assets - 2019
December 31, December 31,
2019
Carrying amounts
Buildings $
3,967
Transportation equipment 2,057
$
6,024
For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2019
Additions to right-of-use assets $
7,533
Depreciation charge for right-of-use assets
Buildings $
2,652
Transportation equipment 187
$
2,839
Lease liabilities - 2019
December 31,
2019
Carrying amounts
Current $
3,087
Non-current 2,949
$
6,036
  • b. Lease liabilities - 2019

  • 35 -

Range of discount rate for lease liabilities was as follows:

December 31,
2019
Buildings 0.86%
Transportation equipment 0.86%

c. Material lease-in activities and terms

The Company leases certain warehouses in economic zone with lease term of 2 years, and leases car for business use with lease term of 5 years for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The Company does not have a bargain purchase option to acquire the leased warehouse at the expiry of the lease period.

  • d. Other lease information
2019
For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2019
Expenses relating to short-term leases $
44
Total cash outflow for leases $ (2,901)

The Company leases certain building which qualify as short-term leases which qualify as short-term leases. The Company has elected to apply the recognition exemption and thus, did not recognize right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for these leases.

2018

The future minimum lease payments of non-cancellable lease commitments are as follows:

December 31, December 31,
2018
Not later than 1 year $
1,400
INVESTMENT PROPERTIES
Completed
Investment

Property
Cost
Balance at January 1, 2018 $ 259,612
Disposals -
Balance at December 31, 2018 $ 259,612
(Continued)

15. INVESTMENT PROPERTIES

  • 36 -
Completed Completed
Investment

Property
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
Balance at January 1, 2018 $ (122,480)
Depreciation expense (21,658)
Balance at December 31, 2018 $ (144,138)
Carrying amount at December 31, 2018 $ 115,474
Cost
Balance at January 1, 2019 $ 259,612
Transferred from property, plant and equipment 31,544
Transferred to property, plant and equipment (244,584)
Disposals (11,417)
Balance at December 31, 2019 $
35,155
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
Balance at January 1, 2019 $ (144,138)
Transferred from property, plant and equipment (5,526)
Transferred to property, plant and equipment 141,236
Disposals 11,417
Depreciation expense (11,263)
Balance at December 31, 2019 $
(8,274)
Carrying amount at December 31, 2019 $
26,881
(Concluded)

The investment properties are depreciated using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives of 5-61 years.

The fair value of the Company’s investment properties as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $165,824 thousand and $498,154 thousand, respectively. The fair value valuation had not been performed by independent qualified professional appraisers. The management of the Company had used the valuation model that market participants would use in determining the fair value. The valuation was arrived at by reference to market evidence of transaction prices for similar properties.

All of the Company’s investment property was held under freehold interests. The investment properties pledged as collateral for bank borrowing were set out in Note 27.

  • 37 -

16. BORROWINGS

a.
b.
Short-term borrowings

Unsecured borrowings
Letters of credit
Long-term borrowings

Secured borrowings

Bank loans (1)


Unsecured borrowings
Line of credit borrowings (2)
Less: Current portions

Long-term borrowings

The borrowings of the Group were as follows:
Maturity Date
Floating rate borrowings
Secured bank borrowing denominated in
NT$ 2019.09.01

Unsecured bank borrowing denominated in
NT$ 2020.09.06

Unsecured bank borrowing denominated in
NT$ 2020.01.25

Unsecured bank borrowing denominated in
NT$ 2020.09.06

Unsecured bank borrowing denominated in
NT$ 2020.09.06

Unsecured bank borrowing denominated in
NT$ 2020.09.04

Unsecured bank borrowing denominated in
NT$ 2020.08.27

Unsecured bank borrowing denominated in
NT$ 2019.09.05

Unsecured bank borrowing denominated in
NT$ 2021.08.12
**December ** **31 **
2019
$ 3,525

**December **
2018
$ -
**31 **





2019
2018
$ -
$ 46,875
1,400,000
1,350,000
-

(46,875)
$ 1,400,000
$ 1,350,000
December 31

2019
2018
$ - $ 46,875

-
200,000

-
250,000

-
200,000

-
100,000

-
200,000

-
200,000

-
200,000

200,000
-
(Continued)
  • 38 -
Maturity Date
Unsecured bank borrowing denominated in
NT$ 2034.09.15

Unsecured bank borrowing denominated in
NT$ 2034.09.15

Unsecured bank borrowing denominated in
NT$ 2022.09.05

Unsecured bank borrowing denominated in
NT$ 2022.08.19

Unsecured bank borrowing denominated in
NT$ 2022.09.02

Unsecured bank borrowing denominated in
NT$ 2021.11.04

Less: Current portions


**December 31 ** **December 31 **









2019
$ 300,000

100,000
200,000
200,000
200,000
200,000
-

$ 1,400,000
2018
$ -
-
-
-
-
-

(46,875)
$ 1,350,000
(Concluded)
  • 1) As of December 31, 2018, the weighted average effective interest rate on the bank loan was 1.15% per annum. See Note 27 for collaterals on long-term loans.

  • 2) The interest rate on the line of credit was 0.40%-0.86% and 0.86%-0.89% annum as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

17. OTHER LIABILITIES

Current
Other payables
Payables for bonus to employees and directors

Payables for commission
Payables for salaries
Payables for bonus
Payables for annual leave
Payable for purchase of equipment
Others

**December 31 ** **December 31 **


2019
$ 83,477

20,736
37,649
112,352
18,486
88,065
70,632

$ 431,397
2018
$ 85,014
24,479
36,112
94,833
18,336
27,123

68,507
$ 354,404

18. RETIREMENT BENEFIT PLANS

a. Defined contribution plans

The Company adopted a pension plan under the Labor Pension Act (LPA), which is a state-managed defined contribution plan. Under the LPA, the Company makes monthly contributions to employees’ individual pension accounts at 6% of monthly salaries and wages.

  • 39 -

The Company has set up appointed manager’s pension fund and contributes monthly an amount of not less than 8% of the appointed manager’s monthly salaries and wages to the Bank of Taiwan.

b. Defined benefit plans

The defined benefit plan adopted by the Company in accordance with the Labor Standards Law is operated by the government. Pension benefits are calculated on the basis of the length of service and average monthly salaries of the 6 months before retirement. The Company contributes amounts equal to 9% of total monthly salaries and wages to a pension fund administered by the pension fund monitoring committee. Pension contributions are deposited in the Bank of Taiwan in the committee’s name. Before the end of each year, the Company assesses the balance in the pension fund. If the amount of the balance in the pension fund is inadequate to pay retirement benefits for employees who conform to retirement requirements in the next year, the Company is required to fund the difference in one appropriation that should be made before the end of March of the next year. The pension fund is managed by the Bureau of Labor Funds, Ministry of Labor (the “Bureau”); the Company has no right to influence the investment policy and strategy.

The amounts included in the balance sheets in respect of the Company’s defined benefit plans were as follows:

Present value of defined benefit obligation

Fair value of plan assets

Net defined benefit liability
December 31 December 31


2019
$ 173,416

(99,385)

$ 74,031
2018
$ 165,146

(97,113)
$ 68,033

Movements in net defined benefit liability (asset) were as follows:

Present Value
of the Defined Net Defined
Benefit Fair Value of Benefit
Obligation the Plan Assets
Liability (Asset)
Balance at January 1, 2018
$ 153,518
$ (91,494)
$
62,024
Service cost
Current service cost 1,956 - 1,956
Past service cost and loss on settlements 617 - 617
Net interest expense (income)

1,475

(794)
681
Recognized in profit or loss

4,048

(794)
3,254
Remeasurement
Return on plan assets (excluding amounts
included in net interest) - (2,783) (2,783)
Actuarial (gain) loss - changes in
demographic assumptions 11,053 - 11,053
Actuarial (gain) loss - changes in financial
assumptions 2,042 - 2,042
Actuarial (gain) loss - experience
adjustments

6,479

-
6,479
Recognized in other comprehensive income

19,574

(2,783)
16,791
(Continued)
  • 40 -
Present Value Present Value
of the Defined Net Defined
Benefit Fair Value of Benefit
Obligation the Plan Assets
Liability (Asset)
Contributions from the employer
$
-
$ (14,036)
$ (14,036)
Benefits paid
(11,994)

11,994
-
Balance at December 31, 2018
165,146

(97,113)
68,033
Service cost
Current service cost 1,897 - 1,897
Past service cost and loss on settlements 1,032 - 1,032
Net interest expense (income)
1,858

(1,168)
690
Recognized in profit or loss
4,787

(1,168)
3,619
Remeasurement
Return on plan assets (excluding amounts
included in net interest) - (3,214) (3,214)
Actuarial (gain) loss - changes in
demographic assumptions 5,229 - 5,229
Actuarial (gain) loss - changes in financial
assumptions 6,952 - 6,952
Actuarial (gain) loss - experience
adjustments
6,448

-
6,448
Recognized in other comprehensive income
18,629

(3,214)
15,415
Contributions from the employer - (13,036) (13,036)
Benefits paid
(15,146)

15,146
-
Balance at December 31, 2019
$ 173,416
$ (99,385)
$
74,031
(Concluded)

An analysis by function of the amounts recognized in profit or loss in respect of the defined benefit plans is as follows:


Cost of goods sold
Selling and marketing expenses
General and administrative expenses
Research and development expenses
**For the Year Ended December 31 ** **For the Year Ended December 31 ** **For the Year Ended December 31 **
2019
$ 1,756
327
584

952
$ 3,619
2018
$ 1,608
341
553

752
$ 3,254

Through the defined benefit plans under the Labor Standards Law, the Company is exposed to the following risks:

  • 1) Investment risk: The plan assets are invested in domestic/and foreign/equity and debt securities, bank deposits, etc. The investment is conducted at the discretion of the Bureau or under the mandated management. However, in accordance with relevant regulations, the return generated by plan assets should not be below the interest rate for a 2-year time deposit with local banks.

  • 2) Interest risk: A decrease in the government and corporate bond interest rate will increase the present value of the defined benefit obligation; however, this will be partially offset by an increase in the return on the plan’s debt investments.

  • 41 -

  • 3) Salary risk: The present value of the defined benefit obligation is calculated by reference to the future salaries of plan participants. As such, an increase in the salary of the plan participants will increase the present value of the defined benefit obligation.

The actuarial valuations of the present value of the defined benefit obligation were carried out by qualified actuaries. The significant assumptions used for the purposes of the actuarial valuations were as follows:

Discount rate(s)
Expected rate(s) of salary increase
**December 31 **
2019
2018
0.75%
1.125%
2.00%
2.00%

If possible reasonable change in each of the significant actuarial assumptions will occur and all other assumptions will remain constant, the present value of the defined benefit obligation would decrease/increase as follows:

Discount rate(s)
0.25% increase
0.25% decrease
Expected rate(s) of salary increase
0.25% increase
0.25% decrease
**December ** **31 **



2019
$ (4,812)

$ 5,010

$ 4,859

$ (4,693)
2018
$ (4,625)
$ 4,814
$ 4,683
$ (4,523)

The sensitivity analysis presented above may not be representative of the actual change in the present value of the defined benefit obligation as it is unlikely that the change in assumptions would occur in isolation of one another as some of the assumptions may be correlated.

The expected contributions to the plan for the next year
The average duration of the defined benefit obligation
**December ** **31 **
2019
$ 13,036

11.4 years
2018
$ 14,036
11.6 years

19. EQUITY

  • a. Share capital

Ordinary shares


Numbers of shares authorized (in thousands)

Shares authorized

Number of shares issued and fully paid (in thousands)

Shares issued
December 31 December 31




2019
500,000

$ 5,000,000

309,757

$ 3,097,570
2018

500,000
$ 5,000,000

309,757
$ 3,097,570

Fully paid ordinary shares, which have a par value of $10, carry one vote per share and carry a right to dividends.

  • 42 -

30,000 thousand shares of the Company’s shares authorized were reserved for the issuance of convertible bonds and employee share options.

b. Capital surplus

May be used to offset a deficit, distributed as cash dividends, or
transferred to share capital*
Issuance of ordinary shares

Conversion of bonds
Overdue options
The difference between consideration received or paid and the
carrying amount of the subsidiaries’ net assets during actual
disposal or acquisition
Donated assets received
May only be used to offset a deficit
Share of changes in capital surplus of associates or joint venture
**December 31 ** **December 31 **


2019
$ 611,776

977,028
73,377
331
1,617
2,561

$ 1,666,690
2018
$ 611,776
977,028
73,377
331
-

2,604
$ 1,665,116
  • Such capital surplus may be used to offset a deficit; in addition, when the Company has no deficit, such capital surplus may be distributed as cash dividends or transferred to share capital (limited to a certain percentage of the Company’s capital surplus and once a year).

c. Retained earnings and dividend policy

Under the dividend policy as set forth in the amended Articles, where the Company made profit in a fiscal year, the profit shall be first utilized for paying taxes, offsetting losses of previous years, setting aside as legal reserve 10% of the remaining profit, setting aside or reversing a special reserve in accordance with the laws and regulations, and then any remaining profit together with any undistributed retained earnings shall be used by the Company’s board of directors as the basis for proposing a distribution plan, which should be resolved in the shareholders’ meeting for distribution of dividends and bonus to shareholders. For the policies on distribution of employees’ compensation and remuneration of directors and supervisors before and after amendment, refer to employee benefits expense in Note 21(f).

Dividends are recommended by the board of directors in accordance with the Corporation’s dividend policy. Under this policy, industry trend and growth should be evaluated, investment opportunities should be fully understood, and proper capital adequacy ratios should be considered in determining the dividend to be distributed. In addition, cash dividends should not be less than 20% of the total dividends to be appropriated.

Appropriation of earnings to legal reserve shall be made until the legal reserve equals the Company’s paid-in capital. Legal reserve may be used to offset deficit. If the Company has no deficit and the legal reserve has exceeded 25% of the Company’s paid-in capital, the excess may be transferred to capital or distributed in cash.

  • 43 -

Items referred to under Rule No. 1010012865, Rule No. 1010047490 and Rule No. 1030006415 issued by the FSC and the directive titled “Questions and Answers for Special Reserves Appropriated Following Adoption of IFRSs” should be appropriated to or reversed from a special reserve by the Company.

The appropriations of earnings for 2018 and 2017 were approved in the shareholders’ meetings on June 12, 2019 and June 5, 2018, respectively. The appropriations and dividends per share were as follows:

Legal reserve

Special reserve
Cash dividends
Appropriation of Earnings
For Fiscal
For Fiscal

Year 2018
Year 2017

$ 64,435
$ 96,265

32,114
-
619,514
774,393
Dividends Per Share
(NT$)
For Fiscal For Fiscal
Year 2018 Year 2017
$ -
$ -
-
-
2.0
2.5

The appropriations of earnings for 2019 annual surplus distribution on March 23, 2020 was as follows:

Dividends Dividends
Appropriation Per Share
of Earnings (NT$)
Legal reserve $
67,178
$ -
Special reserve 269,465 -
Cash dividends 774,393 2.5

The appropriation of earnings for 2019 is subject to the resolution of the shareholders’ meeting to be held on March 23, 2020.

d. Others equity items

  • 1) Exchange differences on translating the financial statements of foreign operations

Balance at January 1

Exchange differences on translating the financial statements
of foreign operations

Share of exchange differences of associates accounted for
using the equity method

Balance at December 31
For the Year Ended For the Year Ended December 31



2019
$ (359,923)

(216,643)
(8,051)

$ (584,617)
2018
$ (264,137)
(94,043)

(1,743)
$ (359,923)
  • 44 -

2) Unrealized gain (loss) on financial assets at FVTOCI


Balance at January 1

Effect of change in tax rate
Recognized during the period
Unrealized loss - equity instruments
Share from associates accounted for using the equity
method

Other comprehensive income recognized in the period
Cumulative unrealized gain/(loss) of equity instruments
transferred to retained earnings due to disposal

Balance at December 31
For the Year Ended For the Year Ended December 31



2019
$ 105,017

-
74,642

55,391

130,033

(174,805)

$ 60,245
2018
$ 283,139
(13,626)
(133,148)

6,596
(140,178)

(37,944)
$ 105,017

20. REVENUE


Revenue from contracts with customers
Revenue from sale of goods

Trade receivables (Note 10)
**For the Year Ended December 31 ** **For the Year Ended December 31 ** **For the Year Ended December 31 **
2019
2018
$ 6,672,071
$ 6,556,906
December 31
2019
$ 2,250,981
2018
$ 2,231,828

21. NET PROFIT FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS

Net profit from continuing operations had been arrived at after charging:

  • a. Other income

Interest income
Rental income
Dividends income
Income from government grants
Income from equipment
Others
For the Year Ended December 31 For the Year Ended December 31 For the Year Ended December 31
2019
$ 6,506
6,664
2,385
40,551
-

7,562
$ 63,668
2018
$ 8,103
2,616
1,527
6,224
22,098

14,147
$ 54,715
  • 45 -

b. Other gains and losses


Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Fair value changes of financial assets and financial liabilities
Financial assets mandatorily at FVTPL
Impairment loss on financial assets
Depreciation expenses of investment properties
Others
Finance costs

Interest on bank loans
Interest on lease liabilities
Depreciation and amortization

Property, plant and equipment

Investment property
Right-of-use assets
Intangible assets


An analysis of deprecation by function
Cost of goods sold

Operating expenses
Other expenses


An analysis of amortization by function
Operating expenses
For the Year Ended For the Year Ended December 31
2019
$ 885
(4,055)
(8,223)
(11,263)

(1,326)
$ (23,982)
For the Year Ended
2018
$ 1,232
1,414
26,289
(21,658)

(697)
$ 6,580
December 31
2019
$ (12,442)

(30)
$ (12,472)
For the Year Ended
2018
$ (12,443)

-
$ (12,443)
December 31






2019
$ 308,924

11,263
2,839
4,809

$ 327,835

$ 229,385

82,378
11,263

$ 323,026

$ 4,809
2018
$ 294,404
21,658
-

558
$ 316,620
$ 238,278
56,126

21,658
$ 316,062
$ 558

c. Finance costs

==> picture [152 x 11] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

||
|---|
|d. Depreciation and amortization|

----- End of picture text -----

  • 46 -

e. Employee benefits expense


Post-employment benefits (see Note 18)
Defined contribution plans

Defined benefit plans


Other employee benefits


An analysis of employee benefits expense by function
Operating costs

Operating expenses

For the Year Ended For the Year Ended December 31







2019
$ 25,248

3,619

28,867

730,338

$ 759,205

$ 422,700

336,505

$ 759,205
2018
$ 25,575

3,254

28,829

719,367
$ 748,196
$ 429,653

318,543
$748,196

f. Employees’ compensation and remuneration of directors for 2019 and 2018

The Company accrued employees’ compensation and remuneration of directors at the rates no less than 3% and no higher than 2%, respectively, of net profit before income tax, employees’ compensation, and remuneration of directors. The employees’ compensation and remuneration of directors for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 which were approved by the Company’s board of directors on March 23, 2020 and March 22, 2019, respectively, were as follows:

Accrual rate


Employees’ compensation
Remuneration of directors
For the Year Ended December 31
2019
2018
9.0%
9.0%
1.5%
1.5%

Amount

Employees’ compensation
Remuneration of directors
For the Year Ended December
31, 2019

Cash Bonus
Share Bonus
$ 71,552
$ -

11,925
-
For the Year Ended December
31, 2019

Cash Bonus
Share Bonus
$ 69,072
$ -
11,512
-

If there is a change in the amounts after the actual financial statements were authorized for issue, the differences are recorded as a change in the accounting estimate.

There was no difference between the actual amounts of employees’ compensation and remuneration of directors paid and the amounts recognized in the financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017.

Information on the employees’ compensation and remuneration of directors resolved by the Company’s board of directors in 2020 and 2019 is available at the Market Observation Post System website of the Taiwan Stock Exchange.

  • 47 -

22. INCOME TAXES RELATING TO CONTINUING OPERATIONS

a. Major components of tax expense recognized in profit or loss

For the Year Ended
2019
Current tax
In respect of the current year
$ 43,711
Income tax of unappropriated earnings
-
Adjustments for prior year

(2,601)

41,110
Deferred tax
Change in tax rate
-
In respect of the current period

(1,346)

(1,346)
Income tax expense recognized in profit or loss
$ 39,764
A reconciliation of accounting profit and income tax expense is as follows:
For the Year Ended
2019
Profit before tax from continuing operations
$ 711,546

Income tax expense calculated at the statutory rate
$ 142,309

Tax-exempt income
(76,787)
Tax-exempt income for five years
-
Income tax on unappropriated earnings
-
Unrecognized deductible temporary differences
-
Subsidiaries to repatriate earnings withholding tax
-
Investment tax credits
(23,157)
Change in tax rate
-
Adjustment for prior years’ tax
(2,601)
Others

-

Income tax expense recognized in profit or loss
$ 39,764
**For the Year Ended ** **For the Year Ended ** **December 31 **
2018
$ 25,309
7,656

(6,550)

26,415
13,914

2,208

16,122
$ 42,537
December 31



2019
$ 711,546

$ 142,309

(76,787)
-
-
-
-
(23,157)
-
(2,601)
-

$ 39,764
2018
$ 686,887
$ 137,377
(63,169)
(8,118)
7,656
(22,245)
2,019
(18,239)
13,914
(6,550)

(108)
$ 42,537

The Income Tax Act in the ROC was amended in 2018 and the corporate income tax rate was adjusted from 17% to 20% effective in 2018. The effect of the change in tax rate on deferred tax income/expense to be recognized in profit or loss. In addition, the tax rate applicable to the undistributed earnings for the year 2018 will be reduced from 10% to 5%.

As the status of 2019 appropriations of earnings is uncertain, the potential income tax consequences of 2018 unappropriated earnings are not reliably determinable.

  • 48 -

  • b. Income tax expense recognized in other comprehensive income


Deferred tax
In respect of the current year
Fair value changes of financial assets at FVTOCI
Remeasurement of defined benefit plans
Reclassification adjustment
Disposal of equity instruments at fair value through other
comprehensive income
Effect of change in tax rate
Remeasurement of defined benefit plans
Fair value changes of financial assets at FVTOCI
For the Year Ended December 31 For the Year Ended December 31 For the Year Ended December 31



2019
$ 21,627

(3,083)
(43,700)
-

-

$ (25,156)
2018
$ (37,377)
(3,358)
(9,486)
(2,813)

13,626
$ (39,408)

c. Current income tax assets and liabilities

Current tax assets
Income tax receivable
Current tax liabilities
Income tax payable
December 31

2019
$ 8,176

$ 38,273
2018
$ 5,245
$ -

d. Deferred tax assets and liabilities

The movements of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities were as follows:

For the year ended December 31, 2019

Deferred tax assets
Unrealized loss on inventories

Unrealized exchange loss
Financial assets at fair value through
profit or loss
Determine benefit obligation
Payable for annual leave
Others

Opening
Balance
Recognize in
Profit or Loss
Recognize in
Other
Comprehen-
sive Income
$ 8,182 $ (1,790) $ -
621
4,738
-
3,667
30
-
15,971
(1,883)
3,083
-
171
-

213

63

-

$ 28,654
$ 1,329
$ 3,083
Closing
Balance
$ 6,392

5,359

3,697

17,171

171

276
$ 33,066
(Continued)
  • 49 -
Deferred tax liabilities
Financial assets at fair value through
profit or loss

Associates
Financial assets at fair value through
other comprehensive income


For the year ended December 31, 2018
Deferred tax assets
Unrealized loss on inventories

Unrealized exchange loss
Financial assets at fair value through
profit or loss
Payable for annual leave
Determine benefit obligation
Investment subsidiary
Others


Deferred tax liabilities
Financial assets at fair value through
profit or loss

Associates
Financial assets at fair value through
other comprehensive income

Opening
Balance
Recognize in
Profit or Loss
Recognize in
Other
Comprehen-
sive Income
$ 17 $ (17) $ -
101,496
-
-

43,977

-

(22,073)

$ 145,490
$ (17)
$ (22,073)

Opening
Balance
Recognize in
Profit or Loss
Recognize in
Other
Comprehen-
sive Income
$ 5,601 $ 2,581 $ -
1,716
(1,095)
-
215
(215)
-
3,117
550
-
12,553
(2,753)
6,171
18,621
(18,621)
-

448

(235)

-

$ 42,271
$ (19,788)
$ 6,171

$ - $ 17 $ -
105,179
(3,683)
-

77,214

-

(33,237)

$ 182,393
$ (3,666)
$ (33,237)
Closing
Balance
$ -

101,496

21,904
$ 123,400
(Concluded)
Closing
Balance
$ 8,182

621

-

3,667

15,971

-

213
$ 28,654
$ 17

101,496

43,977
$ 145,490
  • 50 -

  • e. Unused investment tax credits, operating loss carryforward and tax-exemption information

As of December 31, 2018, profits attributable to the following expansion projects were exempted from income tax for a five-year period:

Expansion of Construction Project
2009
Tax-exemption Period
2014 to 2018
  • f. Income tax assessments

The tax returns through 2017, have been assessed by the tax authorities.

23. EARNINGS PER SHARE

The earnings and weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding used in the computation of earnings per share from continuing operations were as follows:

Net Profit for the Year


Earnings used in the computation of basic earnings per share

Earnings used in the computation of diluted earnings per share
For the Year Ended For the Year Ended December 31

2019
$ 671,782

$ 671,782
2018
$ 644,350
$ 644,350

Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding (in thousand shares):


Weighted average number of ordinary shares in computation of basic
earnings per share
Effect of potentially dilutive ordinary shares:
Employees’ compensation
Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in the
computation of diluted earnings per share
**For the Year Ended December 31 ** **For the Year Ended December 31 ** **For the Year Ended December 31 **
2019
309,757

1,959
311,716
2018
309,757

2,658
312,415

If the Company offered to settle compensation or bonuses paid to employees in cash or shares, the Company assumed the entire amount of the compensation or bonus will be settled in shares and the resulting potential shares were included in the weighted average number of shares outstanding used in the computation of diluted earnings per share, as the effect is dilutive. Such dilutive effect of the potential shares is included in the computation of diluted earnings per share until the number of shares to be distributed to employees is resolved in the following year.

24. CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

The Company manages its capital to ensure that entities in the Company will be able to continue as going concerns while maximizing the return to stakeholders through the optimization of the debt and equity balance.)

  • 51 -

The capital structure of the Company consists of net debt (borrowings offset by cash and cash equivalents) and equity attributable to owners of the Company (comprising issued capital, reserves, retained earnings and other equity).

The Company is not subject to any externally imposed capital requirements.

25. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

  • a. Fair value of financial instruments that are not measured at fair value

The management believes the carrying amounts of financial assets and financial liabilities recognized in the financial statements approximate their fair values.

  • b. Fair value of financial instruments that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis

  • 1) Fair value hierarchy

December 31, 2019

Financial assets at FVTPL
Foreign unlisted shares

Financial liabilities
Foreign exchange forward
contracts

Exchange contracts


Financial assets at FVTOCI
Domestic unlisted shares

Foreign listed shares


December 31, 2018
Financial assets at FVTPL
Domestic listed shares

Foreign exchange forward
contracts
Exchange contracts


Financial assets at FVTOCI
Domestic unlisted shares

Foreign listed shares

Level 1
$ -

$ -

-

$ -

$ -

117,114

$ 117,114

Level 1
$ 30,975
-

-

$ 30,975

$ -

250,698

$ 250,698
Level 2
$ -

$ 173

3,790

$ 3,963

$ -

-

$ -

Level 2
$ -

10

76

$ 86

$ -

-

$ -
Level 3
$ 9,255

$ -

-

$ -

$ 68,363

-

$ 68,363

Level 3
$ -

-

-

$ -

$ 80,227

-

$ 80,227
Total
$ 9,255
$ 173

3,790
$ 3,963
$ 68,363

117,114
$ 185,477
Total
$ 30,975

10

76
$ 31,061
$ 80,227

250,698
$ 330,925
  • 52 -

There were no transfers between Levels 1 and 2 in the current and prior periods.

  • 2) Reconciliation of Level 3 fair value measurements of financial instruments

For the year ended December 31, 2019

Financial Assets
at FVTPL
Equity
Instruments
Balance at January 1, 2019
$ -
Income recognized for the year
9,255
Other comprehensive income recognized for the year

-
Balance at December 31, 2019
$ 9,255
For the year ended December 31, 2018
Balance at January 1, 2018 (IAS 39)

Effect of retrospective application and retrospective restatement

Balance at January 1, 2018 (IFRS 9)
Other comprehensive income recognized for the year

Balance at December 31, 2018
Financial Assets
at FVTOCI
Financial Assets
at FVTOCI
Equity
Instruments
$ 80,227
-
(11,864)
$ 68,363
Financial Assets
**at FVTOCI **
I



Equity
nstruments
$ 21,498
42,370
63,868

16,359
$ 80,227
  • 3) Valuation techniques and inputs applied for the purpose of measuring Level 2 fair value measurement

Financial Instruments Valuation Techniques and Inputs Derivatives - foreign exchange Discounted cash flow. forward contracts Future cash flows are estimated based on observable forward exchange rates at the end of the reporting period and contract forward rates, discounted at a rate that reflects the credit risk of various counterparties.

  • 4) Valuation techniques and inputs applied for the purpose of measuring Level 3 fair value measurement

The fair values of unlisted equity securities - ROC were determined using income approach. In this approach, the discounted cash flow method was used to capture the present value of the expected future economic benefits to be derived from the ownership of these investees. The significant unobservable inputs used are listed on the table below. An increase in long-term revenue growth rates or long-term pre-tax operating margin or a decrease in WACC or discount for lack of marketability used in isolation would result in increase in fair value.

  • 53 -

c. Categories of financial instruments

Financial assets
FVTPL
Mandatorily at FVTPL (1)

Financial assets at amortized cost (2)
Financial assets at FVTOCI
Equity instruments


Financial liabilities
FVTPL
Mandatorily (3)
Amortized cost (4)
December 31
2019
2018
$ 9,255
$ 31,061
3,026,723
2,884,759

185,477
330,925

3,963
-
3,153,135
2,980,101
  • 1) The balances included the carrying amount of domestic listed shares, foreign exchange forward contracts and exchange contracts.

  • 2) The balances include financial assets measured at amortized cost, which comprise cash and cash equivalents, notes receivable, trade receivables, other receivables and refundable deposits.

  • 3) The balances included the carrying amount of foreign exchange forward contracts and exchange contracts.

  • 4) The balances included financial liabilities measured at amortized cost, which comprise short-term and long-term loans, notes payable, trade, payable, other payables and guarantee deposits received.

d. Financial risk management objectives and policies

The Company’s major financial instruments included equity and debt investments, notes receivable, trade receivables, other receivables, notes payable, trade payables, other payables, borrowings. The Company’s Corporate Treasury function provides services to the business, coordinates access to domestic and international financial markets, monitors and manages the financial risks relating to the operations of the Company through internal risk reports which analyze exposures by degree and magnitude of risks. These risks include market risk (including currency risk, interest rate risk and other price risk), credit risk and liquidity risk.

The Company sought to minimize the effects of these risks by using derivative financial instruments to hedge risk exposures. The use of financial derivatives was governed by the Company’s policies approved by the board of directors, which provided written principles on foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, credit risk, the use of financial derivatives and non-derivative financial instruments, and the investment of excess liquidity. Compliance with policies and exposure limits was reviewed by the internal auditors on a continuous basis. The Company did not enter into or trade financial instruments, including derivative financial instruments, for speculative purposes.

  • 54 -

The financial department reported quarterly to the board of directors, which monitors risks and policies implemented to mitigate risk exposures.

1) Market risk

The Company’s activities exposed it primarily to the financial risks of changes in foreign currency exchange rates (see (a) below) and interest rates (see (b) below). The Company entered into a variety of derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to foreign currency risk and interest rate risk, including forward foreign exchange contracts to hedge the exchange rate risk arising on the Company’s foreign currency monetary.

  • a) Foreign currency risk

Several subsidiaries of the Company had foreign currency sales and purchases, which exposed the Company to foreign currency risk.

The carrying amounts of the Company’s foreign currency denominated monetary assets and monetary liabilities (including those eliminated on consolidation) at the end of the reporting period (see Note 30).

Sensitivity analysis

The Company was mainly exposed to the USD and RMB.

The following table details the Company’s sensitivity to a 1% increase and decrease in the New Taiwan dollar (the functional currency) against the relevant foreign currencies. The sensitivity rate used when reporting foreign currency risk internally to key management personnel and representing management’s assessment of the reasonably possible change in foreign exchange rates is 1%. The sensitivity analysis included only outstanding foreign currency denominated monetary items and foreign exchange forward contracts designated as cash flow hedges, and adjusts their translation at the end of the reporting period for a 1% change in foreign currency rates. The sensitivity analysis included external loans/borrowings as well as loans/borrowings to foreign operations within the Group where the denomination of the loan is in a currency other than the functional currency of the lender or the borrower. A positive number below indicates an increase in post-tax profit and other equity associated with the New Taiwan dollar strengthening 1% against the relevant currency. For a 1% weakening of the New Taiwan dollar against the relevant currency, there would be an equal and opposite impact on post-tax profit and other equity and the balances below would be negative.


Profit or loss
USD Impact
For the Year Ended
December 31
2019
2018

$ 14,215
$ 17,256
RMB Impact
For the Year Ended
December 31
2019
2018
$ 2,305
$ (2,046)
  • i. This was mainly attributable to the exposure outstanding on USD receivables and payables, which were not hedged at the end of the reporting period.

  • ii. This was mainly attributable to the exposure to outstanding RMB payables, which were not hedged, at the end of the reporting period.

b) Interest rate risk

The Company was exposed to interest rate risk because the Company’s bank deposits and the Company borrowed funds at floating interest rates.

  • 55 -

The carrying amount of the Company’s financial assets and financial liabilities with exposure to interest rates at the end of the reporting period were as follows:

Fair value interest rate risk
Financial assets

Financial liabilities
Cash flow interest rate risk
Financial assets
Financial liabilities
**December 31 **
2019
2018
$ 43,155
$ 40,355
-
-
626,326
584,917
1,403,525
1,396,875

Sensitivity analysis

The sensitivity analyses below were determined based on the Company’s exposure to interest rates for both derivatives and non-derivative instruments at the end of the reporting period. For floating rate liabilities, the analysis was prepared assuming the amount of the liability outstanding at the end of the reporting period was outstanding for the whole year. A 0.25% basis point increase or decrease was used when reporting interest rate risk internally to key management personnel and represents management’s assessment of the reasonably possible change in interest rates.

If interest rates had been 0.25% basis points higher/lower and all other variables were held constant, the Company’s pre-tax profit for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 would decrease by $1,943 thousand and $2,029 thousand, respectively, which was mainly attributable to the Company’s exposure to interest rates on its floating rate bank deposits and bank borrowings.

c) Other price risk

The Company was exposed to equity price risk through its investments in listed equity securities. Equity investments are held for strategic rather than trading purposes. The Company does not actively trade these investments. The Company’s equity price risk was mainly concentrated on equity instruments operating in Shenzhen stock exchange, growth enterprise.

Sensitivity analysis

The sensitivity analyses below were determined based on the exposure to equity price risks at the end of the reporting period.

If equity prices had been 1% higher/lower, other comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 would increase/decrease by $1,171 thousand and $2,507 thousand, respectively.

2) Credit risk

Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the Company. As at the end of the reporting period, the Company’s maximum exposure to credit risk which will cause a financial loss to the Company due to failure of discharge an obligation by the counterparties and financial guarantees provided by the Company arises from:

  • a) The carrying amount of the respective recognized financial assets as stated in the balance sheets;

  • b) The amount of contingent liabilities in relation to financial guarantee issued by the Company.

  • 56 -

3) Liquidity risk

The Company manages liquidity risk by monitoring and maintaining a level of cash and cash equivalents deemed adequate to finance the Company’s operations and mitigate the effects of fluctuations in cash flows. In addition, management monitors the utilization of bank borrowings and ensures compliance with loan covenants.

The Company relies on bank borrowings as a significant source of liability. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company had available unutilized overdraft and short-term bank loan facilities of approximately $3,164,982 thousand and $3,528,150 thousand, respectively.

a) Liquidity and interest risk rate tables

The following table details the Company’s remaining contractual maturity for its non-derivative financial liabilities with agreed repayment periods. The tables had been drawn up based on the undiscounted cash flows of financial liabilities from the earliest date on which the Company can be required to pay. The tables included both interest and principal cash flows. Specifically, bank loans with a repayment on demand clause were included in the earliest time band regardless of the probability of the banks choosing to exercise their rights. The maturity dates for other non-derivative financial liabilities were based on the agreed repayment dates.

To extend that interest flows are floating rate, the undiscounted amount was derived from the interest rate curve at the end of the reporting period.

December 31, 2019

Weighted
Interest
Average
Effective Rate Less Than
(%) 1 Year 2-3 Years 4-5 Years 5+ Years Total
Non-derivative financial
liabilities
Trade payable -
$ 1,301,422
$
-
$
-
$ -
$ 1,301,422
Other payables - 435,846 - - - 435,846
Other current liabilities - 7,948 - - - 7,948
Lease liabilities 0.86 3,087 2,228 721 - 6,036
Variable interest rate
liabilities 0.40-0.86 3,525 1,400,000 - - 1,403,525
December 31, 2018
Weighted
Interest
Average
Effective Rate Less Than
(%) 1 Year 2-3 Years 4-5 Years 5+ Years Total
Non-derivative financial
liabilities
Trade payable -
$ 1,213,259
$
-
$
-
$ -
$ 1,213,259
Other payables - 357,625 - - - 357,625
Other current liabilities - 8,486 - - - 8,486
Variable interest rate
liabilities 0.86-1.15 46,875 1,350,000 - - 1,396,875

The amounts included above for variable interest rate instruments for both non-derivative financial assets and liabilities was subject to change if changes in variable interest rates differ from those estimates of interest rates determined at the end of the reporting period.

  • 57 -

  • b) Liquidity and interest risk rate tables for derivative financial liabilities

The following table detailed the Company’s liquidity analysis for its derivative financial instruments. The table was based on the undiscounted contractual net cash inflows and outflows on derivative instruments that settle on a net basis, and the undiscounted gross inflows and outflows on those derivatives that require gross settlement.

December 31, 2019

On Demand
or Less than
1 Month
1-3 Months
3

Net settled
Foreign exchange forward
contracts and exchange contracts$ (1,636)
$ (2,327)

December 31, 2018
On Demand
or Less than
1 Month
1-3 Months
3

Net settled
Foreign exchange forward
contracts and exchange contracts$ 480
$ (394)
Months to
1 Year
1-5 Years
$ -
$ -

Months to
1 Year
1-5 Years
$ -
$ -
5+ Years
$ -
5+ Years
$ -

26. TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTY

Details of transactions between the Company and related parties are disclosed below.

  • a. Related party name and relationship

Related Party Name Relationship with the Company

Tai-Shing Electronics Components Corporation Associate
Liang Shing Eclife Corp. (“Eclife”) Other associate
Godsmith Sensor INC. Associate
TXC (Ningbo) Corporation Subsidiaries
TXC (Chongqing) Limited Subsidiaries
Ningbo Jingyu Company Limited Subsidiaries
Taiwan Crystal Technology (HK) Limited Subsidiaries
Growing profits Trading Ltd. Subsidiaries
TXC Technology, Inc. Subsidiaries
TXC Japan Corporation Subsidiaries
TXC Europe GmbH Subsidiaries
  • 58 -

b. Sales of goods


Subsidiaries

Other associate
Associates

For the Year Ended December 31 For the Year Ended December 31 For the Year Ended December 31


2019
$ 212,427

9,597
8,331

$ 230,355
2018
$ 315,806
33

32,965
$ 348,804

Selling prices and payment terms offered to related parties were similar with those offered to third parties.

c. Purchase of goods


Subsidiaries
TXC (Ningbo) Corporation

TXC (Chongqing) Limited
Others


Associates
Other associates

For the Year Ended December 31 For the Year Ended December 31 For the Year Ended December 31




2019
$ 1,869,765

822,274
86,628

2,778,667

261
217

$ 2,779,145
2018
$ 1,663,711
731,936

139,286

2,534,933
-

188
$ 2,535,121

Purchase prices and payment terms offered by related parties were similar with those offered by third parties.

d. Operating expenses


Subsidiaries
TXC Technology, Inc.

TXC Japan Corporation
TXC Europe GmbH


Other associates

For the Year Ended December 31 For the Year Ended December 31 For the Year Ended December 31




2019
$ 66,598

34,005
9,674

110,277

1,559

$ 111,836
2018
$ 69,758
32,787

4,978

107,523

722
$ 108,245

The consulting fee above is due to the Company’s part of business activities committed to the related parties.

e. Rental income


Associates
**For the Year Ended December 31 ** **For the Year Ended December 31 ** **For the Year Ended December 31 **
2019
$ 4,172
2018
$ -
  • 59 -

In 2019 and 2018, the selling price and purchasing price were not significantly different from those with third parties, except those for NGB, GPT, CKG, Ningbo Jingyu, TXC Technology, TCTH and TXC JP whose trading price depends on its function within the Group.

  • f. Trade receivables from related parties
Subsidiaries

Associates
Other associates
Less: Allowance for impairment loss


**December 31 ** **December 31 **



2019
$ 47,653

2,187
1,918
(67)

$ 51,691
2018
$ 101,006
9,028
34

(67)
$ 110,001

The outstanding accounts receivables from related parties are unsecured.

  • g. Trade payables to related parties
Subsidiaries
TXC (Ningbo) Corporation

TXC (Chongqing) Limited
Others


Other associates

**December 31 ** **December 31 **




2019
$ 591,234

204,868
1,621

797,723

78

$ 797,801
2018
$ 423,140
178,878

33,878

635,896

97
$ 635,993

The outstanding trade payables to related parties are unsecured.

  • h. Other receivables from related parties
Subsidiaries
TXC (Ningbo) Corporation

Others


Associates
Other associates

December 31 December 31




2019
$ 42,751

69

42,820

58
10

$ 42,888
2018
$ 6,143

188

6,331
127

-
$ 6,458

Other receivables resulted from purchasing machinery and equipment on behalf of subsidiaries.

  • 60 -

i. Other payables to related parties

Subsidiaries

Associates
Other associates

December 31 December 31


2019
$ 1,599

-
2,850

$ 4,449
2018
$ 104
1,760

1,357
$ 3,221

The credit period of the transaction above is similar to those for the third parties.

  • j. Payments for property, plant and equipment

Other associates
**For the Year Ended December 31 ** **For the Year Ended December 31 ** **For the Year Ended December 31 **
2019

$ 745
2018
$ 1,299
  • k. Compensation of key management personnel

Short-term employee benefits

Post-employment benefits

**For the Year Ended December 31 ** **For the Year Ended December 31 ** **For the Year Ended December 31 **


2019
$ 78,076

3,087

$ 81,163
2018
$ 61,628

3,054
$ 64,682

The remuneration of directors and key executives was determined by the remuneration committee based on the performance of individuals and market trends.

27. ASSETS PLEDGED AS COLLATERAL OR FOR SECURITY

The following assets were provided as collateral for bank borrowings and foreign exchange forward contracts:

Land and land improvement

Building equipment, net
Pledge deposits
Investment properties, net

**December 31 ** **December 31 **


2019
$ 450,148

725,120
43,052
18,273

$ 1,236,593
2018
$ 573,080
632,184
28,591

113,772
$ 1,347,627
  • 61 -

28. SIGNIFICANT CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND UNRECOGNIZED COMMITMENTS

In addition to those disclosed in other notes, significant commitments and contingencies of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 were as follows:

  • a. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, unused letters of credit amounted to approximately JPY27,600 thousand and JPY2,450 thousand.

  • b. As of December 31, 2018, the Company unrecognized commitments are as follows:

Acquisition of equipment

Acquisition of equipment

Acquisition of equipment
Contract
Amount
Paid Amount Unpaid Amount
$ 20,315
$ 7,668
$ 12,647
RMB 5,306
RMB 2,653
RMB 2,653
JPY 45,400
JPY 28,520
JPY 16,880

29. SIGNIFICANT EVENTS AFTER REPORTING PERIOD: NONE

30. SIGNIFICANT ASSETS AND LIABILITIES DENOMINATED IN FOREIGN CURRENCIES

The Company’s significant financial assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies aggregated by the foreign currencies other than functional currencies and the related exchange rates between foreign currencies and respective functional currencies were as follows:

Unit: In Thousands of Foreign Currencies and New Taiwan Dollars

December 31, 2019

Foreign Carrying
Currencies Exchange Rate Amount
Financial assets
Monetary items
USD $
76,087
30.1060 (USD:NTD) $ 2,290,675
JPY 562,326 0.2771 (JPY:NTD)
155,820
RMB 95,284 4.3155 (RMB:NTD)
411,198
Non-monetary items
Investments accounted for using equity
method
USD 3,471 30.1060 (USD:NTD)
104,510
JPY 110,584 0.2771 (JPY:NTD)
30,643
RMB 1,235,637 4.3155 (RMB:NTD)
5,332,390
EUR 81 33.7488 (EUR:NTD)
2,741
Financial liabilities
Monetary items
USD 28,870 30.106 (USD:NTD)
869,160
JPY 1,004,826 0.2771 (JPY:NTD)
278,437
RMB 41,879 4.3155 (RMB:NTD)
180,729
  • 62 -

December 31, 2018

Foreign Carrying
Currencies Exchange Rate Amount
Financial assets
Monetary items
USD $
84,664
30.715 (USD:NTD) $ 2,600,455
JPY 432,583 0.2782 (JPY:NTD)
120,345
RMB 21,009 4.4753 (RMB:NTD)
94,022
Non-monetary items
Investments accounted for using equity
method
USD 507 30.715 (USD:NTD)
15,572
JPY 99,948 0.2782 (JPY:NTD)
27,806
RMB 1,166,698 4.4753 (RMB:NTD)
5,221,323
EUR 61 35.2 (EUR:NTD)
2,130
Financial liabilities
Monetary items
USD 28,484 30.715 (USD:NTD)
874,886
JPY 1,168,067 0.2782 (JPY:NTD)
324,956

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, unrealized net foreign exchange gains were $(8,223) thousand and $26,289 thousand, respectively. It is impractical to disclose net foreign exchange gains (losses) by each significant foreign currency due to the variety of the foreign currency transactions and functional currencies of the group entities.

31. SEPARATELY DISCLOSED ITEMS

  • a. Information on significant transactions and information on investees:

  • 1) Lending funds to others. (None)

  • 2) Providing endorsements or guarantees for others. (Table 1)

  • 3) Holding of securities at the end of the period. (Table 2)

  • 4) Aggregate purchases or sales of the same securities reaching NT$300 million or 20 percent of paid-in capital or more. (Table 3)

  • 5) Acquisition of real estate reaching NT$300 million or 20 percent of paid-in capital or more. (None)

  • 6) Disposal of real estate reaching NT$300 million or 20 percent of paid-in capital or more. (None)

  • 7) Purchases or sales of goods from or to related parties reaching NT$100 million or 20 percent of paid-in capital or more. (Table 4)

  • 8) Trade receivables from related parties reaching NT$100 million or 20 percent of paid-in capital or more. (Table 5)

  • 9) Trading in derivative instruments. (Note 7)

  • 63 -

  • 10) Others: The business relationship between the parent and the subsidiaries and between each subsidiary, and the circumstances and amounts of any significant transactions between them. (Table 6)

  • b. Information on investments in mainland China

  • 1) Information on any investee company in mainland China, showing the name, principal business activities, paid-in capital, method of investment, inward and outward remittance of funds, shareholding ratio, investment gain or loss, carrying amount of the investment at the end of the period, repatriated investment gains, and limit on the amount of investment in the mainland China area. (Table 7)

  • 2) Any of the following significant transactions with investee companies in mainland China, either directly or indirectly through a third area, and their prices, payment terms, and unrealized gains or losses: (Table 8)

    • a) The amount and percentage of purchases and the balance and percentage of the related payables at the end of the period.

    • b) The amount and percentage of sales and the balance and percentage of the related receivables at the end of the period.

    • c) The amount of property transactions and the amount of the resultant gains or losses.

    • d) The balance of negotiable instrument endorsements or guarantees or pledges of collateral at the end of the period and the purposes.

    • e) The highest balance, the end of period balance, the interest rate range, and total current period interest with respect to financing of funds.

    • f) Other transactions that have a material effect on the profit or loss for the period or on the financial position, such as the rendering or receiving of services.

  • 64 -

TABLE 1

TXC CORPORATION

ENDORSEMENTS/GUARANTEES PROVIDED FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 (In Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars, Unless Stated Otherwise)

No.
(Note 1)
Endorser/Guarantor Endorsee/Guarantee Endorsee/Guarantee Limit on
Endorsement/
Guarantee
Given on
Behalf of Each
Party
(Note 3)

Maximum
Amount
Endorsed/
Guaranteed
During the
Period
Outstanding
Endorsement/
Guarantee at
the End of the
Period
Actual
Borrowing
Amount
Amount
Endorsed/
Guaranteed by
Collateral

Ratio of
Accumulated
Endorsement/
Guarantee to
Net Equity in
Latest
Financial
Statements
(%)
Aggregate
Endorsement/
Guarantee
Limit
Note
Name Relationship
(Note 2)
1 TXC (Ningbo) Corporation Chongqing All Sun Company Limited Subsidiary with equity method $ 2,597,313 $ 345,240 $ 345,240 $ 238,632 $ - 6.65 $ 5,194,627

Note: The total amount of TXC (Ningbo) Corporation endorsements and guarantees provided shall not exceed 100% of the amount of the net value of TXC (Ningbo) Corporation; the amount of individual entity endorsements shall not exceed 5% of the amount of the net value of the individual entity. However, the amount of individual entity endorsements is permitted with 50% of net value of subsidiary.

  • 65 -

TABLE 2

TXC CORPORATION

MARKETABLE SECURITIES HELD DECEMBER 31, 2019 (In Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars)

Holding Company Name Type and Name of Marketable Securities Relationship with the Holding
Company
Financial Statement Account December 31, 2019 Note
Shares Carrying
Amount
Percentage of
Ownership
Shares
TXC Corporation
TXC (Ningbo) Corporation
Shares listed overseas
Guandong Failong Crystal Technology Co., Ltd.
Shares-unlisted company
Marson Technology Co., Ltd.
Win Precision Technology Co., Ltd.
UPI Semiconductor Corp.
Shares overseas-unlisted company
RFIC Telechnology preference shares
Structured deposits
Fubon Bank (China)
China Guangfa Bank
HengFeng Bank
Mutual fund
ABC Monetary Fund
Taijing No. 1 Monetary Fund
Shares overseas-unlisted company
Ningbo SJ Electronics Co., Ltd.
None
None
None
Chairman is a direct of the Company
None
None


None

None
Financial assets at fair value through other
comprehensive income - non-current
Financial assets at fair value through other
comprehensive income - non-current


Financial assets at fair value through profit
or loss - non-current
Financial assets at fair value through profit
or loss - current

Financial assets at fair value through profit
or loss - current

Financial assets at fair value through other
comprehensive income - non-current
1,652
523
1,365
1,516

10,000

RMB 10,190
RMB 30,158
RMB 10,190

RMB 12,000
RMB 41,953
RMB 6,000











$ 117,114
$ 4,773
18,388

45,202
$ 68,363
$ 9,255
$ 43,790
129,604

43,790
$ 217,184
$ 51,570

180,292
$ 231,862
$ 25,785
1
4
3
2
-
7











$ 117,114
$ 4,773
18,388

45,202
$ 68,363
$ 9,255
$ 43,790
129,604

43,790
$ 217,184
$ 51,570

180,292
$ 231,862
$ 25,785

(Continued)

  • 66 -
Holding Company Name Type and Name of Marketable Securities Relationship with the Holding
Company
Financial Statement Account **December ** 31, 2019 Note
Shares Carrying
Amount
Percentage of
Ownership
Shares
TXC (Chongqing) Limited
Ningbo Jingyu Company Limited
Chongqing All Sun Company Limited
Ding Kai Investment Management
Company Limited
Mutual fund
Southern Currency Fund B
Southern Currency Fund E
E Fund Monetary Fund B
Structured deposits
China Merchants Bank
China Everbright Bank
Mutual fund
Southern Cash Fund
Mutual fund
E Fund Stable Income Bond Fund B
Shares unlisted overseas
Zhejiang Boland Semiconductor Technology Co.,
Ltd.
None


None

None
None
None
Financial assets at fair value through profit
or loss - current


Financial assets at fair value through profit
or loss - non-current

Financial assets at fair value through profit
or loss - current
Financial assets at fair value through profit
or loss - current
Financial assets at fair value through other
comprehensive income - non-current

RMB 24,408
RMB 3,740
RMB 5,007

RMB 13,025
RMB 22,033

RMB
61

RMB 2,961
RMB 7,000








$ 104,892
16,075

21,518
$ 142,485
$ 55,973

94,687
$ 150,657
$ 264
$ 12,726
$ 211,160
6







$ 104,892
16,075

21,518
$ 142,485
$ 55,973

94,687
$ 150,657
$ 264
$ 12,726
$ 211,160

(Concluded)

  • 67 -

TABLE 3

TXC CORPORATION

MARKETABLE SECURITIES ACQUIRED AND DISPOSED OF AT COSTS OR PRICES OF AT LEAST NT$300 MILLION OR 20% OF THE PAID-IN CAPITAL FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019

(In Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars)

Company Name Marketable
Securities Type
andName
Financial Statement
Account
Counterparty Relationship Beginning Balance Beginning Balance Acquisition Acquisition Disposal Disposal Equity in Net
Gain (Loss)
Ending Balance
Shares Amount Shares Amount Shares Amount Carrying
Amount
Gain (Loss) on
Disposal
Shares Amount
TXC (Chongqing)
Limited
Mutual fund Financial instruments
at FVTPL - current
E Fund Monetary Fund
B
None - $ 44,854 - $ 445,557 - $ (468,876) $ (468,876) $ - $ (17) - $ 21,518
  • 68 -

TABLE 4

TXC CORPORATION

TOTAL PURCHASES FROM OR SALES TO RELATED PARTIES OF AT LEAST NT$100 MILLION OR 20% OF THE PAID-IN CAPITAL FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019

(In Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars)

Buyer Related Party Relationship Transaction Details Transaction Details Transaction Details Abnormal Transaction Abnormal Transaction Notes/Accounts Payable
or Receivable
Notes/Accounts Payable
or Receivable
Note
Purchase/
Sale
Amount % to
Total
Payment Terms Unit Price Payment Terms Ending Balance
% to
Total
TXC Corporation
TXC (Ningbo) Corporation
TXC (Ningbo) Corporation

TXC (Chongqing) Limited
TXC (Chongqing) Limited
Subsidiary

Subsidiary
Subsidiary
Purchase
Sale
Purchase
Purchase
$ (1,869,765)
192,162
(822,274)
(266,442)
(39)
3
(17)
(13)
Note


Its trading price depends on its
function within the Group


Note


$ (591,234)
44,752
(204,868)
(96,307)
(45)
2
(16)
(11)
  • 69 -

TABLE 5

TXC CORPORATION

RECEIVABLES FROM RELATED PARTIES AMOUNTING TO AT LEAST NT$100 MILLION OR 20% OF THE PAID-IN CAPITAL DECEMBER 31, 2019

(In Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars)

Company Name Related Party Relationship Ending Balance Turnover Rate Overdue Overdue Amount Received in
Subsequent Period
Allowance for
Impairment Loss
Amount **Actions Taken **
TXC (Ningbo) Corporation
TXC (Chongqing) Corporation
TXC Corporation
TXC Corporation
Parent entity
Parent entity
$ 591,234
204,868
7.08
6.47
$ -
-
-
-
$ 326,092
110,491
$ -
-
  • 70 -

TABLE 6

TXC CORPORATION

NAMES, LOCATIONS, AND RELATED INFORMATION OF INVESTEES ON WHICH THE COMPANY EXERCISES SIGNIFICANT INFLUENCE DECEMBER 31, 2019

(In Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars or U.S. Dollars)

Investor Company Investee Company Location Main Businesses and Products Original Investment Amount Original Investment Amount Balance as of December 31, 2019 as of December 31, 2019 Net Income
(Losses) of the
Investee

Equity in the
Earnings
(Losses)
Note
December 31,
2019
December 31,
2018
Shares (In
Thousands)
Percentage of
Ownership
Carrying
Value
TXC Corporation
Taiwan Crystal Technology
International Ltd.
Taiwan Crystal Technology International Ltd.
TXC Technology Inc.
TXC Japan Corporation
Taiwan Crystal Technology International (HK) Limited
TXC Europe GmbH
Tai-Shing Electronics Components Corporation
Godsmith Sensor Inc.
Growing Profit Trading Ltd.
Western Samoa
U.S.A.
Japan
Hong Kong
Germany
Taiwan
Taiwan
B.V.I.
Investment
Marketing activities
Marketing activities
Investment
Marketing activities
Manufacture and sales of electronics products
Manufacture of equipment
International trading
$ 1,390,461
9,879
6,172
1,958
1,746
349,389
38,100
1,691
$ 1,390,461

9,879

6,172

1,958

1,746

282,306

38,100

1,691

42,835

300

2

80

50

8,179

2,350

50
100.00
100.00
100.00
100.00
100.00
30.98
35.10
100.00
$ 5,332,390
16,858
30,643
87,652
2,741
359,765
32,079
152,415
$ 365,631

2,176

3,418

(3,584)

758

58,356

(9,602)

(19,106)
$ 362,831

2,176

3,418

(3,584)

758

18,081

(2,819)

(19,106)







  • 71 -

TABLE 7

TXC CORPORATION

INFORMATION ON INVESTMENT IN MAINLAND CHINA FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 (In Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars or U.S. Dollars)

  1. Name of the investees in mainland China, main businesses and products, paid-in capital, method of investment, information on inflow or outflow of capital, percentage of ownership, investment income or loss, ending balance of investment, dividends remitted by the investee, and the limit of investment in mainland China:
Investee Company Main Businesses and Products Main Businesses and Products Total Amount of
Paid-in Capital

Method of Investment

Method of Investment
Accumulated
Outflow of
Investment from
Taiwan as of
January 1, 2019
(In Thousand)
Investment Flows Investment Flows Accumulated
Outflow of
Investment from
Taiwan as of
December 31,
2019 (In
Thousand)

Investee
Company
Current Net
Income
Percentage of
Ownership
Investment
Income (Loss)
Recognized
Carrying
Amount as of
December 31,
2019
Accumulated
Inward
Remittance of
Earnings as of
December 31,
2019

Outflow
Inflow
TXC (Ningbo) Corporation
Guandong Failong Crystal
Technology Co., Ltd.
TXC (Chongqing) Corporation
Chongqing All Suns Company
Limited
Ningbo Jingyu Company Limited
Ningbo Longying Semiconductor
Co., LTD.
Ningbo Free Trade Zon Ding Kai
Investment Management Company
Manufacturing and sales of crystal
and crystal oscillator
Manufacturing and sales of new
electronic components
Manufacturing and sales of
electronic devices and hardware
components
Real estate intermediary service, real
estate management and electronic
product wholesale
Purchasing and selling electronic
component
Research and development in
integrated circuit
Investment Management
$ 1,487,211
580,947
1,162,074

647,141
7,090
183,180
160,043
Indirect investment of the
Corporation in mainland China
through the Corporation’s
subsidiary in a third region
Direct investment of the
Corporation in mainland China
Indirect investment of the
Corporation in mainland China
through the Corporation’s
subsidiary in a third region
Other investment of the
Corporation in mainland China
Other investment of the
Corporation in mainland China
Other investment of the
Corporation in mainland China
Other investment of the
Corporation in mainland China
$ 1,427,630
46,478
-
-
-
-
-
$ -
-
-
-
-
-
-
$ -
-
-
-
-
-
-
$ 1,427,630
46,478
-
-
-
-
-
$ 384,778
571,257
101,076
(20,516)
1,062
(3,133)
-
100.00
1.00
100.00
100.00
100.00
40.00
100.00
$ 384,778
-
101,076
(20,516)
1,062
(1,254)
-
$ 5,194,627
117,114
1,204,208
569,183
4,945
55,446
211,302
$ 256,146
385,367
306,500
-
-
-
-
The limited amounts of the investment in Mainland China
Accumulated Investment in
Mainland China as of December 31, 2019
Investment Amounts Authorized by
the investment Commission, MOEA
Upper Limit on the Amount of Investment
Stipulated by Investment Commission, MOEA
$1,474,108 $1,832,878 $ -
  1. The limited amounts of the investment in Mainland China

Note: The investment in mainland China has no maximum limitation since TXC Corporation had acquire the approval from the Industrial Development Bureau for the Company’s establishment of the Company’s operating headquarter in Taiwan.

  • 72 -

TABLE 8

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 (In Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars)

TXC CORPORATION

SIGNIFICANT TRANSACTIONS WITH INVESTEE COMPANIES IN MAINLAND CHINA, EITHER DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY THROUGH A THIRD AREA, AND THEIR PRICES, PAYMENT TERMS, AND UNREALIZED GAINS OR LOSSES

  1. Significant direct or indirect transactions with the investees, prices and terms of payment, unrealized gain or loss:
Company Name Related Party Transaction Type Transaction Details Transaction Details Accounts/Notes
Receivable/Payable
Accounts/Notes
Receivable/Payable
Unrealized
Gain or Loss
Amount Percentage
(%)
Price Payment Term Compared with Terms of
Third Parties
Balance %
TXC Corporation
GPT
NGB
NGB
CKG
NGB
Purchase
Sale
Purchase
Sale
$ 1,869,765
192,162
822,274
99,625
39
3
17
49
Its trading price depends on its
function within the Group


Similar with third parties


Its trading price depends on its
function within the Group


$ (591,234)
44,752
(204,808)
-
(45)
2
(17)
-
$ 7,668
1,344
5,335
-
  1. The transactions of properties and the profit or loss: None.

  2. Endorsements guarantees or collateral directly or indirectly provided to the investees: None

  3. Financings directly or indirectly provided to the investees: None

  4. Other transactions that significantly impacted the current year’s profit or loss or financial position: None

  5. 73 -

TXC CORPORATION

THE CONTENTS OF STATEMENTS OF MAJOR ACCOUNTING ITEMS

Item

Major Accounting Items in Assets, Liabilities and Equity
Statement of cash and cash equivalents

Statement of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss - current

Statement of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss - non- current

Statement of notes receivable

Statement of trade receivables

Statement of other receivables

Statement of inventories

Statement of other current assets

Statement of changes in financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive
income - non-current

Statement of financial assets at amortized cost - non-current

Statement of changes in investments accounted for using equity method

Statement of changes in property, plant and equipment

Statement of changes in accumulated depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Statement of changes in accumulated impairment of property, plant and equipment

Statement of changes in right-of-use assets

Statement of change in accumulated depreciation of right-of-use assets

Statement of changes in investment properties

Statement of changes in accumulated depreciation of investment properties

Statement of deferred income tax assets

Statement of short-term loans

Statement of financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss - current

Statement of trade payables

Statement of other payables

Statement of lease liabilities

Statement of long-term loans

Statement of deferred income tax liabilities

Major Accounting Items in Profit or Loss
Statement of net revenue

Statement of cost of goods sold

Statement of manufacturing expenses

Statement of operating expenses

Statement of other gain and losses

Statement of finance costs

Statement of labor, depreciation and amortization by function
**Statement Index **
Statement 1
Table 2
Table 2
Note 10
Statement 2
Note 10
Statement 3
Statement 4
Statement 5
Table 2
Statement 6
Note 13
Note 13
Note 13
Statement 7
Statement 7
Note 15
Note 15
Note 22
Note 16
Note 7
Statement 8
Note 17
Statement 9
Note 16
Note 22
Statement 10
Statement 11
Statement 12
Statement 13
Note 21
Note 21
Statement 14
  • 74 -

STATEMENT 1

TXC CORPORATION

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS DECEMBER 31, 2019 (In Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars, and Foreign Currency)

Item
Cash
Cash on hand
Including US$15 thousand @30.106; JPY318
thousand @0.2771; HK$4 thousand @3.8661; and
RMB28 thousand @4.3155; SGD3 thousand
@22.3662; EUR6 thousand @33.7488

Cash in banks
Checking accounts and demand
deposits
Foreign-currency deposits
Including US$6,025 thousand @30.106; JPY508,978
thousand @0.2771; EUR20 thousand @33.748;
RMB48,090 thousand @4.3155; and HK$9
thousand @3.8661
Time deposits
Including RMB10,000 thousand @4.3155

Amount
$ 988
97,215
530,752

43,155
$ 672,110
  • 75 -

STATEMENT 2

TXC CORPORATION

TRADE RECEIVABLES DECEMBER 31, 2019 (In Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars)

Item
Explanation
Related parties
TXC (Ningbo) Corporation
For goods

TXC (Chongqing) Corporation

Tai-Shing Electronics Components Corporation

TXC Technology Inc.

TXC Japan Corporation

Taiwan Crystal Technology (HK) Limited

TXC Europe GmbH

Liang Shing Eclife Corp.

Less: Allowance for impairment loss


Third parties
A Company
For goods
B Company

C Company

D Company

Others (Note)


Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts

Amount
$ 44,752
1,273
2,176
192
681
678
88

1,918
51,758

(67)

51,691
143,543
140,822
127,203
112,634

1,685,074
2,209,276

(9,986)
$ 2,199,290

Note: Each of the accounts was less than 5% of the total account balance.

  • 76 -

STATEMENT 3

TXC CORPORATION

INVENTORIES DECEMBER 31, 2019 (In Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars)

Item
Raw materials

Supplies and spare parts
Work in process
Finished goods
Merchandise
Goods in transit

Less: Allowance for loss

Cost
Market Value
(Note)
$ 233,099
$ 228,236
65,694
65,247
190,655
183,182
200,051
184,973
206,707
204,141
4,401

4,401
900,607
$ 870,180
(30,427)
$ 870,180

Note: The market value is based on net realizable value.

  • 77 -

STATEMENT 4

TXC CORPORATION

OTHER CURRENT ASSETS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 (In Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars)

Item
Prepaid insurance

Prepayment for purchases
Other prepaid expenses
Payment on behalf of others
Advances to employees

Amount
$ 1,450
54
14,923
4,480

1,167
$ 22,074
  • 78 -

STATEMENT 5

TXC CORPORATION

CHANGES IN FINANCIAL ASSETS AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME - NON- CURRENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019

(In Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars and Shares)

Listed shares
Guandong Failong Crystal Technology Co., Ltd.
Unlisted shares
Marson Technology Ltd.
Win Win Precision Technology Co., Ltd.
UPI Semiconductor Corp
Beginning Balance
Shares
Amount
Remeasure
6,693$ 250,698
$ -
523
4,773
-
1,365
14,256
-
1,516
61,198

-

80,227

-
$ 330,925
$ -
Increase
Shares
Amount
-$ 108,131
-
-
-
4,132
-
-

4,132
$ 112,263
Decrease
Shares
Amount
5,041$ 241,715
-
-
-
-
-
15,996

15,996
$ 257,711
Ending Balance Pledge or
Amount
Security
$ 117,114
None
4,773

18,388


45,202


68,363
$ 185,477
% of
Shares
Ownership
1,652
1

523
4
1,365
3
1,516
2


Shares
6,693
523
1,365
1,516

Shares
-
-
-
-

Shares
5,041
-
-
-

  • 79 -

STATEMENT 6

TXC CORPORATION

CHANGES IN INVESTMENTS ACCOUNTED FOR BY THE EQUITY METHOD FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019

(In Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars and Shares)

Unlisted company
Taiwan Crystal Technology
International Ltd.
TXC Technology Inc.
TXC Japan Corporation
Taiwan Crystal Technology
International (HK) Limited
Tai-Shing Electronics Components
Corporation
TXC Europe GmbH
Godsmith Sensor Inc.
Beginning Balance
Shares
Amount
42,835 $ 5,128,270
300
15,572
2
27,806
80
93,053
6,913
302,443
50
2,130
2,350
34,942
$ 5,604,216
Increase
Shares
Amount

- $ -

-
-

-
-

-
-

1,266
67,083

-
-
-
-
$ 67,083
Decrease
Shares
Amount

- $ -

-
-

-
-

-
-

-
-

-
-
-
-

$ -
Equity in
Investees
Gain (Loss)
$ 204,120

1,286

2,837

(5,401)

(9,761)

611

(2,863)
$ 190,829
Ending Balance Amount
$ 5,332,390
16,858
30,643
87,652
359,765
2,741

32,079
$ 5,862,128
Market Price or
Net Asset Value
Valuation
Pledge or
Unit Price
Amount
Method
Security

-
$ 5,347,060
(Note)
Equity method
None

-
16,858
(Note)
Equity method
None

-
30,643
(Note)
Equity method
None

-
87,652
(Note)
Equity method
None

41.45
339,020 Equity method
None

2,741
(Note)
Equity method
None
33,079

(Note)
Equity method
None
$ 5,857,053
% of
Shares
Ownership

42,835
100.00


300
100.00

2
100.00

80
100.00

8,179
30.98

50
100.00
2,350
35.10

Shares
42,835
300
2
80
6,913
50
2,350
Shares

-

-

-

-

1,266

-
-
Shares

-

-

-

-

-

-
-
Unit Price

-


-

-

-

41.45


Note: All the above are unlisted company which do not have market price to evaluated.

  • 80 -

STATEMENT 7

TXC CORPORATION

CHANGES IN RIGHT-OF-USE ASSETS DECEMBER 31, 2019 (In Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars)

Item
Beginning
Balance
Cost
Buildings
$ 1,330

Equipment

-

$ 1,330

Accumulated depreciation
Buildings
$ -

Equipment

-

$ -
Increase
$ 5,289


2,244

$ 7,533

$ 2,652


187

$ 2,839
Decrease
Ending Balance
$ (1,330)
$ 5,289

-

2,244
$ (1,330)
$ 7,533
$ (1,330)
$ 1,322

-

187
$ (1,330)
$ 1,509
  • 81 -

STATEMENT 8

TXC CORPORATION

ACCOUNTS PAYABLE DECEMBER 31, 2019 (In Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars)

Item
Explanation
Related parties
TXC (Ningbo) Corporation
Payment for goods

TXC (Chongqing) Corporation

Growing profits Trading Ltd.

Taiwan Crystal Technology (HK) Limited

TXC Japan Corporation

Liang Shing Eclife


Ningbo Jingyu Company Limited


Third parties
A Corporation
Payment for goods
B Corporation

C Corporation

D Corporation

E Corporation

F Corporation

G Corporation

Others (Note)



Amount
$ 591,234
204,868
1,458
11
78

152

797,801
75,600
64,279
54,522
52,885
51,191
40,949
30,752

133,443

503,621
$ 1,301,422

Note: Each of the accounts was less than 5% of the total account balance.

  • 82 -

STATEMENT 9

TXC CORPORATION

LEASE LIABILITIES DECEMBER 31, 2019 (In Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars)

Item Lease Period Discount Rate Ending Balance Ending Balance
Buildings 2019.01-2021.06 0.86% $ 3,975
Equipment 2019.07-2024.07 0.86% 2,061
$ 6,036
  • 83 -

STATEMENT 10

TXC CORPORATION

OPERATING REVENUE FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 (In Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars)

Item
Quartz crystal products

Less: Sales returns
Less: Sales allowances

Amount
$ 6,778,865
(32,011)

(74,783)
$ 6,672,071
  • 84 -

STATEMENT 11

TXC CORPORATION

COST OF GOODS SOLD FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 (In Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars)

Item
Direct materials
Beginning materials

Add: Material purchase
Add: Unfavorable cost variance
Less: Expense
Less: Adjustment items
Ending materials

Direct labor
Overhead

Manufacturing cost
Beginning work in process
Add: Purchases
Add: Others
Less: Expense
Less: Favorable cost variance
Ending work in process

Finished goods cost
Beginning finished goods
Add: Favorable cost variance
Less: Expense
Less: Others
Ending finished goods

Production cost

Beginning merchandise inventory
Add: Purchase
Less: Others
Less: Favorable cost variance
Less: Expense
Ending merchandise inventory

Purchase cost

Loss on physical inventory

Amount
$ 264,290
941,460
59,565
(121,874)
(5,718)

(293,649)
844,074
268,804

596,425
1,709,303
173,982
19,498
15,282
(28,673)
(9,020)

(183,371)
1,697,001
249,927
35,532
(10,497)
(464)

(184,618)

1,786,881
307,972
3,707,086
(2,726)
(3,479)
(702)

(204,141)

3,804,010

5,912
$ 5,596,803
  • 85 -

STATEMENT 12

TXC CORPORATION

OVERHEAD EXPENSES FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 (In Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars)

Item
Explanation
Indirect labor
Including salary and wages, pension, food stipend, employee
benefits and insurance etc.

Indirect materials
Depreciation
Utilities
Others

Amount
$ 171,917
84,894
229,385
78,007

32,222
$ 596,425

Note: Each of the accounts was less than 5% of the total account balance.

  • 86 -

STATEMENT 13

TXC CORPORATION

OPERATING EXPENSES FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 (In Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars)

Selling and Selling and General and General and Research and
Item Explanation Marketing Administration
Development
Salary $ 46,477 $ 62,396
$ 189,814
Insurance 4,266 9,277 13,879
Depreciation 893 4,203 77,282
Research expense - - 61,756
Commission 19,129 - -
Import and export expense 39,642 - 174
Others 142,015 47,148

53,145
$ 252,422 $ 123,024
$ 396,050

Note: Each of the accounts was less than 5% of the total account balance.

  • 87 -

STATEMENT 14

TXC CORPORATION

EMPLOYEE WELFARE, DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION EXPENSES FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 (In Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars)

Item
Salaries

Insurance
Pension
Other employee benefit
Remuneration of directors


Depreciation expense

2019 Total
$ 659,119

56,409

28,867

13,773

1,037

$ 759,205

$ 311,763

$ 1,070,968
2018




Operating
Cost
$ 374,205
33,570
14,696
-

229

$ 422,700

$ 229,385

$ 652,085
Operating
Expense
$ 284,914

22,839

14,171

13,773

808

$ 336,505

$ 82,378

$ 418,883







Operating
Cost
$ 380,834

33,801

14,873

-

145

$ 429,653

$ 238,278

$ 667,931
Operating
Expense
$ 267,666

23,110

13,956

13,364

447

$ 318,543

$ 56,126

$ 374,669
Total
$ 648,500

56,911

28,829

13,364

592
$ 748,196
$ 294,404
$ 1,042,600

Note 1: As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the number of employees was 991 and 1,021 people with 7 and 8 directors not included in the employees, respectively.

Note 2: Information should be disclosed:

  • a. The average of employee benefit is $757,424 in the current year. The average of employee benefit is $725,402 in the previous year.

  • b. The average of salaries is $669,722 in the current year. The average of salaries is $640,177 in the previous year.

  • c. Change in the average of salaries adjustment rates is 5 %.

  • 88 -